SEPARATE ACCOUNT D GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE CO
N-3 EL/A, 1995-09-07
Previous: LEGENDS FUND INC, 497, 1995-09-07
Next: NUVEEN TAX EXEMPT UNIT TRUST SERIES 662, 497, 1995-09-07



<PAGE>


    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 7, 1995

                                                    Registration Nos.   33-59263
                                                                        811-6090

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549


                                    FORM N-3


                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                          Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1


                                     and/or

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                Amendment No. 18

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                           (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               (NAME OF DEPOSITOR)

                              1001 Jefferson Street
                              Wilmington, DE  19801
                                  302-576-3400
         (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF DEPOSITOR'S PRINCIPAL OFFICES)


                                                 COPY TO:
MITCHELL M. COX, ESQ.                            Susan Krawczyk, Esq.
Golden American Life Insurance Company           Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
280 Park Avenue, 14 West, New York, NY  10017    1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE           Washington, D.C.  20004-2404
OF PROCESS)

                                   __________

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
   A soon as practical after the effective date of the Registration Statement

                                   __________


                       DECLARATION PURSUANT TO RULE 24F-2

The Registrant has previously filed a declaration of indefinite registration of
its shares pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The
Rule 24f-2 Notice for the year ended December 31,1994 was filed on February 24,
1995.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                             Pursuant to Rule 495(a)

PART A

N-3 Item                                  Prospectus Heading
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

1.  Cover Page                            Cover Page
2   Definitions                           Definition of Terms
3.  Synopsis                              Summary of the Contracts
4.  Condensed Financial Information       Condensed Financial Information
5.  General Description of Registrant     Part I, Facts About the Company
    and Insurance Company                 and the Accounts
6.  Management                            Part I, Facts About the Company
                                          and the Accounts
7.  Deductions and Expenses               Part I, Charges and Fees
8.  General Description of Variable       Part I, Facts About the Contracts
    Annuity Contracts
9.  Annuity Period                        Part I, Choosing an Income Plan
10. Death Benefit                         Part I, Facts About the Contracts
11. Purchases and Contract Value          Part I, Facts About the Contracts,
                                          Charges and Fees
12. Redemptions                           Part I, Facts About the Contracts
13. Taxes                                 Part I, Federal Tax Considerations
                                          Additional Considerations
14. Legal Proceedings                     Part I, Regulatory Information
15. Table of Contents of the              Statement of Additional Information
    Statement of Additional Information

PART B
                                          Statement of Additional
N-3 Item                                  Information Heading
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

15. Cover Page                            Cover Page
16. Table of Contents                     Table of Contents
17. General Information and History       Description of Golden American
                                          Life Insurance Company
19. Investment Objective and Policies     Securities and Investment Techniques;
                                          Investment Restrictions
20. Management                            Account Management; The Manager
21. Investment Advisory and               Portfolio Manager;  The Administrator;
    Other Services                        Custodian and Portfolio Accounting
                                          Agent; Experts
22. Brokerage Allocation                  Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
23. Purchase and Pricing of               Purchase and Pricing of the Global
    Securities Being Offered              Account
24. Underwriters                          Distribution of Contracts
25. Calculation of Performance Data       Performance Information
26. Annuity Payments                      Part A
27. Financial Statements                  Financial Statements of The Managed
                                          Global Account of Separate Account D;
                                          Financial Statements of Golden
                                          American Life Insurance Company
PART C
Items required in Part C are located therein.
<PAGE>


                                     PART A
<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                       DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE AND
                            FIXED ANNUITY PROSPECTUS

   
                             GOLDENSELECT DVA PLUS
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
This  prospectus  describes  group  and  individual  deferred  variable  annuity
Contracts (the "Contract")  offered by  Golden American  Life Insurance  Company
("Golden  American," "we," "our" or "us"). The Owner ("you" or "your") purchases
the Contract with an Initial Premium and is permitted to make additional premium
payments.
    

   
The Contract is funded by three  accounts, Separate Account B ("Account B")  and
Separate  Account  D  ("Account D")  and  the Fixed  Account  (collectively, the
"Accounts").
    

   
Eleven Divisions of Account  B are currently available  under the Contract.  The
investments  available through  the Divisions of  Account B  include mutual fund
portfolios (the  "Series") of  The GCG  Trust  (the "Trust").  Account D  is  an
open-end management investment company. The only Division of Account D available
for  investment  is  The Managed  Global  Account (the  "Global  Account") which
invests directly  in securities.  The investments  available through  the  Fixed
Account  include various Fixed  Allocations which we credit  with fixed rates of
interest for  the Guarantee  Periods you  select. We  currently offer  Guarantee
Periods  with durations of 1, 3, 5, 7 and  10 years. We reserve the right at any
time to increase or  decrease the number of  Guarantee Periods offered. Not  all
Guarantee Periods may be available for new allocations.
    

   
Part  I  of  this  prospectus describes  the  Contract  and  provides background
information regarding Account  B, Account D  and the Fixed  Account. Part II  of
this  prospectus  provides information  regarding  the investment  activities of
Account D  and  the  Global  Account, including  its  investment  policies.  The
prospectus  for  the  Trust,  which  must  accompany  this  prospectus, provides
information regarding investment activities and policies of the Trust.
    

   
You may  allocate  your  premiums  among the  twelve  Divisions  and  the  Fixed
Allocations  available  under the  Contract in  any way  you choose,  subject to
certain restrictions. You may change  the allocation of your Accumulation  Value
during  a Contract Year free of charge. We reserve the right, however, to assess
a charge for  each allocation change  after the twelfth  allocation change in  a
Contract Year.
    

   
Your  Accumulation Value in Account B and Account D will vary in accordance with
the investment performance of the Divisions selected by you. Therefore, you bear
the entire investment risk for all amounts allocated to Account B and Account D.
You  also  bear  the  investment  risk  with  respect  to  surrenders,   partial
withdrawals,  transfers and annuitization  from a Fixed  Allocation prior to the
end of  the applicable  Guarantee Period.  Such surrender,  partial  withdrawal,
transfer  or annuitization  may be subject  to a Market  Value Adjustment, which
could have  the effect  of  either increasing  or decreasing  your  Accumulation
Value.
    

   
We  will pay a death benefit  to the Beneficiary if the  Owner dies prior to the
Annuity  Commencement  Date  or  the   Annuitant  dies  prior  to  the   Annuity
Commencement Date when the Owner is other than an individual.
    

   
This  prospectus describes your principal rights  and limitations and sets forth
the information  concerning  the  Accounts that  investors  should  know  before
investing.  A  Statement of  Additional Information,  dated September  20, 1995,
about Account B and Account  D has been filed  with the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  ("SEC") and  is available without  charge upon request.  To obtain a
copy of this document call  or write our Customer  Service Center. The Table  of
Contents  of the Statement  of Additional Information  may be found  on the last
page of this prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information is incorporated
herein by reference.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

CONTRACTS  AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES WHICH FUND THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT INSURED
BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.  THEY ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS  OF
ANY  BANK AND ARE NOT  BANK GUARANTEED. THEY ARE  SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION,
REINVESTMENT RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND  KEEP IT FOR FUTURE  REFERENCE. IT IS NOT  VALID
UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR THE GCG TRUST.

   
THE  FIXED ACCOUNT AND ENHANCED DEATH BENEFITS  MAY NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
YOU  MAY  CONTACT  OUR  CUSTOMER  SERVICE   CENTER  TO  FIND  OUT  ABOUT   STATE
AVAILABILITY.
    

<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                          <C>
ISSUED BY:              DISTRIBUTED BY:              ADMINISTERED AT:
Golden American Life    Directed Services, Inc.      Customer Service Center
Insurance Company       New York, New York 10017     Mailing Address: P.O. Box 8794
                                                     Wilmington, Delaware 19899-8794
                                                     1-800-366-0066
</TABLE>

   
                      PROSPECTUS DATED: SEPTEMBER 20, 1995
    
<PAGE>
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PAGE
<S>                                                       <C>
DEFINITION OF TERMS.....................................           3
SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT.................................           6
FEE TABLE...............................................           8
CONDENSED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION...............          10
  Index of Investment Experience
  Financial Statements
  Performance Related Information
PART I
INTRODUCTION............................................          12
FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS................          13
  Golden American
  The GCG Trust
  Separate Accounts B and D
  Account B Divisions
  The Managed Global Account of Account D
  Changes Within Account B and D
  The Fixed Account
FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT................................          20
  The Owner
  The Annuitant
  The Beneficiary
  Change of Owner or Beneficiary
  Availability of the Contract
  Types of Contracts
  Your Right to Select or Change Contract Options
  Premiums
  Making Additional Premium Payments
  Crediting Premium Payments
  Restrictions on Allocation of Premium Payments
  Exchange and Update Programs
  Your Right to Reallocate
  Dollar Cost Averaging
  What Happens if a Division is Not Available
  Your Accumulation Value
  Accumulation Value in Each Division
  Measurement of Investment Experience
  Cash Surrender Value
  Surrendering to Receive the Cash Surrender Value
  Partial Withdrawals
  Automatic Rebalancing
  Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary
  Death Benefit Options
  Reports to Owners
  When We Make Payments
CHARGES AND FEES........................................          30
  Charge Deduction Division
  Charges Deducted from the Accumulation Value
  Charges Deducted from the Divisions
  Trust Expenses
  Operating Expenses of Account D
CHOOSING YOUR ANNUITY OPTIONS...........................          32

<CAPTION>
                                                             PAGE
<S>                                                       <C>
  Annuitization of Your Contract
  Annuity Commencement Date Selection
  Frequency Selection
  The Annuity Options
  Payment When Named Person Dies
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS...............................          34
  In Case of Errors in Application Information
  Contract Changes -- Applicable Tax Law
  Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract
  Other Contract Changes
  Group or Sponsored Arrangements
  Selling the Contract
REGULATORY INFORMATION..................................          35
  Voting Rights
  State Regulation
  Legal Proceedings
  Legal Matters
  Experts
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY................................................          37
  Selected Financial Data
  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations
  Directors and Executive Officers
  Compensation Tables and Other Information
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS..............................          44
  Introduction
  Tax Status of Golden American
  Taxation on Non-Qualified Annuities
  IRA Contracts and Other Qualified Retirement Plans
  Federal Income Tax Withholding
PART II
INTRODUCTION............................................          53
THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D.................          54
  The Global Account
  Investment Objective and Policies of the Global
   Account
  Non-Diversified
  Risk Factors
  Board of Governors of Account D
  The Manager
  The Portfolio Manager
  Securities and Investment Techniques
  Investment Restrictions
  Brokerage Services
UNAUDITED AND AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GOLDEN
 AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY........................          65
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................          92
  Table of Contents
APPENDIX A..............................................          A1
  Market Value Adjustment Examples
APPENDIX B..............................................          B1
  GoldenSelect Service Forms
</TABLE>
    

THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN  OFFERING IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY  NOT LAWFULLY BE  MADE. NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED  TO MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 DEFINITION OF TERMS

ACCOUNTS

Separate Account B, Separate Account D, and the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION VALUE

   
The total amount invested under the Contract. Initially, this amount is equal to
the  premium paid. Thereafter, the Accumulation  Value will reflect the premiums
paid, investment experience of the Divisions and interest credited to your Fixed
Allocations, charges deducted and any partial withdrawals.
    

   
ANNUAL RATCHET ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
    

   
An enhanced death benefit option that may  be elected only at issue and only  if
the Owner or Annuitant (when the Owner is other than an individual) is age 79 or
younger.  The  enhanced death  benefit provided  by this  option is  the highest
Accumulation Value on any Contract Anniversary on or prior to the Owner  turning
age 80, as adjusted for additional premiums and partial withdrawals.
    

ANNUITANT

   
The  person designated  by the  Owner to  be the  measuring life  in determining
Annuity Payments.
    

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

   
The date on which Annuity Payments begin.
    

ANNUITY OPTIONS

   
Options the  Owner  selects  that  determine the  form  and  amount  of  Annuity
Payments.
    

ANNUITY PAYMENT

   
The  periodic payment an Owner receives. It may  be either a fixed or a variable
amount based on the Annuity Option chosen.
    

ATTAINED AGE

   
The Issue Age of the  Owner or Annuitant plus the  number of full years  elapsed
since the Contract Date.
    

BENEFICIARY

   
The  person designated to receive benefits in the case of the death of the Owner
or the Annuitant (when the Owner is other than an individual).
    

BUSINESS DAY

Any day the New York Stock Exchange  ("NYSE") is open for trading, exclusive  of
Federal  holidays, or any day on which  the SEC requires that mutual funds, unit
investment trusts or other investment portfolios be valued.

CASH SURRENDER VALUE

   
The amount the  Owner receives  upon surrender  of the  Contract, including  any
Market Value Adjustment.
    

CHARGE DEDUCTION DIVISION

The  Division from which all  charges are deducted if  so designated by you. The
Charge Deduction Division currently is the Liquid Asset Division.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT

   
The person designated by the Owner who, upon the Annuitant's death prior to  the
Annuity Commencement Date, becomes the Annuitant.
    

CONTRACT

   
The  entire  Contract  consisting  of  the  basic  Contract  and  any  riders or
endorsements.
    

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY

   
The anniversary of the Contract Date.
    

CONTRACT DATE

   
The date on which we have received  the Initial Premium and upon which we  begin
determining  the Contract  values. It may  or may not  be the same  as the Issue
Date. This date is  used to determine Contract  months, processing dates,  years
and anniversaries.
    

CONTRACT PROCESSING DATES

   
The  days when  we deduct  certain charges from  the Accumulation  Value. If the
Contract Processing  Date is  not  a Valuation  Date, it  will  be on  the  next
succeeding  Valuation Date. The Contract Processing Dates will be once each year
on the Contract Anniversary.
    

CONTRACT PROCESSING PERIOD

   
The first Contract processing period begins  with the Contract Date and ends  at
the  close of  business on  the first  Contract Processing  Date. All subsequent
Contract processing periods begin  at the close of  business on the most  recent
Contract  Processing  Date and  extend  to the  close  of business  on  the next
Contract Processing Date. There is one Contract processing period each year.
    

CONTRACT YEAR

   
The period between Contract anniversaries.
    

                                       3
<PAGE>
 DEFINITION OF TERMS (CONTINUED)

CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER

Where service is provided  to you. The mailing  address and telephone number  of
the Customer Service Center are shown on the cover.

DIVISIONS

   
The investment options available under Account B and Account D.
    

ENDORSEMENTS

   
An endorsement changes or adds provisions to the Contract.
    

   
EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
    

   
Contracts issued by insurance companies not affiliated with Golden American.
    

EXPERIENCE FACTOR

   
The  factor which reflects the investment experience of the portfolio in which a
Division invests and also reflects the charges assessed against the Division for
a Valuation Period.
    

FIXED ACCOUNT

   
An Account which contains all of our assets that support Owner Fixed Allocations
and any interest credited thereto.
    

FIXED ALLOCATION

An amount allocated  to the  Fixed Account that  is credited  with a  Guaranteed
Interest Rate for a specified Guarantee Period.

FREE LOOK PERIOD

   
The period of time within which the Owner may examine the Contract and return it
for a refund.
    

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE

The  effective  annual  interest  rate  which we  will  credit  for  a specified
Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be less than 3%.

GUARANTEE PERIOD

The period of time for which a rate of interest is guaranteed to be credited  to
a Fixed Allocation. We currently offer Guarantee Periods with durations of 1, 3,
5, 7 and 10 years.

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

The index that measures the performance of a Division.

INITIAL PREMIUM

   
The payment required to put a Contract into effect.
    

ISSUE AGE

   
The  Owner's or  Annuitant's age on  his or her  last birthday on  or before the
Contract Date.
    

ISSUE DATE

   
The date the Contract is issued at our Customer Service Center.
    

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

A positive or negative adjustment  made to a Fixed  Allocation. It may apply  to
certain   withdrawals  and  transfers,   whether  in  whole   or  in  part,  and
annuitizations of  all or  part of  a Fixed  Allocation prior  to the  end of  a
Guarantee Period.

MATURITY DATE

The date on which a Guarantee Period matures.

OWNER

   
The  person who owns the  Contract and is entitled  to exercise all rights under
the Contract. This person's death also initiates payment of the death benefit.
    

RIDER

   
A rider amends the Contract, in certain instances adding benefits.
    

   
7% SOLUTION ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
    

   
An enhanced death benefit option that may  be elected only at issue and only  if
the Owner or Annuitant (when the Owner is other than an individual) is age 75 or
younger.  The enhanced  death benefit  provided by  this option  is equal  to an
annual rate of return of 7% on  all assets, except those invested in the  Liquid
Asset  Division,  Limited  Maturity Bond  Division,  and the  Fixed  Account, as
adjusted for  additional  premiums  and partial  withdrawals.  Each  accumulated
initial  or additional premium payment reduced  by any partial withdrawals taken
will continue to grow at 7% until it doubles.
    

SPECIALLY DESIGNATED DIVISION

The Division to which  distributions from a portfolio  underlying a Division  in
which  reinvestment  is  not  available will  be  allocated  unless  you specify
otherwise. The  Specially  Designated Division  currently  is the  Liquid  Asset
Division.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 DEFINITION OF TERMS (CONTINUED)

   
STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
    

   
The  death benefit option that you will  receive under the Contact unless one of
the enhanced death  benefit options is  elected. The death  benefit provided  by
this  option is  equal to  the greatest  of (i)  Accumulation Value;  (ii) total
premium payments less any partial withdrawals; and (iii) Cash Surrender Value.
    

VALUATION DATE

   
The day at the end of a Valuation Period when each Division is valued.
    

VALUATION PERIOD

Each business day together with any non-business days before it.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT

   
This prospectus has been designed to provide you with information regarding  the
Contract  and the Accounts  which fund the  Contract. Information concerning the
Divisions of Account  B and the  Fixed Account is  set forth in  Part I of  this
prospectus.  Part  II of  this prospectus  pertains to  Account D  which invests
directly in securities.
    

   
This summary is  intended to  provide only  a very  brief overview  of the  more
significant  aspects  of  the  Contract.  Further  detail  is  provided  in this
prospectus and  in the  Contract.  The Contract,  together  with any  riders  or
endorsements,  constitutes the entire agreement between you and us and should be
retained.
    

   
This prospectus has been designed to provide you with the necessary  information
to make a decision on purchasing the Contract. You have a choice of investments.
We  do not promise that your Accumulation  Value will increase. Depending on the
investment experience  of  the Divisions  and  interest credited  to  the  Fixed
Allocations  in which you are invested,  your Accumulation Value, Cash Surrender
Value and  death benefit  may increase  or decrease  on any  day. You  bear  the
investment risk.
    
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
   
The  Contract  is designed  to establish  retirement benefits  for two  types of
purchasers. The first type  of purchaser is one  who is eligible to  participate
in,  and purchases  a Contract  for use  with, an  individual retirement annuity
("IRA") meeting the requirements of section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue  Code
of   1986  ("qualified  plan").  For  a   Contract  funding  a  qualified  plan,
distributions may be made to you to satisfy requirements imposed by Federal  tax
law.  The second type of purchaser is one  who purchases a Contract outside of a
qualified plan ("non-qualified plan").
    

   
The Contract also offers a choice of Annuity Options to which you may apply  all
or  a portion of the Accumulation Value  on the annuity commencement date or the
Cash Surrender Value upon surrender of  the Contract. See Choosing Your  Annuity
Options.
    
   
AVAILABILITY
    
   
We  can issue a Contract if both the  Annuitant and the Owner are not older than
age 85 and  accept additional  premium payments  until either  the Annuitant  or
Owner  reaches  the Attained  Age  of 85  for  non-qualified plans  (age  70 for
qualified plans, except for rollover contributions). The minimum Initial Premium
is $10,000 for  a non-qualified plan  and $1,500  for a qualified  plan. We  may
change  the minimum initial or additional premium requirements for certain group
or sponsored arrangements. See Part I, Group or Sponsored Arrangements.
    

The  minimum  additional  premium  payment  we   will  accept  is  $500  for   a
non-qualified  plan and $250  for a qualified  plan. You must  receive our prior
approval before making a premium payment  that causes the Accumulation Value  of
all annuities that you maintain with us to exceed $1,000,000.

   
THE DIVISIONS
    
Each  of the twelve Divisions offered under this prospectus has its own distinct
investment objectives and  policies. There  are eleven Divisions  of Account  B.
Each  Division of  Account B  invests in  a corresponding  Series of  the Trust,
managed by Directed Services, Inc. ("DSI"  or the "Manager"). The Trust and  DSI
have  retained several portfolio  managers to manage the  assets of each Series.
The Division of Account D is The Managed Global Account. DSI is the Manager  and
Warburg,  Pincus Counsellors, Inc. ("Warburg,  Pincus") is the portfolio manager
(the "Portfolio Manager"). See Part I, Facts About the Company and the Accounts,
Account B Divisions, and The Managed Global Account of Account D.

HOW THE ACCUMULATION VALUE VARIES
The Accumulation Value  in the  Divisions varies  each day  based on  investment
results.  You bear the risk  of poor investment performance  and you receive the
benefits from  favorable investment  performance.  The Accumulation  Value  also
reflects premium payments, charges deducted and partial withdrawals. See Part I,
Accumulation Value in Each Division.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT
The  investments  available  through  the Fixed  Account  include  various Fixed
Allocations which  we credit  with fixed  rates of  interest for  the  Guarantee
Periods  you  select. We  reset  the interest  rates  for new  Guarantee Periods
periodically based on our sole discretion.  We may offer Guarantee Periods  from
one  to ten years. We currently offer  Guarantee Periods with durations of 1, 3,
5, 7 and 10 years.

   
You bear the investment  risk with respect  to surrenders, partial  withdrawals,
transfers  and annuitization from  your Fixed Allocations.  A surrender, partial
withdrawal, transfer  or annuitization  made prior  to the  end of  a  Guarantee
Period  may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which could have the effect
of either increasing or decreasing your Accumulation Value. We will not apply  a
Market  Value  Adjustment  on  a  surrender,  partial  withdrawal,  transfer  or
annuitization made within 30 days prior  to the Maturity Date of the  applicable
Guarantee  Period or certain  transfers made in connection  with the dollar cost
averaging program. Systematic withdrawals from  a Fixed Allocation also are  not
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
    

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

   
We  will apply a  Market Value Adjustment,  subject to certain  exceptions, to a
surrender, partial withdrawal, transfer or annuitization from a Fixed Allocation
made prior to the end  of a Guarantee Period.  The Market Value Adjustment  does
not apply to amounts invested in either Account B or Account D.
    

SURRENDERING YOUR CONTRACT

   
You  may surrender the Contract and receive its Cash Surrender Value at any time
while both the Annuitant
    

                                       6
<PAGE>
 SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
and Owner are living and before the Annuity Commencement Date. See Part I,  Cash
Surrender Value and Surrendering to Receive the Cash Surrender Value.
    

TAKING PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

   
After the Free Look Period, prior to the annuity commencement date and while the
Contract  is in effect,  you may take partial  withdrawals from the Accumulation
Value of your  Contract. You  may elect in  advance to  take systematic  partial
withdrawals  on a monthly or  quarterly basis. If you  have an IRA Contract, you
may elect IRA partial withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.
    

Partial withdrawals  are subject  to  certain restrictions  as defined  in  this
prospectus,  including a surrender charge and a Market Value Adjustment. Partial
withdrawals above  a specified  percentage  of your  Accumulation Value  may  be
subject to a surrender charge. See Part I, Partial Withdrawals.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

Under this program, you may choose to have a specified dollar amount transferred
from either the Limited Maturity Bond Division, Liquid Asset Division or a Fixed
Allocation  with a one year Guarantee Period to the other Divisions of Account B
and Account D on a monthly basis with the objective of shielding your investment
from short term price fluctuations. See Part I, dollar cost averaging.

YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL THE CONTRACT

   
You may cancel  your Contract within  the Free Look  Period which is  a ten  day
period  of  time  beginning  once  you receive  the  Contract.  For  purposes of
administering our allocation  and certain  other administrative  rules, we  deem
this  period  to end  15 days  after the  Contract is  mailed from  our Customer
Service Center.  Some states  may require  that we  provide a  longer free  look
period.  In some  states we restrict  the Initial Premium  allocation during the
Free Look Period. See Part I, Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract.
    

YOUR RIGHT TO CHANGE THE CONTRACT

   
The Contract may be changed to another annuity plan subject to our rules at  the
time of the change. See Part I, Other Contract Changes.
    

   
DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS
    

   
The Contract provides a death benefit to the beneficiary if the Owner dies prior
to  the Annuity Commencement Date.  Subject to our rules,  there are three death
benefit options that may  be available to you  under the Contract: the  Standard
Death  Benefit Option;  the 7% Solution  Enhanced Death Benefit  Option; and the
Annual Ratchet  Enhanced Death  Benefit Option.  See Facts  About the  Contract,
Death  Benefit Options. We may offer a reduced death benefit under certain group
and sponsored arrangements. See Part I, Group or Sponsored Arrangements.
    

DEDUCTIONS FOR CHARGES AND FEES

   
We invest the entire amount of  the initial and any additional premium  payments
in  the  Divisions and  the  Fixed Allocations  you  select, subject  to certain
restrictions we  impose.  See Part  I,  Restrictions on  Allocation  of  Premium
Payments.  We  then may  deduct an  annual Contract  fee from  your Accumulation
Value. See Part I, Charges and Fees.  We may reduce certain charges under  group
or  sponsored arrangements. See Part I,  Group or Sponsored Arrangements. Unless
you  have  elected   the  Charge  Deduction   Division,  charges  are   deducted
proportionately  from all  Account B  and Account D  Divisions in  which you are
invested. If there is no Accumulation Value in these Divisions, charges will  be
deducted  from your  Fixed Allocations  starting with  Guarantee Periods nearest
their Maturity Dates until such charges have been deducted.
    

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   
The ultimate effect of Federal income taxes on the amounts held under an annuity
Contract, on  Annuity  Payments and  on  the  economic benefits  to  the  Owner,
Annuitant  or Beneficiary depends  on Golden American's tax  status and upon the
tax status of the individuals  concerned. In general, an  Owner is not taxed  on
increases  in value under an annuity Contract until some form of distribution is
made under it. There may be tax penalties if you make a withdrawal or  surrender
the Contract before reaching age 59 1/2. See Part I, Federal Tax Considerations.
    

   
EXCHANGE AND UPDATE PROGRAMS
    

   
From time to time, we may offer two programs that allow you to elect to exchange
or  update a  contract that  you currently  own for  GoldenSelect DVA  PLUS. Our
External Exchange  Program is  available only  where your  current contract  was
issued by an insurance company not affiliated with us. Our DVA Update Program is
available  only where your current contract is GoldenSelect DVA. See Facts About
the Contract, Exchange and Update Programs.
    

                                       7
<PAGE>
 FEE TABLE
TRANSACTION EXPENSES(1)
         Contingent Deferred Sales Charge(2) (imposed as a percentage of premium
payments withdrawn upon excess partial withdrawal or surrender):(3)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  COMPLETE YEARS ELAPSED       SURRENDER
  SINCE PREMIUM PAYMENT         CHARGE
<S>                         <C>
            0                     7%
            1                     7%
            2                     6%
            3                     5%
            4                     4%
            5                     3%
            6                     1%
            7+                    0%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Excess Allocation Charge...................................................................................$0(4)
</TABLE>

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEES:

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Administrative Charge........................................................................................$40
(Waived if the Accumulation Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end of the Contract Year, or once the sum of
 premiums paid equals or exceeds $100,000.)
</TABLE>
    

   
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES (percentage of assets in each Division)(5):
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                STANDARD
                                                               -----------         ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
                                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                                              ANNUAL RATCHET       7% SOLUTION
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>                  <C>
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge............................       1.10%            1.25%              1.40%
Asset Based Administrative Charge............................       0.15%            0.15%              0.15%
                                                               -----------         -------            -------
Total Separate Account Expenses..............................       1.25%            1.40%              1.55%
</TABLE>

   
TRUST ANNUAL EXPENSES(6) (based on combined  net assets of the indicated  groups
of Series):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           TOTAL
                        SERIES                             FEES     OTHER EXPENSES(7)    EXPENSES
- ------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>                <C>
Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Capital
Appreciation,                                                1.00%           0.00%            1.00%
Rising Dividends, All-Growth, Real Estate, Natural
Resources and Value Equity Series:
Emerging Markets Series:                                     1.50%           0.02%            1.52%
Limited Maturity Bond Series:                                0.60%           0.00%            0.60%
Liquid Asset Series:                                         0.60%           0.01%            0.61%
</TABLE>
    

THE  MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT  ANNUAL EXPENSES AFTER  REIMBURSEMENT (percentage of
average net assets):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MANAGEMENT AND          OTHER        TOTAL ANNUAL
ASSETS                                                                     ADVISORY FEES        EXPENSES        EXPENSES(8)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------  -------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                    <C>            <C>
$0 to $500 million...................................................            1.00%              0.25%            1.25%
in excess of $500 million............................................            0.80%              0.25%            1.05%
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------------
(1) A Market Value Adjustment, which may increase or decrease your  Accumulation
    Value, may apply to certain transactions. See Market Value Adjustment.

   
(2) We  also deduct a charge for premium taxes  (which can range from 0% to 3.5%
    of premium)  from your  Accumulation Value  upon surrender,  excess  partial
    withdrawals or on the Annuity Commencement Date. See Premium Taxes.
    

(3) For  purposes of  calculating the  surrender charge  for the  excess partial
    withdrawal, (i) we treat premium payments  as being withdrawn on a  first-in
    first-out  basis, and  (ii) amounts  withdrawn which  are not  considered an
    excess partial withdrawal  are not treated  as a withdrawal  of any  premium
    payments. See Charges Deducted from the Accumulation Value, Surrender Charge
    for Excess Partial Withdrawals.

   
(4) We  reserve the right to impose  a charge in the future  at a maximum of $25
    for each allocation change in excess of twelve per Contract Year. See Excess
    Allocation Charge.
    

   
(5) See Facts About the  Contract, Death Benefit Options,  for a description  of
    the Contract's Standard and Enhanced Death Benefit Options.
    

   
(6) Fees  decline as combined  assets increase (see Part  I, Account B Divisions
    and the Trust prospectus for details).
    

   
(7) Other Expenses generally consist of independent trustees fees and  expenses.
    In  1994,  the Emerging  Markets Series  incurred transfer  and repatriation
    taxes of 0.21% of average daily net assets which are not reflected as  Other
    Expenses in this Fee Table.
    

   
(8) Reflects an expense reimbursement or waiver through December 31, 1994.
    

                                       8
<PAGE>
 FEE TABLE (CONTINUED)

EXAMPLES:

   
The  examples do not take into account  any deduction for premium taxes. Premium
taxes currently  range  from  0% to  3.5%  of  premium payments.  There  may  be
surrender  charges if  you choose to  annuitize within the  first three Contract
Years.
    

   
If at issue  you elect the  7% Solution  Enhanced Death Benefit  Option and  you
surrender  your Contract at the end of the applicable time period, you would pay
the following expenses for each $1,000  of Initial Premium assuming a 5%  annual
return on assets:
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIVISION                                                                   ONE YEAR     THREE YEARS   FIVE YEARS    TEN YEARS
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Multiple Allocation.....................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Fully Managed...........................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Capital Appreciation....................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Rising Dividends........................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
All-Growth..............................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Real Estate.............................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Natural Resources.......................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Value Equity............................................................   $    96.92   $   142.58     $  180.77    $  298.11
Emerging Markets........................................................   $   102.04   $   157.81     $  205.91    $  346.93
Global Account..........................................................   $    99.38   $   149.92     $  192.92    $  321.89
Limited Maturity Bond...................................................   $    93.08   $   130.75     $  161.06    $  258.87
Liquid Asset............................................................   $    93.08   $   131.05     $  161.56    $  259.87
</TABLE>
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
If  at issue you elect the 7% Solution  Enhanced Death Benefit Option and you do
not surrender your  Contract or  if you  annuitize on  the Annuity  Commencement
Date,  you would pay the  following expenses for each  $1,000 of initial premium
assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIVISION                                                                   ONE YEAR     THREE YEARS   FIVE YEARS    TEN YEARS
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Multiple Allocation.....................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Fully Managed...........................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Capital Appreciation....................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Rising Dividends........................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
All-Growth..............................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Real Estate.............................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Natural Resources.......................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Value Equity............................................................   $   26.92    $    82.58     $  140.77    $  298.11
Emerging Markets........................................................   $   32.04    $    97.81     $  165.91    $  346.93
Global Account..........................................................   $   29.38    $    89.92     $  152.92    $  321.89
Limited Maturity Bond...................................................   $   23.08    $    70.75     $  121.06    $  258.87
Liquid Asset............................................................   $   23.08    $    71.05     $  121.56    $  259.87
</TABLE>
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
The purpose of the Fee Table is to assist you in understanding the various costs
and expenses  that  you  will  bear directly  or  indirectly.  For  purposes  of
computing  the  annual per  Contract administrative  charge, the  dollar amounts
shown in the examples are based on an Initial Premium of $50,000.
    

   
In the absence of expense reimbursement  or waiver from Management and  Advisory
Fees,  the Total Annual Expenses for the Global Account would have been 1.40% of
the Global Account's  average daily net  assets for 1994.  This figure  includes
non-recurring  expenses of approximately 0.06% of average daily net assets which
were not reimbursed.
    

The examples reflect  the election at  issue of the  7% Solution Enhanced  Death
Benefit  Option.  If the  Standard Death  Benefit Option  or the  Annual Ratchet
Enhanced Death Benefit Option is elected,  the actual expenses incurred will  be
less than those represented in the Examples.

In  the examples, the numbers  for the Global Account  reflect expenses based on
assumed assets in  the Global Account  of $500  million or less.  If the  Global
Account's assets exceed $500 million, these expenses will decrease.

THIS EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN, SUBJECT TO
THE GUARANTEES UNDER THE CONTRACT.

                                       9
<PAGE>
   
 CONDENSED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
    

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

Commencing  on  the  date hereof,  we  will  calculate the  index  of investment
experience for each Division of Account B and for the Global Account. The  index
of  investment experience is equal  to the value of a  unit for each Division of
the Accounts. We will also calculate the total value of each Division.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
The audited  financial statements  of Separate  Account B  for the  years  ended
December  31, 1994 and  1993 (as well  as the auditors'  report thereon) and the
audited financial statements of The Managed Global Account of separate Account D
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 (as well as the auditors'  report
thereon)  appear  in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  The  audited
financial statements of  Golden American prepared  in accordance with  statutory
accounting  practices for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 (as well as
the auditors' report  thereon) and  the audited financial  statements of  Golden
American  prepared in  accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 and the period September 30, 1992
to December 31, 1992 (as well as the auditors' report thereon) are contained  in
the Prospectus.
    

   
The  unaudited June 30, 1995 financial statements of Golden American prepared in
accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles  are contained in  the
Prospectus.
    

PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION

   
Performance  information for the Divisions of Account B and Account D, including
the yield and effective  yield of the  Liquid Asset Division,  the yield of  the
remaining Divisions, and the total return of all Divisions may appear in reports
and promotional literature to current or prospective Owners.
    

Current  yield for the Liquid Asset Division will be based on income received by
a hypothetical  investment over  a  given 7-day  period (less  expenses  accrued
during  the period), and then "annualized"  (i.e., assuming that the 7-day yield
would be received for 52 weeks, stated  in terms of an annual percentage  return
on  the  investment).  "Effective  yield"  for  the  Liquid  Asset  Division  is
calculated in  a  manner similar  to  that used  to  calculate yield,  but  when
annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested. The
"effective  yield"  will be  slightly  higher than  the  "yield" because  of the
compounding effect of earnings.

   
For the remaining Divisions, quotations of yield will be based on all investment
income  per  unit  (Accumulation  Value  divided  by  the  index  of  investment
experience,   see  Part  I,  Measurement  of  Investment  Experience,  INDEX  OF
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE AND UNIT VALUE) earned during a given 30-day period,  less
expenses  accrued  during the  period ("net  investment income").  Quotations of
average annual total return for any Division  will be expressed in terms of  the
average  annual  compounded rate  of return  on a  hypothetical investment  in a
Contract over a period of one, five, and ten years (or, if less, up to the  life
of  the Division),  and will reflect  the deduction of  the applicable surrender
charge, the administrative charge and the applicable mortality and expense  risk
charge.  See Charges and Fees. Quotations  of total return may simultaneously be
shown for  other periods  that  do not  take  into account  certain  contractual
charges, such as the surrender charge for example.
    

   
Performance  information  for  a  Division  may  be  compared,  in  reports  and
promotional literature, to: (i) the  Standard & Poor's 500  Stock Index ("S &  P
500"),   Dow   Jones  Industrial   Average   ("DJIA"),  Donoghue   Money  Market
Institutional Averages, or  other indices measuring  performance of a  pertinent
group  of securities  so that  investors may  compare a  Division's results with
those of a group of securities widely regarded by investors as representative of
the securities markets in general; (ii) other variable annuity separate accounts
or other investment  products tracked  by Lipper Analytical  Services, a  widely
used  independent research  firm which ranks  mutual funds  and other investment
companies by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, or  tracked
by  other ratings services, including VARDS, companies, publications, or persons
who rank separate accounts or  other investment products on overall  performance
or other criteria; and (iii) the Consumer Price Index (measure for inflation) to
assess  the real rate  of return from  an investment in  the Contract. Unmanaged
indices may assume the  reinvestment of dividends but  generally do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses.
    

   
Performance  information for  any Division  reflects only  the performance  of a
hypothetical Contract  under which  the  Accumulation Value  is allocated  to  a
Division  during a particular  time period on which  the calculations are based.
Performance  information  should  be  considered  in  light  of  the  investment
objectives  and policies,  characteristics and quality  of the  portfolio of the
Series of the Trust in  which the Division invests  or, the securities in  which
Account  D invests, and the market conditions  during the given time period, and
should not be  considered as a  representation of  what may be  achieved in  the
future.  For a  description of  the methods  used to  determine yield  and total
return for the Divisions, see the Statement of Additional Information.
    

Reports and promotional literature may also contain other information  including
the  ranking of any Division derived  from rankings of variable annuity separate
accounts or other investment products  tracked by Lipper Analytical Services  or
by  rating services, companies, publications, or other persons who rank separate
accounts or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria.

                                       10
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

   
INTRODUCTION     THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION  IN PART I DESCRIBES THE CONTRACT AND
THE ACCOUNTS WHICH  FUND THE CONTRACT,  ACCOUNT B  AND ACCOUNT D  AND THE  FIXED
ACCOUNT.  ACCOUNT B INVESTS  IN MUTUAL FUND  PORTFOLIOS OF THE  TRUST. ACCOUNT D
INVESTS DIRECTLY IN  SECURITIES. THE FIXED  ACCOUNT CONTAINS ALL  OF THE  ASSETS
THAT  SUPPORT OWNER FIXED  ALLOCATIONS WHICH WE  CREDIT WITH GUARANTEED INTEREST
RATES FOR THE GUARANTEE PERIODS YOU SELECT.
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS

GOLDEN AMERICAN

   
Golden American  Life Insurance  Company  ("Golden American")  is a  stock  life
insurance  company organized under the  laws of the State  of Delaware. Prior to
December 30, 1993, Golden American was a Minnesota corporation. Golden  American
is  a  wholly  owned  indirect  subsidiary  of  Bankers  Trust  Company.  We are
authorized to  do  business in  all  jurisdictions  except New  York.  We  offer
variable  annuities and variable life insurance. Administrative services for the
Contract are provided at  our Customer Service Center,  the address is shown  on
the cover.
    

Bankers  Trust Company is a New  York banking corporation with executive offices
at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New  York 10017. As of December 31, 1994,  Bankers
Trust  New York  Corporation, parent of  Bankers Trust Company,  was the seventh
largest bank  holding  company  in  the  United  States  with  total  assets  of
approximately  $98 billion. Bankers Trust Company  conducts a variety of general
banking and trust activities  and is a leading  wholesale supplier of  financial
services to the domestic and international markets.

   
In a transaction that closed on September 30, 1992, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Bankers  Trust Company acquired all of  the issued and outstanding capital stock
of Golden American and DSI, an affiliate of Golden American, and related assets.
The transaction  involved settlement  of pre-existing  claims of  Bankers  Trust
Company  against the  former parent  company of  Golden American  and DSI. Under
applicable banking  law, stock  so acquired  is subject  to various  divestiture
requirements.  While Bankers Trust Company has no immediate intent to divest its
ownership of the stock of Golden American and DSI, such a divestiture may  occur
in   the  future.   In  addition,   judicial  or   administrative  decisions  or
interpretations, as well as changes in either Federal or state banking  statutes
or  regulations, could prevent Bankers Trust  Company from continuing to own the
stock of Golden American or DSI.
    

For more information about Golden American,  see Part I, More Information  About
Golden American Life Insurance Company.

THE GCG TRUST

The  Trust is an open-end management  investment company, more commonly called a
mutual fund.  The Trust's  shares  may also  be  available to  certain  separate
accounts  funding variable life  insurance policies offered  by Golden American.
This is called "mixed funding."

   
The Trust  may also  sell its  shares to  separate accounts  of other  insurance
companies,  both affiliated  and not  affiliated with  Golden American.  This is
called "shared funding." Although we do not anticipate any inherent difficulties
arising from either mixed or shared  funding it is theoretically possible  that,
due  to differences  in tax treatment  or other considerations,  the interest of
Owners of various Contracts participating in  the Trust might at sometime be  in
conflict.  After the Trust receives the requisite  order from the SEC, shares of
the Trust may also  be sold to certain  qualified pension and retirement  plans.
The  Board of Trustees of  the Trust, the Trust's Manager,  and we and any other
insurance companies participating in the Trust are required to monitor events to
identify any material conflicts that arise from  the use of the Trust for  mixed
and/or  shared  funding  or  between  various  policy  Owners  and  pension  and
retirement plans.  For more  information about  the risks  of mixed  and  shared
funding, please refer to the Trust prospectus.
    

You  will  find  complete  information  about  the  Trust,  including  the risks
associated with each Series,  in the accompanying  Trust prospectus. You  should
read  it  carefully  in  conjunction  with  this  prospectus  before  investing.
Additional copies of  the Trust  prospectus may  be obtained  by contacting  our
Customer Service Center.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS B AND D

   
All  obligations under the Contract are  general obligations of Golden American.
Account B and  Account D are  separate investment accounts  used to support  our
variable  annuity Contracts  and for other  purposes as  permitted by applicable
laws and regulations. The assets  of Account B and  Account D are kept  separate
from  our general account  and any other  separate accounts we  may have. We may
offer other variable  annuity Contracts  investing in  Account B  and Account  D
which  are not discussed  in this prospectus.  Account B and  Account D may also
invest in other series which are not available to the Contract described in this
prospectus.
    

We own  all the  assets in  Account B  and Account  D. Income  and realized  and
unrealized gains or losses from assets in each account is credited to or charged
against  that account  without regard  to other income,  gains or  losses in our
other investment accounts. As  required, the assets in  Account B and Account  D
are  at least equal to the reserves and other liabilities of that account. These
assets may not be charged with liabilities from any other business we conduct.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

   
They may, however, be subject to liabilities arising from Divisions whose assets
are attributable to other variable annuity Contracts supported by Account B  and
Account  D. If the assets exceed the required reserves and other liabilities, we
may transfer the excess to our general account.
    

ACCOUNT B
   
  Account B was established on  July 14, 1988, and  may invest in mutual  funds,
  unit investment trusts or other investment portfolios which we determine to be
  suitable  for  the  Contract's  purposes.  Account  B  is  treated  as  a unit
  investment trust under Federal securities laws. It is registered with the  SEC
  under  the Investment Company  Act of 1940  (the "1940 Act")  as an investment
  company and  meets the  definition of  a separate  account under  the  Federal
  securities  laws.  It  is governed  by  the  laws of  Delaware,  our  state of
  domicile, and may also be governed by the laws of other states in which we  do
  business.  Registration with the  SEC does not involve  any supervision by the
  SEC of the management or investment policies or practices of Account B.
    

ACCOUNT D
  Account D was established on April 18, 1990 and invests directly in securities
  in accordance  with  the investment  objectives  and policies  of  Account  D.
  Account  D  is registered  with  the SEC  under the  1940  Act as  an open-end
  management investment company and meets  the definition of a separate  account
  under the federal securities laws. It is governed by the laws of Delaware, our
  state  of domicile, and may also be governed  by laws of other states in which
  we do business. Registration with the SEC does not involve any supervision  by
  the SEC of the management or investment policies or practices of Account D.

ACCOUNT B DIVISIONS

   
Account  B  is divided  into Divisions.  Currently, each  Division of  Account B
offered under  this prospectus  invests in  a portfolio  of The  GCG Trust  (the
"Trust").  DSI serves as the Manager to each  Series of the Trust. See the Trust
prospectus for  details.  The Trust  and  DSI have  retained  several  portfolio
managers  to manage the assets  of each Series as  indicated below. There may be
restrictions on the amount of the allocation to certain Divisions based on state
laws and regulations.  The investment objectives  of the various  Series in  the
Trust  are described below. There  is no guarantee that  any portfolio or Series
will meet  its  investment objectives.  Meeting  objectives depends  on  various
factors, including, in certain cases, how well the portfolio managers anticipate
changing  economic and  market conditions.  Account B  also has  other Divisions
investing in other series which are  not available to the Contract described  in
this prospectus.
    

DSI  provides  the  overall  business  management  and  administrative  services
necessary for the Series'  operation and provides or  procures the services  and
information  necessary to the proper conduct of  the business of the Series. DSI
is responsible  for  providing or  procuring,  at DSI's  expense,  the  services
reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of the Series. DSI does not bear
the expense of brokerage fees and other transactional expenses for securities or
other assets (which are generally considered part of the cost for assets), taxes
(if  any) paid  by a  Series, interest  on borrowing,  fees and  expenses of the
independent  trustees,  and  extraordinary  expenses,  such  as  litigation   or
indemnification expenses. See the Trust prospectus for details.

The  table below shows the monthly fee that  the Trust pays DSI for its services
as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Series. DSI (and not  the
Trust)  pays each portfolio manager a monthly fee for managing the assets of the
Series.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FEES (based on combined assets of the indicated groups of
SERIES                                                         Series)
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>
Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed,                            1.00% of first $750 million;
Capital Appreciation, Rising Dividends,                        0.95% of next $1.250 billion;
All-Growth, Real Estate, Natural Resources and Value Equity    0.90% of next $1.5 billion; and
Series:                                                        0.85% of amount in excess of $3.5 billion

Emerging Markets Series:                                       1.50% of average daily net assets

Limited Maturity Bond and                                      0.60% of first $200 million;
Liquid Asset Series:                                           0.55% of next $300 million; and
                                                               0.50% of amount in excess of $500 million
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       14
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

The following Divisions invest in designated Series of the Trust.

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION DIVISION

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  The highest  total  return, consisting  of  capital appreciation  and  current
  income,  consistent  with  the  preservation  of  capital  and  elimination of
  unnecessary risk.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment in equity and debt securities and the use of certain  sophisticated
  investment strategies and techniques.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Zweig Advisors Inc.

FULLY MANAGED DIVISION

FULLY MANAGED SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  High  total  investment  return  over  the  long  term,  consistent  with  the
  preservation of capital and prudent investment risk.
INVESTMENTS
  Pursues an active asset allocation strategy whereby investments are allocated,
  based upon an  evaluation of economic  and market trends  and the  anticipated
  relative total return available, among three asset classes -- debt securities,
  equity securities and money market instruments.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
   
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
    

CAPITAL APPRECIATION DIVISION

CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Long-term capital growth.
INVESTMENTS
  Invests  in common  stocks and  preferred stock  that will  be allocated among
  various categories of stocks referred to as "components" which consist of  the
  following:  (i) The Growth Component --  Securities that the portfolio manager
  believes have the following characteristics: stability and quality of earnings
  and  positive   earnings  momentum;   dominant  competitive   positions;   and
  demonstrate  above-average  growth  rates  as compared  to  published  S&P 500
  earnings projections;  and (ii)  The Value  Component --  Securities that  the
  portfolio  manager  regards  as  fundamentally  undervalued,  i.e., securities
  selling at a  discount to  asset value and  securities with  a relatively  low
  price/earnings  ratio. The securities eligible  for this component may include
  real estate stocks, such  as securities of  publicly-owned companies that,  in
  the  portfolio manager's  judgement, offer  an optimum  combination of current
  dividend yield, expected dividend growth, and discount to current real  estate
  value.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Chancellor Trust Company

RISING DIVIDENDS DIVISION

RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation, with dividend income as a secondary objective.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  in  equity  securities of  high  quality companies  that  meet the
  following four criteria: consistent  dividend increases; substantial  dividend
  increases; reinvested profits; and an under-leveraged balance sheet.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, Inc.

ALL-GROWTH DIVISION

ALL-GROWTH SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment in securities selected for their long term growth prospects.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.

REAL ESTATE DIVISION
REAL ESTATE SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation, with current income as a secondary objective.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  in  publicly traded  equity securities  of  companies in  the real
  estate industry listed on national exchanges or on the National Association of
  Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
   
  E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc.
    

NATURAL RESOURCES DIVISION

NATURAL RESOURCES SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Long-term capital appreciation.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  in  equity  and  debt  securities  of  companies  engaged  in  the
  exploration, development, production, and distribution of natural resources.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Van Eck Associates Corporation

                                       15
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

VALUE EQUITY DIVISION

VALUE EQUITY SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Capital appreciation with a secondary objective of dividend income.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  primarily in equity securities of  U.S. and foreign issuers which,
  when purchased, meet quantitative standards believed by the Portfolio  Manager
  to  indicate  above  average  financial  soundness  and  high  intrinsic value
  relative to price.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Eagle Asset Management, Inc.

EMERGING MARKETS DIVISION

EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Long term growth of capital.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment primarily in equity securities of companies that are considered  to
  be in emerging market countries in the Pacific Basin and Latin America. Income
  is  not  an objective,  and  any production  of  current income  is considered
  incidental to the objective of growth of capital.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Bankers Trust Company

LIMITED MATURITY BOND DIVISION

LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  Highest current income consistent  with low risk  to principal and  liquidity.
  Also  seeks  to enhance  its total  return  through capital  appreciation when
  market factors indicate  that capital  appreciation may  be available  without
  significant risk to principal.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  primarily  in a  diversified  portfolio of  limited  maturity debt
  securities. No  individual  security will  at  the  time of  purchase  have  a
  remaining  maturity longer  than seven  years and  the dollar-weighted average
  maturity of the Series will not exceed five years.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Bankers Trust Company

LIQUID ASSET DIVISION

LIQUID ASSET SERIES
OBJECTIVE
  High level of current income consistent  with the preservation of capital  and
  liquidity.
INVESTMENTS
  Obligations  of the  U.S. Government  and its  agencies and instrumentalities;
  bank obligations; commercial paper and short-term corporate debt securities.
TERM
  All issues maturing in less than one year.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Bankers Trust Company

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D

   
The Global  Account is  the only  portfolio  of Account  D available  under  the
Contract.  The  Global Account  is  a non-diversified  investment  company which
invests directly  in securities.  There  can be  no  assurance that  the  Global
Account  will  meet its  investment objective.  Account D  may also  offer other
portfolios which are not available through the purchase of the Contract  offered
by  this prospectus.  DSI serves  as Manager  of Account  D and  Warburg, Pincus
serves as Portfolio Manager of the Global Account.
    

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT DIVISION

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT PORTFOLIO
OBJECTIVE
  High total investment  return, consistent  with a prudent  regard for  capital
  preservation.
INVESTMENTS
  Investment  in a  wide range  of equity and  debt securities  and money market
  instruments of both domestic and foreign issuers.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER
  Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.
ADVISORY FEE
  0.60% of the  first $500  million of  average daily  net assets  on an  annual
  basis; and 0.50% of the excess over $500 million.

The  initial  organizational expenses  of the  Global  Account were  advanced by
Golden  American.  The  Global  Account  reimburses  Golden  American  for  such
expenses,  which  are amortized  over five  years  from the  date of  the Global
Account's commencement of operations.

   
FOR MORE COMPLETE  INFORMATION ABOUT THE  MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT  OF ACCOUNT  D,
INCLUDING  THE RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH ITS  INVESTMENTS, SEE  PART II, INVESTMENT
OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES OF THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT.
    

CHANGES WITHIN ACCOUNT B AND ACCOUNT D

   
We may from time  to time make additional  Divisions available. These  Divisions
will  invest in investment portfolios we find suitable for the Contract. We also
    

                                       16
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
   
have the right to eliminate investment  Divisions from Account B and Account  D,
to  combine two  or more  Divisions, or  to substitute  a new  portfolio for the
portfolio in which a Division invests.  A substitution may become necessary  if,
in  our judgment, a portfolio no longer suits the purposes of the Contract. This
may happen due to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a  portfolio's
investment  objectives or  restrictions, or because  the portfolio  is no longer
available for investment, or for some other reason. In addition, we reserve  the
right  to transfer assets of  Account B and Account D,  which we determine to be
associated with  the class  of  Contracts to  which  your Contract  belongs,  to
another  account. If  necessary, we will  get prior approval  from the insurance
department of  our  state of  domicile  before  making such  a  substitution  or
transfer.  We will  also get any  required approval  from the SEC  and any other
required approvals before making such a substitution or transfer. We will notify
you as soon as practicable of any proposed changes.
    
When permitted by law, We reserve the right to:
(1) deregister an account under the 1940 Act;
(2) operate an account as a management company
    under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a unit investment trust;
(3) operate an account as a unit investment trust
    under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a managed separate account;

(4) restrict or eliminate any voting rights as to the
    accounts; and
(5) combine an account with other accounts.
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
   
Premium payments  may be  allocated to  the Fixed  Account at  the time  of  the
Initial  Premium payment or  as subsequently made.  In addition, all  or part of
your Accumulation  Value  may  be  transferred  to  the  Fixed  Account.  Assets
supporting  amounts allocated  to the  Fixed Account  are available  to fund the
claims of all classes  of our customers, Owners  and other creditors.  Interests
under  your  Contract relating  to the  Fixed Account  are registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933 but  the Fixed Account is  not registered under the  1940
Act.
    
   
  SELECTING A GUARANTEE PERIOD
    
   
  You  may select one or more Fixed Allocations with specified Guarantee Periods
  for investment. We currently offer Guarantee  Periods with durations of 1,  3,
  5,  7 and 10 years. We  reserve the right at any  time to decrease or increase
  the number of  Guarantee Periods  offered. Not  all Guarantee  Periods may  be
  available for new allocations. Each Fixed Allocation will have a Maturity Date
  corresponding  to  the  last  day  of the  calendar  month  of  the applicable
  Guarantee Period.
    

  Your Accumulation Value  in the  Fixed Account equals  the sum  of your  Fixed
  Allocations  plus the interest  credited thereto, as  adjusted for any partial
  withdrawals,  reallocations  or  other  charges  we  may  impose.  Your  Fixed
  Allocation will be credited with the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the
  date we receive and accept your premium or reallocation of Accumulation Value.
  The  Guaranteed  Interest Rate  will  be credited  daily  to yield  the quoted
  Guaranteed Interest Rate.

  GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES
   
  Each Guarantee Period will have an interest rate that is guaranteed. We do not
  have a specific formula for establishing the Guaranteed Interest Rates for the
  different Guarantee Periods. The determination made will be influenced by, but
  not necessarily  correspond  to,  interest rates  available  on  fixed  income
  investments  which  we may  acquire  with the  amounts  we receive  as premium
  payments or reallocations  of Accumulation  Value under  the Contracts.  These
  amounts will be invested primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities
  including:  securities issued by the United  States Government or its agencies
  or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the  United
  States  Government; debt securities  that have an  investment grade rating, at
  the time  of purchase,  within the  four highest  grades assigned  by  Moody's
  Investor  Services, Inc.  (Aaa, Aa, A  or Baa), Standard  & Poor's Corporation
  (AAA, AA,  A  or BBB)  or  any  other nationally  recognized  rating  service;
  mortgage-backed  securities collateralized  by the Federal  Home Loan Mortgage
  Association, the  Federal  National  Mortgage Association  or  the  Government
  National  Mortgage Association, or that have an investment grade rating at the
  time of purchase within  the four highest grades  described above; other  debt
  investments;  commercial paper; and cash or cash equivalents. You will have no
  direct or indirect interest in these investments. We will also consider  other
  factors in determining the Guaranteed Interest Rates, including regulatory and
  tax  requirements, sales commissions and  administrative expenses borne by us,
  general  economic  trends  and  competitive  factors.  We  cannot  predict  or
  guarantee  the level  of future interest  rates. However,  no Fixed Allocation
  will ever have a Guaranteed Interest Rate of less than 3% per year.
    

                                       17
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

  While the foregoing generally describes  our investment strategy with  respect
  to  the  Fixed  Account, we  are  not  obligated to  invest  according  to any
  particular strategy, except  as may be  required by Delaware  and other  state
  insurance laws.

  TRANSFERS FROM A FIXED ALLOCATION
  You  may transfer your  Accumulation Value from  a Fixed Allocation  to one or
  more new Fixed Allocations with new Guarantee Periods of any length offered by
  us or  to the  Divisions of  Account B  or Account  D. Unless  you specify  in
  writing  the Fixed Allocations from which such transfers will be made, we will
  transfer amounts from the Fixed Allocations starting with the Guarantee Period
  nearest its Maturity Date, until we have honored your transfer request.

   
  Transfers from a Fixed  Allocation made within 30  days prior to the  Maturity
  Date  of  the  applicable Guarantee  Period  or  pursuant to  the  dollar cost
  averaging program will not be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. All  other
  transfers  from  your Fixed  Allocations  will be  subject  to a  Market Value
  Adjustment. The minimum amount  that can be transferred  to or from any  Fixed
  Allocation  is $250. If a transfer request would reduce the Accumulation Value
  remaining in  your Fixed  Allocation to  less than  $250, we  will treat  such
  transfer  request as  a request to  transfer the entire  Accumulation Value in
  such Fixed Allocation.
    

   
  At the end of a Fixed Allocation's Guarantee Period, you may transfer  amounts
  in  that  Fixed  Allocation  to  the  Divisions  and  one  or  more  new Fixed
  Allocations with Guarantee Periods of any  length then offered by us. You  may
  not, however, transfer amounts to any Fixed Allocation with a Guarantee Period
  that extends beyond your Annuity Commencement Date.
    

   
  At  least 30  calendar days  prior to  a Maturity  Date of  any of  your Fixed
  Allocations, or earlier if required by state law, we will send you a notice of
  the Guarantee Periods then available. Prior to the Maturity Date of your Fixed
  Allocations you must notify  us as to which  Division or new Guarantee  Period
  you  have selected. If timely instructions  are not received, we will transfer
  your Accumulation Value in the maturing Fixed Allocation to a Fixed Allocation
  with a Guarantee Period equal in  length to the expiring Guarantee Period.  If
  such  Guarantee  Period  is  not  available  or  extends  beyond  your annuity
  commencement date, we will  transfer your Accumulation  Value in the  maturing
  Fixed  Allocation to the next shortest  Guarantee Period which does not extend
  beyond  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  If  no  such  Guarantee  Period  is
  available,   we  will  transfer  your  Accumulation  Value  to  the  Specially
  Designated Division.
    

   
  PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS FROM A FIXED ALLOCATION
    
   
  Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date  and while your Contract is in  effect,
  you  may  take partial  withdrawals  from the  Accumulation  Value in  a Fixed
  Allocation by sending satisfactory notice to our Customer Service Center.  You
  may  make  systematic  withdrawals  of interest  earnings  only  from  a Fixed
  Allocation under  our  Systematic  Partial Withdrawal  Option.  (See,  Partial
  Withdrawals,  Systematic  Partial Withdrawal  Option.)  Systematic withdrawals
  from  a  Fixed  Allocation  are   not  permitted  if  such  Fixed   Allocation
  participates  in the dollar  cost averaging program.  Withdrawals from a Fixed
  Allocation taken within  30 days  prior to  the Maturity  Date and  systematic
  withdrawals are not subject to a Market Value Adjustment; however, a surrender
  charge  may be imposed. Withdrawals may  have federal income tax consequences,
  including a 10% penalty tax. See Surrender Charge, Surrender Charge for Excess
  Partial Withdrawals and Federal Tax Considerations.
    

   
  If you specify a Fixed Allocation  from which your partial withdrawal will  be
  made,  we will assess the partial withdrawal against that Fixed Allocation. If
  you do not  specify the investment  option from which  the partial  withdrawal
  will  be taken, we will  not assess your partial  withdrawal against any Fixed
  Allocations unless the  partial withdrawal exceeds  the Accumulation Value  in
  the Divisions of Account B and Account D. If there is no Accumulation Value in
  those  Divisions,  partial  withdrawals  will  be  deducted  from  your  Fixed
  Allocations starting with the Guarantee  Periods nearest their Maturity  Dates
  until we have honored your request.
    

  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
   
  We  will apply  a Market  Value Adjustment,  determined by  application of the
  formula described below, in the following circumstances: (i) whenever you make
  a withdrawal or transfer  from a Fixed Allocation,  other than withdrawals  or
  transfers  made within 30  days prior to  the Maturity Date  of the applicable
  Guarantee Period, systematic  partial withdrawals, or  pursuant to the  dollar
  cost averaging program; and (ii) on the Annuity Commencement Date with respect
  to  any Fixed  Allocation having a  Guarantee Period  that does not  end on or
  within 30 days after the annuity commencement date.
    

                                       18
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)

  The Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount withdrawn,
  transferred or annuitized by the following factor:

<TABLE>
<C>        <C>              <S>        <C>
        (        1+I        )N/365
              1+J+.0025                -1
</TABLE>

  Where "I" is the Index Rate for a Fixed Allocation as of the first day of  the
  applicable  Guarantee Period; "J" is the  Index Rate for new Fixed Allocations
  with Guarantee Periods  equal to  the number  of years  (fractional years  are
  rounded  up to the  next full year)  remaining in the  Guarantee Period at the
  time of the withdrawal,  transfer or annuitization; and  "N" is the  remaining
  number of days in the Guarantee Period at the time of the withdrawal, transfer
  or annuitization.

   
  The  Index Rate is the  average of the Ask Yields  for U.S. Treasury Strips as
  reported by  a  national quoting  service  for the  applicable  maturity.  The
  average  currently is based  on the period  from the 22nd  day of the calendar
  month two months prior to the  calendar month of the Index Rate  determination
  to  the  21st day  of the  calendar month  immediately prior  to the  month of
  determination. The applicable  maturity is  the maturity date  for these  U.S.
  Treasury  Strips on or next following the last day of the Guarantee Period. If
  the Ask Yields  are no  longer available, the  Index Rate  will be  determined
  using a suitable replacement method approved where required.
    

   
  We  currently calculate the  Index Rate once each  calendar month. However, we
  reserve the right to  calculate the Index Rate  more frequently than  monthly,
  but  in no event will such  Index Rate be based upon  a period of less than 28
  days.
    

   
  The Market Value Adjustment  may result in either  an increase or decrease  in
  the Accumulation Value of your Fixed Allocation. If a full surrender, transfer
  or  annuitization from the Fixed Allocation has been requested, the balance of
  the Market Value  Adjustment will be  added to or  subtracted from the  amount
  surrendered,  transferred or annuitized. If  a partial withdrawal, transfer or
  annuitization  has  been  requested,  the  Market  Value  Adjustment  will  be
  calculated  on  the  total  amount  that  must  be  withdrawn,  transferred or
  annuitized in order  to provide  the amount  requested. If  a negative  Market
  Value  Adjustment exceeds the Accumulation Value in the Fixed Allocation, such
  transaction will be  considered a full  surrender, transfer or  annuitization.
  The Appendix contains several examples which illustrate the application of the
  Market Value Adjustment.
    

   
  Because of the Market Value Adjustment provision of the Contract, you bear the
  investment  risk that the Guaranteed Interest Rates  offered by us at the time
  you make a withdrawal or transfer  from a Fixed Allocation or start  receiving
  annuity  payments may be higher or lower  than the Guaranteed Interest Rate of
  the Fixed Allocation to which the Market Value Adjustment is applied, with the
  result  that  the  Accumulation  Value   of  your  Fixed  Allocation  may   be
  substantially  reduced or increased.  This will depend  on the relationship of
  (1) the Guaranteed Interest Rate credited  to the Fixed Allocation from  which
  the  withdrawal,  transfer  or  annuitization  is  made  to  (2)  the  current
  Guaranteed Interest Rate offered by us  for the Guarantee Period equal to  the
  number  of years  remaining in the  Guarantee Period  as of such  date. If the
  Guaranteed Interest Rate  of (1) is  higher than the  then current  Guaranteed
  Interest  Rate of (2)  plus .0025, application of  the Market Value Adjustment
  will result  in an  increase in  your Accumulation  Value. If  the  Guaranteed
  Interest  Rate of (1) is lower than  the then current Guaranteed Interest Rate
  of (2) plus .0025, application of the Market Value Adjustment will result in a
  decrease in your Accumulation Value.
    

                                       19
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT

THE OWNER

   
You are the Owner. You are also the Annuitant unless another Annuitant is  named
in the application or enrollment form. You have the rights and options described
in the Contract. One or more persons may own the Contract. If there are multiple
Owners  named, the age of the oldest  Owner shall determine the applicable death
benefit.
    

   
Death of an Owner activates the death  benefit provision. In the case of a  sole
Owner  who  dies  prior  to  the annuity  commencement  date,  we  will  pay the
Beneficiary the death  benefit when  due. The sole  Owner's estate  will be  the
Beneficiary  if no  Beneficiary designation is  in effect, or  if the designated
Beneficiary has predeceased  the Owner.  In the  case of  a joint  Owner of  the
Contract  dying prior  to the annuity  commencement date, we  will designate the
surviving  Owner(s)  as  the  Beneficiary(ies).  This  supersedes  any  previous
Beneficiary designation.
    

   
In  the case where the Owner is a trust  and a beneficial Owner of the trust has
been designated,  the beneficial  Owner will  be  treated as  the Owner  of  the
Contract  solely for the purpose of determining the death benefit provisions. If
a beneficial Owner is  changed or added  after the Contract  Date, this will  be
treated  as a change of Owner for purposes of determining the death benefit. See
Change of Owner or  Beneficiary. If no  beneficial Owner of  the Trust has  been
designated,  the availability of  enhanced death benefits  will be determined by
the age of the Annuitant at issue.
    

THE ANNUITANT

   
The Annuitant is the person designated by the Owner to be the measuring life  in
determining Annuity Payments. The Owner will receive the annuity benefits of the
Contract  if the Annuitant  is living on  the Annuity Commencement  Date. If the
Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, and a contingent  Annuitant
has been named, the contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant (unless the Owner
is  not an individual,  in which case  the death benefit  becomes payable). Once
named, the Annuitant may not be changed at any time.
    

   
If there is no contingent Annuitant when the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Owner will become the Annuitant. The Owner may  designate
a new Annuitant within 60 days of the death of the Annuitant.
    

   
If there is no contingent Annuitant when the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date  and  the  Owner  is  not  an  individual,  we  will  pay the
Beneficiary the death benefit then due.  The Beneficiary will be as provided  in
the  Beneficiary designation then in effect. If no Beneficiary designation is in
effect, or if there is no designated  Beneficiary living, the Owner will be  the
Beneficiary.  If the Annuitant  was the sole  Owner and there  is no Beneficiary
designation, the Annuitant's estate will be the Beneficiary.
    

   
Regardless of whether a death benefit is payable, if the Annuitant dies and  any
Owner  is  not  an  individual,  such  death  will  trigger  application  of the
distribution rules imposed by Federal tax law.
    

THE BENEFICIARY

   
The Beneficiary is  the person to  whom we  pay death benefit  proceeds and  who
becomes  the successor Owner if the Owner dies prior to the annuity commencement
date. We pay death benefit proceeds to the primary Beneficiary (unless there are
joint Owners,  in  which  case  death proceeds  are  payable  to  the  surviving
Owner(s)). See Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary.
    

   
If  the  Beneficiary  dies before  the  Annuitant  or Owner,  the  death benefit
proceeds are  paid  to  the contingent  Beneficiary,  if  any. If  there  is  no
surviving Beneficiary, we pay the death benefit proceeds to the Owner's estate.
    

   
One  or more persons may  be named as Beneficiary  or contingent Beneficiary. In
the case  of more  than one  Beneficiary, unless  otherwise specified,  we  will
assume  any  death  benefit proceeds  are  to be  paid  in equal  shares  to the
surviving beneficiaries.
    

   
You have  the right  to  change beneficiaries  during the  Annuitant's  lifetime
unless  you  have designated  an  irrevocable Beneficiary.  When  an irrevocable
Beneficiary has been designated, you and the irrevocable Beneficiary may have to
act together to exercise certain rights and options under the Contract.
    

CHANGE OF OWNER OR BENEFICIARY

   
During the Annuitant's lifetime  and while your Contract  is in effect, you  may
transfer   ownership  of  the  Contract  (if  purchased  in  connection  with  a
non-qualified plan) subject to our published rules at the time of the change.  A
change  in  Ownership  may  affect  the amount  of  the  death  benefit  and the
guaranteed death benefit. You may also change the Beneficiary. To make either of
these changes,  you  must  send us  written  notice  of the  change  in  a  form
satisfactory  to us.  The change will  take effect as  of the day  the notice is
signed. The change will not affect any payment made or action taken by us before
recording  the  change  at  our   Customer  Service  Center.  See  Federal   Tax
Considerations, Transfer of Annuity Contracts, and Assignments.
    

AVAILABILITY OF THE CONTRACT

   
We  can issue a Contract if both the  Annuitant and the Owner are not older than
age 85.
    

                                       20
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

TYPES OF CONTRACTS

QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
   
  The  Contract  may  be  issued  as  an  Individual  Retirement  Annuity  or in
  connection with  an individual  retirement account.  In the  latter case,  the
  Contract  will be issued without an Individual Retirement Annuity endorsement,
  and the rights of the participant under  the Contract will be affected by  the
  terms  and  conditions  of  the  particular  individual  retirement  trust  or
  custodial  account,  and  by  provisions  of  the  Code  and  the  regulations
  thereunder.  For example, the individual retirement trust or custodial account
  will impose minimum  distribution rules,  which may  require distributions  to
  commence  not later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar
  year in which you attain age 70 1/2. For both Individual Retirement  Annuities
  and individual retirement accounts, the minimum Initial Premium is $1,500.
    

   
  IF  THE  CONTRACT IS  PURCHASED TO  FUND A  QUALIFIED PLAN,  DISTRIBUTION MUST
  COMMENCE NOT LATER THAN APRIL 1ST OF THE CALENDAR YEAR FOLLOWING THE  CALENDAR
  YEAR  IN WHICH YOU ATTAIN AGE 70 1/2. IF YOU OWN MORE THAN ONE QUALIFIED PLAN,
  YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR.
    

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
   
  The Contract may fund any  non-qualified plan. Non-qualified Contracts do  not
  qualify  for any tax-favored treatment other than the benefits provided for by
  annuities.
    

YOUR RIGHT TO SELECT OR CHANGE CONTRACT OPTIONS

   
Before the Annuity Commencement  Date, you may  change the Annuity  Commencement
Date,  frequency of Annuity Payments or the  Annuity Option by sending a written
request to our Customer Service Center. The Annuitant may not be changed at  any
time.
    

PREMIUMS

   
You  purchase the Contract  with an Initial  Premium. After the  end of the Free
Look Period, you  may make  additional premium payments.  See Making  Additional
Premium  Payments. The  minimum Initial Premium  is $10,000  for a non-qualified
Contract and $1,500 for a qualified Contract.
    

You must receive our prior approval before making a premium payment that  causes
the  Accumulation Value  of all  annuities that you  maintain with  us to exceed
$1,000,000. We may change the minimum initial or additional premium requirements
for  certain  group   or  sponsored   arrangements.  See   Group  or   Sponsored
Arrangements.

QUALIFIED PLANS
   
  For IRA Contracts, the annual premium on behalf of any individual Contract may
  not  exceed $2,000. Provided  your spouse does  not make a  contribution to an
  IRA, you  may set  up  a spousal  IRA  even if  your  spouse has  earned  some
  compensation  during the year. The maximum deductible amount for a spousal IRA
  program is the lesser of  $2,250 or 100% of  your compensation reduced by  the
  contribution  (if  any) made  by you  for the  taxable year  to your  own IRA.
  However, no more than $2,000 can go to either your or your spouse's IRA in any
  one year. For example,  $1,750 may go  to your IRA and  $500 to your  spouse's
  IRA.  These maximums  are not  applicable if  the premium  is the  result of a
  rollover from another qualified plan.
    

WHERE TO MAKE PAYMENTS
  Remit premium payments to our Customer Service Center. The address is shown on
  the cover. We will send you a confirmation notice.

MAKING ADDITIONAL PREMIUM PAYMENTS

   
You may make additional premium payments after the end of the Free Look  Period.
We  can accept additional  premium payments until either  the Annuitant or Owner
reaches the Attained Age of 85  under non-qualified plans. For qualified  plans,
no  contributions may be made  to an IRA Contract for  the taxable year in which
you attain age 70  1/2 and thereafter (except  for rollover contributions).  The
minimum  additional premium payment  we will accept is  $500 for a non-qualified
plan and $250 for a qualified plan.
    

CREDITING PREMIUM PAYMENTS

   
The Initial Premium  will be accepted  or rejected within  two business days  of
receipt by us if accompanied by information sufficient to permit us to determine
if  we are able to issue a Contract. We  may retain an Initial Premium for up to
five business days while attempting  to obtain information sufficient to  enable
us  to issue the Contract. If we are  unable to do so within five business days,
the applicant or enrollee will be informed of the reasons for the delay and  the
Initial  Premium will be  returned immediately unless  the applicant or enrollee
consents to  our  retaining the  Initial  Premium  until we  have  received  the
information  we require. Thereafter, all additional premiums will be accepted on
the day received.
    

In certain  states  we  will  also accept,  by  agreement  with  broker-dealers,
transmittal  of initial and  additional premium payments by  wire order from the
broker-dealer  to  our  Customer  Service  Center.  Such  transmittals  must  be
accompanied  by  a simultaneous  telephone  facsimile or  other  electronic data
transmission  containing  the  essential  information  we  require  to  open  an

                                       21
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
account and allocate the premium payment. Contact our Customer Service Center to
find out about state availability and broker-dealer requirements.

   
Upon  our acceptance of premium payments received via wire order and accompanied
by sufficient  electronically  transmitted data,  we  will issue  the  Contract,
allocate  the premium  payment according  to your  instructions, and  invest the
payment at  the value  next determined  following receipt.  See Restrictions  on
Allocation  of Premium Payments. Wire orders  not accompanied by sufficient data
to enable  us to  accept the  premium payment  may be  retained for  up to  five
business  days while we attempt to obtain information sufficient to enable us to
issue the Contract. If we are unable to do so, our Customer Service Center  will
inform the broker-dealer, on behalf of the applicant or enrollee, of the reasons
for  the delay and  return the premium payment  immediately to the broker-dealer
for return  to the  applicant  or enrollee,  unless  the applicant  or  enrollee
specifically  consents  to allow  us  to retain  the  premium payment  until our
Customer Service Center receives the required information.
    

On the date we receive and accept your initial or additional premium payment:

   
(1) We allocate the Initial Premium among the
Divisions and Fixed Allocations according  to your instructions, subject to  any
    restrictions.  See  Restrictions  on  Allocation  of  Premium  Payments. For
    additional premium payments,  the Accumulation  Value will  increase by  the
    amount  of the  premium. If  we do  not receive  instructions from  you, the
    increase in the Accumulation Value will be allocated among the Divisions  in
    proportion  to the amount of  Accumulation Value in each  Division as of the
    date we receive and  accept the additional premium  payment. If there is  no
    Accumulation  Value in the Divisions, the increase in the Accumulation Value
    will be allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with the shortest Guarantee  Period
    then available.
    

   
(2) For an Initial Premium, we calculate your
applicable  death  benefit.  When  an additional  premium  payment  is  made, we
    increase your applicable death benefit in accordance with the death  benefit
    option in effect for your Contract.
    

Following  receipt and acceptance  of the wire order  and accompanying data, and
investment of the premium payment, we will follow one of the two procedures  set
forth  below. The  one we  follow is  determined by  state availability  and the
procedures of the broker-dealer which submitted the wire order.

   
(1) We will issue the Contract. However, until we
    have received and  accepted a properly  completed application or  enrollment
    form,  we reserve  the right  to rescind  the Contract.  If the  form is not
    received within fifteen  days of  receipt of  the premium  payment, we  will
    refund the Accumulation Value plus any charges we deducted, and the Contract
    will  be voided.  Some states  require that we  return the  premium paid. In
    these states, different rules will apply.
    

   
(2) Based on the information provided, we will issue
    the Contract. We will mail the Contract to you, together with an Application
    Acknowledgement Statement. You must execute the Application  Acknowledgement
    Statement  and return  it to  us at  our Customer  Service Center.  Until we
    receive the executed Application Acknowledgement Statement, neither you  nor
    the broker-dealer may execute any financial transactions with respect to the
    Contract  unless such transactions are appropriately requested in writing by
    you.
    

RESTRICTIONS ON ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

   
We may  require that  an Initial  Premium designated  for a  Division of  either
Account  B or Account D be allocated to the Specially Designated Division during
the Free Look Period for Initial  Premiums received from some states. After  the
free  look  period,  if your  Initial  Premium  was allocated  to  the Specially
Designated Division, we will  transfer the Accumulation  Value to the  Divisions
you  previously  selected  based  on the  index  of  investment  experience next
computed for each Division.  See Part I,  Measurement of Investment  Experience,
Index  of Investment Experience and Unit  Value. Initial premiums designated for
the Fixed Account  will be allocated  to a Fixed  Allocation with the  Guarantee
Period you have chosen.
    

   
EXCHANGE AND UPDATE PROGRAMS
    

   
We  may offer  two programs  that allow  you to  elect to  exchange or  update a
contract that you currently own for GoldenSelect DVA PLUS. Our External Exchange
Program is available only where your current contract was issued by an insurance
company not affiliated  with us.  Our DVA Update  Program is  available only  to
current owners of GoldenSelect DVA contracts issued by Golden American since May
1,  1991. The DVA Update Program is scheduled to terminate on December 31, 1995.
The External  Exchange  Program  and  the  DVA  Update  Program  (together,  the
"Programs")  are  described  below.  For  a  more  complete  description  of the
Programs, including any restrictions and limits that may apply, please call  our
Customer Service Center.
    

   
Both  Programs  are available  through  participating broker-dealers  only where
permitted by applicable law and certain  restrictions may apply. We reserve  the
right    to    modify,   suspend,    or    terminate   either    or    both   of
    

                                       22
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
the Programs at any time or from time to time without notice. You should consult
with your tax advisor as to the  tax consequences of participating in either  of
the  Programs.  See Federal  Tax Considerations.  Different  rules may  apply in
connection with qualified plans.
    

   
EXTERNAL EXCHANGE PROGRAM
    
   
  When available, the External Exchange Program allows you to exchange contracts
  issued by insurance  companies not affiliated  with us ("Exchange  Contracts")
  for  GoldenSelect DVA PLUS. Under the  External Exchange Program you may elect
  to receive external  exchange credits ("Credits")  in an amount  equal to  any
  surrender  charge you  pay, currently  up to 5.00%  (for issue  ages 0-79) and
  2.50% (for issue ages 80 and  over) of the amount transferred to  GoldenSelect
  DVA  PLUS. Such  Credits are  added to  the amount  applied from  the Exchange
  Contract with funds  from our  general account in  a manner  specified by  our
  rules.  In  effect, such  Credits  permit a  Contract  issued pursuant  to the
  External Exchange Program to have an  Accumulation Value equal to that of  the
  Exchange  Contract,  subject  to  our  current  rules  as  to  the  amount and
  availability of Credits. Credits  are not considered  premium for purposes  of
  calculating  your guaranteed death benefit but will be treated as premium with
  respect to all  applicable fees,  charges (including  surrender charges),  and
  taxes. Credits added to the amount applied from the Exchange Contract will not
  be returned to you if you surrender your Contract during the Free Look Period.
    

   
  You  should carefully evaluate whether  the External Exchange Program benefits
  you more  than if  you continue  to hold  your Exchange  Contract. Factors  to
  consider  include, but are not limited to: (a) the amount of surrender charges
  under your  Exchange Contract;  (b)  the time  remaining under  your  Exchange
  Contract  during which surrender  charges apply; (c)  the on-going charges, if
  any, under  your  Exchange Contract  versus  the on-going  charges  under  our
  Contract;  (d) the  surrender charges under  our Contract; (e)  the amount and
  timing  of  any  benefits  under  the  External  Exchange  Program;  (f)   the
  potentially greater cost to you if the surrender charge on our Contract or the
  surrender  charge on  your Exchange  Contract exceeds  the benefits  under the
  External Exchange  Program; and  (g) the  loss of  tax benefits  that are  not
  available to newly issued Contracts under the Federal tax laws.
    

   
DVA UPDATE PROGRAM
    
   
  The  DVA Update  Program is available  only to current  owners of GoldenSelect
  DVA. The DVA Update  Program is scheduled to  terminate on December 31,  1995.
  Under  the DVA  Update Program owners  of existing  GoldenSelect DVA contracts
  issued by Golden American since May 1, 1991 may elect to update their  current
  contract  to  receive the  additional  benefits described  below  contained in
  GoldenSelect DVA PLUS.  Such benefits are  only effective upon  the date  your
  contract is modified and are not retroactive.
    

   
  By  electing to  participate in  the DVA Update  Program you  will receive the
  following benefits offered by GoldenSelect DVA PLUS:
    

   
  (1) your unaccrued Distribution Fee (annual sales
      load) of 1.00% per year payable over six years will be eliminated;
    

   
  (2) your current Administrative Charge of $40 will
      be waived if your Accumulation Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end
      of the contract year or  once the sum of  premiums paid equals or  exceeds
      $100,000;
    

   
  (3) your current Excess Allocation Charge of $25
      for  each allocation change in excess of  five per contact year is waived,
      subject to our  reserved right to  charge $25 if  more than 12  allocation
      changes are made per contract year;
    

   
  (4) your current Partial Withdrawal Charge of
      2.0%  of  the amount  withdrawn for  each additional  conventional partial
      withdrawal after the first in a contract year up to $25 is eliminated; and
    

   
  (5) you will be eligible for the waiver of surrender
      charge described  in  this prospectus  under  caption, Charges  and  Fees,
      Charges Deducted From Accumulation Value, Surrender Charge.
    

   
If  you  participate in  the  DVA Update  Program  your Separate  Account Annual
Expenses will  be adjusted  based  on your  guaranteed  death benefit.  If  your
current  GoldenSelect DVA was issued to you with a death benefit that included a
guaranteed death benefit interest rate calculated at an annual rate of 7%,  your
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge will be increased from 0.90% to 1.40% and your
Asset Based Administrative Charge will be increased from 0.10% to 0.15%. If your
current  GoldenSelect DVA was issued without a guaranteed death benefit interest
rate, your Mortality  and Expense Risk  Charge will be  increased from 0.90%  to
1.10% and your Asset Based Administrative Charge will be increased from 0.10% to
0.15%.
    

   
Except as detailed in the two paragraphs above, all terms and conditions of your
GoldenSelect  DVA remain in full force and  effect, and you should refer to your
GoldenSelect DVA prospectus for a description of
    

                                       23
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
your contract.  Additionally please  note that  your surrender  charge  schedule
remains  the  same and  the issue  date  of your  GoldenSelect DVA  contract for
purposes of calculating any surrender charge is unchanged.
    

YOUR RIGHT TO REALLOCATE

   
You may  reallocate  your  Accumulation  Value among  the  Divisions  and  Fixed
Allocations  at the end  of the free look  period. We currently  do not assess a
charge for allocation changes made during a Contract Year. We reserve the right,
however, to assess  a $25 charge  for each allocation  change after the  twelfth
allocation  change in a Contract Year. We require that each reallocation of your
Accumulation Value equal  at least $250  or, if less,  your entire  Accumulation
Value within a Division or Fixed Allocation. We reserve the right to limit, upon
notice, the maximum number of reallocations you may make within a Contract Year.
In  addition, we reserve  the right to  defer the reallocation  privilege at any
time we are unable to purchase or redeem  shares of The GCG Trust or Account  D.
We  also reserve the right to modify  or terminate your right to reallocate your
Accumulation Value at any time in accordance with applicable law.  Reallocations
from  the Fixed Account are subject to  the Market Value Adjustment unless taken
as part of  the dollar cost  averaging program or  within 30 days  prior to  the
Maturity Date of the applicable Guarantee Period. To make a reallocation change,
you must provide us with satisfactory notice at our Customer Service Center.
    

We  reserve the right to limit the  number of reallocations of your Accumulation
Value among  the Divisions  and  Fixed Allocations  or refuse  any  reallocation
request  if  we  believe  that:  (a) excessive  trading  by  you  or  a specific
reallocation request may have a detrimental  effect on unit values or the  share
prices  of the  underlying Series; or  (b) we are  informed by The  GCG Trust or
Account D that the purchase or redemption of shares is to be restricted  because
of  excessive trading  or a specific  reallocation or group  of reallocations is
deemed to have a detrimental effect on share prices of The GCG Trust or  Account
D.

Where  permitted  by  law,  we  may accept  your  authorization  of  third party
reallocation on your behalf, subject to our rules. We may suspend or cancel such
acceptance  at  any  time.  We  will  notify  you  of  any  such  suspension  or
cancellation.  We may restrict the Divisions  and Fixed Allocations that will be
available to you for  reallocations of premiums during  any period in which  you
authorize  such  third party  to  act on  your behalf.  We  will give  you prior
notification of  any  such  restrictions.  However, we  will  not  enforce  such
restrictions if we are provided evidence satisfactory to us that: (a) such third
party  has been appointed  by a court  of competent jurisdiction  to act on your
behalf; or (b) such third party has been appointed by you to act on your  behalf
for all your financial affairs.

   
Some restrictions may apply based on the free look provisions of the state where
the Contract is issued. See Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract.
    

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

If  you have at least $10,000 of Accumulation Value in the Limited Maturity Bond
Division, the  Liquid Asset  Division or  a  Fixed Allocation  with a  one  year
Guarantee  Period, you may  elect the dollar  cost averaging program  and have a
specified  dollar  amount  transferred  from  those  Divisions  or  such   Fixed
Allocation on a monthly basis.

The  main  objective of  dollar  cost averaging  is  to attempt  to  shield your
investment from short term price fluctuations.  Since the same dollar amount  is
transferred  to  other  Divisions each  month,  more  units are  purchased  in a
Division if the value per unit is low and less units are purchased if the  value
per unit is high.

Therefore,  a lower than  average value per  unit may be  achieved over the long
term. This  plan of  investing  allows investors  to  take advantage  of  market
fluctuations but does not assure a profit or protect against a loss in declining
markets.

Dollar  cost averaging may be  elected at issue or at  a later date. The minimum
amount that may be transferred each month is $250. The maximum amount which  may
be  transferred is equal to your Accumulation Value in the Limited Maturity Bond
Division, the  Liquid Asset  Division or  a  Fixed Allocation  with a  one  year
Guarantee  Period when you  elect the dollar cost  averaging program, divided by
12.

   
The transfer date will be the same calendar day each month as the Contract Date.
The dollar amount will be allocated to  the Divisions in which you are  invested
in  proportion to  your Accumulation Value  in each Division  unless you specify
otherwise. If, on any transfer date, your Accumulation Value is equal to or less
than the amount you have elected to have transferred, the entire amount will  be
transferred  and the program will  end. You may change  the transfer amount once
each Contract Year, or cancel this program by sending satisfactory notice to our
Customer Service Center at least seven  days before the next transfer date.  Any
allocation  under this program will not be included in determining if the excess
allocation charge will  apply. We currently  do not permit  transfers under  the
dollar  cost averaging program  from Fixed Allocations with  other than one year
Guarantee Periods.  Transfers from  a  Fixed Allocation  under the  dollar  cost
averaging    program    will    not    be   subject    to    a    Market   Value
    

                                       24
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
Adjustment. See, Market Value Adjustment. A Fixed Allocation may not participate
simultaneously in  both the  dollar cost  averaging program  and the  Systematic
Partial Withdrawal Option.

WHAT HAPPENS IF A DIVISION IS NOT AVAILABLE

When  a distribution is made from  an investment portfolio supporting a Division
of Account  B or  The Managed  Global Account  Division of  Account D  in  which
reinvestment  is not  available, we will  allocate the  distribution, unless you
specify otherwise, to the Specially Designated Division.

   
Such a distribution can occur when (a) an investment portfolio matures, or (b) a
distribution from a portfolio or Division cannot be reinvested in the  portfolio
or  Division due  to the unavailability  of securities for  acquisition. When an
investment portfolio matures, we will notify  you in writing 30 days in  advance
of  that date.  To elect  an allocation  of the  distribution to  other than the
Specially Designated Division,  you must  provide satisfactory notice  to us  at
least  seven days prior to the date  the portfolio matures. Such allocations are
not counted for  purposes of the  number of free  allocation changes  permitted.
When  a distribution from  a portfolio or  Division cannot be  reinvested in the
portfolio due  to the  unavailability  of securities  for acquisition,  we  will
notify  you promptly after  the allocation has  occurred. If within  30 days you
allocate the Accumulation Value from the Specially Designated Division to  other
Divisions  or Fixed  Allocations of  your choice,  such allocations  will not be
included in determining if the excess allocation charge will apply.
    

YOUR ACCUMULATION VALUE

   
Your Accumulation Value is the sum of  the amounts in each of the Divisions  and
the Fixed Allocations in which you are invested, and is the amount available for
investment  at any time. You select the Divisions and Fixed Allocations to which
to allocate your Accumulation Value. We  adjust your Accumulation Value on  each
Valuation  Date to  reflect the  Divisions' investment  performance and interest
credited to your Fixed Allocations,  any additional premium payments or  partial
withdrawals  since the previous Valuation Date,  and on each Contract processing
date to reflect  any deduction  of the  annual Contract  fee. Your  Accumulation
Value is applied to your choice of an Annuity Option on the Annuity Commencement
Date subject to our published rules at such time. See Choosing an Income Plan.
    

ACCUMULATION VALUE IN EACH DIVISION

ON THE CONTRACT DATE
   
  On the Contract Date, your Accumulation Value is allocated to each Division as
  you have specified, unless the Contract is issued in a state that requires the
  return  of premium payments  during the Free  Look Period, in  which case, the
  portion of your Initial  Premium not allocated to  a Fixed Allocation will  be
  allocated  to the Specially  Designated Division during  the Free Look Period.
  See Your Right to Cancel or Exchange Your Contract.
    

ON EACH VALUATION DATE
   
  At the end  of each subsequent  Valuation Period, the  amount of  Accumulation
  Value in each Division will be calculated as follows:
    

   
  (1) We take the Accumulation Value in the Division
      at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
    

   
  (2) We multiply (1) by the Division's net rate of
      return for the current Valuation Period.
    

  (3) We add (1) and (2).

   
  (4) We add to (3) any additional premium
payments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period.
    

   
  (5) We add or subtract allocations to or from that
      Division during the current Valuation Period.
    

   
  (6) We subtract from (5) any partial withdrawals
      and  any associated charges allocated to  that Division during the current
      Valuation Period.
    

  (7) We subtract from (6) the amounts allocated to
      that Division for:

   
      (a) any Contract fees; and
    

      (b) any charge for premium taxes.

  All amounts in (7) are allocated to  each Division in the proportion that  (6)
  bears  to the Accumulation Value in Account B and Account D, unless the Charge
  Deduction  Division  has  been  specified.  See  Charges  Deducted  from   the
  Accumulation Value.

MEASUREMENT OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
AND UNIT VALUE
   
  The  investment experience of a Division is determined on each Valuation Date.
  We use an  index to  measure changes in  each Division's  experience during  a
  Valuation  Period. We  set the index  at $10  when the first  investments in a
  Division are made. The index for  a current Valuation Period equals the  index
  for the preceding Valuation Period multiplied by the experience factor for the
  current Valuation Period.
    

   
  We  may express the  value of amounts  allocated to the  Divisions in terms of
  units. We determine the number of units for a given amount on a Valuation Date
  by dividing the dollar value of that amount by
    

                                       25
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
  the index of  investment experience  for that  date. The  index of  investment
  experience is equal to the value of a unit.

HOW WE DETERMINE THE EXPERIENCE FACTOR
   
  For  Divisions  of Account  B the  experience  factor reflects  the investment
  experience of the Series of the Trust  in which a Division invests as well  as
  the  charges assessed against the Division  for a Valuation Period. The factor
  is calculated as follows:
    

   
  (1) We take the net asset value of the portfolio in
      which the Division invests at the end of the current Valuation Period.
    

   
  (2) We add to (1) the amount of any dividend or
      capital gains  distribution  declared  for the  investment  portfolio  and
      reinvested  in  such portfolio  during  the current  Valuation  Period. We
      subtract from that amount a charge for our taxes, if any.
    

   
  (3) We divide (2) by the net asset value of the
portfolio at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
    

  (4) We subtract the applicable daily mortality and
      expense risk  charge from  each Division  for each  day in  the  valuation
      period.

  (5) We subtract the daily asset based
administrative charge from each Division for each day in the valuation period.

  Calculations  for Divisions  investing in  a Series  are made  on a  per share
  basis.

  For  the  Global  Account  the  experience  factor  reflects  the   investment
  experience  of the Global Account as well  as the charges assessed against the
  Global Account for a valuation period. The factor is calculated as follows:

   
  (1) We take the value of the assets in the Global
      Account at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
    

   
  (2) We add to (1) any investment income and
capital gains, realized or unrealized, credited to the assets during the current
      Valuation Period.
    

   
  (3) We subtract from (2) any capital losses, realized
      or unrealized, charged  against the  assets during  the current  Valuation
      Period.
    

  (4) We subtract from (3) any amount charged
      against the Global Account for any taxes.

   
  (5) We    divide    (4)    by   the    value    of   the    assets    in   the
      Global Account at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
    

  (6) We subtract from (5) the daily charge for
management and investment advice for each day in the valuation period.

  (7) We subtract from (6) a daily charge for
estimated operating expenses for each day in the valuation period.

   
  (8) We subtract from (7) the applicable daily charge
      for mortality and expense risks for each day in the Valuation Period.
    

  (9) We subtract from (8) the daily asset based
administrative charge for each day in the valuation period.

NET RATE OF RETURN FOR A DIVISION
   
  The net  rate of  return  for a  Division during  a  valuation period  is  the
  experience factor for that Valuation Period minus one.
    

CASH SURRENDER VALUE

   
Your  Contract's  Cash  Surrender  Value fluctuates  daily  with  the investment
results of the Divisions, interest credited to Fixed Allocations and any  Market
Value  Adjustment. We do not guarantee any  minimum Cash Surrender Value. On any
date before the Annuity Commencement Date  while the Contract is in effect,  the
cash surrender value is calculated as follows:
    

   
  (1) We take the Contract's Accumulation Value;
    

   
  (2) We deduct from (1) any surrender charge and
      any charge for premium taxes;
    

   
  (3) We deduct from (2) any charges incurred but
      not yet deducted; and
    

   
  (4) We adjust (3) for any Market Value Adjustment.
    

SURRENDERING TO RECEIVE THE CASH SURRENDER VALUE

   
The  Contract may be surrendered by the Owner at any time while the Annuitant is
living and before the Annuity Commencement Date.
    

   
A surrender will be effective on the date your written request and the  Contract
are  received  at  our Customer  Service  Center.  The Cash  Surrender  Value is
determined and all benefits  under the Contract will  then be terminated, as  of
that  date. You may receive the Cash Surrender  Value in a single sum payment or
apply it under one  or more Annuity  Options. See The  Annuity Options. We  will
usually pay the Cash Surrender Value within seven days but we may delay payment.
See When We Make Payments.
    

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

   
Prior  to the Annuity Commencement  Date, while the Annuitant  is living and the
Contract is in effect, you
    

                                       26
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
   
may take partial withdrawals from the Accumulation Value by sending satisfactory
notice to our Customer Service Center. Unless you specify otherwise, the  amount
of  the withdrawal, including any surrender  charge and Market Value Adjustment,
will be taken in proportion to the amount of Accumulation Value in each Division
in which you are invested. If there is no Accumulation Value in those Divisions,
partial withdrawals will be deducted  from your Fixed Allocations starting  with
the  Guarantee Periods nearest  their Maturity Dates until  we have honored your
request.
    

   
There are  three  options  available  for  selecting  partial  withdrawals,  the
Conventional Partial Withdrawal Option, the Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option
and  the IRA Partial  Withdrawal Option. All three  options are described below.
The maximum  amount you  may withdraw  each Contract  Year without  incurring  a
surrender  charge is  15% of your  Accumulation Value. See  Surrender Charge for
Excess Partial Withdrawals.  Partial withdrawals  may not be  repaid. A  partial
withdrawal  request for an amount  in excess of 90%  of the Cash Surrender Value
will be treated as a request to surrender the Contract.
    

CONVENTIONAL PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
   
  After the Free Look Period, you may take conventional partial withdrawals. The
  minimum amount you may  withdraw under this option  is $1,000. A  conventional
  partial  withdrawal from a Fixed  Allocation may be subject  to a Market Value
  Adjustment.
    

SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
   
  This option may be elected at the time you apply for a Contract, or at a later
  date. This  option may  be elected  to commence  in a  Contract Year  where  a
  conventional partial withdrawal has been taken. However, it may not be elected
  while the IRA Partial Withdrawal Option is in effect.
    

   
  You  may  choose to  receive systematic  partial withdrawals  on a  monthly or
  quarterly basis from  your Accumulation Value  in the Divisions  or the  Fixed
  Allocations. The commencement of payments under this option may not be elected
  to  start sooner than  28 days after  the Contract Issue  Date. You select the
  date of the quarter or  month when the withdrawals will  be made but no  later
  than  the 28th day of the month. If  no date is selected, the withdrawals will
  be made on the same calendar day of each month as the Contract Date.
    

  You may select a dollar amount or a percentage of the Accumulation Value  from
  the  Divisions in  which you  are invested  as the  amount of  your withdrawal
  subject to the following maximums, but in no event can a payment be less  than
  $100:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FREQUENCY      MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE
- ------------  -----------------------
<S>           <C>
Monthly                  1.25%
Quarterly...             3.75%
</TABLE>

  If  a dollar amount is selected and  the amount to be systematically withdrawn
  would exceed the applicable maximum  percentage of your Accumulation Value  on
  the  withdrawal date, the amount  withdrawn will be reduced  so that it equals
  such percentage. For example, if a $500 monthly withdrawal was elected and  on
  the  withdrawal  date  1.25%  of  the  Accumulation  Value  equaled  $300, the
  withdrawal amount would be  reduced to $300. If  a percentage is selected  and
  the  amount to be  systematically withdrawn based on  that percentage would be
  less than the minimum of $100, we  would increase the amount to $100  provided
  it  does  not  exceed the  maximum  percentage.  If it  is  below  the maximum
  percentage we will send the minimum. If it is above the maximum percentage  we
  will  send the amount and then cancel the option. For example, if you selected
  1.0% to be systematically withdrawn on a monthly basis and that amount equaled
  $90, and since $100  is less than  1.25% of the  Accumulation Value, we  would
  send  $100. If  1.0% equaled  $75, and since  $100 is  more than  1.25% of the
  Accumulation Value we would  send $75 and  then cancel the  option. In such  a
  case,  in order to  receive systematic partial withdrawals  in the future, you
  would be required to submit a new notice to our Customer Service Center.

  Systematic Partial Withdrawals from Fixed Allocations are limited to  interest
  earnings  during the  prior month  or quarter,  depending on  whether you have
  chosen a monthly or quarterly frequency, respectively. Systematic  withdrawals
  are not subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Fixed Allocation, however, may
  not  participate simultaneously in both the  dollar cost averaging program and
  the Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option.

   
  You may change the amount or percentage of your withdrawal once each  Contract
  Year  or cancel this option at any  time by sending satisfactory notice to our
  Customer Service  Center at  least  seven days  prior  to the  next  scheduled
  withdrawal  date. However, you may not change the amount or percentage of your
  withdrawals in any  Contract Year  during which  you have  previously taken  a
  conventional partial withdrawal.
    

                                       27
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

IRA PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION
   
  If you have an IRA Contract and will attain age 70 1/2 in the current calendar
  year,  distributions may  be made  to you  to satisfy  requirements imposed by
  Federal tax law. IRA partial withdrawals provide payout of amounts required to
  be distributed  by  the Internal  Revenue  Service rules  governing  mandatory
  distributions  under qualified plans. See  Federal Tax Considerations. We will
  send you a notice before your  distributions commence, and you may elect  this
  option  at  that time,  or at  a later  date.  You may  not elect  IRA partial
  withdrawals while the Systematic  Partial Withdrawal Option  is in effect.  If
  you  do not  elect the  IRA Partial  Withdrawal Option,  and distributions are
  required  by  Federal   tax  law,  distributions   adequate  to  satisfy   the
  requirements  imposed by Federal tax law may  be made. Thus, if the Systematic
  Partial Withdrawal Option is in  effect, distributions under that option  must
  be adequate to satisfy the mandatory distribution rules imposed by Federal tax
  law.
    

   
  You  may choose to receive IRA partial  withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or
  annual frequency. You select the day of the month when the withdrawals will be
  made, but it cannot  be later than the  28th day of the  month. If no date  is
  selected,  the withdrawals will be made on  the same calendar day of the month
  as the Contract Date.
    

   
  At your request, we will determine the amount that is required to be withdrawn
  from your Contract each year based on the information you give us and  various
  choices  you make. For  information regarding the  calculation and choices you
  have to make, see the Statement of Additional Information. The minimum  dollar
  amount you can withdraw is $100. At the time we determine the required partial
  withdrawal  amount for a  taxable year based  on the frequency  you select, if
  that amount is less than $100, we will pay $100. At any time where the partial
  withdrawal amount is greater than the  Accumulation Value, we will cancel  the
  Contract and send you the amount of the Cash Surrender Value.
    

   
  You  may change the  payment frequency of your  withdrawals once each Contract
  Year or cancel this option  at any time by  sending us satisfactory notice  to
  our  Customer Service Center at  least seven days prior  to the next scheduled
  withdrawal date.
    

  An IRA partial withdrawal in excess of the amount allowed under the Systematic
  Partial Withdrawal Option may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS IN GENERAL
  CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ASSOCIATED WITH TAKING
  PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS. A partial withdrawal made before the taxpayer reaches age
  59 1/2 may result in imposition of a tax penalty of 10% of the taxable portion
  withdrawn. See Federal Tax Considerations for more details.

   
AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
    

   
If you have at  least $10,000 of Accumulation  Value invested in the  Divisions,
you  may elect  to participate in  our automatic  rebalancing program. Automatic
rebalancing provides  you with  an easy  way to  maintain the  particular  asset
allocation that you and your financial advisor have determined are most suitable
for your individual long-term investment goals.
    

   
Under the program you may elect to have all your allocations among the Divisions
rebalanced  on a quarterly,  semi-annual, or annual  calendar basis. The minimum
size of  an  allocation  to  a  Division must  be  in  full  percentage  points.
Rebalancing  does not affect  any amounts that  you have allocated  to the Fixed
Account. The program  may be  used in  conjunction with  the systematic  partial
withdrawal  option only  where such  withdrawals are  taken pro  rata. Automatic
rebalancing is  not  available if  you  participate in  dollar  cost  averaging.
Automatic rebalancing will not take place during the free look period.
    

   
To  participate in automatic rebalancing you must submit to our Customer Service
Center written notice in a form satisfactory to us. We will begin the program on
the last Valuation Date  of the applicable calendar  period in which we  receive
the  notice.  You  may  cancel  the  program  at  any  time.  The  program  will
automatically terminate  if you  choose to  reallocate your  Accumulation  Value
among  the Divisions  or if  you make an  additional premium  payment or partial
withdrawal on  other than  a pro  rata basis.  Additional premium  payments  and
partial  withdrawals effected on a  pro rata basis will  not cause the automatic
rebalancing program to terminate.
    

PROCEEDS PAYABLE TO THE BENEFICIARY

   
If the Owner or the Annuitant (when the Owner is other than an individual)  dies
prior  to the annuity commencement  date, we will pay  the Beneficiary the death
benefit proceeds under the Contract. Such amount may be received in a single sum
or applied to any of the Annuity Options. See The Annuity Options. If we do  not
receive  a request to apply  the death benefit proceeds  to an Annuity Option, a
single sum  distribution  will be  made.  Any distributions  from  non-qualified
Contracts must comply with applicable Federal tax law distribution requirements.
    

                                       28
<PAGE>
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)

DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS

   
Subject  to our rules, there are three death benefit options that may be elected
by you at issue under  the Contract: the Standard  Death Benefit Option; the  7%
Solution  Enhanced Death Benefit  Option; and the  Annual Ratchet Enhanced Death
Benefit Option.
    

   
The 7% Solution enhanced Death Benefit Option  may only be elected at issue  and
only  if the Owner or Annuitant (when the  Owner is other than an individual) is
age 75 or younger at issue. The Annual Ratchet Enhanced Death Benefit Option may
only be elected at issue and only if  the Owner or Annuitant (when the Owner  is
other than an individual) is age 79 or younger at issue.
    

   
If an enhanced death benefit is elected, the death benefit under the Contract is
equal  to  the  greatest of:  (i)  the  Accumulation Value;  (ii)  total premium
payments less any partial withdrawals; (iii) the Cash Surrender Value; and  (iv)
the enhanced death benefit (see below).
    

We  may  offer  a  reduced  death  benefit  under  certain  group  and sponsored
arrangements. See Part I, Group or Sponsored Arrangements.

STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT OPTION
   
  You will automatically receive  the Standard Death  Benefit Option unless  you
  elect  one of the  enhanced death benefits. The  Standard Death Benefit Option
  for the Contract  is equal to  the greatest of:  (i) your Accumulation  Value;
  (ii) total premiums less any partial withdrawals; and (iii) the Cash Surrender
  Value.
    

7% SOLUTION ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION

   
(1) We take the enhanced death benefit from the
    prior  Valuation Date. On  the Contract Date, the  enhanced death benefit is
    equal to the Initial Premium.
    

   
(2) We calculate interest on (1) for the current
valuation period at THE ENHANCED DEATH  BENEFIT INTEREST RATE, which rate is  an
    annual  rate of 7%; except that with  respect to amounts in the Liquid Asset
    Division and Limited Maturity  Bond Division, the  interest rate applied  to
    such  amounts will be the  respective net rate of  return for such Divisions
    during the current Valuation Period,  if it is less  than an annual rate  of
    7%;  and except with respect to amounts  in a Fixed Allocation, the interest
    rate applied to  such amounts will  be the interest  credited to such  Fixed
    Allocation during the current Valuation Period, if it is less than an annual
    rate of 7%.
    

   
    Each  accumulated  initial  or  additional premium  payment  reduced  by any
    partial withdrawals (including  any associated Market  Value Adjustment  and
    surrender  charge incurred) allocated to such  premium will continue to grow
    at the  enhanced death  benefit  interest rate  until reaching  the  maximum
    enhanced  death benefit. Such maximum enhanced death benefit is equal to two
    times the initial  or each additional  premium paid, as  reduced by  partial
    withdrawals.  Each  partial withdrawal  reduces  the maximum  enhanced death
    benefit as follows: first, the maximum enhanced death benefit is reduced  by
    the  amount  of  any partial  withdrawal  of earnings;  second,  the maximum
    enhanced death benefit  is reduced  in proportion  to the  reduction in  the
    Accumulation  Value for  any partial  withdrawal of  premium (in  each case,
    including any  associated  market  value  adjustment  and  surrender  charge
    incurred).
    

(3) We add (1) and (2).

   
(4) We add to (3) any additional premiums paid
during the current Valuation Period.
    

   
(5) We subtract from (4) any partial withdrawals
(including  any Market  Value Adjustments  and surrender  charges incurred) made
    during the current Valuation Period.
    

ANNUAL RATCHET ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION

   
(1) We take the enhanced death benefit from the
    prior Valuation Date. On  the Contract Date, the  enhanced death benefit  is
    equal to the Initial Premium.
    

   
(2) We add to (1) any additional premiums paid since
    the  prior  Valuation Date  and subtract  from  (1) any  partial withdrawals
    (including any  Market Value  Adjustments  and surrender  charges  incurred)
    taken since the prior Valuation Date.
    

   
(3) On    a    Valuation   Date    that   occurs    on    or   prior    to   the
    Owner's Attained Age  80 which is  also a Contract  Anniversary, we set  the
    enhanced death benefit equal to the greater of (2) or the Accumulation Value
    as of such date.
    

   
    On all other Valuation Dates, the enhanced death benefit is equal to (2).
    

HOW TO CLAIM PAYMENTS TO BENEFICIARY
   
  We  must receive due proof of the death  of the Owner or the Annuitant (if the
  Owner is other than an individual) (such as an official death certificate)  at
  our  Customer  Service  Center  before  we  will  make  any  payments  to  the
  Beneficiary. We will calculate the death benefit as of the date we receive due
  proof of death. The Beneficiary should contact our Customer Service Center for
  instructions.
    

                                       29
<PAGE>
   
 FACTS ABOUT THE CONTRACT (CONTINUED)
    

REPORTS TO OWNERS

   
We will send you a  report once each calendar quarter  within 31 days after  the
end  of each calendar quarter. The report  will show the Accumulation Value, the
Cash Surrender  Value, and  the death  benefit as  of the  end of  the  calendar
quarter.  The report will also show the allocation of your Accumulation Value as
of such date and the  amounts deducted from or  added to the Accumulation  Value
since  the last report. The report will  also include any other information that
may  be  currently  required  by  the  insurance  supervisory  official  of  the
jurisdiction in which the Contract is delivered.
    

   
We  will also send  you copies of  any shareholder reports  of the portfolios or
securities in  which Account  B  and Account  D invest,  as  well as  any  other
reports, notices or documents required by law to be furnished to Owners.
    

WHEN WE MAKE PAYMENTS

We will generally pay death benefit proceeds and the cash surrender value within
seven days after our Customer Service Center receives all the information needed
to process the payment.

However, we may delay payment of amounts derived from the Divisions if it is not
practical  for  us to  value or  dispose of  shares  of Account  B or  Account D
because:
(1) The NYSE is closed for trading;

(2) The SEC determines that a state of emergency
    exists;

   
(3) An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a
    delay for the protection of Owners; or,
    

(4) The check used to pay the premium has not
    cleared through the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.

During such times, as to amounts allocated to the Divisions, we may delay:

   
(1) Determination and payment of any Cash
Surrender Value;
    

   
(2) Determination and payment of any death benefit
    if death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date;
    

(3) Allocation changes of the Accumulation Value; or,

   
(4) Application under an Annuity Option of the
Accumulation Value.
    

We reserve the right to delay payment  of amounts from the Fixed Account for  up
to six months.

 CHARGES AND FEES

CHARGE DEDUCTION DIVISION

   
You  may  specify at  issue if  you wish  to use  the Charge  Deduction Division
Option. If you so  specify, all charges against  the Accumulation Value will  be
deducted  from the Liquid Asset Division. If you do not elect this option, or if
the amount  of the  charges is  greater than  the amount  in the  Division,  the
charges  will be deducted  as discussed below.  You may also  choose to elect or
cancel this option while the Contract is in force by sending satisfactory notice
to our Customer Service Center.
    

CHARGES DEDUCTED FROM THE ACCUMULATION VALUE

   
We invest the entire amount of  the initial and any additional premium  payments
in  the  Divisions and  the  Fixed Allocations  you  select, subject  to certain
restrictions. See Restrictions on  Allocation of Premium  Payments. We then  may
deduct  certain amounts from your Accumulation Value. We may reduce certain fees
and charges, including any surrender, administration, and mortality and  expense
risk  charges, under  group or  sponsored arrangements.  See Group  or Sponsored
Arrangements. Unless you have elected the Charge Deduction Division, charges are
deducted proportionately from all affected Divisions in which you are  invested.
If  there is no  Accumulation Value in  those Divisions, we  will deduct charges
from your Fixed Allocations  starting with the  Guarantee Periods nearest  their
Maturity Dates until such charges have been paid. The charges we deduct are:
    

SURRENDER CHARGE
   
  A  contingent  deferred  sales charge  ("Surrender  Charge") is  imposed  as a
  percentage of each premium payment if the Contract is surrendered or an excess
  partial withdrawal is  taken during  the seven year  period from  the date  we
  receive  and accept such  premium payment. The  percentage of premium payments
  deducted at the time  of surrender or excess  partial withdrawal depends  upon
  the    number   of   complete    years   that   have    elapsed   since   that
    

                                       30
<PAGE>
 CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)
  premium payment was made. We determine the surrender charge as a percentage of
  each premium payment as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         COMPLETE YEARS ELAPSED                SURRENDER
          SINCE PREMIUM PAYMENT                 CHARGE
- -----------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                        <C>
                    0                                  7%
                    1                                  7%
                    2                                  6%
                    3                                  5%
                    4                                  4%
                    5                                  3%
                    6                                  1%
                   7+                                  0%
</TABLE>

   
Subject to our  rules and  as described in  the Contract,  the surrender  charge
arising  from a  surrender or  excess partial withdrawal  will be  waived in the
following events:
    

  (1) you begin receiving qualified extended medical
      care on or after  the first certificate anniversary  for at least 45  days
      during any continuous sixty-day period, and your request for the surrender
      or withdrawal, together with all required proof of such qualified extended
      medical  care, must be received at  our Customer Service Center during the
      term of such care or within ninety days after the last day upon which  you
      received such care.

  (2) you are first diagnosed by a qualifying medical
      professional,  on or after the first  Certificate Anniversary, as having a
      Qualifying  Terminal   Illness.  Written   proof  of   terminal   illness,
      satisfactory  to us, must  be received at our  Customer Service Center. We
      reserve the right to require an examination by a physician of our choice.

   
See your Contract for more information.  The waiver of surrender charge may  not
be available in all states.
    

SURRENDER CHARGE FOR EXCESS PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
   
  There is considered to be an excess partial withdrawal in any Contract Year in
  which  the amount withdrawn exceeds 15% of your Accumulation Value on the date
  of the withdrawal minus any amount withdrawn during that Contract Year.  Where
  you   are  receiving  systematic  partial   withdrawals,  any  combination  of
  conventional partial withdrawals taken and any systematic partial  withdrawals
  expected  to be received in a Contract  Year will be considered in determining
  the amount  of  the excess  partial  withdrawal.  Such a  withdrawal  will  be
  considered  a partial surrender of the Contract and we will impose a surrender
  charge and any associated premium tax. See Facts About the Contract, The Fixed
  Account, Market  Value Adjustment.  Such  charges will  be deducted  from  the
  Accumulation Value in proportion to the Accumulation Value in each Division or
  Fixed  Allocation  from  which the  excess  partial withdrawal  was  taken. In
  instances where the excess partial  withdrawal equals the entire  Accumulation
  Value  in each  such Division  or Fixed  Allocation, charges  will be deducted
  proportionately from all other  Divisions and Fixed  Allocations in which  you
  are invested.
    

   
  For  purposes  of  calculating the  surrender  charge for  the  excess partial
  withdrawal, (i) we  treat premium payments  as being withdrawn  on a  first-in
  first-out basis, and (ii) amounts withdrawn which are not considered an excess
  partial  withdrawal are not  treated as a withdrawal  of any premium payments.
  Although we  treat premium  payments as  being withdrawn  before earnings  for
  purposes  of calculating the surrender  charge for excess partial withdrawals,
  the Federal income tax law treats earnings as withdrawn first. See Federal Tax
  Considerations, Taxation of Non-Qualified Annuities.
    

   
  For example, the following assumes an  Initial Premium payment of $10,000  and
  additional  premium  payments  of $10,000  in  each  of the  second  and third
  Contract Years, for total premium payments  under the Contract of $30,000.  It
  also assumes a partial withdrawal at the beginning of the fourth Contract Year
  of 20% of the Accumulation Value of $35,000.
    

   
  In this example, $5,250 ($35,000 x .15) is the maximum partial withdrawal that
  may  be  withdrawn  during  the  Contract Year  without  the  imposition  of a
  surrender charge. The total partial withdrawal would be $7,000 ($35,000 x .2).
  Therefore, $1,750 ($7,000 - $5,250) is considered an excess partial withdrawal
  of a part of the Initial Premium payment of $10,000 and would be subject to  a
  5%  surrender charge of $87.50 ($1,750 x .05). This example does not take into
  account any Market Value Adjustment or deduction of any premium taxes.
    

PREMIUM TAXES
   
  We make a charge for state and local premium taxes in certain states which can
  range from 0% to 3.5% of premium.  The charge depends on the Owner's state  of
  residence.  We reserve the right to change this amount to conform with changes
  in the law or if the Owner changes state of residence.
    

   
  Premium taxes are generally  incurred on the annuity  commencement date and  a
  charge for such premium taxes is then deducted from your Accumulation Value on
  such  date. However, some jurisdictions impose a  premium tax at the time that
  initial  and  additional  premiums  are   paid,  regardless  of  the   Annuity
  Commencement  Date. In those  states we may initially  defer collection of the
  amount of the charge for premium taxes from your
    

                                       31
<PAGE>
   
 CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)
    

   
  Accumulation  Value and deduct  it against Accumulation  Value on surrender of
  the Contract, excess partial withdrawals or on the Annuity Commencement Date.
    

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE
   
  The administrative  charge  is  incurred  at the  beginning  of  the  Contract
  processing  period and deducted at the end of each Contract processing period.
  We deduct this charge when determining the Cash Surrender Value payable if you
  surrender the Contract prior  to the end of  a Contract processing period.  If
  the  Accumulation Value at the end of the Contract processing period equals or
  exceeds $100,000 or the sum of  the premiums paid equals or exceeds  $100,000,
  the  charge is zero. Otherwise, the amount  deducted is $40 per Contract Year.
  This charge is to  cover a portion of  our administrative expenses. See  ASSET
  BASED ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE, below.
    

EXCESS ALLOCATION CHARGE
   
  We  currently do  not assess  a charge  for allocation  changes made  during a
  Contract Year. We reserve the right, however, to assess a $25 charge for  each
  allocation change after the twelfth allocation change in a Contract Year. This
  amount  represents the  maximum we will  charge. The charge  would be deducted
  from the Divisions and the Fixed Allocations from which each such reallocation
  is made in proportion to the amount being transferred from each such  Division
  and  Fixed  Allocation unless  you  have chosen  to  use the  Charge Deduction
  Division. The excess allocation charge is set at a level that is not  designed
  to  produce profit  for Golden American  or any affiliate.  Any allocations or
  transfers due to the election of dollar cost averaging and reallocation  under
  the provision WHAT HAPPENS IF A DIVISION IS NOT AVAILABLE will not be included
  in determining if the excess allocation charge should apply.
    

CHARGES DEDUCTED FROM THE DIVISIONS

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
   
  The  amount of  the mortality  and expense  risk charge  depends on  the death
  benefit option that has been elected. If the Standard Death Benefit Option  is
  elected,  the charge is equivalent, on an annual basis, to 1.10% of the assets
  in each Division. The charge is deducted on each Valuation Date at the rate of
  .003030% for each day in the Valuation Period. Approximately .75% is allocated
  to the  mortality risk  and  .35% is  allocated to  the  expense risk.  If  an
  enhanced  death benefit  is elected,  the charge  is equivalent,  on an annual
  basis, to 1.25% for the Annual Ratchet Death Benefit Option, or 1.40% for  the
  7%  Solution Death Benefit Option, of the  assets in each Division. The charge
  is deducted  on each  Valuation Date  at  the rate  of .003446%  or  .003863%,
  respectively,  for each  day in the  Valuation Period. For  the Annual Ratchet
  approximately .90%, or for the  7% Solution approximately 1.05%, is  allocated
  to the mortality risk.
    

   
  This charge will compensate us for mortality and expense risks we assume under
  the  Contract. We will realize a gain from this charge to the extent it is not
  needed to provide for  benefits and expenses under  the Contract. We will  use
  any   gain  for  any  lawful  purpose   including  any  shortfalls  on  paying
  distribution expenses.
    

   
  The mortality risk assumed is  the risk that Annuitants  as a group will  live
  for  a longer time than our actuarial tables predict. As a result, we would be
  paying more in annuity income than we planned. Golden American also assumes  a
  risk under the Contract for paying a guaranteed death benefit.
    

   
  The  expense risk assumed is the  risk that it will cost  us more to issue and
  administer the Contract than we expect.
    

ASSET BASED ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE
   
  We will deduct a daily charge from the assets in each Division, to  compensate
  us  for a portion of the administrative expenses under the Contract. The daily
  charge is at a rate  of 0.000411% (equivalent to an  annual rate of 0.15%)  on
  the assets in each Division.
    

   
  This  asset based administrative  charge plus the  administrative charge above
  will not exceed the cost of the services  to be provided over the life of  the
  Contract.
    

TRUST EXPENSES

There  are fees  and charges  deducted from each  Series. Please  read the Trust
prospectus for details.

OPERATING EXPENSES OF ACCOUNT D

There are additional fees  and charges to  the Global Account  in Account D  for
management  and advisory services  as well as other  operational expenses of the
Global Account. DSI as the Manager of Account D receives a monthly fee equal  to
an  annual rate  based upon  the following  percentages of  the Global Account's
average daily net  assets: 0.40%  of the  first $500  million and  0.30% of  the
amount  over $500 million.  Warburg, Pincus as the  Portfolio Manager receives a
monthly fee equal to an annual rate based upon the following percentages of  the
Global    Account's   average   daily   net   assets:   0.60%   of   the   first

                                       32
<PAGE>
   
 CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)
    
$500 million and  0.50% of  the amount  over $500  million. The  total fees  for
management  and advisory services  exceed the fees for  similar services paid by
some other registered investment companies with similar objectives.

The Global Account bears the  expenses of its investment management  operations,
including  expenses associated with custody of securities, portfolio accounting,
the Board of Governors, and legal and auditing services.

The initial  organizational expenses  of  the Global  Account were  advanced  by
Golden  American.  The  Global  Account  reimburses  Golden  American  for  such
expenses, which  are amortized  over five  years  from the  date of  the  Global
Account's commencement of operations.

The Global Account and DSI have agreed to limit the total expenses of the Global
Account. See Part I, The Managed Global Account of Account D.
   
 CHOOSING YOUR ANNUITIZATION OPTIONS
    
   
ANNUITIZATION OF YOUR CONTRACT
    

   
If  the Annuitant and Owner are living on the Annuity Commencement Date, we will
begin making payments  to the Owner  under an  income plan. We  will make  these
payments  under the Annuity Option  chosen. You may change  an Annuity Option by
making a  written  request  to  us  at  least  30  days  prior  to  the  Annuity
Commencement Date of the Contract. The amount of the payments will be determined
by  applying your  Accumulation Value adjusted  for any  applicable Market Value
Adjustment on  the Annuity  Commencement  Date in  accordance with  The  Annuity
Options  section below, subject to our published rules at such time. See When We
Make Payments.
    

   
You may also elect an Annuity Option  on surrender of the Contract for its  Cash
Surrender Value or you may choose one or more Annuity Options for the payment of
death benefit proceeds while it is in effect and before the Annuity Commencement
Date.  If, at  the time of  the Owner's death  or the Annuitant's  death (if the
Owner is not an individual), no option has been chosen for paying death  benefit
proceeds,  the Beneficiary may choose  an option within 60  days. In all events,
payments  of  death   benefit  proceeds  must   comply  with  the   distribution
requirements of applicable Federal tax law.
    

The  minimum monthly  annuity income payment  that we  will make is  $20. We may
require that a single sum payment be made if the Accumulation Value is less than
$2,000 or if the calculated monthly annuity income payment is less than $20.

   
For each option we  will issue a separate  written agreement putting the  option
into  effect. Before we pay  any annuity benefits, we  require the return of the
Contract. If your Contract has been lost, we will require that you complete  and
return  the applicable Contract  form. Various factors will  affect the level of
annuity benefits including  the Annuity  Option chosen,  the applicable  payment
rate  used and the investment results of  the Divisions and interest credited to
the Fixed Allocations in which the Accumulation Value has been invested.
    

   
Some annuity options may provide only for fixed payments. Fixed Annuity Payments
are regular payments, the  amount of which  is fixed and  guaranteed by us.  The
amount  of the payments  will depend only  on the form  and duration of payments
chosen, the age of  the Annuitant or Beneficiary  (and sex, where  appropriate),
the  total  Accumulation Value  applied to  purchase the  fixed option,  and the
applicable payment rate.
    

Our approval is needed for any option where:

   
(1) The person named to receive payment is other
    than the Owner or Beneficiary;
    

(2) The person named is not a natural person, such as
    a corporation; or

(3) Any income payment would be less than the
minimum annuity income payment allowed.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE SELECTION

   
You select the Annuity Commencement Date. You may select any date following  the
third  Contract Anniversary but before the Contract Processing Date in the month
following the  Annuitant's 90th  birthday. If  you  do not  select a  date,  the
annuity  commencement date will  be in the month  following the Annuitant's 90th
birthday. However, in the  state of Pennsylvania  the annuity commencement  date
may  not be later than in the  month following the Annuitant's 85th birthday for
Annuitants with an Issue Age of 80  and under. If the Annuity Commencement  Date
occurs  when the Annuitant  is at an  advanced age, such  as over age  85, it is
possible that the  Contract will not  be considered an  annuity for Federal  tax
purposes. See Federal Tax Considerations. For a Contract purchased in connection
with  a qualified plan, distribution  must commence not later  than April 1st of
the calendar year following the  calendar year in which  you attain age 70  1/2.
Consult your tax advisor.
    

                                       33
<PAGE>
   
 CHOOSING YOUR ANNUITIZATION OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    

FREQUENCY SELECTION

   
You  choose  the  frequency  of  the  Annuity  Payments.  They  may  be monthly,
quarterly, semi-annually or annually. If we  do not receive written notice  from
you,  the payments will  be made monthly.  There may be  certain restrictions on
minimum payments that we will allow.
    

   
THE ANNUITIZATION OPTIONS
    

There are four options to  choose from as shown below.  Options 1 through 3  are
fixed  and  option  4  may  be  fixed  or  variable.  For  a  fixed  option, the
Accumulation Value in the Divisions is transferred to the general account.

OPTION 1. INCOME FOR A FIXED PERIOD
   
  Payment is made in equal installments for a fixed number of years based on the
  Accumulation Value as of the annuity commencement date. We guarantee that each
  monthly payment  will  be at  least  the amount  set  forth in  the  Contract.
  Guaranteed   amounts  for  annual,  semi-annual  and  quarterly  payments  are
  available upon request. Illustrations are available upon request. If the  Cash
  Surrender  Value or  Accumulation Value  is applied  under this  option, a 10%
  penalty tax may apply to the taxable portion of each income payment until  the
  Owner reaches age 59 1/2.
    
OPTION 2. INCOME FOR LIFE
   
  Payment  is made in equal  monthly installments and guaranteed  for at least a
  period certain.  The period  certain can  be  10 or  20 years.  Other  periods
  certain  may be available on request. A  refund certain may be chosen instead.
  Under this arrangement, income is  guaranteed until payments equal the  amount
  applied.  If the  person named  lives beyond  the guaranteed  period, payments
  continue until his or  her death. We  guarantee that each  payment will be  at
  least  the amount set forth in the  Contract corresponding to the person's age
  on his or her  last birthday before the  option's effective date. Amounts  for
  ages not shown in the Contract are available upon request.
    

OPTION 3. JOINT LIFE INCOME
   
  This  option is available if there are  two persons named to receive payments.
  At least one of the persons named  must be either the Owner or Beneficiary  of
  the Contract. Monthly payments are guaranteed and are made as long as at least
  one  of the named persons  is living. There is  no minimum number of payments.
  Monthly payment amounts are available upon request.
    

OPTION 4. ANNUITY PLAN
  An amount  can be  used to  buy any  single premium  annuity we  offer on  the
  option's effective date.

PAYMENT WHEN NAMED PERSON DIES

When the person named to receive payment dies, we will pay any amounts still due
as  provided by the  option agreement. The  amounts still due  are determined as
follows:

   
(1) For option 1, or any remaining guaranteed
payments under option 2, payments will be continued. Under options 1 and 2,  the
    discounted  values of  the remaining  guaranteed payments  may be  paid in a
    single sum. This means we deduct  the amount of the interest each  remaining
    guaranteed  payment would have  earned had it  not been paid  out early. The
    discount interest rate  is never less  than 3%  for option 1  and 3.50%  for
    option  2 per year. We will, however, base the discount interest rate on the
    interest rate used to  calculate the payments  for options 1  and 2 if  such
    payments were not based on the tables in the Contract.
    

(2) For option 3, no amounts are payable after both
    named persons have died.

(3) For option 4, the annuity agreement will state the
    amount due, if any.

 OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS
IN CASE OF ERRORS IN APPLICATION INFORMATION

   
If  an age or sex given in the  application or enrollment form is misstated, the
amounts payable or  benefits provided by  the Contract shall  be those that  the
premium payment would have bought at the correct age or sex.
    

SENDING NOTICE TO US
   
  Any  written notices,  inquiries or  requests should  be sent  to our Customer
  Service Center. Please include your name, your Contract number and, if you are
  not the Annuitant, the name of the Annuitant.
    

ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT AS COLLATERAL
   
  You may assign a non-qualified Contract  as collateral security for a loan  or
  other obligation. This does not change the Ownership. However, your rights and
  any  Beneficiary's  rights are  subject to  the terms  of the  assignment. See
  Transfer of Annuity Contracts, and Assignments. An assignment may have Federal
  tax consequences. See Federal Tax Considerations.
    

                                       34
<PAGE>
 OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

  You must give us satisfactory written notice at our Customer Service Center in
  order to  make  or release  an  assignment. We  are  not responsible  for  the
  validity of any assignment.

NON-PARTICIPATING
   
  The Contract does not participate in the divisible surplus of Golden American.
    

AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENTS
   
  All  agreements made by us must be signed by our president or a vice president
  and by our secretary or an assistant secretary. No other person, including  an
  insurance  agent or broker, can  change any of the  Contract's terms, make any
  agreements binding on us or extend the time for premium payments.
    

CONTRACT CHANGES -- APPLICABLE TAX LAW
   
We reserve the right to  make changes in the Contract  to the extent we deem  it
necessary  to continue to qualify  the Contract as an  annuity. Any such changes
will apply  uniformly to  all Contracts  that are  affected. You  will be  given
advance written notice of such changes.
    

YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL OR EXCHANGE YOUR CONTRACT

CANCELLING YOUR CONTRACT
   
  You  may cancel your Contract within your  Free Look Period, which is ten days
  after you receive your Contract. For purposes of administering our  allocation
  and  administrative rules,  we deem  this period to  expire 15  days after the
  Contract is mailed to you. Some states may require a longer Free Look  Period.
  If  you decide to cancel, you may mail or deliver the Contract to our Customer
  Service Center. We  will refund  the Accumulation  Value plus  any charges  we
  deducted,  and  the Contract  will be  voided as  of the  date we  receive the
  Contract and your  request. Some  states require  that we  return the  premium
  paid.  In these states, we require  your premiums designated for investment in
  the Divisions  of  Account B  and  Account D  be  allocated to  the  Specially
  Designated  Division during the Free Look  Period. Premiums designated for the
  Fixed Account  will be  allocated to  a Fixed  Allocation with  the  Guarantee
  Period  you have chosen. If you do not choose to exercise your right to cancel
  during the Free  Look Period, then  at the end  of the Free  Look Period  your
  money  will be invested in the Divisions chosen  by you, based on the index of
  investment experience  next computed  for each  Division. See  Measurement  of
  Investment Experience, INDEX OF EXPERIENCE AND UNIT VALUE.
    

EXCHANGING YOUR CONTRACT
  For   information   regarding   Section1035   exchanges,   see   Federal   Tax
  Considerations.

OTHER CONTRACT CHANGES
   
You may change the Contract to another annuity plan subject to our rules at  the
time of the change.
    
GROUP OR SPONSORED ARRANGEMENTS
   
For  certain  group  or sponsored  arrangements,  we may  reduce  any surrender,
administration, and mortality and expense risk  charges. We may also change  the
minimum  initial and additional  premium requirements, or  offer a reduced death
benefit. Group arrangements include those in which a trustee or an employer, for
example, purchases Contracts covering a group  of individuals on a group  basis.
Sponsored  arrangements include  those in  which an  employer allows  us to sell
Contracts to its employees on an individual basis.
    
   
Our costs for sales, administration, and mortality generally vary with the  size
and  stability of the group among other  factors. We take all these factors into
account when  reducing charges.  To  qualify for  reduced  charges, a  group  or
sponsored arrangement must meet certain requirements, including our requirements
for  size and number of years in existence. Group or sponsored arrangements that
have been set up  solely to buy  Contracts or that have  been in existence  less
than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.
    
   
We  will make these and any similar  reductions according to our rules in effect
when an application or enrollment form for a Contract is approved. We may change
these rules from time to time.  Any variation in the administrative charge  will
reflect   differences  in   costs  or   services  and   will  not   be  unfairly
discriminatory.
    

SELLING THE CONTRACT

   
DSI is also principal underwriter and distributor of the Contract as well as for
other Contracts  issued through  Account  B and  Account  D and  other  separate
accounts  of Golden  American. We  pay DSI  for acting  as principal underwriter
under a distribution agreement. The offering of the Contract will be continuous.
    

   
DSI has  entered into  and will  continue to  enter into  sales agreements  with
broker-dealers  to  solicit  for the  sale  of the  Contract  through registered
representatives who  are  licensed to  sell  securities and  variable  insurance
products   including   variable   annuities.  These   agreements   provide  that
applications for Contracts may be solicited by registered representatives of the
broker-dealers appointed by Golden American to sell its variable life  insurance
and variable annuities. These broker-dealers are registered with the SEC and are
members  of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"). The
registered representatives are authorized under applicable state regulations  to
sell  variable life  insurance and  variable annuities.  The writing  agent will
receive commissions of up to 6.0% of any initial or additional premium  payments
made.
    

 REGULATORY INFORMATION

                                       35
<PAGE>
VOTING RIGHTS

ACCOUNT B
  We  will vote  the shares of  the Trust owned  by Account B  according to your
  instructions. However, if the  Investment Company Act of  1940 or any  related
  regulations  should change, or if interpretations of it or related regulations
  should change, and we decide that we  are permitted to vote the shares of  the
  Trust in our own right, we may decide to do so.

   
  We  determine the number of shares that you have in a Division by dividing the
  Contract's Accumulation Value in that Division  by the net asset value of  one
  share  of the portfolio in which a  Division invests. Fractional votes will be
  counted. We will determine the  number of shares you  can instruct us to  vote
  180  days  or less  before the  Trust's meeting.  We will  ask you  for voting
  instructions by mail at least 10 days before the meeting.
    

   
  If we do not  get your instructions in  time, we will vote  the shares in  the
  same  proportion  as  the instructions  received  from all  Contracts  in that
  Division.We will  also  vote  shares  we  hold in  Account  B  which  are  not
  attributable to Owners in the same proportion.
    

ACCOUNT D
   
  Owners  with  Accumulation Value  in the  Global  Account have  certain voting
  rights. Each such Owner will be given one vote for every $1.00 of Accumulation
  Value in  the  Global Account  with  fractional interests  counted,  unless  a
  different  allocation of voting rights is required under applicable law for an
  investment medium for  variable annuity  Contracts. Account D's  rules do  not
  require Account D to hold annual meetings of Owners of interests in Account D,
  although  special meetings may  be called for  Account D for  purposes such as
  electing or removing members of  the Board of Governors, changing  fundamental
  policies,  or  approving a  Contract  for investment  advisory  services. When
  required, "the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the
  Global Account of Account D means the lesser of:
    

  (1) The holders of more than 50% of all votes
entitled to be cast in respect to Account D; or,

  (2) The holders of at least 67% of the votes which
      are present at a meeting of such persons are the holders of more than  50%
      of  all votes entitled to  be cast in respect to  Account D are present or
      represented by proxy.

We will determine the  number of votes you  can instruct us to  vote 90 days  or
less before Account D's meeting. We will ask you for voting instructions by mail
at least 14 days before the meeting.

STATE REGULATION

   
We  are regulated  and supervised  by the Insurance  Department of  the State of
Delaware, which periodically examines our financial condition and operations. We
are also subject  to the  insurance laws  and regulations  of all  jurisdictions
where  we do business. The variable Contract offered by this prospectus has been
approved by  the  Insurance Department  of  the State  of  Delaware and  by  the
Insurance  Departments of other jurisdictions. We  are required to submit annual
statements of our operations, including  financial statements, to the  Insurance
Departments  of the various  jurisdictions in which we  do business to determine
solvency and compliance with state insurance laws and regulations.
    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Golden American, as an insurance company, is ordinarily involved in  litigation.
We  do not believe that any current litigation  is material and we do not expect
to incur significant losses from such actions.

LEGAL MATTERS

   
The legal validity of the Contract described in this prospectus has been  passed
on  by  Myles R.  Tashman, Esquire,  Senior Vice  President of  Golden American.
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on  certain
matters relating to Federal securities laws.
    

EXPERTS

   
The  audited  financial statements  of Golden  American Life  Insurance Company,
Separate Account  B  and  The  Managed Global  Account  of  Separate  Account  D
appearing   or  incorporated  by  reference   in  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information and Registration Statement have been  audited by Ernst & Young  LLP,
independent  auditors,  as  set  forth in  their  reports  thereon  appearing or
incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information and in  the
Registration Statement and are included or incorporated by reference in reliance
upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
    

                                       36
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The  following  selected financial  data prepared  in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")  for Golden American  should be read  in
conjunction  with the  financial statements and  notes thereto  included in this
Prospectus.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SELECTED GAAP FINANCIAL DATA
                                                                    --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       FOR THE PERIODS         FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED
                                                                        ENDED JUNE 30                 DECEMBER 31
                                                                    ----------------------  --------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)                                                         1995        1994        1994       1993      1992(A)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Variable Life and Annuity Product Fees and Policy Changes.........  $    9,084  $    7,947  $   17,519  $  10,192  $     694
Net Income before Federal Income Tax..............................  $    1,111  $      937  $    2,222  $  (1,793) $    (508)
Net Income (Loss).................................................  $    1,111  $      937  $    2,222  $  (1,793) $    (508)
Total Assets......................................................  $1,105,319  $1,000,964  $1,044,760  $ 886,155  $ 320,539
Total Liabilities.................................................  $1,014,766  $  969,477  $  955,254  $ 857,558  $ 306,197
Total Stockholder's Equity........................................  $   90,553  $   31,487  $   89,506  $  28,597  $  14,342
</TABLE>
    

    (a) Results  for  1992  are for  the  period  September 30,  1992  (date  of
acquisition) to December 31, 1992.

The  following selected  financial data was  prepared on the  basis of statutory
accounting practices ("SAP"),  which have  been prescribed or  permitted by  the
Department of Insurance of the State of Delaware and the National Association of
Insurance  Commissioners. These practices differ  in certain respects from GAAP.
The selected financial  data should be  read in conjunction  with the  financial
statements  and notes  thereto included in  this Prospectus,  which describe the
differences between SAP and GAAP.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SELECTED STATUTORY FINANCIAL DATA
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   FOR THE PERIODS
                                                    ENDED JUNE 30              FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                ----------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)                                     1995        1994       1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
- ----------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Premiums & Annuity Considerations.............  $   54,559  $  218,629  $ 294,550  $ 505,465  $ 191,039  $  41,615  $  29,739
Net Income before Federal Income Tax..........  $   (2,498) $   (7,298) $ (11,260) $  (9,417) $  (4,225) $  (2,086) $  (1,566)
Net Income (Loss).............................  $   (2,498) $   (7,298) $ (11,260) $  (9,401) $  (3,986) $  (1,752) $  (1,566)
Total Assets..................................  $1,036,366  $  933,986  $ 988,180  $ 834,123  $ 302,200  $ 119,652  $  74,271
Total Liabilities.............................  $  973,103  $  920,588  $ 921,888  $ 815,301  $ 289,995  $ 106,199  $  58,573
Total Capital & Surplus.......................  $   63,263  $   13,398  $  66,292  $  18,822  $  12,205  $  13,453  $  15,698
</TABLE>
    

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes
to Financial Statements included herein.

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
   
  The  current business and  regulatory environment remains  challenging for the
  insurance industry.  On the  whole,  more Americans  have  started to  take  a
  proactive  view toward their  own retirement planning.  Additionally, with the
  fear that people will outlive their savings, many Americans have shifted their
  resources from purchasing death benefit  type products such as life  insurance
  to  living benefit  products such  as annuities.  As a  result of  this trend,
  annuities have  sustained  a long  growth  phase. In  recent  years,  variable
  products  provided contractholders with the opportunity to achieve diversified
  investing in mutual fund  type investments. The  following factors provided  a
  positive  impact on variable  annuity premiums over the  past three years: low
  interest rates,  strong stock  market performance  and demand  for  investment
  alternatives.  However, during 1994,  the Federal Reserve  Board began raising
  interest rates  pre-emptively to  slow the  growth of  the economy  to a  more
  sustainable  rate and avoid a late-cycle outbreak of inflation. In part and as
  a result of an  increase in interest rates,  fixed annuities and market  value
  adjusted  annuity products gained popularity  in many distribution networks as
  variable annuities lost market share.
    

SUMMARY
  During  1994,  the  rise  in  interest  rates  and  stock  market   volatility
  contributed  to  the  slow-down in  Golden  American's premium  growth  as the
  company was marketing exclusively variable  annuity and life products tied  to
  mutual  fund  investing. Consequently,  during  1995, the  Company  intends to
  expand its  strategic marketing  emphasis by  offering fixed  rate  investment
  options in life and annuity products.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
  THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF 1995 COMPARED TO
  THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF 1994
    
   
    Net  income for the first six months  of 1995 was $1.11 million, an increase
    of $.17  million or  18% from  the first  six months  of 1994.  New  premium
    receipts  for the first six  months of 1995 were  $61 million, a decrease of
    $159 million or 72% from the comparative period in 1994.
    

   
    Variable life and  annuity product  fees and policy  charges increased  from
    $7.9  million for the first six months of 1994 to $9.1 million for the first
    six months of  1995, an increase  of $1.2  million or 14%.  The increase  is
    primarily  due to  fees earned from  the increasing block  of business under
    management in the  Separate Accounts and  an increase in  the collection  of
    surrender charges, primarily in the first quarter 1995.
    

   
    Operating  and administrative expenses  were $7.7 million  for the first six
    months of 1995, an increase of $2.9 million or 61% from the comparable  1994
    period.  The increased expenses were due in part to a decline in fund values
    in 1994. This decline in fund  values increased the Company's net amount  at
    risk,  which in  turn resulted  in an  increase in  reinsurance fees  of $.8
    million for the first six months of 1995 as compared to the first six months
    of 1994. Net  operating expenses have  also been adversely  affected by  the
    lower  level  of  production  achieved  in  1995,  which  has  led  to lower
    capitalization of  the  Company's acquisition  costs.  Partially  offsetting
    these  increases was a decrease  in interest expense of  $.8 million for the
    first six months  of 1995  compared to  the first  six months  of 1994.  The
    elimination  of interest expense in 1995 resulted from the retirement of the
    Company's debt  in December  1994 with  the proceeds  from the  issuance  of
    preferred  stock. As of June 30, 1995, the Company has declared dividends on
    preferred stock of $1.8 million. There had been no preferred stock issued as
    of June 30, 1994.
    
  1994 COMPARED TO 1993
   
    Golden American realized net GAAP income (loss) of $2.22 million and $(1.79)
    million for 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The increase in net GAAP  earnings
    for  1994 is attributable to the increase in average Separate Account assets
    in 1994, as compared to 1993.
    

   
    Variable life  and  annuity product  fees  and policy  charges  were  $17.52
    million  for 1994 as  compared to $10.19  million for 1993.  The increase is
    primarily attributable  to  increased  fees from  the  increasing  block  of
    business  under management in the Separate Accounts. Separate Account assets
    have increased from  $295 million at  December 31, 1992  to $810 million  at
    December  31, 1993  to $950  million at December  31, 1994.  The increase in
    Separate Account  assets and  liabilities of  $515 million  during 1993  was
    primarily due to 1993 premiums and annuity considerations of $505 million.
    

   
  1993 COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992
    
   
    Golden American on a GAAP basis realized a net loss of $1.79 million for the
    year  ending December 31, 1993,  as compared to a  net loss of $0.52 million
    for the three month period ending  December 31, 1992 (the Company's date  of
    acquisition  by Bankers  Trust Company).  Variable life  and annuity product
    fees and policy  charges increased from  $0.69 million for  the three  month
    period  ending  December 31,  1992  to $10.19  million  for the  year ending
    December 31, 1993. The  increase is attributable  to 1993 results  including
    twelve  months  versus three  months for  1992 and  the increasing  block of
    business under management in the Separate Accounts. Separate Account  assets
    increased from $295 million at December 31, 1992 to $810 million at December
    31, 1993.
    

   
    Total GAAP benefits and expenses in 1993 and 1992, respectively, were $12.24
    million  and $1.27  million. This increase  is attributable  to 1993 results
    including twelve months  versus three  months for  1992 and  an increase  in
    expenses  associated with new  sales and the increase  in benefits costs and
    the expenses associated with a growing block of business.
    

   
  Golden American's earnings are principally derived from the charges imposed on
  variable annuity products and, to a lesser extent, variable life products. The
  primary revenues  from these  products consist  of charges  for mortality  and
  expense  risk, the cost of insurance  and Contract administration charges that
  have been assessed against account balances during the period. In addition,  a
  sales  load  ranging from  3%  to 7.5%  is  assessed to  premium  payments and
  collected over  a number  of  years for  certain other  GoldenSelect  variable
  annuity  and life products. These sales loads  are earned over the life of the
  insurance Contract in relation to estimated future gross profits. Sales  loads
  that  have been  deducted but  not yet  earned are  not recognized  in current
  income and  are  reported  as  unearned revenue.  The  costs  associated  with
  acquiring  new business are deferred at issue  and amortized over the lives of
  the   policies   in   relation   to    the   present   value   of    estimated
    

                                       38
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)
   
  future gross profits. Golden American also incurs expenses associated with the
  maintenance of in-force Contracts.
    

  Cash  required to  fund the acquisition  costs associated  with deferred sales
  load products  written in  1992,  1993 and  1994  was provided  by  short-term
  borrowings  with an unaffiliated bank. Accordingly, the cost of these borrowed
  funds increased in line with the general increase in the Federal Funds rates.

  In 1994,  the  insurance industry  saw  a slow-down  in  the recent  trend  of
  individuals  moving  away from  traditional fixed  products and  into variable
  products. Golden American experienced  a similar slow-down  as sales for  1994
  were down 39% compared to 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
  Golden   American's  liquidity  requirements  include  the  payment  of  sales
  commissions, and other  acquisition and underwriting  expenses on the  annuity
  and  life business that it writes. Overall, the Company had negative cash flow
  from operations in 1994 because  it sold variable products exclusively;  total
  premiums received were invested immediately in the Company's Separate Accounts
  which purchased shares of portfolios of The GCG Trust, an open-end, management
  investment  company, or directly purchased  portfolio securities. Because 100%
  of the premium was invested as described above, the payment of commissions and
  other acquisition costs resulted in negative cash flow from operations  during
  the Company's early growth years.

  Positive  cash flow elements  from operations are  produced primarily from two
  sources. Fees are collected from the  in-force book of business. In  addition,
  during  1995, Golden American began to  distribute a fixed account option with
  its variable annuity product.  Premium amounts directed  to the fixed  account
  option  produce positive  cash flow  from operations  as amounts  are retained
  within the general account of the Company  and are used to fund an  investment
  portfolio  that  finances future  benefit  payments. Investments  are  made in
  fixed-rate investments such as bonds,  and short-term investments in order  to
  provide a sufficient return as well as to match the duration of the obligation
  for  future benefit payments. Golden  American products also contain surrender
  charge features which reward persistency and penalize the early withdrawal  of
  funds.

  Golden American has developed and utilizes a projection system which forecasts
  cash  flow. Cash  flow from  operations will vary  depending on  the amount of
  premium written and the  product mix. The  Company also periodically  performs
  asset/liability  matching  in  the  management  of  its  asset  and  liability
  portfolios. Those  matching  practices involve  the  monitoring of  asset  and
  liability durations for various product lines, cash flow testing under various
  interest  rate  scenarios,  and  the  continuous  rebalancing  of  assets  and
  liabilities with respect to yield, risk, and cash flow characteristics.

   
  Golden American  has  funded  those  past expenses  described  above  for  its
  variable annuity and life business currently in-force at the beginning of 1995
  by  the issuance of $50 million  redeemable preferred stock with its immediate
  parent, BT Variable,  Inc. on December  30, 1994. This  $50 million  preferred
  stock  transaction  accounts for  a majority  of the  large increase  in total
  Stockholder's Equity (as  reported on  a GAAP basis)  from 1993  to 1994.  The
  short-term  debt discussed previously in the Results of Operations was retired
  by Golden American and assumed by BT  Variable, Inc. as of December 30,  1994.
  Dividends  on this preferred stock issue are  payable on the last business day
  of each  quarter, beginning  March  31, 1995.  Through  June 30,  1995,  $1.77
  million  of preferred stock  dividends have been declared.  To the extent that
  Golden American has funds available, Golden American may redeem at its  option
  the preferred stock in cash. Any redemption requires the prior approval of the
  California  Department of Insurance  and may require  approval of the Delaware
  Department of  Insurance. Funds  will become  available for  redemptions  from
  future  statutory earnings as well as  the collection of deferred sales loads.
  The outstanding amount of deferred sales  load to be collected as of  December
  31, 1994 was $48.9 million.
    

  The  NAIC has developed and implemented  the Risk Based Capital "RBC" adequacy
  monitoring system. The RBC calculates the  amount of adjusted capital which  a
  life insurance company should have based upon that company's risk profile. The
  NAIC  has established four different levels  of regulatory action with respect
  to the RBC adequacy monitoring system.  Each of these levels may be  triggered
  if  an insurer's total adjusted capital is  less than a corresponding level of
  RBC. As of  December 31,  1994, based on  the RBC  formula, Golden  American's
  total  adjusted capital level exceeded the  minimum amount of capital required
  to avoid  regulatory action.  Under  currently effective  funding  agreements,
  expected  RBC levels will  remain well in  excess of levels  required to avoid
  regulatory actions. There is no assurance, however, that Golden American  will
  continue to maintain its current RBC level.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

During  1994, BT Variable, Inc. made capital contributions to Golden American of
$8.75 million. Golden American believes that it will be able to fund the capital
and surplus required for projected new business from existing statutory  capital
and  surplus, statutory  earnings on  the existing book  of business  as well as
future surplus contributions from its parent. Golden American also believes that
it will be able  to fund the above  liquidity requirements of sales  commissions
and  acquisition  costs of  projected  new business  from  affiliated borrowings
and/or borrowings with non-affiliated banks. Golden American expects to continue
to  receive  capital  contributions  from  BT  Variable  if  necessary.   Golden
American's  future marketing efforts could be  hampered should its parent and/or
affiliates be unable to provide additional funding.

Pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement entered into in connection with the
purchase of Golden American from Mutual Benefit by Bankers Trust Company, Golden
American is obligated to fund up to $5.0 million into an escrow account  pending
final  resolution  of a  dispute concerning  the final  terms of  the agreements
consummating the  purchase  of Golden  American,  which dispute  is  before  the
Chancery  Court of New Jersey. Any amounts assessed against Golden American upon
final adjudication  of such  dispute  would be  paid  from the  escrow  account.
Management  believes that the likelihood of any judgment against Golden American
with respect to the  escrow account is  unlikely and would  not have a  material
impact  on  Golden  American.  As  of December  31,  1994,  $2,675,000  has been
deposited into the escrow account. Golden American's obligation is secured by  a
pledge  of its right to receive certain  deferred sales loads. Bankers Trust has
estimated that the  contingent liability  due from Golden  American amounted  to
$438,636  at  December  31,  1994 and  1993,  and  has been  so  accrued  in the
accompanying financial statements.

SEGMENT INFORMATION
   
  During the period since the acquisition  by Bankers Trust, September 30,  1992
  to  date of  this Prospectus,  Golden American's  operations consisted  of one
  business segment,  the sale  of annuity  and life  insurance products.  Golden
  American  and its  affiliate Directed Services,  Inc., are party  to 127 sales
  agreements with broker-dealers. Two of those broker-dealers sell a substantial
  portion of its business.
    

REINSURANCE
   
  Golden American reinsures  its mortality risk  associated with the  Contract's
  guaranteed  death benefit  with one  or more  appropriately licensed insurance
  companies. Golden  American  also, effective  June  1, 1994,  entered  into  a
  reinsurance  agreement on a modified coinsurance  basis with an affiliate of a
  broker-dealer which distributes Golden American's products with respect to 25%
  of the business produced by that broker-dealer.
    

RESERVES
   
  In accordance with the life insurance laws and regulations under which  Golden
  American  operates, it  is obligated  to carry  on its  books, as liabilities,
  actuarially  determined  reserves  to  meet  its  obligations  on  outstanding
  Contracts. Reserves, based on valuation mortality tables in general use in the
  United States, where applicable, are computed to equal amounts which, together
  with  interest on  such reserves computed  annually at  certain assumed rates,
  make adequate provision according to presently accepted actuarial standards of
  practice,  for  the  anticipated  cash  flows  required  by  the   contractual
  obligations and related expenses of Golden American.
    

INVESTMENTS
  Golden  American's  assets are  invested in  accordance with  applicable state
  laws. These laws govern the nature and the quality of investments that may  be
  made  by life insurance companies and the  percentage of their assets that may
  be committed to  any particular  type of  investment. In  general, these  laws
  permit investments, within specified limits subject to certain qualifications,
  in  federal, state, and  municipal obligations, corporate  bonds, preferred or
  common  stocks,  real  estate  mortgages,   real  estate  and  certain   other
  investments. All of Golden American's assets, except for assets held in escrow
  and  variable  separate  account  assets  supporting  variable  products,  are
  available to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

   
  Golden American  makes investments  in accordance  with investment  guidelines
  that  take into account investment quality, liquidity and diversification, and
  invests assets supporting  the Contract guarantees  primarily in fixed  income
  assets  issued  or  guaranteed by  the  U.S.  government or  its  agencies and
  instrumentalities. At December 31, 1994,  Golden American had invested  assets
  of $17.2 million consisting of $13.9 million of short-term securities and $3.3
  million of bonds and other long-term investments.
    

  At  December  31, 1994,  100% of  Golden American's  invested assets  and cash
  equivalents supporting  Contract guarantees  consisted of  liquid and  readily
  marketable securities.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

  At  December 31,  1994, 100%  of the  total invested  assets were  invested in
  investment  grade  bonds  and  0%   were  invested  in  non-investment   grade
  securities.   Golden  American  defines   non-investment  grade  as  unsecured
  corporate debt obligations which do not  have a rating equivalent to  Standard
  and  Poor's (or similar rating agency) BBB or higher and are not guaranteed by
  an agency of the federal government.

COMPETITION
  Golden American is engaged in a business that is highly competitive because of
  the large  number of  stock  and mutual  life  insurance companies  and  other
  entities  marketing insurance products comparable to those of Golden American.
  There are approximately 2,350 stock, mutual and other types of insurers in the
  life insurance business in  the United States, a  substantial number of  which
  are significantly larger than Golden American.

CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
   
  During  1994, Bankers Trust (Delaware), a subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York
  Corporation, and  Golden  American  became  parties  to  a  service  agreement
  pursuant  to  which Bankers  Trust (Delaware)  has  agreed to  provide certain
  accounting, actuarial, tax, underwriting, sales, management and other services
  to Golden American. Expenses incurred by Bankers Trust (Delaware) in  relation
  to  this service agreement  are reimbursed by Golden  American on an allocated
  cost basis.  Charges billed  to Golden  American by  Bankers Trust  (Delaware)
  pursuant to the service agreement were $816,264 for 1994.
    

  Prior  to  1994, Golden  American  had arranged  with  BT Variable  to perform
  services related to the development and adminstration of its products. For the
  year 1993 and the period  from September 30, 1992  to December 31, 1992,  fees
  earned  by  BT Variable  from Golden  American  for these  services aggregated
  $2,701,000 and  $209,000, respectively.  The agreement  was terminated  as  of
  January 1, 1994.

  In  addition, BT Variable provided to Golden American certain of its personnel
  to perform management,  administrative and  clerical services and  the use  of
  certain  of  its  facilities. BT  Variable  charged Golden  American  for such
  expenses and all other general and administrative costs, first on the basis of
  direct charges when identifiable, and second allocated based on the  estimated
  amount  of time spent by BT Variable's employees on behalf of Golden American.
  For the year 1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992,
  BT  Variable   allocated  to   Golden   American  $1,503,000   and   $450,000,
  respectively.  The agreement was  terminated on January  1, 1994. During 1994,
  such expenses were  allocated directly by  BT New York  Corporation to  Golden
  American and totaled $1,395,966 for the year.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
  Prior to 1994, Golden American had entered into agreements with DSI to perform
  services  related to the management of its investments and the distribution of
  its products. For  the year 1993  and the  period from September  30, 1992  to
  December   31,   1992,  Golden   American   incurred  $311,000   and  $35,000,
  respectively, for such services. The agreement was terminated as of January 1,
  1994.

   
  DSI acts as  the principal underwriter  (as defined in  the Securities Act  of
  1933  and the  Investment Company  Act of  1940, as  amended) of  the variable
  insurance products issued by Golden American  which, as of December 31,  1994,
  are sold primarily through two broker/dealer institutions. For the years ended
  1994  and 1993 and  the period from  September 30, 1992  to December 31, 1992,
  commissions  paid   by  Golden   American  to   DSI  aggregated   $17,569,000,
  $34,260,000, and $6,429,197, respectively.
    

  Golden   American  provided  to  DSI  certain  of  its  personnel  to  perform
  management, administrative  and  clerical  services and  the  use  of  certain
  facilities.  Golden  American  charged DSI  for  such expenses  and  all other
  general and adminstrative  costs, first on  the basis of  direct charges  when
  identifiable,  and the  remainder allocated based  on the  estimated amount of
  time spent by Golden American's employees on behalf of DSI. In the opinion  of
  management,  this method of cost allocation is reasonable. For the years ended
  December 31, 1994  and 1993,  expenses allocated  to DSI  were $1,983,000  and
  $2,013,000, respectively.

EMPLOYEES
  Golden  American, as a result  of its Service Agreements  with each of Bankers
  Trust (Delaware)  and BT  Variable, has  very few  direct employees.  Instead,
  various  management  services are  provided  by Bankers  Trust  (Delaware), BT
  Variable and  Bankers Trust  New York  Corporation, as  described above  under
  "Certain  Agreements."  The  cost of  these  services is  allocated  to Golden
  American.

  Certain officers of Golden American are also officers of BT Variable and  DSI,
  and  their salaries  are allocated among  the three companies.  One officer of
  Golden American is also an officer of Bankers Trust New York Corporation,  and
  his  salary is  allocated solely  to Bankers  Trust New  York Corporation. See
  "Directors and Executive Officers."

                                       41
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

PROPERTIES
  Golden American's principal office is located at 1001 Jefferson Street,  Suite
  400,  Wilmington, Delaware 19801,  where all of  Golden American's records are
  maintained. This  office space  is sub-leased  from Bankers  Trust  (Delaware)
  under  the  service agreement  described  above. In  addition,  certain legal,
  sales, product development and corporate communications personnel operate in a
  Bankers Trust New York managed facility at 280 Park Avenue, 14 West, New York,
  New York 10017. An allocable share of  this property's cost is paid by  Golden
  American based on square feet.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME (AGE)           POSITIONS(S) WITH THE COMPANY
- ----------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                           <C>
Terry L. Kendall (48)         Chairman, President and Chief
                               Executive Officer
John Herron, Jr. (43)         Director
Richard A. Marin (41)         Director
Barnett Chernow (44)          Executive Vice President
Mitchell R. Katcher (41)      Executive Vice President
David L. Jacobson (45)        Senior Vice President and
                               Assistant Secretary
Stephen J. Preston (37)       Senior Vice President, Chief
                               Actuary and Controller
Myles R. Tashman (52)         Senior Vice President
Mary B. Wilkinson (38)        Senior Vice President and
                               Treasurer
</TABLE>
    

   
Each  director is elected to serve for one year or until the next annual meeting
of shareholders or  until his or  her successor is  elected. Some directors  are
directors  of  insurance  company  subsidiaries  of  Golden  American's ultimate
parent, Banker's Trust, New York.
    

   
The principal positions  of Golden American's  directors and executive  officers
for the past five years are listed below:
    

   
MR. KENDALL joined Bankers Trust Company in September 1993 as Managing Director.
He is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Golden
American.  From 1982  through June  1993, he  was President  and Chief Executive
Officer of United Pacific Life Insurance Company.
    

   
MR. MARIN joined Bankers Trust  Company in 1978 and  is a Managing Director.  He
has been a director of Golden American since 1992.
    

   
MR.  HERRON joined Banker Trust  Company in 1978 and  is a Managing Director. He
has been a director of Golden American since 1993.
    

   
MR. CHERNOW joined Golden American in October 1993 as Executive Vice  President.
From  1977  through  1993  he held  various  positions  with  Reliance Insurance
Companies and was Senior  Vice President and Chief  Financial Officer of  United
Pacific Life Insurance Company from 1984 through 1993.
    

   
MR.  KATCHER joined  Golden American in  July 1993 as  Executive Vice President.
From 1991 through  1993 he was  a Consulting Actuary  for Tillinghast. Prior  to
1991  he  was Senior  Vice President  and Chief  Actuary with  Monarch Financial
Services, Inc.
    

   
MR. TASHMAN joined Golden American in August 1994 as Senior Vice President. From
1986 through 1993  he was Senior  Vice President and  General Counsel of  United
Pacific Life Insurance Company.
    

   
MR.  JACOBSON joined Golden  American in November 1993  as Senior Vice President
and Assistant Secretary. From April 1974  through November 1993 he held  various
positions with United Pacific Life Insurance Company and was Vice President upon
leaving.
    

   
MS.  WILKINSON joined Golden American in November 1993 as Senior Vice President.
From August 1993 through October 1993  she was an Assistant Vice President  with
CIGNA  Insurance Companies. From January 1987 through July 1993 she held various
positions with United Pacific Life Insurance Company and was Vice President  and
Controller upon leaving.
    

   
MR.  PRESTON joined Golden  American in December 1993  as Senior Vice President,
Chief Actuary and Controller. From September  1993 through November 1993 he  was
Senior  Vice President and Actuary for Mutual of America Insurance Company. From
July 1987 through August 1993 he held various positions with United Pacific Life
Insurance Company and was Vice President and Actuary upon leaving.
    

COMPENSATION TABLES AND OTHER INFORMATION

   
The following sets forth information with respect to the Chief Executive Officer
of Golden American as well as the annual salary and bonus for the next four most
highly compensated executive  officers for  the fiscal year  ended December  31,
1994.  Certain  executive  officers  of Golden  American  are  also  officers of
Directed Services, Inc. ("DSI"). The salaries of such individuals are  allocated
between  Golden American and  DSI. With the exception  of Mr. Kendall, executive
officers of  Golden American  are also  officers  of BT  Variable and  DSI.  The
salaries  of such individuals are allocated between Golden American, BT Variable
and DSI  pursuant to  an arrangement  among these  companies. Mr.  Kendall  also
serves   as  a  Managing  Director  at   Bankers  Trust  New  York  Corporation.
Compensation amounts for Mr. Kendall which are reflected throughout these tables
are not charged to  Golden American, but are  instead absorbed by Bankers  Trust
New York Corporation.
    

                                       42
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

                          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLE

The  following table  sets forth  information with  respect to  the former Chief
Executive Officer of GALIC as well as  the annual salary and bonus for the  next
four  most  highly  compensated executive  officers  for the  fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1994.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       LONG-TERM
                                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION    COMPENSATION
                                                                                      RESTRICTED      SECURITIES
NAME AND                                                    ----------------------   STOCK AWARDS     UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION                                YEAR       SALARY     BONUS (1)   OPTIONS (2)(3)      OPTIONS      COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------------------     -----     ---------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Terry Lee Kendall, ..........................        1994   $ 250,000   $ 400,000      $ 276,030          11,000
 Chairman, President and Chief Executive
 Officer (6) (September 1993 to Present)

Barnett Chernow, ............................        1994   $ 185,000   $ 165,000      $   1,800             500       $98,212(4)
 Executive Vice President

Mitchell Katcher, ...........................        1994   $ 175,000   $ 150,000
 Executive Vice President

Robert Benjamin Langel, .....................        1994   $ 150,000   $ 213,000                                      $18,750(5)
 Former Executive Vice President

Fred H. Davidson, ...........................        1994   $ 164,766                                                  $25,125(5)
 Former Executive Vice President

Stephen Preston, ............................        1994   $ 131,667   $  50,000                                       $4,721(4)
 Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary and
 Controller
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------------

   
(1) 1994 bonuses are  paid in January  1995. The amount  shown does not  include
    bonuses paid in January 1994 for performance in 1993.
    

(2) Amounts  shown are  for awards granted  and exercisable in  1994. This table
    does not reflect shares granted in 1993 exercisable in 1996. All awards have
    been valued  for this  table using  closing prices  of the  common stock  of
    Bankers Trust New York Corporation as of December 31, 1994 using a Bloomberg
    system.  Shares of  restricted stock have  a three year  vesting period. The
    number and value of Restricted Shares and Restricted Units held by executive
    officers as of December 31, 1994 is Mr. Kendall 3,000 shares and 3,000 units
    -- $166,125 and Mr. Chernow: 500 shares and 500 units -- $27,688.

(3) Dividends are paid  on unvested Restricted  Shares and dividend  equivalents
    are   paid  on  unvested  Restricted  units.  Such  dividends  and  dividend
    equivalents are equal in amount to  the dividends paid on shares on  Bankers
    Trust New York Corporation Common Stock.

(4) Amounts  shown for 1994 represent relocation  expenses paid on behalf of the
    employee.

(5) Contributions are  made  by  the  Company  on  behalf  of  the  employee  to
    PartnerShare,  the deferred compensation plan sponsored by Bankers Trust New
    York Corporation and  its affiliates for  the benefit of  all Bankers  Trust
    employees,  in February  of the  current year to  employees on  record as of
    December 31 of the previous year,  after the employee completes one year  of
    service  with the company. This contribution may  be in the form of deferred
    compensation and/or a cash payment. In 1994, Mr. Langel received $16,495  of
    deferred compensation and $2,250 of cash payment from the plan. Mr. Davidson
    received  $19,044 of deferred  compensation and $6,081  of cash payment from
    the  plan.  All  other  executives  listed  above  were  not  eligible   for
    contributions to the PartnerShare Plan in 1994.

(6) Mr. Kendall has served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
    Golden  American since September  of 1993. Mr.  Kendall's salary and bonuses
    are paid directly by Bankers Trust New York Corporation.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 MORE INFORMATION ABOUT GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

                         OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           % OF TOTAL
                                                           NUMBER OF        OPTIONS
                                                          SECURITIES       GRANTED TO                       EXPIRATION
                                                          UNDERLYING      EMPLOYEES IN   EXERCISE PRICE        DATE
                                           FISCAL YEAR  OPTIONS GRANTED   FISCAL YEAR     ($ PER SHARE)   ($ PER SHARE)
                                           -----------  ---------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
Terry Lee Kendall........................        1994          8,000         .0003268          68.625        6-21-2004

<CAPTION>

                                           GRANT DATE
                                             PRESENT
                                            VALUE(3)
                                           -----------
<S>                                        <C>
Terry Lee Kendall........................   $ 161,680
</TABLE>

   
(1) Option grants in  1994 relate to  performance in 1994.  This table does  not
    include option grants in 1993 related to performance in 1993.
    

(2) All  options  on  Bankers  Trust  New  York  Corporation  common  stock  are
    exercisable on June 21, 1995.

(3) Valued using a Black-Scholes style  valuation. The assumptions used for  the
    variables  in the model were: 27% volatility (which is the volatility of the
    Common Stock for  the 36 months  preceding grant); an  8.29% rate of  return
    (which  is the rate as  of February 10, 1995 adjusted  by 41 basis points to
    represent the LIBOR rate as of the grant date for zero coupon bond  expiring
    June  2004); a 5.25% dividend yield; and a 10-year option term (which is the
    term of the option granted). The actual gain Mr. Kendall will realize on the
    options will depend on the  future price of the  Common Stock and cannot  be
    accurately forecast by application of an option valuation.

Directors of Golden American receive no additional compensation for serving as a
director.

OTHER COMPENSATION
  On  November  29, 1993,  Mr.  Jerome Golden  resigned  as President  of Golden
  American. He had served as President from July 1987 through November 29, 1993.
  In accordance with the terms of a Separation Agreement between Mr. Golden  and
  the  Company, Mr.  Golden was  paid $425,000  in 1994  and again  in 1995. The
  amounts represent a full settlement with no future payments required.

 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   
INTRODUCTION
    

   
The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Contract  is
not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations, and is not intended as
tax  advice. The  federal income  tax treatment  of the  Contract is  unclear in
certain circumstances, and a  qualified tax adviser  should always be  consulted
with  regard to the application of the tax law to individual circumstances. This
discussion is based on the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  ("Code").
Treasury  Department regulations,  and interpretations  existing on  the date of
this prospectus. These authorities, however, are subject to change by  Congress,
the Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.
    

   
This discussion does not address state or local tax consequences associated with
the  purchase of the  contract. In addition, GOLDEN  AMERICAN MAKES NO GUARANTEE
REGARDING ANY TAX TREATMENT -- FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL -- OF ANY CONTRACT OR  OF
ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.
    

   
TAX STATUS OF GOLDEN AMERICAN
    

   
Golden  American is taxed as a life  insurance company under the Code. Since the
operations of Account B  and Account D are  a part of, and  are taxed with,  the
operations  of Golden American, Account B and Account D are not separately taxed
as "regulated  investment  companies" under  the  Code. Under  existing  federal
income  tax laws, investment income and capital gains of Account B and Account D
are not taxed  to Golden American  to the  extent they are  applied to  increase
reserves  under a  contract. Since, under  the contracts,  investment income and
realized capital  gains of  Account B  and Account  D attributable  to  contract
obligations are automatically applied to increase reserves, Golden American does
not  anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability in Account B
or Account D attributable to contract obligations, and therefore Golden American
does not intend  to make provision  for any  such taxes. If  Golden American  is
taxed  on investment  income or capital  gains of  Account B or  Account D, then
Golden American  may  impose  a  charge  against Account  B  or  Account  D,  as
appropriate, in order to make provision for such taxes.
    

   
TAXATION OF NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES
    

   
TAX DEFERRAL DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD
    
   
  Under existing provisions of the Code, except as described below, any increase
  in  an owner's Accumulation Value is generally  not taxable to the owner until
  amounts are received from the Contract, either in the form of annuity payments
  as contemplated  by the  Contract,  or in  some  other form  of  distribution.
  However,  this rule allowing  deferral applies only if  (1) the investments of
  Account B and Account D are "adequately diversified"
    

                                       44
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
  in accordance  with  Treasury  Department regulations,  (2)  Golden  American,
  rather  than the owner, is considered the owner of the assets of Account B and
  Account D for federal income tax purposes, and (3) the owner is an individual.
  In addition  to the  foregoing, if  the Contract's  annuity commencement  date
  occurs  at a time when the  annuitant is at an advanced  age, such as over age
  85, it is  possible that the  owner will  be taxable currently  on the  annual
  increase in the Accumulation Value.
    

   
      DIVERSIFICATION   REQUIREMENTS.     The   Code  and   Treasury  Department
      regulations prescribe the manner in which the investments of a  segregated
      asset account, such as the Divisions of Account B and Account D, are to be
      "adequately  diversified." If a Division of  Account B or Account D failed
      to comply with  these diversification standards,  contracts based on  that
      segregated  asset account would not be  treated as an annuity contract for
      federal income  tax purposes  and  the owner  would generally  be  taxable
      currently  on  the income  on the  contract  (as defined  in the  tax law)
      beginning with the period of non-diversification. Golden American  expects
      that  the  Divisions of  Account  B and  Account  D will  comply  with the
      diversification  requirements  prescribed   by  the   Code  and   Treasury
      Department regulations.
    

   
      OWNERSHIP  TREATMENT.  In certain circumstances, variable annuity contract
      owners may be considered the owners,  for federal income tax purposes,  of
      the assets of a segregated asset account, such as the Divisions of Account
      B  or Account D, used to  support their contracts. In those circumstances,
      income and gains from the segregated asset account would be includible  in
      the  contract  owners' gross  income.  The Internal  Revenue  Service (the
      "IRS") has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will
      be considered the owner of the assets of a segregated asset account if the
      owner possesses  incidents  of ownership  in  those assets,  such  as  the
      ability  to exercise investment control over  the assets. In addition, the
      Treasury  Department  announced,  in  connection  with  the  issuance   of
      regulations  concerning investment diversification, that those regulations
      "do not provide  guidance concerning the  circumstances in which  investor
      control  of the  investments of a  segregated asset account  may cause the
      investor, rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of
      the assets in the  account." This announcement  also stated that  guidance
      would  be issued by way of regulations  or rulings on the "extent to which
      policyholders may direct their investments to particular sub-accounts  (of
      a  segregated  asset  account)  without being  treated  as  owners  of the
      underlying assets." As of  the date of this  prospectus, no such  guidance
      has been issued.
    

   
      The  ownership rights under the Contract  are similar to, but different in
      certain respects from, those described by  the IRS in rulings in which  it
      was  determined that contract  owners were not  owners of the  assets of a
      segregated asset account. For example, the owner of this Contract has  the
      choice  of more investment options to  which to allocate purchase payments
      and the Accumulation Value, and may  be able to transfer among  investment
      options  more frequently,  than in  such rulings.  These differences could
      result in the owner being treated as the owner of all or a portion of  the
      assets  of Account B and Account D.  In addition, Golden American does not
      know what standards will be set forth in the regulations or rulings  which
      the  Treasury Department has  stated it expects  to issue. Golden American
      therefore reserves  the  right to  modify  the Contract  as  necessary  to
      attempt to prevent Contract owners from being considered the owners of the
      assets of Account B or Account D. However, there is no assurance that such
      efforts would be successful.
    

   
      Frequently,  if  the  IRS or  the  Treasury  Department sets  forth  a new
      position which  is adverse  to taxpayers,  the position  is applied  on  a
      prospective  basis only. Thus, if the  IRS or the Treasury Department were
      to issue regulations or a ruling  which treated an owner of this  Contract
      as  the owner of Account  B or Account D, that  treatment might apply on a
      prospective  basis.  However,  if  the  regulations  or  ruling  were  not
      considered  to set forth  a new position, an  owner might retroactively be
      determined to be the owner of the assets of Account B and Account D.
    

   
      NON-NATURAL OWNER.   As  a general  rule, contracts  held by  "non-natural
      persons"  such as a corporation, trust or other similar entity, as opposed
      to a natural person, are not treated as annuity contracts for federal  tax
      purposes.  The income  on such  contracts (as defined  in the  tax law) is
      taxed as ordinary income that is received  or accrued by the owner of  the
      contract  during the  taxable year. There  are several  exceptions to this
      general rule for non-natural owners.
    

                                       45
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
      First, contracts will generally be treated as held by a natural person  if
      the  nominal owner is a trust or  other entity which holds the contract as
      an agent for a  natural person. However, this  special exception will  not
      apply  in the case of any employer who  is the nominal owner of a contract
      under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.
    

   
      In addition, exceptions to  the general rule  for non-natural owners  will
      apply with respect to (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by
      reason  of  the death  of the  decedent, (2)  certain contracts  issued in
      connection with  qualified retirement  plans, (3)  contracts purchased  by
      employers  upon the termination of certain qualified retirement plans, (4)
      certain  contracts   used  in   connection  with   structured   settlement
      agreements,  and (5)  contracts purchased  with a  single purchase payment
      when the annuity starting  date (as defined  in the tax  law) is no  later
      than a year from purchase of the contract and substantially equal periodic
      payments  are made, not less frequently  than annually, during the annuity
      period.
    

   
      The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Contract will be treated
      as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes.
    

   
TAXATION OF PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND SURRENDERS
    
   
  In the case of  a partial withdrawal prior  to the annuity commencement  date,
  amounts  received generally are includible in income to the extent the owner's
  cash value  (determined without  regard to  any surrender  charge, within  the
  meaning of the tax law) before the surrender exceeds his or her "investment in
  the  contract."  In the  case  of a  surrender of  the  Contract for  the cash
  surrender value, amounts received are includible in income to the extent  they
  exceed the "investment in the contract." For these purposes, the investment in
  the  Contract at any time equals the  total of the premium payments made under
  the Contract to that time (to the extent such payments were neither deductible
  when made nor excludable from income as,  for example, in the case of  certain
  contributions  to IRAs and other qualified  retirement plans) less any amounts
  previously received from the Contract which were not includible in income.
    

   
  In the case of systematic partial  withdrawals, the amount of each  withdrawal
  will  generally be taxed in the same manner as a partial withdrawal made prior
  to the annuity commencement date, as  described above. However, there is  some
  uncertainty regarding the tax treatment of systematic partial withdrawals, and
  it is possible that additional amounts may be includible in income.
    

   
  The Contract provides a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed
  the  greater of the premium payments  and the Accumulation Value. As described
  elsewhere in this  prospectus, Golden  American imposes  certain charges  with
  respect  to  the death  benefit. It  is  possible that  some portion  of those
  charges could be treated for federal tax purposes as a partial withdrawal from
  the Contract.
    

   
  In certain  circumstances, surrender  charges  may be  waived because  of  the
  owner's  need for  extended medical  care or  because of  the owner's terminal
  illness. Distributions made in respect  of which surrender charges are  waived
  are  treated as  partial withdrawals  or surrenders, as  the case  may be, for
  income tax purposes.
    

   
TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
   
  Normally, the portion of  each annuity payment taxable  as ordinary income  is
  equal  to the excess of the payment over  the exclusion amount. In the case of
  fixed annuity  payments, the  exclusion  amount is  the amount  determined  by
  multiplying  (1) the fixed annuity payment by (2) the ratio of the "investment
  in the contract" (defined  above), adjusted for any  period certain or  refund
  feature, allocated to the fixed annuity option to the total expected amount of
  fixed  annuity  payments  for the  period  of the  Contract  (determined under
  Treasury Department regulations).  In the case  of variable annuity  payments,
  the  exclusion amount for each variable  annuity payment is a specified dollar
  amount equal  to the  investment in  the Contract  allocated to  the  variable
  annuity  option when payments begin divided by the number of variable payments
  expected to be made (determined by Treasury Department regulations).
    

   
  Once the total  amount of  the investment in  the Contract  is excluded  using
  these  formulas, annuity payments  will be fully  taxable. If annuity payments
  cease because of the death of the annuitant and before the total amount of the
  investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will
  be allowed as a deduction to the annuitant or beneficiary (depending upon  the
  circumstances).
    

   
  If  any amount is constructively received, within  the meaning of the tax law,
  from a contract (which may occur  when a death benefit becomes payable),  such
  amount will be treated as a partial withdrawal or surrender for federal income
  tax purposes unless it
    

                                       46
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
  is  applied under an  annuity option within  60 days after  the time when such
  amount was  constructively  received. In  any  event, however,  payments  must
  comply with applicable Federal tax law distribution requirements.
    

   
TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS
    
   
  Prior  to the  annuity commencement  date, amounts  may be  distributed from a
  contract because of the  death of an owner  or, in certain circumstances,  the
  death  of the annuitant. Such death  benefit proceeds are includible in income
  as follows: (1)  if distributed  in a  lump sum, they  are taxed  in the  same
  manner  as a  surrender, as  described above, or  (2) if  distributed under an
  annuity option, they  are taxed  in the same  manner as  annuity payments,  as
  described  above.  After the  annuity  commencement date,  where  a guaranteed
  period exists under an annuity option and the annuitant dies before the end of
  that period, payments made to the beneficiary for the remainder of that period
  are includible in income as follows: (1)  if received in a lump sum, they  are
  includible in income to the extent that they exceed the unrecovered investment
  in  the contract at  that time, or  (2) if distributed  in accordance with the
  existing annuity option selected, they are fully excludable from income  until
  the  remaining investment in the  contract is deemed to  be recovered, and all
  annuity payments thereafter are fully includible in income.
    

   
ASSIGNMENTS, PLEDGES, AND GRATUITOUS TRANSFERS
    
   
  Other than in  the case  of contracts  issued as  IRAs or  in connection  with
  certain  other qualified retirement plans  (which generally cannot be assigned
  or pledged), any assignment  or pledge (or agreement  to assign or pledge)  of
  any  portion of the  value of the  contract is treated  for federal income tax
  purposes as a partial withdrawal of such amount or portion. The investment  in
  the  Contract is increased by the amount  includible as income with respect to
  such assignment or pledge, though  it is not affected  by any other aspect  of
  the  assignment or  pledge (including  its release).  If an  owner transfers a
  contract without adequate  consideration to  a person other  than the  owner's
  spouse (or to a former spouse incident to divorce), the owner will be taxed on
  the difference between the cash surrender value (within the meaning of the tax
  law) and the investment in the contract at the time of transfer. In such case,
  the  transferee's investment in the contract  will be increased to reflect the
  increase in the transferor's income.
    

   
SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
    
   
  Code section 1035 provides that no gain or loss is recognized when an  annuity
  contract  is received in exchange for  a life, endowment, or annuity contract,
  provided  that  no  cash  or  other  property  is  received  in  the  exchange
  transaction.  Special rules and  procedures apply in order  for an exchange to
  meet the  requirements  of  section  1035.  Also,  there  are  additional  tax
  considerations  involved  when the  contracts  are issued  in  connection with
  qualified retirement plans. Prospective owners of this Contract should consult
  a tax advisor before  entering into a section  1035 exchange (with respect  to
  non-qualified  annuity contracts) or a trustee-to-trustee transfer or rollover
  (with respect to qualified annuity contracts).
    

   
PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS
    
   
  Where a contract has not been issued  as an IRA or in connection with  another
  qualified retirement plan, there generally is a 10% penalty tax on the taxable
  amount of any payment from the contract unless the payment is: (a) received on
  or  after  the owner  reaches  age 59  1/2;  (b) attributable  to  the owner's
  becoming disabled (as defined in the tax law); (c) made on or after the  death
  of  the owner or, if the owner is not  an individual, on or after the death of
  the primary annuitant (as  defined in the  tax law); (d) made  as a series  of
  substantially  equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for
  the life (or life expectancy) of the  owner or the joint lives (or joint  life
  expectancies) of the owner and a designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax
  law),  or (e) made under  a contract purchased with  a single purchase payment
  when the annuity starting date (as defined in the tax law) is no later than  a
  year  from purchase of the contract  and substantially equal periodic payments
  are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.
    

   
  In the case  of systematic  partial withdrawals,  it is  unclear whether  such
  withdrawals  will qualify for exception (d) above. (For reporting purposes, we
  currently  treat  such  withdrawals  as  if  they  do  not  qualify  for  this
  exception).  In addition, if  withdrawals are of interest  amounts only, as is
  the  case  with  systematic  partial  withdrawals  from  a  Fixed  Allocation,
  exception (d) will not apply.
    

   
AGGREGATION OF CONTRACTS
    
   
  In  certain circumstances,  the amount  of an  annuity payment,  withdrawal or
  surrender from  a contract  that  is includible  in  income is  determined  by
  combining    some    or   all    of   the    annuity   contracts    owned   by
    

                                       47
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
  an individual not issued  in connection with  qualified retirement plans.  For
  example, if a person purchases two or more deferred annuity contracts from the
  same  insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, all such
  contracts will be treated as one contract for purposes of determining  whether
  any  payment not received as an  annuity (including withdrawals and surrenders
  prior to the annuity commencement date) is includible in income. In  addition,
  if a person purchases a Contract offered by this prospectus and also purchases
  at approximately the same time an immediate annuity, the IRS may treat the two
  contracts  as one  contract. The  effects of  such aggregation  are not clear,
  however, it could affect the time when income is taxable and the amount  which
  might be subject to the 10% penalty tax described above.
    

   
IRA CONTRACTS AND OTHER QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    

   
IN GENERAL
    
   
  In  addition  to  issuing  the Contracts  as  non-qualified  annuities, Golden
  American also currently issues the Contracts as IRAs. (As indicated above,  in
  this  prospectus, IRAs are referred to  as "qualified plans.") Golden American
  may also  issue  the Contracts  in  connection  with certain  other  types  of
  qualified  retirement plans which receive  favorable treatment under the Code.
  Numerous special tax rules apply to the owners under IRAs and other  qualified
  retirement  plans and  to the  contracts used  in connection  with such plans.
  These tax  rules  vary  according to  the  type  of plan  and  the  terms  and
  conditions  of the plan  itself. For example, for  both surrenders and annuity
  payments  under  certain  contracts   issued  in  connection  with   qualified
  retirement  plans, there may be no "investment  in the contract" and the total
  amount received may be taxable. Also, special rules apply to the time at which
  distributions must commence and  the form in which  the distributions must  be
  paid.  Therefore, no attempt is made  to provide more than general information
  about the use  of contracts  with the  various types  of qualified  retirement
  plans.  A  qualified tax  advisor  should be  consulted  before purchase  of a
  Contract in connection with a qualified retirement plan.
    

   
  When issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, a Contract will be
  amended as necessary  to conform  to the  requirements of  the plan.  However,
  owners,  annuitants, and  beneficiaries are cautioned  that the  rights of any
  person to any benefits under qualified retirement plans may be subject to  the
  terms  and conditions  of the  plans themselves,  regardless of  the terms and
  conditions of the Contract. In addition, Golden American is not bound by terms
  and conditions of  qualified retirement  plans to  the extent  such terms  and
  conditions contradict the Contract, unless Golden American consents.
    

   
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
    
   
  As  indicated above, Golden American currently  issues the Contract as an IRA.
  If the Contract is used for this purpose, the owner must be the annuitant.
    

   
      PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Both the premium payments that may be paid, and the tax
      deduction that the owner may claim for such premium payments, are  limited
      under an IRA. In general, the premium payments that may be made for an IRA
      for  any year are limited  to the lesser of $2,000  or 100% of the owner's
      earned income for the year. Also, in  the case of an individual who has  a
      noncompensated  spouse, premium payments  may be made into  an IRA for the
      benefit of the spouse. In such a case, however, the premium payments  that
      may be made for the spouse's IRA for any year are limited to the lesser of
      $2,000  or the excess of (1) $2,250 (or, if less, 100% of the individual's
      earned income) over (2) the individual's  premium payments for his or  her
      own  IRA. An excise  tax is imposed  on IRA contributions  that exceed the
      law's limits.
    

   
      The deductible amount  of the  premium payments made  for an  IRA for  any
      taxable year (including a contract for a noncompensated spouse) is limited
      to  the amount of premium  payments that may be  paid for the contract for
      that year, or a lesser amount where the individual or his or her spouse is
      an active participant in certain qualified retirement plans. For a  single
      person  who  is  an  active participant  in  a  qualified  retirement plan
      (including  a  qualified  pension,  profit-sharing,  or  annuity  plan,  a
      simplified  employee pension plan, or a  "section 403(b)" annuity plan, as
      discussed below) and who  has adjusted gross income  in excess of  $35,000
      may  not deduct  premium payments, and  such a person  with adjusted gross
      income between  $25,000 and  $35,000 may  deduct only  a portion  of  such
      payments. Also, married persons who file a joint return, one of whom is an
      active  participant in a qualified retirement  plan, and who have adjusted
      gross income in  excess of $50,000  may not deduct  premium payments,  and
      those  with adjusted gross  income between $40,000  and $50,000 may deduct
      only
    

                                       48
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
      a portion  of such  payments. Married  persons filing  separately may  not
      deduct premium payments if either the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse is
      an active participant in a qualified retirement plan.
    

   
      In  applying these  and other rules  applicable to an  IRA, all individual
      retirement accounts and  IRAs owned by  an individual are  treated as  one
      contract,  and all amounts distributed during any taxable year are treated
      as one distribution.
    

   
      TAX DEFERRAL DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD. Until distributions are made from
      an IRA, increases in the Accumulation Value of the contract are not taxed.
    

   
      IRAs and individual retirement accounts (that may invest in this contract)
      generally may  not invest  in  life insurance  contracts, but  an  annuity
      contract  that is issued as an IRA  (or that is purchased by an individual
      retirement account) may provide a death benefit that equals the greater of
      the premiums paid and the contract's  cash value. The Contract provides  a
      death  benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the greater of the
      premium payments and the Accumulation Value. The IRS has approved the  use
      of the Contract, as to form, as an IRA.
    

   
      TAXATION  OF DISTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVERS.  If all premium payments made to
      an IRA  were deductible,  all amounts  distributed from  the Contract  are
      included   in  the  recipient's  income   when  distributed.  However,  if
      nondeductible premium  payments were  made to  an IRA  (within the  limits
      allowed by the tax laws), a portion of each distribution from the Contract
      typically  is includible in income when it is distributed. In such a case,
      any amount distributed as an annuity payment  or in a lump sum upon  death
      or  surrender  is  taxed as  described  above  in connection  with  such a
      distribution from a non-qualified contract, treating as the investment  in
      the  contract the sum of the nondeductible  premium payments at the end of
      the taxable year in which the distribution commences or is made (less  any
      amounts  previously distributed that were  excluded from income). Also, in
      such a case, any amount distributed upon a partial withdrawal is partially
      includible  in  income.  The  includible  amount  is  the  excess  of  the
      distribution   over  the  exclusion  amount,  which  in  turn  equals  the
      distribution multiplied by the ratio of the investment in the Contract  to
      the Accumulation Value.
    

   
      In  any event,  subject to the  direct rollover  and mandatory withholding
      requirements (discussed below), amounts may be "rolled over" from  certain
      qualified  retirement  plans to  an  IRA (or  from  one IRA  or individual
      retirement account  to an  IRA) without  incurring current  income tax  if
      certain  conditions  are  met.  Only  certain  types  of  distributions to
      eligible  individuals   from   qualified  retirement   plans,   individual
      retirement accounts, and IRAs may be rolled over.
    

   
      PENALTY TAXES.  Subject to certain exceptions, a penalty tax is imposed on
      distributions  from an IRA equal to 10%  of the amount of the distribution
      includible in  income. (Amounts  rolled  over from  an IRA  generally  are
      excludable  from  income.)  The  exceptions  provide,  however,  that this
      penalty tax does not apply  to distributions made to  the owner (1) on  or
      after  age 59  1/2, (2)  on or  after death  or because  of disability (as
      defined in the tax law), or (3) as part of a series of substantially equal
      periodic payments over the life (or  life expectancy) of the owner or  the
      joint  lives (or  joint life  expectancies) of  the owner  and his  or her
      beneficiary (as defined  in the tax  law). In addition  to the  foregoing,
      failure  to comply with a minimum  distribution requirement will result in
      the imposition of a penalty  tax of 50% of the  amount by which a  minimum
      required  distribution exceeds the actual  distribution from an IRA. Under
      this  requirement,  distributions  of  minimum  amounts  from  an  IRA  as
      specified  in  the tax  law  must generally  commence  by April  1  of the
      calendar year following the calendar year  in which the owner attains  age
      70 1/2.
    

   
OTHER TYPES OF QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
   
  The  following  sections  describe  tax considerations  of  contracts  used in
  connection with various types of  qualified retirement plans other than  IRAs.
  Golden  American  does  not currently  offer  all  of the  types  of qualified
  retirement plans described and may not  offer them in the future.  Prospective
  purchasers  of contracts for use in  connection with such qualified retirement
  plans should therefore  contact Golden American's  Customer Service Center  to
  ascertain  the availability of the Contract  for qualified retirement plans at
  any given time.
    

   
      SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS (SEP-IRAS). Section 408(k) of the Code allows
      employers  to  establish  simplified  employee  pension  plans  for  their
      employees,  using  the  employees'  IRAs  for  such  purposes,  if certain
      criteria are met.
    

                                       49
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
      Under  these  plans  the  employer  may,  within  specified  limits,  make
      deductible  contributions on  behalf of  the employees  to IRAs. Employers
      intending to use the  contract in connection with  such plans should  seek
      competent advice.
    

   
      CORPORATE AND SELF-EMPLOYED ("H.R. 10" OR
    
   
      "KEOGH")  PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS.  Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of
      the  Code  permit  corporate  employers  to  establish  various  types  of
      tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals'
      Tax  Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as "H.R. 10"
      or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such  tax-
      favored   retirement  plans  for  themselves  and  their  employees.  Such
      retirement plans  may permit  the purchase  of the  Contract in  order  to
      provide  benefits under the  plans. The contract  provides a death benefit
      that in  certain  circumstances may  exceed  the greater  of  the  premium
      payments  and  the  Accumulation Value.  It  is possible  that  such death
      benefit could be characterized as  an incidental death benefit. There  are
      limitations  on the  amount of  incidental benefits  that may  be provided
      under pension and profit sharing plans. In addition, the provision of such
      benefits may result in currently taxable income to participants. Employers
      intending to use the  contract in connection with  such plans should  seek
      competent advice.
    

   
      SECTION  403(B) ANNUITY  CONTRACTS.   Section 403(b)  of the  Code permits
      public  school  employees,  employees  of  certain  types  of  charitable,
      educational  and scientific  organizations exempt  from tax  under section
      501(c)(3) of the Code, and employees of certain types of State educational
      organizations  specified  in  section  170(b)(l)(A)(ii),  to  have   their
      employers  purchase  annuity contracts  for them  and, subject  to certain
      limitations, to exclude the amount  of premium payments from gross  income
      for  federal income tax purposes. Purchasers of the contracts for use as a
      "Section 403(b)  Annuity  Contract" should  seek  competent advice  as  to
      eligibility,  limitations on  permissible amounts of  premium payments and
      other tax  consequences  associated  with such  contacts.  In  particular,
      purchasers  and their advisors should consider that this contract provides
      a death benefit that  in certain circumstances may  exceed the greater  of
      the  premium payments and the Accumulation Value. It is possible that such
      death benefit could be  characterized as an  incidental death benefit.  If
      the  death benefit were  so characterized, this  could result in currently
      taxable income to purchasers.  In addition, there  are limitations on  the
      amount  of incidental death benefits that  may be provided under a Section
      403(b) Annuity Contract. Even if the death benefit under the contract were
      characterized as an incidental  death benefit, it  is unlikely to  violate
      those limits unless the purchaser also purchases a life insurance contract
      as part of his or her Section 403(b) Annuity Contract.
    

   
      Section  403(b) Annuity  Contracts contain restrictions  on withdrawals of
      (i) contributions made pursuant to  a salary reduction agreement in  years
      beginning  after December 31, 1988,  (ii) earnings on those contributions,
      and (iii) earnings after 1988 on amounts attributable to salary  reduction
      contributions  (and earnings on  those contributions) held  as of the last
      year beginning before January 1, 1989.  These amounts can be paid only  if
      the  employee has reached age 59 1/2, separated from service, died, become
      disabled (within the meaning of the tax law), or in the case of  hardship.
      Amounts  permitted to be distributed in  the event of hardship are limited
      to actual contributions; earnings thereon cannot be distributed on account
      of hardship. (These limitations on withdrawals do not apply to the  extent
      Golden  American is directed  to transfer some or  all of the Accumulation
      Value as a tax-free direct transfer to the issue of another Section 403(b)
      Annuity Contract or into a section 403(b)(7) custodial account subject  to
      withdrawal restrictions which are at least as stringent.)
    

   
      ELIGIBLE  DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS  OF STATE AND  LOCAL GOVERNMENTS AND
      TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.  Section  457 of the  Code permits employees  of
      state  and  local  governments  and tax-exempt  organizations  to  defer a
      portion of their compensation without paying current federal income taxes.
      The employees must  be participants in  an eligible deferred  compensation
      plan.  To the extent the  contract is used in  connection with an eligible
      plan, the employer  as owner of  the contract  has the sole  right to  the
      proceeds  of the contract, until paid or made available to the participant
      or other recipient, subject only to  the claims of the employer's  general
      creditors.  Generally, a contract purchased by a state or local government
      or  a  tax-exempt  organization  will   not  be  treated  as  an   annuity
    

                                       50
<PAGE>
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)
   
      contract  for federal  income tax  purposes. Those  who intend  to use the
      contracts in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
    

   
DIRECT ROLLOVERS AND FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING FOR "ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER
DISTRIBUTIONS"
    
   
  In the  case  of  an annuity  contract  used  in connection  with  a  pension,
  profit-sharing,  or annuity plan qualified under  sections 401(a) or 403(a) of
  the Code, or that is a Section 403(b) Annuity Contract, any "eligible rollover
  distribution" from  the  contract  will  be subject  to  direct  rollover  and
  mandatory   withholding  requirements.   An  eligible   rollover  distribution
  generally is the taxable portion of any distribution from a qualified  pension
  plan  under section 401(a)  of the Code, qualified  annuity plan under Section
  403(a) of the Code, or Section 403(b) Annuity or custodial account,  excluding
  certain   amounts  (such  as  minimum  distributions  required  under  section
  401(a)(9) of  the  Code and  distributions  which are  part  of a  "series  of
  substantially  equal periodic payments" made for the life (or life expectancy)
  of the employee, or for  the joint lives (or  joint life expectancies) of  the
  employee  and the employee's designated beneficiary (within the meaning of the
  tax law), or for a specified period of 10 years or more).
    

   
  Under these new requirements, federal income tax equal to 20% of the  eligible
  rollover  distribution will be  withheld from the  amount of the distribution.
  Unlike withholding on  certain other  amounts distributed  from the  contract,
  discussed  below, the taxpayer cannot elect out of withholding with respect to
  an eligible  rollover distribution.  However, this  20% withholding  will  not
  apply  to that portion of the eligible rollover distribution which, instead of
  receiving, the  taxpayer  elects  to  have  directly  transferred  to  certain
  eligible retirement plans (such as to this contract when issued as an IRA).
    

   
  If  this contract is  issued in connection with  a pension, profit-sharing, or
  annuity plan qualified under sections  401(a) or 403(a) of  the Code, or is  a
  Section 403(b) Annuity Contract, then, prior to receiving an eligible rollover
  distribution,  the owner will receive a notice (from the plan administrator or
  Golden American)  explaining  generally  the  direct  rollover  and  mandatory
  withholding  requirements and how  to avoid the 20%  withholding by electing a
  direct transfer.
    

   
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
    

   
Golden American will withhold and remit to the federal government a part of  the
taxable  portion  of  each  distribution  made  under  the  Contract  unless the
distributee notifies Golden American at or  before the time of the  distribution
that   he  or  she  elects  not  to   have  any  amounts  withheld.  In  certain
circumstances, Golden American  may be  required to withhold  tax, as  explained
above.  The  withholding rates  applicable to  the  taxable portion  of periodic
annuity payments (other than  eligible rollover distributions)  are the same  as
the  withholding rates generally  applicable to payments  of wages. In addition,
the withholding rate applicable to the taxable portion of non-periodic  payments
(including surrenders prior to the annuity commencement date) is 10%. Regardless
of  whether you elect to have federal  income tax withheld, you are still liable
for payment of  federal income tax  on the  taxable portion of  the payment.  As
discussed   above,  the   withholding  rate  applicable   to  eligible  rollover
distributions is 20%.
    

                                       51
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)

                                       52
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                               THE MANAGED GLOBAL
                              ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D

INTRODUCTION     PART II GIVES FURTHER BACKGROUND INFORMATION ON ACCOUNT D AND
THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT, INCLUDING ITS INVESTMENT POLICIES AND ACTIVITIES.

                                       53
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D

THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT

   
The  Global  Account  is  a  non-diversified  investment  company  which invests
directly in securities. There can be  no assurance that the Global Account  will
meet  its investment objective.  Account D may also  offer other divisions which
are not  available  through  the  purchase  of  the  Contract  offered  by  this
prospectus. DSI serves as the Manager of Account D and Warburg, Pincus serves as
the Portfolio Manager of the Global Account.
    

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES OF THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT

   
The  Global  Account's investment  objective is  to  seek high  total investment
return consistent with  a prudent  regard for capital  preservation. In  seeking
this  objective,  the  Global  Account  employs  an  asset  allocation  strategy
involving shifts among a wide range of investments and market sectors throughout
the world. The Global Account may invest in the following classes of securities:
equity securities  of domestic  and foreign  issuers, including  common  stocks,
preferred  stocks,  convertible  securities, and  warrants;  debt  securities of
domestic  and  foreign  issuers,   including  bonds,  debentures,   asset-backed
securities,  and notes;  and money  market instruments  of domestic  and foreign
issuers. The  Global Account  may  also use  various investment  strategies  and
techniques  in pursuing its investment objective including entering into forward
currency Contracts; purchasing and writing  put and call options on  securities,
securities  indexes, and  currencies; purchasing  and selling  futures Contracts
including interest  rate  futures  Contracts,  stock  index  futures  Contracts,
futures  Contracts based upon  securities, which may be  domestic or foreign and
corporate  or  governmental,  foreign  exchange  futures  Contracts,  and  other
financial  futures Contracts;  purchasing and  writing put  and call  options on
financial futures Contracts; engaging in short sales of securities; and entering
into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements.
    

   
The total investment  return that the  Global Account seeks  may consist (i)  of
capital  appreciation from  several possible sources,  including appreciation in
the value of securities held by the Global Account, the sale of securities whose
market value has changed, the use of futures and options, and the use of forward
currency Contracts; (ii) of  interest from underlying  securities; and (iii)  of
income  received from the writing of options. Changes in the value of securities
denominated in foreign  currencies may be  attributable in whole  or in part  to
changes in the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar.
    

   
In  pursuing the  Global Account's  investment objective,  the Portfolio Manager
will use an  opportunistic approach  to allocating the  Global Account's  assets
through  varying  economic  and  financial  conditions.  The  Portfolio  Manager
believes that a successful investment approach in the current global environment
must be based  upon careful  analysis of  the global  economic and  geopolitical
environment with a view to capitalizing upon sector and market opportunities and
to  quickly adapting to changing circumstances. Thus, the Portfolio Manager will
allocate the Global Account's assets among securities and currencies based  upon
the  Portfolio Manager's assessment  of the most  favorable markets, currencies,
and issuers.  In this  regard, the  percentage of  the Global  Account's  assets
invested  in a particular  country or denominated in  a particular currency will
vary in accordance with the  Portfolio Manager's assessment of the  appreciation
potential  of such assets and the relationship  of the country's currency to the
U.S. dollar.
    

The Portfolio Manager may allocate the Global Account's assets among the various
types of  securities and  other  assets and  among  issuers located  in  various
countries  and regions as  the Portfolio Manager  deems appropriate, except that
the Global Account's assets normally will  be invested in securities of  issuers
domiciled  or primarily traded in at  least three different countries, which may
include  the  United   States.  (Certain   additional  foreign   diversification
requirements  apply  as  described  below.) The  Portfolio  Manager  is  free to
allocate the Global Account's assets such that, at any time, the Global  Account
may  be primarily  invested in equity  securities or,  alternatively, the Global
Account may have  little or no  assets in equity  securities. Similarly, at  any
time,  the Global  Account may  be primarily  invested in  securities of issuers
domiciled or primarily traded in one region, such as the United States,  Europe,
or  the  Pacific Basin,  or  the Global  Account may  have  little or  no assets
committed to that region.

In considering equity  securities, the Portfolio  Manager will emphasize  large,
well-capitalized companies with strong balance sheets. The Portfolio Manager may
also   consider  other   factors  in  selecting   equity  securities,  including
price-earnings ratios,  cash flows,  and the  relationship of  an issuer's  book
value to its market value.

In  selecting debt  instruments for  the Global  Account, the  Portfolio Manager
emphasizes credit quality. The Global Account will invest only in the following:
(1) fixed-income instruments issued  or guaranteed by  the U.S. Government,  its
agencies,  or instrumentalities ("U.S.  Government Securities"); (2) obligations

                                       54
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  foreign  government  or  any  of  its   political
subdivisions,  authorities, agencies, or  instrumentalities, or by supranational
entities ("foreign government  securities"), which, at  the time of  investment,
are rated A or better by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or A or better by
Moody's Investors Services, Inc. ("Moody's") or, if not rated by S&P or Moody's,
determined  by the Portfolio Manager  to be of equivalent  quality; and (3) debt
securities of domestic or foreign issuers which, at the time of investment,  are
rated  A or better by S&P or  A or better by Moody's or,  if not rated by S&P or
Moody's, determined by the Portfolio Manager to be of equivalent quality. In the
event that a debt security held by the Global Account is downgraded to a  rating
that  would render the  security ineligible for purchase  by the Global Account,
the Global Account may nonetheless retain the security.

Debt securities purchased by the  Global Account may be  of any maturity. It  is
anticipated  that the  weighted average maturity  of the debt  securities in the
portfolio (excluding money market instruments)  generally will be between 5  and
15  years,  but may  be shorter  or longer  at the  discretion of  the Portfolio
Manager.

The Global Account invests only in high-quality money market instruments.  These
include the following: (1) short-term U.S. Government securities; (2) short-term
foreign  government securities which, at the time of investment, are rated AA or
better by S&P or  Aa or better by  Moody's or, if not  rated by S&P or  Moody's,
determined   by  the  Portfolio  Manager  to   be  of  equivalent  quality;  (3)
certificates of  deposit, time  deposits, bankers'  acceptances, and  short-term
obligations  of banks and other depository  institutions, both U.S. and foreign,
that have total assets of at least $10 billion (U.S.) and are determined by  the
Portfolio  Manager to  be of  high quality; and  (4) commercial  paper and other
short-term corporate obligations which, at the time of investment, are rated A-2
or better by S&P or P-2 or better by Moody's or, if not rated by S&P or Moody's,
determined by the Portfolio Manager to be of equivalent quality.

   
The  Global  Account   may  employ  various   investment  strategies   involving
currencies, including entering into forward currency Contracts, foreign exchange
futures  Contracts, and options  on currencies. (See  "Securities and Investment
Techniques," below.) These strategies may  be employed for purposes of  exposing
the  Global Account to a foreign (or  domestic) currency or to shift exposure to
foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. These strategies  may
also be employed as hedging techniques to help pro-
    

tect against declines in the U.S. dollar (or other currency) value of the Global
Account's  assets that  might result from  adverse changes  in currency exchange
rates. The  Global  Account  may  engage in  forward  currency  transactions  in
anticipation  of or to protect itself  against fluctuations in currency exchange
rates. The  Global  Account  may  purchase  put  and  call  options  on  foreign
currencies  as  a hedge  against changes  in the  value of  the U.S.  dollar (or
another currency) in relation to a  foreign currency in which securities of  the
Global  Account may be denominated.  Hedging against a change  in the value of a
foreign currency in the foregoing manner does not eliminate fluctuations in  the
prices  of  portfolio  securities  or  prevent  losses  if  the  prices  of such
securities  decline.  Furthermore,  such  hedging  transactions  may  reduce  or
preclude  the opportunity for  gain if the  value of the  hedged currency should
change relative to the U.S. dollar.

NON-DIVERSIFIED

The Global Account is classified as a "non-diversified" investment company under
the 1940 Act, as amended, which means that the Global Account is not limited  by
the 1940 Act in the amount of its assets that it may invest in the securities of
a  single  issuer. However,  the Global  Account  will meet  the diversification
requirements of  Code Section817  (h) and  the Treasury  Department  Regulations
issued  thereunder. Under applicable state  law requirements, the Global Account
may not acquire the securities of any issuer if, as a result of such investment,
more than 10%  of the Global  Account's total  assets would be  invested in  the
securities  of any one issuer,  except that this restriction  shall not apply to
U.S. Government  securities or  foreign government  securities, and  the  Global
Account  will not invest  in a security if,  as a result  of such investment, it
would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.
Nonetheless, because the Global Account, as a non-diversified investment company
under the 1940 Act, may invest in a smaller number of individual issuers than  a
diversified  investment company, an investment in  the Global Account may, under
certain circumstances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in
a diversified company.  This risk may  include greater exposure  to the risk  of
poor  earnings  or default  of one  issuer than  would  be the  case for  a more
diversified fund.

The  Global  Account   is  also   subject  to  the   following  guidelines   for
diversification  of foreign security investments. If the Global Account has less
then 20% of its assets in foreign issuers, then all of such investment may be in
issuers domiciled or primarily traded in one country. If the Global Account  has
at  least  20%  but  less  than  40% of  its  assets  in  foreign  issuers, then

                                       55
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
such investment must be allocated to issuers domiciled or primarily traded in at
least two different countries. Similarly, if the Global Account has at least 40%
but less than  60% of its  assets in  foreign issuers, such  investment must  be
allocated  in at  least three different  countries. Foreign  investments must be
allocated to at least  four different countries  if at least  60% of the  Global
Account's assets is in foreign issuers, and to at least five different countries
if at least 80% of its assets is in foreign issuers.

The  Global Account  may have  no more than  20% of  its net  assets invested in
securities of issuers domiciled or primarily  traded in any one country,  except
that the Global Account may have an additional 15% of its net assets invested in
securities  of issuers domiciled or primarily traded in any one of the following
countries: Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan and The United Kingdom. The
Global Account's investments in  U.S. issuers are not  subject to these  foreign
country diversification guidelines.

RISK FACTORS

   
The   Global  Account's  investment  policies  and  certain  of  the  investment
techniques in which  the Global Account  may engage involve  certain risks.  For
instance,   the  Global  Account  will  invest  in  non-U.S.  dollar-denominated
securities of foreign issuers. Investing  in such securities involves  different
risk  considerations than investing in securities of U.S. issuers, including the
risks of investment  in foreign countries,  foreign exchange rate  fluctuations,
exchange   controls,  and  others.  The  Global   Account  may  also  engage  in
transactions in financial futures Contracts,  both domestic and foreign, and  in
various  put and  call options.  The Global Account  may also  engage in foreign
currency transactions and options on  foreign currencies. Risks associated  with
these  techniques  are described  more  fully under  "Securities  and Investment
Techniques."
    

   
In  general,  because  investment  in  foreign  issuers  will  usually   involve
currencies  of foreign countries, and because  the Global Account may be exposed
to currency  risk independent  of its  securities positions,  the value  of  the
assets  of the Global  Account as measured  in U.S. dollars  will be affected by
changes in  foreign currency  exchange  rates. To  the  extent that  the  Global
Account's  assets consist of  investments denominated in  a particular currency,
the Global Account's  exposure to  adverse developments affecting  the value  of
that  currency  will increase.  Foreign  currency exchange  rates  may fluctuate
significantly over short periods of time.  They generally are determined by  the
forces  of supply and  demand in the  foreign exchange markets  and the relative
merits of  investment in  different countries,  actual or  perceived changes  in
interest  rates,  and  other  complex factors,  as  seen  from  an international
perspective. Currency  exchange  rates also  can  be affected  unpredictably  by
intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks in the availability
of  money or interest rates, by the  failure to intervene, by currency controls,
or by political and economic developments in  the U.S. or abroad. The market  in
forward  foreign  currency  exchange Contracts  and  other  privately negotiated
currency instruments offers less protection against defaults by the other  party
to  such instruments  than is  available for  currency instruments  traded on an
exchange. To the extent that a substantial portion of the Global Account's total
assets, adjusted  to reflect  the  Global Account's  net position  after  giving
effect  to currency  transactions, is denominated  in the  currencies of foreign
countries, the Global Account  will be more susceptible  to the risk of  adverse
economic and political developments within those countries.
    

In  addition,  because  of  the  Global  Account's  flexible  investment policy,
portfolio turnover may be  greater than for a  portfolio that does not  allocate
assets  among  various  types  of securities  and  among  various  countries and
regions. A higher  rate of portfolio  turnover involves correspondingly  greater
brokerage  expenses which must be borne by the Global Account (and indirectly by
investors allocating Accumulation Value  to the Global  Account), and may  under
certain  circumstances make it more difficult  for the Global Account to qualify
as a regulated investment company under the Code.

   
There can be no  assurance that the Global  Account will achieve its  investment
objective.  Investors should  be aware  that the  value of  the Global Account's
assets will fluctuate and  a Contract Owner's  Accumulation Value will  increase
and  decrease in value as the market value of the securities and other assets in
which the Global Account invests fluctuates.
    

The Global Account is intended for long-term investors who can accept the  risks
involved  in  investments in  foreign securities.  The  Global Account  does not
purport to offer a complete investment program to which a prudent investor would
commit all of his or  her investment capital, nor  is it intended for  investors
whose principal objective is income.

BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF ACCOUNT D

The business and affairs of Account D are managed under the direction of a Board
of Governors, which

                                       56
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
   
currently  consists of four  members. The Board  of Governors has responsibility
for the  investment  management-related  operations of  Account  D  and  matters
arising  under the 1940 Act. The Board of Governors does not have responsibility
for the payment  of obligations  under the  Contract and  administration of  the
Contract.  These matters are Golden  American's responsibility. The business and
affairs of Account D are governed under a  set of rules adopted by the Board  of
Governors called "Rules and Regulations of Separate Account D."
    

THE MANAGER

DSI  serves as  Manager to  Account D  pursuant to  a Management  Agreement with
Account D. The Manager is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
New York. Its address  is 280 Park Avenue,  New York, New York  10017. DSI is  a
wholly owned subsidiary of BT Variable, Inc., which is an indirect subsidiary of
Bankers  Trust Company. DSI's business activities include those of a distributor
and underwriter  of variable  insurance products,  broker-dealer and  investment
manager.  DSI  is registered  with  the SEC  as  a broker-dealer  and investment
adviser and is a member  of the NASD. It is  also registered as a  broker-dealer
and/or investment adviser in various states.

U.S. banking laws and regulations, including the Glass-Steagall Act as currently
interpreted  by  the  Board of  Governors  of  the Federal  Reserve  System (the
"Board"), prohibit  a bank  holding company  registered under  the Bank  Holding
Company  Act of  1956, or  any affiliate  thereof, from  sponsoring, organizing,
controlling, or  distributing the  shares of  a registered  open-end  investment
company,  which may for these purposes  include the Global Account, continuously
engaged in the issuance of its  securities and, except as otherwise provided  by
order  of  the  Board,  prohibit  banks  generally  from  issuing, underwriting,
selling, or distributing  securities. The  same laws  and regulations  generally
permit a bank or bank affiliate to act as investment adviser, transfer, dividend
disbursing,  and  shareholder servicing  agent  and custodian  to  an investment
company and  to purchase  such shares  as  agent for  and upon  the order  of  a
customer.

Golden  American  and  DSI  perform  the  activities  described  above  in  this
prospectus and  in  Part  I,  under the  caption  "Selling  the  Contracts."  As
discussed  in Part I,  under the caption "Golden  American," while Bankers Trust
has no immediate intent to divest its ownership of the stock of Golden  American
and  DSI, such a divestiture  may occur in the  future. In addition, judicial or
administrative decisions or interpretations, as  well as changes in either  U.S.
Federal  or state banking statutes or regulations, could prevent Golden American
from  performing  activities  with  respect  to  Account  D,  prevent  DSI  from
performing the activities described in this prospectus, or prevent Bankers Trust
Company  from continuing to own the stock of Golden American or DSI. If any such
event were  to occur,  changes in  the operation  of Account  D and  the  Global
Account  might occur. It is not expected,  however, that Account D or the Global
Account would  suffer  adverse  financial  consequences  as  a  result  of  such
occurrence.

   
As   discussed  in   Part  I,  DSI   also  currently   provides  management  and
administrative services to the Trust.  DSI's officers have extensive  experience
in  the  development  and  distribution  of  investment  products, specifically,
variable life  insurance policies,  variable annuity  Contracts, and  management
investment  companies  that  serve as  investment  media for  such  policies and
Contracts.
    

   
Under the Management Agreement, DSI  has overall responsibility, subject to  the
supervision  of the Board of Governors,  for administering all operations of the
Global Account and for monitoring and evaluating the management of the assets of
the Global Account by the Portfolio Manager. The Manager is also responsible for
monitoring and evaluating the  Portfolio Manager on a  periodic basis, and  will
consider  its performance  record with respect  to the  investment objective and
policies of  the Global  Account.  The Management  Agreement may  be  terminated
without  penalty by the vote of the Board of Governors or the Contract Owners of
the Global Account, or by the Manager,  on 60 days' written notice by the  Board
or  the Manager  and will  terminate automatically if  assigned as  that term is
described in the 1940 Act.
    

As Manager,  DSI provides  the overall  business management  and  administrative
services  necessary for the Global Account's operation. The Manager furnishes or
procures on behalf of the Global Account the services and information  necessary
to the proper conduct of the Global Account's business. The Manager also acts as
liaison among the various service providers to the Global Account, including the
custodian,  portfolio  accounting  personnel,  Portfolio  Manager,  counsel, and
auditors. The Manager is also responsible  for ensuring that the Global  Account
operates in compliance with applicable legal requirements and for monitoring the
Portfolio Manager for compliance with requirements under applicable law and with
the investment policies and restrictions of the Global Account.

                                       57
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager is authorized to exercise full
investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the investment
of  the Global Account's assets and the  purchase and sale of securities for the
Global Account in the event that at any time a portfolio manager is not  engaged
to  manage  the assets  of the  Global  Account. In  such event,  the Management
Agreement provides that  the Manager  will be entitled  to, in  addition to  its
usual compensation for services as Manager, as described below, a fee that would
otherwise  be  paid  to  the  Portfolio Manager.  For  more  information  on the
Management Agreement, see the Statement of Additional Information.

For operating expenses under  the Management Agreement see  Part I, Charges  and
Fees, Operating Expenses of Account D.

The  Global Account and  DSI have entered  into an agreement  to limit the total
expenses of the Global  Account, excluding mortality  and expense risk  charges,
asset based administrative charges and other contractual charges, for the period
October 1, 1993 through December 31, 1994 so that such expenses do not exceed on
an annual basis: 1.25% of the first $500 million of average daily net assets and
1.05% of the excess over $500 million.

The  initial  organizational expenses  of the  Global  Account were  advanced by
Golden  American.  The  Global  Account  reimburses  Golden  American  for  such
expenses,  which  are amortized  over five  years  from the  date of  the Global
Account's commencement of operations.

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER

   
Warburg, Pincus serves  as the Portfolio  Manager of the  Global Account and  in
that  capacity  provides investment  advisory services  for the  Global Account,
including asset  allocation  and  security selection.  The  Portfolio  Manager's
address  is 466 Lexington Avenue, New York,  New York 10017. The Global Account,
the Manager, and the Portfolio Manager have entered into a Portfolio  Management
Agreement  under which the Portfolio Manager  has full investment discretion and
makes all determinations with respect to the investment of the Global  Account's
assets  and  the purchase  and  sale of  securities  and other  investments. The
Portfolio Management Agreement may be terminated without penalty by the vote  of
the  Board of  Governors or the  Contract Owners  of the Global  Account, by the
Portfolio Manager, or by the Manager, on 60 days' written notice by any party to
the Portfolio Management Agreement and will terminate automatically if  assigned
as that term is described in the 1940 Act.
    

Warburg,  Pincus was  incorporated in  Delaware on  December 15,  1970. Warburg,
Pincus is a professional investment  counselling firm which provides  investment
services  to  investment  companies, employee  benefit  plans,  endowment funds,
foundations and other  institutions and  individuals. The  Portfolio Manager  is
registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.

The  individual primarily  in charge of  portfolio management  decisions for the
Global Account is Richard H. King. Mr. King has been a Managing Director of E.M.
Warburg, Pincus & Co., Inc. ("EMW") since 1989, before which time he was  senior
vice  president of Fiduciary  Trust Company International.  Harold E. Sharon and
Nicholas P.W.  Horsley,  both  of  whom  are  research  analysts  and  associate
portfolio  managers of  another investment  company advised  by Warburg, Pincus,
also exercise significant  portfolio management responsibility  with respect  to
the  Global Account. Mr. Sharon has been  with EMW since 1990, before which time
he was an investment  officer with Credit Suisse  Asset Management. Mr.  Horsley
has  been with EMW  since 1993, before  which time he  was a director, portfolio
manager and analyst at Barclays deZoete Wedd in New York City.

As of January 31,  1994, Warburg, Pincus managed  approximately $7.0 billion  of
assets  and served as investment adviser  to thirteen investment companies which
had total  assets of  approximately $2.0  billion. The  Portfolio Manager  is  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Warburg, Pincus Counsellors G.P., a New York general
partnership. EMW controls Warburg,  Pincus through its ownership  of a class  of
voting  preferred stock of Warburg, Pincus. Warburg, Pincus Counsellors G.P. has
no business  other than  being a  holding  company of  Warburg, Pincus  and  its
subsidiaries.

From the commencement of operations of the Global Account through June 30, 1994,
Zulauf  Asset Management AG served as  portfolio manager for the Global Account.
Warburg, Pincus assumed management of the Global Account on July 1, 1994.

For operating  expenses under  the Portfolio  Management Agreement  see Part  I,
Charges and Fees, Operating Expenses of Account D.

CUSTODIAN
  The  Custodian for the  Global Account is Bankers  Trust Company. DSI provides
  portfolio accounting services for the Global Account.

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

The following discussion describes different types of securities and  investment
techniques that may be

                                       58
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
   
used by the Global Account, as well as the risks associated with such securities
and techniques. For more detailed information on these securities and investment
techniques,  and for information  on other securities  and investment techniques
that may be used  by the Global Account,  including U.S. Government  securities,
debt securities, foreign securities, repurchase agreements, short sales, futures
Contracts,  options  on securities  and foreign  currency transactions,  see the
discussion in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information  on  "Securities  and
Investment Techniques."
    

FOREIGN SECURITIES
  The  Global  Account  may invest  in  equity  and debt  securities  of foreign
  issuers, in  American  Depository  Receipts ("ADRs"),  in  foreign  government
  securities  that are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies,
  and in foreign branches of commercial banks and foreign banks.

  Investments in  foreign  securities  offer potential  benefits  not  available
  solely in securities of domestic issuers by offering the opportunity to invest
  in  foreign  issuers that  appear  to offer  growth  potential, or  in foreign
  countries with economic policies  or business cycles  different from those  of
  the  United States,  or to  reduce fluctuations  in portfolio  value by taking
  advantage of foreign stock markets that may  not move in a manner parallel  to
  U.S.  markets. Investments  in securities  of foreign  issuers involve certain
  risks not ordinarily  associated with  investments in  securities of  domestic
  issuers.  Such risks  include fluctuations  in foreign  exchange rates, future
  political and economic developments, and  the possible imposition of  exchange
  controls,  restrictions on investment or the flow of capital, or other foreign
  governmental laws  or restrictions.  Since the  Global Account  may invest  in
  securities  denominated or  quoted in currencies  other than  the U.S. dollar,
  changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of securities
  in  the  portfolio  and  the   unrealized  appreciation  or  depreciation   of
  investments  as  denominated in  U.S. dollars.  While  the Global  Account may
  employ certain investment techniques to  hedge its foreign currency  exposure,
  such  techniques  also  entail certain  risks.  In addition,  with  respect to
  certain countries,  there  is  the possibility  of  expropriation  of  assets,
  confiscatory   taxation,   other   foreign  taxation,   political   or  social
  instability,  or   diplomatic  developments   that  could   adversely   affect
  investments in those countries.

  There  may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than
  about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to  accounting,
  auditing,  and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or
  as uniform  as those  of  U.S. companies.  Foreign securities  markets,  while
  growing  in volume,  have, for the  most part, substantially  less volume than
  U.S. markets. Securities of many foreign  companies are less liquid and  their
  prices   more  volatile   than  securities   of  comparable   U.S.  companies.
  Transactional costs in non-U.S. securities  markets are generally higher  than
  in U.S. securities markets. There is generally less government supervision and
  regulation  of exchanges,  brokers, and  issuers than  there is  in the United
  States. The Global  Account might have  greater difficulty taking  appropriate
  legal  action with respect to foreign investments in non-U.S. courts than with
  respect to  domestic issuers  in  U.S. courts.  In addition,  transactions  in
  foreign  securities  may  involve  greater  time  from  the  trade  date until
  settlement than  domestic securities  transactions. Clearance  and  settlement
  procedures in certain foreign countries have not developed at the same pace as
  the  related  securities  markets,  making  it  difficult  to  execute desired
  transactions. Delays in settlement  could result in  temporary periods when  a
  portion  of the assets of  the Global Account are  uninvested and no return is
  earned  thereon.  The  inability  of  the  Global  Account  to  make  intended
  investments  due  to settlement  problems could  cause  it to  miss attractive
  investment  opportunities.  Inability  to  dispose  of  securities  or   other
  investments  due to settlement  problems could result either  in losses to the
  Global Account  due to  subsequent declines  in value  of the  investment,  or
  possible  liability to a purchaser. Foreign  investments also involve the risk
  of possible  losses  through  the  holding of  securities  by  custodians  and
  securities depositories in foreign countries.

  Interest  income and gains from foreign securities may generally be subject to
  withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located.

SHORT SALES
  The Global Account  may make  short sales  of securities.  A short  sale is  a
  transaction  in which the Global  Account sells a security  it does not own in
  anticipation of a decline in market  price. The Global Account may make  short
  sales  to offset  a potential decline  in a long  position or a  group of long
  positions, or if the Portfolio Manager believes that a decline in the price of
  a particular security or group of securities is likely.

  The Global Account's obligation to  replace a security borrowed in  connection
  with the short sale will

                                       59
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
  be secured by collateral deposited with the broker, consisting of cash or U.S.
  Government  securities  or  other  securities  acceptable  to  the  broker. In
  addition, with respect to any short  sale, other than short sales against  the
  box,  the Global Account will be  required to deposit collateral consisting of
  cash, cash items, or U.S. Government  securities in a segregated account  with
  its  custodian in an amount such that the  value of the sum of both collateral
  deposits (not including  the proceeds  from the short  sale) is  at all  times
  equal  to at  least 100% of  the current  market value of  the securities sold
  short. The deposits do  not necessarily limit  the Global Account's  potential
  loss on a short sale, which may exceed the entire amount of the collateral.

  If  the price  of the security  sold short  increases between the  time of the
  short sale and the time the Global Account replaces the borrowed security, the
  Global Account  will incur  a loss,  and  if the  price declines  during  this
  period, the Global Account will realize a capital gain. Any realized gain will
  be  decreased, and any incurred loss increased, by the amount of transactional
  costs and any premium, dividend, or interest which the Global Account may have
  to pay in connection with such short sale. Account D may have to pay a premium
  to borrow the  securities sold short  and must pay  any dividends or  interest
  payable  on the securities until they are replaced. Possible losses from short
  sales differ from losses that could be incurred from a purchase of a security,
  because losses  from  short  sales  may  be  unlimited,  whereas  losses  from
  purchases of a security can equal only the total amount invested.

  The  Global Account may make a short sale  only if, at the time the short sale
  is made and after  giving effect thereto, the  market value of all  securities
  sold  short is 25% or less of the  value of its net assets. The Global Account
  is not required to liquidate an existing short sale position solely because  a
  change in market values has caused this percentage limitation to be exceeded.

FUTURES CONTRACTS
   
  The  Global  Account  may purchase  and  sell stock  index  futures Contracts,
  interest rate futures Contracts, and futures Contracts based upon  securities,
  which  may  be domestic  or foreign,  and  corporate or  governmental, foreign
  exchange futures  Contracts and  other financial  futures Contracts,  and  may
  purchase and write options on such Contracts.
    

   
  The  Global Account may engage  in such futures transactions  as an adjunct to
  its securities  activities.  The  Global  Account's  transactions  in  futures
  transactions   must  constitute   bona  fide  hedging   or  other  permissible
  transactions under regulations  promulgated by the  Commodity Futures  Trading
  Commission ("CFTC"), under which a fund engaging in futures transactions would
  not  be deemed a "commodity pool." Under these regulations, the Global Account
  may enter  into futures  and options  (1) for  "bona fide  hedging"  purposes,
  without  regard to  the percentage of  assets committed to  initial margin and
  options premiums, or  (2) for  other strategies, provided  that the  aggregate
  initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions do not exceed
  5%  of the liquidation  value of the Global  Account's portfolio, after taking
  into account unrealized  profits and  unrealized gains on  any such  Contracts
  entered  into.  Transactions  in  futures  Contracts  and  options  on futures
  Contracts  may  also  be  limited  by   the  requirements  of  the  Code   for
  qualification  as  a  regulated  investment  company.  Other  requirements are
  described in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

  There are  several  risks associated  with  the  use of  futures  and  futures
  options.  While  the Global  Account's  hedging transactions  may  protect the
  Global Account  against adverse  movements in  the general  level of  interest
  rates,   securities  prices,  currency  exchange   rates,  or  other  economic
  conditions, such transactions could also preclude the Global Account from  the
  opportunity  to  benefit from  favorable movements  in  the level  of interest
  rates,  securities  prices,  currency   exchange  rates,  or  other   economic
  conditions.  There can be no guarantee  that there will be correlation between
  price movements in  the hedging  vehicle and  in the  portfolio securities  or
  currency being hedged. An incorrect correlation could result in a loss on both
  the  hedged securities in the  Global Account and the  hedging vehicle so that
  the Global Account's  return might have  been better if  hedging had not  been
  attempted.  The loss that could  be incurred by the  Global Account in writing
  options on futures is potentially unlimited.

   
  There can be no assurance that a liquid  market will exist at a time when  the
  Global  Account seeks  to close  out a  futures Contract  or a  futures option
  position. Most  futures exchanges  and boards  of trade  limit the  amount  of
  fluctuation permitted in futures Contract prices during a single day; once the
  daily  limit has been reached on a  particular Contract, no trades may be made
  that day  at  a  price  beyond  that limit.  In  addition,  certain  of  these
  instruments are relatively new and without a significant trading history. As a
  result,  there is no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or
  continue to exist.
    

                                       60
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
   
  The daily limit governs only price  movements during a particular trading  day
  and  therefore does not limit  potential losses because the  limit may work to
  prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures  prices
  have  occasionally moved  to the daily  limit for  several consecutive trading
  days with  little or  no  trading, thereby  preventing prompt  liquidation  of
  positions  and  subjecting some  holders of  futures Contracts  to substantial
  losses. Lack of a liquid market for any reason may prevent the Global  Account
  from  liquidating an unfavorable position and  the Global Account would remain
  obligated to meet margin requirements and  continue to incur losses until  the
  position is closed.
    

   
  The  Global Account will only enter  into futures Contracts or futures options
  which are standardized and traded  on a U.S. or  foreign exchange or board  of
  trade,  or similar entity, or  quoted on an automated  quotation system, or in
  the case of futures options, for which an established over-the-counter  market
  exists.
    

   
  The  Global Account  may engage  in futures  Contracts and  options on futures
  Contracts not only on U.S. domestic  markets, but also on exchanges and  other
  markets  outside of  the United States.  Foreign markets  may offer advantages
  such as trading in indices that are not currently traded in the United States.
  Foreign markets,  however,  may  have greater  risk  potential  than  domestic
  markets.  Unlike trading on  domestic commodity exchanges,  trading on foreign
  commodity markets is not regulated by the  CFTC and may be subject to  greater
  risk  than trading on domestic exchanges.  For example, some foreign exchanges
  are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a  trader
  may  look  only to  the broker  for  performance of  the Contract.  Trading in
  foreign futures or foreign  options Contracts may not  be afforded certain  of
  the  protective measures  provided by the  Commodity Exchange  Act, the CFTC's
  regulations, and  the  rules  of  the National  Futures  Association  and  any
  domestic  exchange, including the right  to use reparations proceedings before
  the  CFTC  and  arbitration  proceedings  provided  by  the  National  Futures
  Association  or any  domestic futures  exchange. Amounts  received for foreign
  futures  or  foreign  options  transactions  may  not  be  provided  the  same
  protections  as funds  received in  respect of  transactions on  United States
  futures exchanges. In addition, the Global Account could incur losses or  lose
  any  profits  that had  been realized  in  trading by  adverse changes  in the
  exchange rate  of  the  currency  in which  the  transaction  is  denominated.
  Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both commodities that are traded
  on domestic exchanges and boards of trade and those that are not.
    

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES INDICES
  The  Global Account may purchase and write  put and call options on securities
  and on securities  indices. The Global  Account will purchase  and write  only
  options  that are  standardized and  traded on a  U.S. or  foreign exchange or
  board of trade, or  for which an  established over-the-counter market  exists.
  The  ability to terminate  over-the-counter options is  more limited than with
  exchange-traded  options,  and  may  involve  the  risk  that   broker-dealers
  participating  in such transactions will  not fulfill their obligations. Until
  such time as the  staff of the  SEC changes its  position, the Global  Account
  will  treat purchased  over-the-counter options and  all assets  used to cover
  written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. However, for  options
  written  with primary  dealers in  U.S. Government  securities pursuant  to an
  agreement requiring a  closing purchase  transaction at a  formula price,  the
  amount  of illiquid securities  may be calculated with  reference to a formula
  approved by the SEC staff.

  The Global  Account may  write a  call or  put option  only if  the option  is
  "covered"  by  the  Global  Account  holding  a  position  in  the  underlying
  securities or by other means that  would permit immediate satisfaction of  the
  Global  Account's obligation as  writer of the  option, typically deposit with
  the Global Account's custodian of  cash, U.S. Government securities, or  other
  high  grade liquid debt securities with a value at least equal to the exercise
  price of the put option,  or the price at which  a security underlying a  call
  option can be acquired.

  The  purchase and writing of options involves certain risks. During the option
  period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the  option,
  given  up the opportunity  to profit from  a price increase  in the underlying
  securities above  the exercise  price, but,  as long  as its  obligation as  a
  writer  continues,  has retained  the risk  of  loss should  the price  of the
  underlying security decline. The writer of  an option has no control over  the
  time  when it  may be required  to fulfill its  obligation as a  writer of the
  option. Once  an option  writer has  received an  exercise notice,  it  cannot
  effect  a closing  purchase transaction in  order to  terminate its obligation
  under the option and  must deliver the underlying  securities at the  exercise
  price.  If a put  or call option purchased  by the Global  Account is not sold
  when  it   has   remaining  value,   and   if   the  market   price   of   the

                                       61
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
  underlying  security, in the case  of a put, remains  equal to or greater than
  the exercise price or, in  the case of a call,  remains less than or equal  to
  the  exercise price, the Global Account will lose its entire investment in the
  option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased
  to hedge against price movements in a  related security, the price of the  put
  or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.

  There  can be  no assurance that  a liquid  market will exist  when the Global
  Account seeks  to  close  out  an option  position.  Furthermore,  if  trading
  restrictions  or a  suspension is imposed  on the options  markets, the Global
  Account may be unable to  close out a position.  If the Global Account  cannot
  effect  a closing  transaction, it  will not  be able  to sell  the underlying
  security while the previously written option remains outstanding, even  though
  it might otherwise be advantageous to do so. The Global Account pays brokerage
  commissions  or  spreads  in  connection with  its  options  transactions. The
  writing of options could significantly increase portfolio turnover rate.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
   
  The Global Account may  enter into forward currency  Contracts and enter  into
  currency  exchange  transactions  on  a spot  (i.e.,  cash)  basis.  A forward
  currency Contract is  an obligation  to purchase  or sell  a currency  against
  another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. The
  Global  Account may  either accept  or make  delivery of  the currency  at the
  maturity of the forward Contract or,  prior to maturity, enter into a  closing
  transaction  involving the  purchase or  sale of  an offsetting  Contract. The
  Global Account may engage in forward currency transactions in anticipation  of
  or  to protect  itself against  fluctuations in  currency exchange  rates, and
  entering into a forward  currency Contract will expose  the Global Account  to
  the  risk of  adverse changes  in the  exchange rate  of the  currency that is
  subject to the  Contract. The  Global Account may  also enter  into a  forward
  currency  Contract for  non-hedging purposes.  Forward currency  Contracts are
  further described in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

   
  If the Global Account  engages in an offsetting  transaction to terminate  its
  contractual  obligation under a forward  currency Contract, the Global Account
  will incur a  gain or a  loss to the  extent that there  has been movement  in
  forward  Contract prices. For  more information on  closing a forward currency
  position, including  information on  associated risks,  see the  Statement  of
  Additional Information.
    

   
  In  hedging transactions, the  precise matching of  forward currency Contracts
  and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible  since
  the  future value  of the  securities in foreign  currencies will  change as a
  consequence of market movements in the  value of those securities between  the
  date  the forward Contract is entered into and the date it matures. Projection
  of short-term  currency  market  movements is  extremely  difficult,  and  the
  successful  execution of  a short-term  hedging strategy  is highly uncertain.
  While forward foreign currency Contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due
  to a decline in the value of a hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to
  limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such  currency
  increase.
    

   
  Forward Contracts are not traded on regulated commodities exchanges. There can
  be  no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Global Account seeks
  to enter into  or close out  a forward  currency position, in  which case  the
  Global  Account might not be able to  effect a closing purchase transaction at
  any particular  time.  In addition,  the  Global Account  entering  a  forward
  foreign  currency Contract incurs the risk of  default by the counter party to
  the transaction.  Forward currency  Contracts  offer less  protection  against
  defaults  than is available when trading in currencies on an exchange. Because
  a forward currency Contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse,
  a default  on the  Contract would  deprive the  Global Account  of  unrealized
  profits  or force the Global Account to  cover its commitments for purchase or
  resale, if any, at the current market price.
    

  Although the Global Account values its assets daily in terms of U.S.  dollars,
  it  does not intend  physically to convert its  holdings of foreign currencies
  into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. The Global Account may do so from time  to
  time,  and  investors should  be aware  of the  costs of  currency conversion.
  Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they  do
  realize  a profit based on the difference (the "spread") between the prices at
  which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer
  to sell a foreign currency to the Global Account at one rate, while offering a
  lesser rate  of exchange  should  the Global  Account  desire to  resell  that
  currency to the dealer.

   
  The Global Account will place cash or high grade liquid debt securities into a
  segregated  account in an  amount equal to  the value of  the Global Account's
  total assets  committed  to the  consummation  of forward  currency  Contracts
  requiring the Global
    

                                       62
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
   
  Account  to purchase foreign currencies or  forward Contracts entered into for
  non-hedging purposes. If the value of the securities placed in the  segregated
  account  declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account
  on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the
  Global Account's commitments  with respect to  such Contracts. The  segregated
  account  will be marked-to-market on a daily basis. Although the Contracts are
  not presently  regulated  by the  CFTC,  the CFTC  may  in the  future  assert
  authority  to regulate  these Contracts. In  such event,  the Global Account's
  ability to utilize forward currency Contracts may be restricted.
    

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES
  The Global Account  may purchase  and write call  and put  options on  foreign
  currencies. Such options will expose the Global Account to the risk of adverse
  changes in the exchange rate of the currency that is subject to the option.

  The  Global Account  may employ options  on foreign currencies  to increase or
  shift exposure to a currency  and as a hedge against  changes in the value  of
  the  U.S. dollar (or  another currency) in  relation to a  foreign currency in
  which portfolio securities of the  Global Account may be denominated.  Hedging
  against  a change  in the value  of a foreign  currency with an  option on the
  foreign currency does not  eliminate fluctuations in  the prices of  portfolio
  securities  or  prevent  losses  if the  prices  of  such  securities decline.
  Furthermore, such hedging transactions reduce or preclude the opportunity  for
  gain  if the value of  the hedged currency should  change relative to the U.S.
  dollar. The Global Account may use  options on currency to cross-hedge,  which
  involves  writing  or  purchasing options  on  one currency  to  hedge against
  changes in exchange rates for a different  currency, if there is a pattern  of
  correlation between the two currencies.

   
  Currency  options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position
  limits that may  limit the  ability of the  Global Account  to reduce  foreign
  currency  risk using such options. Over-the-counter options differ from traded
  options in  that they  are  two-party Contracts  with  price and  other  terms
  negotiated  between buyer and seller and generally  do not have as much market
  liquidity as  exchange-traded options.  There is  no assurance  that a  liquid
  secondary  market will exist  for any particular option,  or at any particular
  time. In the event no liquid secondary market exists, it might not be possible
  to effect closing transactions in  particular currency options. If the  Global
  Account  cannot close out an  option that it holds,  it would have to exercise
  its option in order to realize any profit and would incur transactional  costs
  on the sale of the underlying assets.
    

BORROWING
  The  Global Account may borrow up  to 10% of the value  of its net assets. For
  temporary purposes, such as to facilitate redemptions, the Global Account  may
  increase  its  borrowings up  to  25% of  its  net assets.  Reverse repurchase
  agreements, short sales of securities, and sales of securities against the box
  will be included as borrowing  subject to the borrowing limitations  described
  above, except that the Global Account is permitted to engage in short sales of
  securities  with  respect to  an additional  15% of  the Global  Account's net
  assets in excess of the  limits otherwise applicable to borrowing.  Securities
  purchased  on a when-issued or  delayed delivery basis will  not be subject to
  the Global  Account's borrowing  limitations  to the  extent that  the  Global
  Account  establishes and maintains liquid assets  in a segregated account with
  the Global Account's custodian equal to the Global Account's obligations under
  the when-issued or delayed delivery arrangement.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

   
The Global Account is subject to  investment restrictions that are described  in
the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  Those  investment  restrictions so
designated and the investment objective are "fundamental policies" of the Global
Account, which means that they may not be changed without a majority vote of the
Contract Owners with Accumulation Value allocated to the Global Account.  Except
for  those restrictions  specifically identified  as fundamental  and the Global
Account's investment  objective, all  other  investment policies  and  practices
described  in this  prospectus and Statement  of Additional  Information are not
fundamental, meaning  that  the  Board  of Governors  may  change  them  without
Contract Owner approval.
    

BROKERAGE SERVICES

Pursuant  to the  Portfolio Management  Agreement, the  Portfolio Manager places
orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Global Account
with brokers or dealers selected by the Portfolio Manager in its discretion.  In
executing  transactions, the Portfolio  Manager will attempt  to obtain the best
execution. In transactions on stock exchanges  in the United States, payment  of
brokerage  commissions  are  negotiated.  In effecting  purchases  and  sales of
portfolio securities in transactions on U.S. stock exchanges, the Global Account
may pay higher commission rates

                                       63
<PAGE>
 THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D (CONTINUED)
than the lowest available when the  Portfolio Manager believes it is  reasonable
to  do so in light of the value  of the brokerage and research services provided
by the broker  effecting the transaction.  In the case  of securities traded  on
some  foreign  stock  exchanges,  brokerage commissions  may  be  fixed  and the
Portfolio Manager  may  be  unable  to  negotiate  commission  rates  for  these
transactions.  In the case of securities traded on the over-the-counter markets,
there is generally no stated commission,  but the price includes an  undisclosed
commission or markup.

Some  securities considered  for investment  by the  Global Account  may also be
appropriate for  other  clients  served  by the  Portfolio  Manager  and/or  its
affiliates.  If a purchase or sale  of securities consistent with the investment
policies of the Global Account  and one or more of  these clients served by  the
Portfolio Manager and/or its affiliates is considered at or about the same time,
transactions  in such securities will be  allocated among the Global Account and
clients in a manner deemed fair  and reasonable by the Portfolio Manager  and/or
its  affiliates.  Although there  is no  specified  formula for  allocating such
transactions, the various allocation methods used by the Portfolio Manager,  and
the  results of such allocations, are subject  to periodic review by the Manager
and Account D's Board of Governors.

The Portfolio Manager may place orders for the purchase of portfolio  securities
with  an  affiliated  broker-dealer  where, in  the  judgment  of  the Portfolio
Manager, such firm  will be able  to obtain a  price and execution  at least  as
favorable   as  other  qualified  brokers.  Counsellors  Securities  Inc.  is  a
registered broker-dealer and an affiliate of the Portfolio Manager.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
   
  It is anticipated that the Global Account's annual rate of portfolio  turnover
  normally  will not exceed 100%. Portfolio turnover for the Global Account will
  vary from year  to year,  and depending  on market  conditions, the  portfolio
  turnover rate could be greater in periods of unusual market movement. A higher
  turnover   rate  would  result  in  heavier  brokerage  commissions  or  other
  transactional expenses which  must be  borne, directly or  indirectly, by  the
  Global  Account and  ultimately by the  Global Account's  Contract Owners. For
  information on  the  calculation  of  the portfolio  turnover  rate,  see  the
  Statement of Additional Information.
    

                                       64
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                      CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

   
                                 JUNE 30, 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
ASSETS
  Fixed maturities available for sale, at market value......           $    28,311
  Short-term investments....................................                20,423
  Equity securities, at market value........................                    18
  Policy loans..............................................                 1,208
  Cash......................................................                   272
  Accrued investment income.................................                   539
  Deferred policy acquisition costs.........................                64,015
  Other assets..............................................                12,177
  Separate account assets...................................               978,356
                                                                       -----------
  Total assets..............................................           $ 1,105,319
                                                                       -----------
                                                                       -----------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
  Liabilities:
  Insurance and annuity reserves............................           $    29,023
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities....................                 7,387
  Separate account liabilities..............................               978,356
                                                                       -----------
  Total liabilities.........................................             1,014,766
                                                                       -----------

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
  Common stock..............................................                 2,500
  Preferred stock...........................................                50,000
  Additional paid-in capital................................                38,341
  Unrealized appreciation of equity securities..............                     1
  Unrealized appreciation of fixed maturities
   available for sale.......................................                   446
  Retained earnings.........................................                  (735)
                                                                       -----------
  Total stockholder's equity................................                90,553
                                                                       -----------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity..................           $ 1,105,319
                                                                       -----------
                                                                       -----------
</TABLE>
    

   
                  SEE NOTE TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
    

                                       65
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   
                   CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
    
   
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                             ------------------------------------
                                                                                   1995               1994
                                                                             -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                <C>
REVENUES
  Variable Life and annuity product fees and policy charges................      $   9,084          $   7,947
  Net investment income....................................................          1,121                211
  Realized (gains/losses) on investments...................................            (12)                 2
                                                                                   -------            -------
                                                                                    10,193              8,160
EXPENSES
  Operating and administrative.............................................          7,724              4,790
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs........................          1,358              2,433
                                                                                   -------            -------
                                                                                     9,082              7,223
                                                                                   -------            -------
Net Income.................................................................      $   1,111          $     937
                                                                                   -------            -------
                                                                                   -------            -------
</TABLE>
    

   
                   SEE NOTE TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   
                 CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
    
   
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                             ------------------------------------
                                                                                   1995               1994
                                                                             -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                <C>
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................     $    29,072        $   (12,683)
Investing activities:
  Purchases of fixed maturities available for sale.........................         (32,032)              (823)
  Sales and redemptions of fixed maturities available for sale.............           7,155                319
  Purchase (Sales) of short-term investments, net..........................          (6,490)            10,673
                                                                                   --------           --------
  Net cash used in investing activities....................................         (31,352)            10,169
Financing Activities:
  Dividends paid on preferred stock........................................            (764)           --
                                                                                   --------           --------
  Net cash used in financing activities....................................            (764)           --
                                                                                   --------           --------
Decrease in cash...........................................................          (3,044)            (2,514)
Cash at beginning of year..................................................           3,316              4,076
                                                                                   --------           --------
Cash at end of year........................................................     $       272        $     1,562
                                                                                   --------           --------
                                                                                   --------           --------
</TABLE>
    

   
                   SEE NOTE TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                     NOTE TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)

   
                                 JUNE 30, 1995
    

NOTE A -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION

   
    The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared
in   accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for  interim
financial information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not
include all  of the  information and  footnotes required  by generally  accepted
accounting  principles  for complete  financial  statements. In  the  opinion of
management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered
necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for  the
six  month period  ended June  30, 1995  are not  necessarily indicative  of the
results that may be expected for the  year ended December 31, 1995. For  further
information, refer to the financial statements and footnotes thereto included in
the Golden American Life Insurance Company annual report.
    

                                       66
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors and Stockholder
Golden American Life Insurance Company

    We  have audited the  accompanying statutory-basis balance  sheets of Golden
American Life Insurance  Company (the  "Company") as  of December  31, 1994  and
1993,  and  the related  statutory-basis statements  of operations,  capital and
surplus, and cash flow for the years then ended. These financial statements  are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  acounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    The  Company presents its  1994 and 1993  financial statements in conformity
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Department of Insurance
of the State  of Delaware. The  variances between such  practices and  generally
accepted  accounting principles  and the  effects on  the accompanying financial
statements are described in Notes 2 and 4.

    In our opinion, because of the  materiality of the effects of the  variances
between  generally accepted  accounting principles and  the accounting practices
referred to in  the preceding  paragraph, the financial  statements referred  to
above  are  not  intended to  and  do  not present  fairly,  in  conformity with
generally accepted  accounting  principles,  the financial  position  of  Golden
American Life Insurance Company at December 31, 1994 and 1993, or the results of
its  operations  or its  cash flow  for the  years then  ended. However,  in our
opinion, the supplementary information  included in Note  4 presents fairly,  in
all  material respects, stockholder's equity at  December 31, 1994 and 1993, and
net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, in  conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

    Also,  in our opinion, the  statutory-basis financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Golden
American Life Insurance Company at December  31, 1994 and 1993, and the  results
of  its operations and its cash flow for the years then ended in conformity with
accounting practices prescribed or permitted  by the Department of Insurance  of
the State of Delaware for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.

                                                     [LOGO]

February 14, 1995,
except for Note 11, as to which the date is
June 29, 1995

                                       67
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       BALANCE SHEETS -- STATUTORY BASIS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               -----------------------------------
                                                                                     1994               1993
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                <C>
ADMITTED ASSETS
Investments:
  Bonds......................................................................  $       2,673,223  $      2,127,036
  Short-term investments.....................................................         13,933,550        15,231,954
  Common stock...............................................................             15,609           321,842
Funds held in escrow pursuant to an Exchange Agreement.......................          2,757,467         1,375,000
Cash.........................................................................          3,315,768         4,075,718
Policy loans.................................................................            513,350           144,529
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                      23,208,967        23,276,079
Investment income due and accrued............................................             92,423            68,002
Due from reinsurers..........................................................         14,506,893           162,041
Due from parent and affiliates...............................................         --                   466,129
Separate account assets......................................................        950,291,746       810,150,858
Other assets.................................................................             80,119         --
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
    Total admitted assets....................................................  $     988,180,148  $    834,123,109
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------

LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
Policy and contract liabilities:
  Insurance and annuity reserves.............................................  $       6,036,021  $      2,389,726
  Due to reinsurers..........................................................         13,860,267            87,977
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                      19,896,288         2,477,703
Other liabilities:
  Due from separate accounts for net transfers...............................        (49,758,887)      (39,158,451)
  Due to parent and affiliates...............................................            232,587         --
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities.....................................            745,569         1,220,619
  Adjustable principal amount promissory note, 7.5%, due 1997................            438,636           438,636
  Borrowed money.............................................................         --                40,040,278
  Asset valuation reserve and interest maintenance reserve...................             41,598           131,060
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                     (28,404,209)        2,672,142
Separate account liabilities.................................................        950,291,746       810,150,858
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
Total liabilities............................................................        921,887,537       815,300,703
Capital and surplus:
  Common stock, par value $10 per share:
    Authorized, issued and outstanding 250,000 shares........................          2,500,000         2,500,000
  Redeemable preferred stock, par value $5,000 per share,
   50,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and
   outstanding in 1994.......................................................         50,000,000         --
  Paid-in surplus............................................................         42,699,479        33,949,479
  Unassigned surplus (deficit)...............................................        (28,906,868)      (17,627,073)
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
Total capital and surplus....................................................         66,292,611        18,822,406
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
Total liabilities and capital and surplus....................................  $     988,180,148  $    834,123,109
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
                                                                               -----------------  ----------------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       68
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- STATUTORY BASIS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                                                  1994               1993
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>
Premiums and annuity considerations.......................................  $     294,549,961  $    505,465,379
Reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded..................................         12,705,353         --
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                  307,255,314       505,465,379
Investment income:
  Gross investment income.................................................            578,107           245,507
  Less investment expenses................................................             (2,310)         (773,443)
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                      575,797          (527,936)
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve..............................              3,323            14,720
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded...................          1,140,402         --
Other income..............................................................         --                     8,446
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
Total income..............................................................        308,974,836       504,960,609

Benefits paid or provided:
  Annuity benefits........................................................         18,263,492         9,591,886
  Surrender benefits......................................................         86,014,940        26,809,545
  Increase (decrease) in insurance and annuity reserves...................          3,646,295           (59,390)
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                  107,924,727        36,342,041
Net transfers to separate accounts........................................        178,965,551       434,471,301
Expenses:
  Commissions.............................................................         17,569,333        34,259,911
  General insurance expenses..............................................         15,838,760         9,337,982
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
                                                                                   33,408,093        43,597,893
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
Total benefits and expenses...............................................        320,298,371       514,411,235
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
Net loss from operations before federal income tax benefit
 and net realized capital gains...........................................        (11,323,535)       (9,450,626)
Federal income tax benefit................................................         --                    16,083
Net realized capital gains................................................             63,500            33,657
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
Net loss..................................................................  $     (11,260,035) $     (9,400,886)
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
                                                                            -----------------  ----------------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       69
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
              STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL AND SURPLUS -- STATUTORY BASIS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                              --------------------------------
                                                                                    1994             1993
                                                                              ----------------  --------------
<S>                                                                           <C>               <C>
Balance at beginning of year................................................  $     18,822,406  $   12,204,962

Net loss....................................................................       (11,260,035)     (9,400,886)
Change in net unrealized appreciation of investments........................           (62,320)         47,856
Change in asset valuation reserve...........................................            92,811         (29,526)
Change in non-admitted assets...............................................           (50,251)       --
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock......................................        50,000,000        --
Issuance of common stock....................................................         --              1,000,000
Contribution of capital by parent...........................................         8,750,000      15,000,000
                                                                              ----------------  --------------
Net increase in capital and surplus.........................................        47,470,205       6,617,444
                                                                              ----------------  --------------
Balance at end of year......................................................  $     66,292,611  $   18,822,406
                                                                              ----------------  --------------
                                                                              ----------------  --------------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       70
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW -- STATUTORY BASIS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                           ------------------------------------
                                                                                  1994               1993
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                 <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Premiums and annuity considerations, net.................................  $      308,461,038  $    505,337,943
Policy loans.............................................................            (368,822)          202,132
Investment income, net of interest paid..................................             465,559          (484,512)
Federal income tax benefit recovered.....................................          --                    16,083
Benefits paid............................................................        (104,913,778)      (36,551,412)
Commissions and other operating expenses.................................         (33,764,277)      (42,607,803)
Net transfers to separate accounts.......................................        (189,565,987)     (458,548,369)
Other....................................................................             845,300          (274,409)
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
Net cash used in operating activities....................................         (18,840,967)      (32,910,347)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from maturity and calling of bonds..............................             321,110           552,100
Proceeds from sale of common stock.......................................             313,500           240,492
Cost of bonds acquired...................................................            (857,274)         (543,368)
Cost of common stock acquired............................................              (6,087)         (260,576)
Investments held in escrow pursuant to an Exchange Agreement, (net)......          (1,300,000)       (1,375,000)
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
Net cash used in investing activities....................................          (1,528,751)       (1,386,352)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common stock.................................................          --                 1,000,000
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock...................................          50,000,000         --
Contribution of capital by parent........................................           8,750,000        15,000,000
Borrowed money...........................................................         (40,438,636)       33,600,000
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
Net cash provided by financing activities................................          18,311,364        49,600,000
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and short-term investments...............          (2,058,354)       15,303,301
Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year.....................          19,307,672         4,004,371
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
Cash and short-term investments at end of year...........................  $       17,249,318  $     19,307,672
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
                                                                           ------------------  ----------------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       71
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

1.  ORGANIZATION
    Effective  September  30,  1992,  Golden  American  Life  Insurance  Company
("Golden American")  became  a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of  BT  Variable,  Inc.
("BTV"),  an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers
Trust"). Previously, Golden American was owned by Mutual Benefit Life  Insurance
Company  in  Rehabilitation  ("Mutual Benefit").  Golden  American  is primarily
engaged in the issuance of variable insurance products and is licensed as a life
insurance company in the  District of Columbia and  all states except New  York.
Effective  December 30, 1993, Golden American  was redomesticated from the State
of Minnesota to the State of Delaware.

    In a transaction that closed on  September 30, 1992, Bankers Trust  acquired
from  Mutual Benefit, in accordance with the terms of an Exchange Agreement, all
of the issued  and outstanding  capital stock  of Golden  American and  Directed
Services,  Inc. ("DSI"),  an affiliate of  Golden American,  and certain related
assets and contributed them to BTV.  The portion of the aggregate  consideration
exchanged  by Bankers Trust,  allocable to Golden American,  was valued at $11.6
million, subject to  subsequent adjustment pursuant  to the Exchange  Agreement.
This  allocation  was  based  primarily  on  the  estimated  value  of insurance
contracts in force and also included  the acquisition of net tangible assets  of
$.4  million.  The transaction  involved  settlement of  pre-existing  claims of
Bankers Trust against Mutual Benefit. The ultimate value of these claims has not
yet been determined  by the  Superior Court of  New Jersey  and is  contingently
supported  by a $5  million note payable  from Golden American  and a $6 million
letter of credit from Bankers  Trust. The Golden American  note is secured by  a
pledge  of  Golden American's  right to  receive  certain deferred  sales loads.
Bankers Trust  has  estimated that  the  contingent liability  due  from  Golden
American  amounted to $438,636  at December 31,  1994 and 1993.  During 1994 and
1993, Golden American deposited with an escrow agent $1,300,000 and  $1,375,000,
respectively, pursuant to certain provisions of the Exchange Agreement.

    In  addition, concurrent  with the  closing, Bankers  Trust entered  into an
agreement with Golden  American to  cause Golden American,  commencing with  the
closing  and  for  so long  as  Bankers  Trust continues  to  own,  directly and
indirectly, all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Golden American,  to
have  at all times statutory capital and surplus  of no less than the sum of (i)
$5,000,000 and  (ii) an  amount  equal to  1%  of the  statutory-basis  separate
account  liabilities of Golden  American. During 1994  and 1993, BTV contributed
additional  capital  and   paid-in  surplus  of   $8,750,000  and   $16,000,000,
respectively,  to  Golden American,  including  $1,000,000 in  1993  through the
issuance of  an additional  100,000  shares of  common  stock. In  1994,  Golden
American  issued $50,000,000  of preferred stock  that was purchased  by BTV for
$50,000,000 in cash.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    The accompanying financial statements for the years ended December 31,  1994
and  1993 have been prepared on the basis of accounting practices and procedures
prescribed or permitted by the Department of Insurance of the State of  Delaware
(the  "Department")  and  the National  Association  of  Insurance Commissioners
("NAIC"). These practices  differ in  certain respects  from generally  accepted
accounting  principles  ("GAAP").  The  more  significant  accounting  practices
followed and,  where indicated,  their variation  from GAAP,  are summarized  as
follows:

ADMITTED ASSETS

    Assets  in the  accompanying balance sheets  are stated  at "admitted asset"
values. The  term  "admitted assets"  means  the  assets are  stated  at  values
required  or permitted to be  reported to the Department  in accordance with the
rules and regulations of the Department and the NAIC.

ACQUISITION

    The acquisition of  Golden American by  Bankers Trust had  no effect on  the
carrying   value  of  the  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  reported  in  the
accompanying statutory-basis financial statements.  Under GAAP, the  acquisition
of   Golden  American  has   been  accounted  for  as   a  purchase  by  Bankers

                                       72
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Trust and, accordingly,  the acquired  assets and the  liabilities assumed  were
reported at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. In addition,
for  GAAP purposes Golden  American recorded an  asset for the  cost assigned to
insurance contracts in force, which represents the value of the right to receive
future profits from  the life  insurance and  annuity policies  existing at  the
acquisition  date.  Such value  is the  actuarially-determined present  value of
projected future profits from the  acquired contracts discounted at an  interest
rate  of 15%. Cost assigned  to insurance contracts in  force is being amortized
over the estimated  life of the  applicable insurance contracts  in relation  to
estimated future gross profits with interest at 8%.

INVESTMENTS

    The  admitted asset values of  bonds and stocks have  been determined on the
basis prescribed by the NAIC.  Such admitted asset values represent  principally
amortized cost for bonds (market value -- 1994: $2,658,448 and 1993: $2,198,654)
and market value for common stocks (cost -- 1994: $16,429 and 1993: $260,342).

    As prescribed by the NAIC, an Asset Valuation Reserve ("AVR") is required to
be  maintained by insurance companies. The AVR  is computed in accordance with a
prescribed formula and represents a  provision for possible fluctuations in  the
value  of  bonds,  equity securities,  mortgage  loans, real  estate,  and other
invested assets.  Changes  to  the  AVR are  charged  or  credited  directly  to
unassigned  surplus. As also  prescribed by the NAIC,  beginning in 1992, Golden
American adopted an Interest Maintenance Reserve ("IMR") that represents the net
accumulated unamortized  realized  capital  gains  and  losses  attributable  to
changes  in  the  general level  of  interest  rates on  sales  of  fixed income
investments, principally  bonds and  mortgage loans.  Such gains  or losses  are
amortized  into income  on a  straight-line basis  over the  remaining period to
maturity. Under GAAP, the AVR and IMR are not recorded.

    Net realized capital  gains and losses  on investments are  included in  the
determination  of net income  using the specific  identification method. Through
the use of the IMR  such net realized gains and  losses may be deferred, net  of
applicable  capital gains taxes,  and amortized into  investment income over the
life of the investments sold.

    Unrealized gains and losses on stocks are recognized directly in  unassigned
surplus.  Short-term investments are carried at  cost, which, when combined with
accrued interest income, approximates fair value.

VARIABLE LIFE AND ANNUITY PRODUCTS

    Variable life and  annuity products  include individual  and group  flexible
premium  variable life insurance policies  and annuity products. Golden American
provides for variable accumulation and benefits under the policies and contracts
by crediting life and annuity  considerations in accordance with  contractholder
direction  to one or  more divisions within various  separate accounts or Golden
American's  guaranteed  interest  division.   Allocation  of  premiums  to   the
guaranteed interest division was discontinued in 1991.

    Premiums  and  annuity  considerations  are  recorded  as  received  and are
presented net of reinsurance premiums of  $16.1 million and $.7 million in  1994
and  1993, respectively.  Under GAAP,  revenues from  variable life  and annuity
products consist of policy charges for  mortality and expense risk, the cost  of
insurance and policy administration costs that have been assessed against policy
account balances during the period.

INSURANCE AND ANNUITY RESERVES

    Insurance and annuity reserves represent policy account balances invested in
the  guaranteed interest  division less the  related unamortized  portion of the
deferred sales load and other  policy charges. Such reserves include  provisions
for minimum death benefit guarantees.

                                       73
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    Surrender  values  are  not  promised  in  excess  of  the  legally computed
reserves. There was  no insurance in-force  at December 31,  1994 for which  the
gross premiums were less than net premiums.

POLICY BENEFITS

    Policy  benefits paid  or provided  include benefit  claims incurred  in the
period and are net of  reinsurance of $2.4 million and  $.4 million in 1994  and
1993, respectively. Interest credited rates for the guaranteed interest division
ranged  from 4.0% to 5.0% during 1994 and 1993. Under GAAP, policy benefits that
are charged to expense include benefits incurred in the period in excess of  the
policy  account  balances  and  interest  credited  to  policy  account balances
invested in the guaranteed interest division.

ACQUISITION COSTS

    Commissions and other costs incurred  in acquiring new business are  charged
to  operations  as  incurred.  Under  GAAP, these  costs  are  deferred  and are
amortized over the lives  of the policies  in relation to  the present value  of
estimated  gross  profits from  policy sales  load  and investment  returns, and
mortality and expense margins.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

    The  separate  accounts  are  registered  investment  companies  under   the
provisions  of  the Investment  Company Act  of  1940. At  the direction  of the
policyowners and contractholders, the separate  accounts invest the premium  and
annuity  considerations from the  sale of variable life  and annuity products in
either shares  of  specified  mutual  funds  or  directly  in  other  investment
securities.  The assets and  liabilities of Golden  American's separate accounts
are identified  and  segregated from  other  assets and  liabilities  of  Golden
American.  The portion of the separate account assets applicable to policies and
contracts cannot be charged with liabilities  arising out of any other  business
Golden American may conduct.

    Separate account assets are carried at the net asset value of the underlying
mutual   funds,  which  approximates  market   value,  and  generally  represent
contractholder and policyowner funds maintained in the accounts and  unamortized
deferred  sales  loads  and other  charges  payable  to Golden  American  over a
specified period.  Net investment  income and  realized and  unrealized  capital
gains  and losses  related to  separate account assets  are not  included in the
accompanying statements of operations of Golden American.

    A sales  load  ranging  from 0%  to  9%  in addition  to  other  charges  is
applicable  to each premium  payment for policy  related expenses. Although this
sales load is assessed on each premium  when it is received by Golden  American,
such  sales load is initially advanced by Golden American to contractholders and
policyowners and  included  in  the  separate  or  general  account  assets,  as
applicable,  and then deducted in equal installments on each contract processing
date over a period specified in the contract or policy. Sales loads are included
in operations when assessed  by Golden American. Under  GAAP, these sales  loads
are  earned over the life of the  contract in relation to estimated future gross
profits. Sales  load amounts  that have  been deducted  but not  yet earned  are
reported as unearned income.

REINSURANCE

    Premiums  and  policy benefits  are reported  in the  accompanying financial
statements net of reinsurance ceded. Golden American would remain liable to  the
extent  that any reinsurers do not  meet their obligations under the reinsurance
agreements. FASB Statement No. 113, "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of
Short Duration and Long Duration Contracts"  which was issued in December  1992,
was  adopted by Golden  American in 1993.  However, its adoption  did not have a
material impact on the financial statements of Golden American.

                                       74
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

    Federal income tax benefits  are based on net  losses from operations  after
adjusting  for certain income and expense items, principally differences between
statutory and  tax reserves,  accrual  of bond  discount, and  specified  policy
acquisition  expenses that,  in accordance with  the provisions  of the Internal
Revenue Code ("IRC"), are not included  in the determination of current  taxable
income.

    Golden  American is taxed, on a separate  company basis, as a life insurance
company pursuant to applicable provisions of  the IRC. At December 31, 1994  and
1993,  Golden American had net operating  loss ("NOL") carryforwards for federal
income  tax  purposes   of  approximately  $17.3   million  and  $7.3   million,
respectively.  Approximately $2.4 million of these NOL's, relating to operations
prior to  ownership by  Mutual Benefit,  can be  used to  offset future  taxable
income  of  Golden  American  only  through the  year  2005,  subject  to annual
limitations. Approximately  $.8  million, $4.1  million  and $10.0  million  are
available through the years 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

    For purposes of Golden American's statements of cash flow, all highly liquid
investments  with a maturity of one year or less are considered to be short-term
investments.

PRESENTATION

    Certain prior-year  balances  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the
current-year financial statement presentation.

3.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    Golden   American  has  evaluated  its  financial  instruments,  principally
short-term investments, policy loans, the adjustable principal amount promissory
note, and policy and contract  liabilities and determined that carrying  amounts
reported in the balance sheets approximate fair value.

4.  CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
    The  payment of  cash dividends by  Golden American is  subject to statutory
restrictions imposed by certain jurisdictions in which Golden American operates.
Golden American is required to maintain a minimum total statutory-basis  capital
and  surplus of not less  than $5,000,000 under the  provisions of the insurance
laws of certain states in which it  is presently licensed to sell variable  life
and annuity products.

    During   1992,  the   NAIC  approved  certain   Risk-Based  Capital  ("RBC")
requirements for  life/  health  insurance companies.  Those  requirements  were
effective beginning in 1993 and require that the amount of capital maintained by
an  insurance company  is to  be determined  based on  the various  risk factors
related to it. Golden American met the RBC requirements as of December 31,  1994
and 1993.

    On  December 30,  1994, Golden American  issued 10,000  shares of Redeemable
Preferred Stock. There  were no  dividends declared  or paid  on the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock in 1994. As  of December 31, 1994,  Dividends in Arrears on the
Redeemable Preferred Stock were  $17,917 or $1.79 per  share. The dividends  are
cumulative and are calculated based on a rate not to exceed the sum of the Prime
Rate  and 1.5%. The  Redeemable Preferred Stock  is redeemable at  the option of
Golden American at the redemption price of $5,000 per share.

    Dividend  payments  to   common  stockholders  are   limited  by   statutory
restrictions  issued by the  State of Delaware. The  maximum amount of dividends
which can  be paid  by State  of Delaware  insurance companies  to  stockholders
without prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner is the higher of either (a)
prior year net income or (b) 10% of ending prior year surplus. Statutory surplus
at  December 31, 1994, was $13,792,611. The net loss for 1994 was $(11,260,035).
The maximum dividend payout which may be made without prior approval in 1995  is
$1,379,261. No dividends were paid in 1994.

                                       75
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

4.  CAPITAL AND SURPLUS (CONTINUED)
    A  reconciliation of Golden American's GAAP-basis stockholder's equity as of
December 31, 1994 and 1993  and net loss for the  years ended December 31,  1994
and 1993 to its statutory-basis capital and surplus and net loss included in the
accompanying financial statements is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   CAPITAL AND SURPLUS                 NET INCOME/(LOSS)
                                            ---------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                  1994             1993              1994             1993
                                            ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ---------------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
GAAP-basis................................  $     89,506,318  $    28,596,888  $      2,221,748  $    (1,792,700)
Asset valuation reserve/interest
 maintenance reserve......................           (41,598)        (131,060)            3,323           14,720
Fixed maturities from acquisition.........           (75,609)         (96,528)           14,248            4,300
Deferred policy acquisition costs.........       (60,662,000)     (42,151,111)      (18,510,889)     (35,101,494)
Cost assigned to insurance contracts in
 force....................................        (7,620,000)      (9,784,189)        2,164,189        1,356,597
Deferred sales loads and policy charges...        49,223,050       42,223,470         6,999,580       26,695,281
Reserves..................................        (4,985,212)       --               (5,016,676)         563,905
Unearned revenue..........................         1,759,000          164,936         1,594,064       (1,141,495)
Other.....................................          (811,338)       --                 (729,622)       --
                                            ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ---------------
Statutory-basis...........................  $     66,292,611  $    18,822,406  $    (11,260,035) $    (9,400,886)
                                            ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ---------------
                                            ----------------  ---------------  ----------------  ---------------
</TABLE>

5.  INVESTMENTS
    Investments   in  debt  securities  and  other  fixed  maturity  investments
generally are held for investment  purposes to maturity. Included in  short-term
investments at December 31, 1994 and 1993 are $13.9 million and $15.2 million of
debt securities, respectively, issued by the U.S. Government.

    The  cost or amortized cost  and the fair value  of investments in bonds are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        GROSS         GROSS
                                                        COST OR       UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                     AMORTIZED COST     GAINS         LOSSES       FAIR VALUE
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
At December 31, 1994:
  U.S. Treasury bonds..............................  $    2,673,223   $   21,055    $  (35,830)  $    2,658,448
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
Total bonds........................................  $    2,673,223   $   21,055    $  (35,830)  $    2,658,448
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
At December 31, 1993:
  U.S. Treasury....................................  $    2,032,905   $   68,669    $   (4,191)  $    2,097,383
  Corporate securities.............................          94,131        7,140        --              101,271
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
Total bonds........................................  $    2,127,036   $   75,809    $   (4,191)  $    2,198,654
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
                                                     --------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>

    Fair values generally  represent quoted market  value prices for  securities
traded in the public marketplace.

    Maturities of long-term bonds are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AMORTIZED      ESTIMATED
                                                                                  COST        MARKET VALUE
                                                                              -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>
Due in one year or less.....................................................  $     701,048   $    688,136
Due after one year through five years.......................................        849,927        827,009
Due after five years through ten years......................................      1,122,248      1,143,303
                                                                              -------------  --------------
                                                                              $   2,673,223   $  2,658,448
                                                                              -------------  --------------
                                                                              -------------  --------------
</TABLE>

    Proceeds  from the sale  of investments in  bonds during 1994  and 1993 were
$321,110 and $552,100; gross gains of $6,672 and $24,919 were realized on  those
sales, respectively.

                                       76
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

5.  INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
    At  December 31, 1994 and 1993, gross unrealized (depreciation) appreciation
of marketable equity securities was $(820) and $61,500, respectively.

    At December 31, 1994 and  1993, $2,695,000 and $2,150,000, respectively,  in
principal  amount of fixed maturity investments  were on deposit with regulatory
authorities pursuant to certain statutory requirements.

6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Prior to  1994, Golden  American had  entered into  agreements with  DSI  to
perform   services  related  to  the  management  of  its  investments  and  the
distribution of  its products.  For the  year ended  December 31,  1993,  Golden
American incurred $311,121 for such services. The agreement was terminated as of
January 1, 1994.

    DSI  acts as the principal underwriter (as  defined in the Securities Act of
1933 and  the  Investment Company  Act  of 1940,  as  amended) of  the  variable
insurance products issued by Golden American which as of December 31, 1994, were
sold  primarily  through  two  broker/dealer institutions.  For  1994  and 1993,
commissions  paid  by  Golden  American   to  DSI  aggregated  $17,569,333   and
$34,259,911, respectively.

    Golden  American  provided  to  DSI  certain  of  its  personnel  to perform
management, administrative,  and  clerical  services  and  the  use  of  certain
facilities.  Golden American charged DSI for such expenses and all other general
and  administrative  costs,  first   on  the  basis   of  direct  charges   when
identifiable,  and the remainder allocated based on the estimated amount of time
spent by  Golden  American's employees  on  behalf of  DSI.  In the  opinion  of
management,  this method of  cost allocation is reasonable.  For the years ended
December 31,  1994 and  1993,  expenses allocated  to  DSI were  $1,983,486  and
$2,012,969, respectively.

    Prior  to 1994,  Golden American had  arranged with BTV  to perform services
related to the  development and  administration of  its products.  For the  year
ended  December 31,  1993, fees  earned by  BTV from  Golden American  for these
services aggregated $2,700,850. The  agreement was terminated  as of January  1,
1994.

    In  addition, BTV  provided to Golden  American certain of  its personnel to
perform management, administrative, and clerical services and the use of certain
of its facilities. BTV charged Golden  American for such expenses and all  other
general  and administrative  costs, first  on the  basis of  direct charges when
identifiable, and second allocated based on  the estimated amount of time  spent
by BTV's employees on behalf of Golden American. For the year ended December 31,
1993,  BTV allocated to Golden American $1,503,159. The agreement was terminated
on January 1, 1994.

    At December  31,  1994  and  1993, Golden  American's  cash  and  short-term
investments  on  deposit  at  Bankers Trust  were  $10,063,172  and $19,307,672,
respectively.

7.  REINSURANCE
    Variable life  and annuity  product fees  are reported  in the  accompanying
financial  statements  net  of reinsurance  premiums  of $16.1  million  and $.7
million in 1994  and 1993,  respectively. Effective September  30, 1992,  Golden
American   terminated   all   reinsurance   agreements   with   Mutual  Benefit.
Concurrently, Golden American entered  into agreements covering mortality  risks
under  both life policies and annuity  contracts with an unaffiliated reinsurer.
Also, effective  June  1,  1994,  Golden American  entered  into  a  reinsurance
agreement on a modified coinsurance basis with an unaffiliated reinsurer. Golden
American  remains liable  to the  extent that its  reinsurers do  not meet their
obligations under  the reinsurance  agreements.  Reinsurance in-force  for  life
mortality  risks were $23.3 million  and $15.4 million at  December 31, 1994 and
1993 and for annuity  mortality risks were $149.6  million and $46.5 million  at
December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. FASB Statement

                                       77
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

7.  REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)
No.  113, "Accounting and  Reporting for Reinsurance of  Short Duration and Long
Duration Contracts," was issued in December 1992 and adopted by Golden  American
in  1993. However, its adoption did not  have a material impact on the financial
statements of Golden American.

8.  LIFE AND ANNUITIES ACTUARIAL RESERVES
    The following  is  a reconciliation  of  the Life  and  Annuities  actuarial
reserves  presented in the 1994 Annual  Statements of Golden American and Golden
American Separate Accounts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                  AMOUNT         TOTAL
                                                                               ------------  --------------
<C>  <S>                                                                       <C>           <C>
 1.  Subject to discretionary withdrawal
     1.1 -- with market value adjustment.....................................  $    --                   0%
                                                                               ------------            ---
     1.2 -- at book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more........       --                   0%
                                                                               ------------            ---
     1.3 -- at market value..................................................       --                   0%
                                                                               ------------            ---
     1.4 -- Total with adjustment or at market value.........................   893,814,295            100%
                                                                               ------------            ---
     1.5 -- at book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or
            adjustment)......................................................       520,244              0%
                                                                               ------------            ---
 2.  Not subject to discretionary withdrawal.................................       --                   0%
                                                                               ------------            ---
 3.  Total (gross)...........................................................   894,334,539            100%
                                                                               ------------            ---
 4.  Reinsurance ceded.......................................................       --
                                                                               ------------
 5.  Total (net)* (3) - (4)..................................................  $894,334,539
                                                                               ------------
                                                                               ------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
*Reconciliation of total annuity actuarial reserves and deposit fund
liabilities.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Life and Accident and Health Annual Statement:
 6. Exhibit 8, Section B, Total (net)........................................  $     520,244
                                                                               -------------
 7. Exhibit 8, Section C, Total (net)........................................       --
                                                                               -------------
 8. Exhibit 10, Column 1, Line 12............................................       --
                                                                               -------------
 9. Subtotal.................................................................        520,244
                                                                               -------------

Separate Accounts Statement:
10. Exhibit 6, Column 2, Line B.10...........................................    893,814,295
                                                                               -------------
11. Exhibit 6, Column 2, Line C.5............................................       --
                                                                               -------------
12. Page 3, Line 3...........................................................       --
                                                                               -------------
13. Page 3, Line 3...........................................................       --
                                                                               -------------
14. Subtotal.................................................................    893,814,295
                                                                               -------------
15. Combined total...........................................................  $ 893,334,539
                                                                               -------------
                                                                               -------------
</TABLE>

                                       78
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- STATUTORY BASIS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

9.  BORROWED MONEY
    At December 31, 1993, Golden  American had short-term debt outstanding  with
an  unaffiliated bank  of $40,000,000  at an  interest rate  equal to  the daily
average rate of  overnight Federal  Funds plus  0.25%. All  short-term debt  was
repaid  as of  December 30, 1994.  Interest paid  during 1994 and  1993 was $2.0
million and $.6 million, respectively.  The repayment of amounts borrowed  under
this loan had been guaranteed by Bankers Trust.

10. PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
    Golden  American's employees are  covered under the  Parent's benefit plans.
The noncontributory pension plan and the  profit sharing plan of the Parent  are
also  available  to  eligible  employees of  the  Company.  Total  1994 expenses
relating to these Parent company benefit plans were approximately $207,000.

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    Effective October 3,  1994, First Colony  Corporation ("First Colony"),  BTV
and  BTV's immediate  parent, Whitewood Properties  Corp. ("Whitewood"), entered
into an agreement providing  for the acquisition by  First Colony of a  minority
interest  in BTV. On  June 29, 1995,  BTV, Whitewood and  First Colony agreed to
terminate the agreement between and among the parties.

                                       79
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors and Stockholder
Golden American Life Insurance Company

    We  have audited  the accompanying  balance sheets  of Golden  American Life
Insurance Company  (the "Company")  as of  December 31,  1994 and  1993 and  the
related  statements  of operations,  changes in  stockholder's equity,  and cash
flows for the years  ended December 31,  1994 and 1993 and  for the period  from
September  30, 1992 (date of acquisition)  to December 31, 1992. These financial
statements  are   the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.

    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the financial  position  of  Golden  American Life
Insurance Company  at  December  31, 1994  and  1993,  and the  results  of  its
operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 and
for  the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

    As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Company adopted,  as
of  December  31, 1993,  Statement of  Financial  Accounting Standards  No. 115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."

                                                   [SIGNATURE]

February 14, 1995,
except for Note 10, as to which the date is
June 29, 1995

                                       80
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               DECEMBER 31
                                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                                                            1994          1993
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Investments:
  Fixed maturities held to maturity, at amortized cost (market -- $2,659 and
   $2,199)...........................................................................  $        2,749  $     2,224
  Short-term investments, at cost, which approximates market.........................          13,933       15,232
  Equity securities, at market (cost -- $17 and $260)................................              16          322
  Policy loans.......................................................................             513          144
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
    Total investments................................................................          17,211       17,922
Cash.................................................................................           3,316        4,076
Accrued investment income............................................................              92           68
Due from affiliates and separate accounts............................................             963          466
Deferred policy acquisition costs....................................................          60,662       42,151
Unamortized cost assigned to insurance contracts in force............................           7,620        9,784
Funds held in escrow pursuant to an Exchange Agreement...............................           2,757        1,375
Due from reinsurers..................................................................           1,713          162
Other assets.........................................................................             134      --
Separate account assets..............................................................         950,292      810,151
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
    Total assets.....................................................................  $    1,044,760  $   886,155
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
                                                                                       --------------  -----------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

Liabilities:
  Insurance and annuity reserves (including $17 and $31 of unamortized deferred sales
   load).............................................................................  $        1,051  $     2,421
  Due to affiliates and separate accounts............................................             660        3,462
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities.............................................           1,053          920
  Short-term debt....................................................................        --             40,000
  Unearned revenue...................................................................           1,759          165
  Adjustable principal amount promissory note, 7.50%, due 1997.......................             439          439
  Separate account liabilities (including $48,924 and $42,192 of unamortized deferred
   sales load).......................................................................         950,292      810,151
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
    Total liabilities................................................................         955,254      857,558
Commitments and contingencies
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock, par value $10 per share, authorized, issued, and outstanding 250,000
 shares..............................................................................           2,500        2,500
Redeemable preferred stock, par value $5,000 per share, 50,000 shares authorized,
 10,000 issued and outstanding in 1994...............................................          50,000      --
Additional paid-in capital...........................................................          37,086       28,336
Unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of equity securities..........................              (1)          62
Retained earnings (deficit)..........................................................             (79)      (2,301)
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
  Total stockholder's equity.........................................................          89,506       28,597
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholder's equity.......................................  $    1,044,760  $   886,155
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
                                                                                       --------------  -----------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       81
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31         PERIOD
                                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30, 1992
                                                                    ----------------------           TO
                                                                       1994        1993       DECEMBER 31, 1992
                                                                    ----------  ----------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
REVENUES
Variable life and annuity product fees and policy charges.........  $   17,519  $   10,192        $     694
Net investment income.............................................         560         216               67
Realized capital gain (loss)......................................          65          35               (2)
                                                                    ----------  ----------          -------
Total revenues....................................................      18,144      10,443              759

EXPENSES
Policy benefits...................................................          35       1,747               34
Commissions and overrides.........................................      16,741      34,260            6,429
Salaries, benefits and other employee-related costs...............       5,866      --               --
Financing charges and interest....................................       1,962         726               53
Other general, administrative, and operating expenses.............       7,665       9,248            1,662
Deferral of policy acquisition costs..............................     (23,119)    (37,129)          (7,059)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.................       4,608       2,027               10
Amortization of cost assigned to insurance contracts in force.....       2,164       1,357              138
                                                                    ----------  ----------          -------
Total expenses....................................................      15,922      12,236            1,267
                                                                    ----------  ----------          -------
Net income (loss).................................................  $    2,222  $   (1,793)       $    (508)
                                                                    ----------  ----------          -------
                                                                    ----------  ----------          -------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       82
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

PERIOD SEPTEMBER 30, 1992 TO DECEMBER 31, 1992 AND THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                 1994 AND 1993

                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNT)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SHARES       SHARES                               ADDITIONAL
                                                                    COMMON      PREFERRED     COMMON      PREFERRED     PAID-IN
                                                                     STOCK        STOCK        STOCK        STOCK       CAPITAL
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balances at September 30, 1992 (date of acquisition)............     150,000                 $   1,500                 $  13,336
Net loss........................................................
Unrealized appreciation of equity securities....................
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balances at December 31, 1992...................................     150,000                     1,500                    13,336

Issuance of common stock........................................     100,000                     1,000
Contribution of capital.........................................                                                          15,000
Net loss........................................................
Change in unrealized appreciation of equity securities..........
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balances at December 31, 1993...................................     250,000                     2,500       --           28,336

Issuance of preferred stock.....................................                   10,000                    50,000
Contribution of capital.........................................                                                           8,750
Net income......................................................
Change in unrealized depreciation of equity securities..........
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balances at December 31, 1994...................................     250,000       10,000    $   2,500    $  50,000    $  37,086
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------

<CAPTION>
                                                                     UNREALIZED       RETAINED         TOTAL
                                                                   APPRECIATION OF    EARNINGS     STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                                  EQUITY SECURITIES   (DEFICIT)       EQUITY
                                                                  -----------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>          <C>
Balances at September 30, 1992 (date of acquisition)............                                    $    14,836
Net loss........................................................                      $    (508)           (508)
Unrealized appreciation of equity securities....................      $      14                              14
                                                                            ---      -----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1992...................................             14            (508)         14,342
Issuance of common stock........................................                                          1,000
Contribution of capital.........................................                                         15,000
Net loss........................................................                         (1,793)         (1,793)
Change in unrealized appreciation of equity securities..........             48          --                  48
                                                                            ---      -----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1993...................................             62          (2,301)         28,597
Issuance of preferred stock.....................................                                         50,000
Contribution of capital.........................................                                          8,750
Net income......................................................                          2,222           2,222
Change in unrealized depreciation of equity securities..........            (63)                            (63)
                                                                            ---      -----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1994...................................      $      (1)      $     (79)    $    89,506
                                                                            ---      -----------  ---------------
                                                                            ---      -----------  ---------------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       83
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED                PERIOD
                                                                         DECEMBER 31         SEPTEMBER 30, 1992
                                                                   -----------------------           TO
                                                                      1994         1993       DECEMBER 31, 1992
                                                                   -----------  ----------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>         <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)................................................  $     2,222  $   (1,793)      $      (508)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in
 operating activities:
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..............        4,608       2,027                10
  Amortization of cost assigned to insurance contracts in
   force.........................................................        2,164       1,357               138
  Change in unearned revenue.....................................        1,594      (1,141)             (136)
  Increase in accrued investment income..........................          (24)         (1)              (13)
  Change in due to/from affiliates and separate accounts.........       (3,299)      2,976               (81)
  Changes in other assets, accrued expenses and other
   liabilities...................................................       (1,552)         42              (154)
  Policy acquisition costs deferred..............................      (23,119)    (37,129)           (7,059)
  Change in insurance and annuity reserves.......................       (1,370)        550                45
  Amortization of premium on fixed maturity investments..........           13      --               --
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
Net cash used in operating activities............................      (18,763)    (33,112)           (7,758)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of fixed maturities....................................         (857)       (543)             (151)
Sales of fixed maturities........................................          319         552             1,177
Purchases of common stock........................................           (7)       (260)               (2)
Sales of common stock............................................          250         240           --
(Increase) decrease in policy loans..............................         (369)        202               (29)
Funds held in escrow pursuant to an Exchange Agreement...........       (1,382)     (1,375)          --
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities..............       (2,046)     (1,184)              995

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(Retirement) issuances of short-term debt........................      (40,000)     33,600             6,400
Issuance of common stock.........................................      --            1,000           --
Issuance of preferred stock......................................       50,000      --               --
Contribution of capital by parent................................        8,750      15,000           --
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
Net cash provided by financing activities........................       18,750      49,600             6,400
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and short-term investments.......       (2,059)     15,304              (363)

Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year.............       19,308       4,004             4,367
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
Cash and short-term investments at end of year...................  $    17,249  $   19,308       $     4,004
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
                                                                   -----------  ----------           -------
</TABLE>

                            SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                       84
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

1.  ORGANIZATION
    Effective  September  30,  1992,  Golden  American  Life  Insurance  Company
("Golden American")  became  a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of  BT  Variable,  Inc.
("BTV"),  an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers
Trust"). Previously, Golden American was owned by Mutual Benefit Life  Insurance
Company  in  Rehabilitation  ("Mutual Benefit").  Golden  American  is primarily
engaged in the issuance of variable insurance products and is licensed as a life
insurance company in the  District of Columbia and  all states except New  York.
Effective  December 30, 1993, Golden American  was redomesticated from the State
of Minnesota to the State of Delaware.

    In a transaction that closed on  September 30, 1992, Bankers Trust  acquired
from  Mutual Benefit, in accordance with the terms of an Exchange Agreement, all
of the issued  and outstanding  capital stock  of Golden  American and  Directed
Services,  Inc. ("DSI"),  an affiliate of  Golden American,  and certain related
assets and contributed them to BTV.  The portion of the aggregate  consideration
exchanged  by  Bankers  Trust,  allocable  to  Golden  American,  was  valued at
approximately $11.6 million,  subject to subsequent  adjustment pursuant to  the
Exchange  Agreement. This allocation was based  primarily on the estimated value
of insurance  contracts  in force  and  also  included the  acquisition  of  net
tangible   assets  of  $.4  million.  The  transaction  involved  settlement  of
pre-existing claims of Bankers Trust against Mutual Benefit. The ultimate  value
of  these claims has not yet been determined by the Superior Court of New Jersey
and is contingently supported by a $5 million note payable from Golden  American
and  a $6 million letter of credit  from Bankers Trust. The Golden American note
is secured by a  pledge of Golden American's  right to receive certain  deferred
sales  loads. Bankers Trust has estimated that the contingent liability due from
Golden American  amounted to  $438,636 at  December 31,  1994 and  1993.  Golden
American  deposited with an escrow agent  $1,300,000 and $1,375,000, in 1994 and
1993, respectively, pursuant to certain provisions of the Exchange Agreement.

    In addition,  concurrent with  the closing,  Bankers Trust  entered into  an
agreement  with Golden  American to cause  Golden American,  commencing with the
closing and  for  so  long  as  Bankers Trust  continues  to  own,  directly  or
indirectly,  all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Golden American, to
have at all times statutory capital and surplus  of no less than the sum of  (i)
$5,000,000  and  (ii) an  amount  equal to  1%  of the  statutory-basis separate
account liabilities  of  Golden  American.  During 1994,  1993,  and  1992,  BTV
contributed  additional capital and paid-in  surplus of $8,750,000, $16,000,000,
and $3,200,000, respectively, to Golden  American, including $1,000,000 in  1993
through  the issuance of an additional 100,000  shares of common stock. In 1994,
Golden American issued $50,000,000 of preferred stock that was purchased by  BTV
for $50,000,000 in cash.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    The accompanying financial statements have been presented in accordance with
generally  accepted accounting  principles ("GAAP").  The acquisition  of Golden
American has been accounted for as a purchase by Bankers Trust and, accordingly,
the acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values
at September 30,  1992. In accordance  with requirements of  the Securities  and
Exchange  Commission, this  new basis  of accounting  has been  "pushed down" to
Golden American.

INVESTMENTS

    Fixed maturities are carried at  amortized cost. Short-term investments  are
carried  at  cost,  which approximates  market.  Equity  securities, principally
investments in  mutual funds,  are  carried at  market  based on  quoted  market
prices.  Net  unrealized  appreciation of  equity  securities is  included  as a
component of stockholder's equity. The cost of investments sold is determined by
using the specific identification method.

VARIABLE LIFE AND ANNUITY PRODUCTS

    Variable life and  annuity products  include individual  and group  flexible
premium  variable life insurance policies  and annuity products. Golden American
provides for variable accumulation and benefits under the policies and contracts
by crediting life and annuity considerations in accordance

                                       85
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
with contractholder direction to one  or more divisions within various  separate
accounts  or  Golden  American's  guaranteed  interest  division.  Allocation of
premiums to the guaranteed interest division was discontinued in 1991.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

    The separate accounts are registered under the provisions of the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940. At the  direction of the policyowners and contractholders,
the separate accounts  invest the  premium and annuity  considerations from  the
sale  of variable life and annuity products either in shares of specified mutual
funds or directly  in other investments.  The assets and  liabilities of  Golden
American's  separate accounts are  clearly identified and  segregated from other
assets and liabilities of Golden American.  The portion of the separate  account
assets  applicable to policies and contracts  cannot be charged with liabilities
arising out of any other business Golden American may conduct.

    Separate account assets are carried  at net asset value, which  approximates
market  value and generally represent  policyowner and contractholder investment
values maintained in the accounts and unamortized deferred sales loads and other
charges payable to  Golden American  over a specified  period. Separate  account
liabilities  represent  account  balances  for the  variable  life  policies and
annuity contracts invested in the  separate accounts, which include  unamortized
deferred  sales loads. Net investment income and realized and unrealized capital
gains and losses  related to separate  account assets are  not reflected in  the
accompanying statements of operations of Golden American.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenues  from variable  life and  annuity products  consist of  charges for
mortality and expense risk,  the cost of  insurance and contract  administration
charges  that have been assessed against  account balances during the period. In
addition, a sales load  ranging from 0%  to 9% in addition  to other charges  is
applicable  to each premium payment for contract related expenses. Although such
sales load is assessed on each premium  when it is received by Golden  American,
such  sales load is initially advanced by Golden American to contractholders and
policyowners and  included  in  the  general  or  separate  account  assets,  as
applicable,  and  then  deducted  or amortized  in  equal  installments  on each
contract processing date  over a  period specified  in the  contract or  policy.
These sales loads are earned over the life of the insurance contract in relation
to estimated future gross profits using methods and assumptions similar to those
for  cost assigned to insurance  contracts in force. Sales  loads that have been
deducted but not yet earned are reported as unearned revenue.

COST ASSIGNED TO INSURANCE CONTRACTS IN FORCE

    The cost assigned to  insurance contracts in force  represents the value  of
the right to receive future profits from the life insurance and annuity policies
existing  at  the acquisition  date.  Such value  is  the actuarially-determined
present value of projected future profits from the acquired contracts discounted
at an interest rate  of 15%. Cost  assigned to insurance  contracts in force  is
being amortized over the estimated life of the applicable insurance contracts in
relation to estimated future gross profits with interest at 8%.

    The  following  is  a  reconciliation of  the  costs  assigned  to insurance
contracts in force for the years ended  December 31, 1994, 1993, and the  period
September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PERIOD
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30, 1992
                                                  -------------------------------           TO
                                                       1994             1993         DECEMBER 31, 1992
                                                  ---------------  --------------  ---------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>             <C>
Beginning balance...............................  $     9,784,000  $   11,140,000     $    11,278,000
Interest accrued................................          696,000         942,000             244,000
Amortization....................................       (2,860,000)     (2,298,000)           (382,000)
                                                  ---------------  --------------  ---------------------
Ending balance..................................  $     7,620,000  $    9,784,000     $    11,140,000
                                                  ---------------  --------------  ---------------------
                                                  ---------------  --------------  ---------------------
</TABLE>

                                       86
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    The  following table presents the expected amortization of the cost assigned
to insurance contracts in force over  the next five years. The amortization  may
be adjusted based on periodic evaluation of the expected gross profits.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
1995...................................................  $1,481,000
1996...................................................   1,232,000
1997...................................................   1,156,000
1998...................................................     936,000
1999...................................................     580,000
</TABLE>

DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

    Deferred  policy acquisition costs consist primarily of commissions, certain
underwriting expenses and the costs of  issuing policies that vary with and  are
directly  related to  the production  of new  and renewal  business. Acquisition
costs for variable life and annuity products are being amortized over the  lives
of  the policies  in relation  to the  present value  of estimated  future gross
profits. The future gross  profit estimates are  subject to periodic  evaluation
with necessary revisions applied against amortization to date.

INSURANCE AND ANNUITY RESERVES

    Insurance  and annuity reserves represent  variable life and annuity account
balances invested in the guaranteed  interest division. Interest credited  rates
for this division ranged from 4.0% to 5.0% during 1994 and 1993.

POLICY BENEFITS

    Policy benefits that are charged to expense include benefits incurred in the
period in excess of the related policy account balances and interest credited to
policy account balances invested in the guaranteed interest division.

REINSURANCE

    Included  in the accompanying financial statements are net considerations to
reinsurers of  $2.4 million  and $.7  million in  1994 and  1993,  respectively.
Effective  September  30,  1992,  Golden  American  terminated  all  reinsurance
agreements with  Mutual  Benefit.  Concurrently, Golden  American  entered  into
agreements  covering  mortality  risks  under  both  life  policies  and annuity
contracts with an unaffiliated reinsurer. Golden American remains liable to  the
extent  that its reinsurers do not  meet their obligations under the reinsurance
agreements. Reinsurance in-force for life mortality risks were $23.6 million and
$15.4 million at December 31, 1994 and 1993 and for annuity mortality risks were
$149.6 million and $46.5  million at December 31,  1994 and 1993,  respectively.
FASB  Statement  No. 113,  "Accounting and  Reporting  for Reinsurance  of Short
Duration and Long Duration Contracts," was  adopted by Golden American in  1993.
However, its adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements
of Golden American.

    Also  effective June  1, 1994,  Golden American  entered into  a reinsurance
agreement on a modified  coinsurance basis with  an unaffiliated reinsurer.  The
accompanying financial statements are presented net of the effects of the treaty
which reduced 1994 net income by $27,000.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

    The  Company  considers  all  short-term  investments  (including commercial
paper, money markets,  and certificates  of deposit)  with a  maturity of  three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

PRESENTATION

    Certain  prior-year  balances  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to the
current-year financial statement presentation.

                                       87
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

3.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    Golden  American  has  evaluated  its  financial  instruments,   principally
short-term investments, policy loans, the adjustable principal amount promissory
note,  and insurance and  annuity reserves and  determined that carrying amounts
reported in the balance sheets approximate fair value.

4.  INVESTMENTS
    Effective with the December 31,  1993 financial statements, Golden  American
adopted  FASB Statement No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities,"  by classifying  its fixed  maturities as  held to  maturity
based  on its intent and ability to hold  them to maturity. The adoption of FASB
Statement No. 115 had no impact  on Golden American's financial statements.  The
major categories of investment income for 1994, 1993, and 1992 are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1994  1993  1992
                                                                                ----  ----  ----
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                             <C>   <C>   <C>
Fixed maturities held to maturity.............................................  $142  $114  $47
Short-term investments........................................................   226    90   14
Equity securities.............................................................     1     1    2
Policy loans..................................................................    11    11    4
Cash..........................................................................    99   --   --
Funds held in escrow..........................................................    83   --   --
                                                                                ----  ----  ----
Gross investment income.......................................................   562   216   67
Investment expenses...........................................................    (2)  --   --
                                                                                ----  ----  ----
Net investment income.........................................................  $560  $216  $67
                                                                                ----  ----  ----
                                                                                ----  ----  ----
</TABLE>

    A  summary of investments in debt securities, including fixed maturities and
short-term investments, at December 31, 1994 and 1993 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    GROSS
                                                                                 UNREALIZED    ESTIMATED
                                                                      AMORTIZED     GAINS       MARKET
                                                                        COST      (LOSSES)       VALUE
                                                                      ---------  -----------   ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>           <C>
At December 31, 1994:
  U.S. Treasury securities..........................................  $ 16,682   $      (90)   $ 16,592
                                                                      ---------       -----    ---------
                                                                      ---------       -----    ---------
At December 31, 1993:
  U.S. Treasury securities..........................................  $ 17,357   $      (27)   $ 17,330
  Corporate securities..............................................        99            2         101
                                                                      ---------       -----    ---------
                                                                      $ 17,456   $      (25)   $ 17,431
                                                                      ---------       -----    ---------
                                                                      ---------       -----    ---------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1994                      1993
                                                    ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                  ESTIMATED                 ESTIMATED
                                                     AMORTIZED     MARKET      AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                                       COST         VALUE        COST         VALUE
                                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Due in one year or less...........................   $  14,634    $  14,622    $  15,454    $  15,452
Due after one year through five years.............         850          827          793          791
Due after five years through ten years............       1,198        1,143        1,209        1,188
                                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     $  16,682    $  16,592    $  17,456    $  17,431
                                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

    At December 31, 1994 and 1993, gross unrealized (depreciation)  appreciation
of  marketable equity securities recognized directly in stockholder's equity was
$(1,000) and $62,000, respectively.

    At December 31, 1994 and  1993, $2,695,000 and $2,150,000, respectively,  in
principal  amount of fixed maturity investments  were on deposit with regulatory
authorities pursuant to certain statutory requirements.

                                       88
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

5.  STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
    The payment of  cash dividends by  Golden American is  subject to  statutory
restrictions  imposed by certain  of the jurisdictions  in which Golden American
operates.  Golden   American   is  required   to   maintain  a   minimum   total
statutory-basis  capital  and  surplus of  not  less than  $5,000,000  under the
provisions of the  insurance laws  of certain states  in which  it is  presently
licensed to sell variable life and annuity products. Dividend payments by Golden
American  are limited by statutory restrictions to  the higher of 10% of surplus
or 100% of the prior year's net gain, not to exceed unassigned surplus,  subject
to the broad discretionary powers of insurance regulatory authorities to further
limit dividend payments of insurance companies.

    During   1992,  the   NAIC  approved  certain   Risk-Based  Capital  ("RBC")
requirements for  life/  health  insurance companies.  Those  requirements  were
effective beginning in 1993 and require that the amount of capital maintained by
an  insurance company  is to  be determined  based on  the various  risk factors
related to  it. At  December 31,  1994 and  1993, Golden  American met  the  RBC
requirements.

    On  December 30,  1994, Golden American  issued 10,000  shares of Redeemable
Preferred Stock. There  were no  dividends declared  or paid  on the  Redeemable
Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 1994, Dividends in Arrears on the Redeemable
Preferred  Stock were $17,917  or $1.79 per share.  The dividends are cumulative
and are calculated based on a rate not  to exceed the sum of the Prime Rate  and
1.5%.  The  Redeemable Preferred  Stock is  redeemable at  the option  of Golden
American at the redemption price of $5,000 per share.

6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Prior to  1994, Golden  American had  entered into  agreements with  DSI  to
perform   services  related  to  the  management  of  its  investments  and  the
distribution of its products.  For the year 1993  and the period from  September
30,  1992 to December  31, 1992, Golden American  incurred $311,000 and $35,000,
respectively, for such services. The agreement  was terminated as of January  1,
1994.

    DSI  acts as the principal underwriter (as  defined in the Securities Act of
1933 and  the  Investment Company  Act  of 1940,  as  amended) of  the  variable
insurance  products issued by Golden American which as of December 31, 1994, are
sold primarily through two broker/dealer institutions. For the years ended  1994
and  1993  and  the  period  from  September  30,  1992  to  December  31, 1992,
commissions paid by Golden American to DSI aggregated, $17,569,000, $34,260,000,
and $6,429,197, respectively.

    Golden American  provided  to  DSI  certain  of  its  personnel  to  perform
management,  administrative  and  clerical  services  and  the  use  of  certain
facilities. Golden American charged DSI for such expenses and all other  general
and   administrative  costs,  first   on  the  basis   of  direct  charges  when
identifiable, and the remainder allocated based on the estimated amount of  time
spent  by  Golden American's  employees  on behalf  of  DSI. In  the  opinion of
management, this method of  cost allocation is reasonable.  For the years  ended
December  31,  1994 and  1993,  expenses allocated  to  DSI were  $1,983,000 and
$2,013,000, respectively.

    Prior to 1994,  Golden American had  arranged with BTV  to perform  services
related to the development and administration of its products. For the year 1993
and  the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, fees earned by BTV
from Golden  American for  these services  aggregated $2,701,000  and  $209,000,
respectively. The agreement was terminated as of January 1, 1994.

    In  addition, BTV  provided to Golden  American certain of  its personnel to
perform management, administrative and clerical services and the use of  certain
of  its facilities. BTV charged Golden American  for such expenses and all other
general and administrative  costs, first  on the  basis of  direct charges  when
identifiable,  and second allocated based on  the estimated amount of time spent
by BTV's employees  on behalf  of Golden  American. For  the year  1993 and  the
period  from September 30,  1992 to December  31, 1992, BTV  allocated to Golden
American $1,503,000 and $450,000, respectively. The agreement was terminated  on
January 1, 1994.

                                       89
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    Golden American's cash is on deposit at Bankers Trust.

7.  INCOME TAXES
    Golden  American is taxed, on a separate  company basis, as a life insurance
company pursuant  to applicable  provisions of  the Internal  Revenue Code  (the
"Code").  At December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Golden American had net operating loss
("NOL") carryforwards for  federal income  tax purposes  of approximately  $17.3
million  and  $7.3 million,  respectively. Approximately  $2.4 million  of these
NOL's, relating to operations prior to ownership by Mutual Benefit, can be  used
to  offset future taxable income of Golden  American only through the year 2005,
subject to annual limitations. Approximately $.8 million, $4.1 million and $10.0
million are available through the years 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.

    Significant components  of Golden  American's deferred  tax liabilities  and
assets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31
                                                                        ---------------------
                                                                           1994       1993
                                                                        ----------  ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs...................................  $   21,200  $  14,800
  Unamortized cost assigned to insurance contracts in force...........       2,700      3,400
                                                                        ----------  ---------
                                                                            23,900     18,200
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards....................................       6,000      2,400
  Insurance liabilities...............................................      15,200     14,800
  Deferred policy acquisition costs proxy tax.........................       3,700      2,900
  Other...............................................................         700     --
                                                                        ----------  ---------
                                                                            25,600     20,100
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets...........................       1,700      1,900
                                                                        ----------  ---------
    Net deferred tax liabilities......................................  $   --      $  --
                                                                        ----------  ---------
                                                                        ----------  ---------
</TABLE>

    The  differences between  the provision  (benefit) for  income taxes  at the
federal statutory income tax rate and the  taxes based on income (loss) were  as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1994       1993       1992
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal statutory rate...........................................        35%        35%        34%
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Taxes at statutory rate..........................................  $     778  $    (627) $    (173)
Dividends received deduction.....................................       (368)      (194)    --
Other, net.......................................................       (210)      (379)       (92)
Valuation allowance..............................................       (200)     1,200        265
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Taxes based on income (loss).................................  $  --      $  --      $  --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

8.  SHORT-TERM DEBT
    At  December 31, 1993, Golden American  had short-term debt outstanding with
an unaffiliated  bank of  $40,000,000 at  an interest  rate equal  to the  daily
average  rate of  overnight Federal  Funds plus  0.25%. All  short-term debt was
repaid as of  December 30, 1994.  Interest paid  during 1994 and  1993 was  $2.0
million  and $.6 million, respectively. The  repayment of amounts borrowed under
this loan had been guaranteed by Bankers Trust.

9.  PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
    The Company's employees are  covered under the  Parent's benefit plans.  The
noncontributory  pension plan and the profit sharing plan of the Parent are also
available to eligible employees of the Company. Total 1994 expenses relating  to
these Parent company benefit plans were $.2 million.

                                       90
<PAGE>
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    Effective  October 3, 1994,  First Colony Corporation  ("First Colony"), BTV
and BTV's immediate  parent, Whitewood Properties  Corp. ("Whitewood"),  entered
into  an agreement providing for  the acquisition by First  Colony of a minority
interest in BTV. On  June 29, 1995,  BTV, Whitewood and  First Colony agreed  to
terminate the agreement between and among the parties.

                                       91
<PAGE>
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
INTRODUCTION.........................................................................................................          2

PART I
Description of Golden American Life Insurance Company................................................................          2
Safekeeping of Assets................................................................................................          2
The Administrator....................................................................................................          2
Independent Auditors.................................................................................................          3
Reinsurance..........................................................................................................          3
Distribution of Contracts............................................................................................          3
Performance Information..............................................................................................          3
IRA Partial Withdrawal Option........................................................................................          7
Other Information....................................................................................................          8

PART II
Securities and Investment Techniques.................................................................................          8
  U.S. Government Securities.........................................................................................          8
  Debt Securities....................................................................................................          9
  Short Sales Against the Box........................................................................................          9
  Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.................................................................         10
  Options on Securities..............................................................................................         11
  Options of Securities Indexes......................................................................................         12
  Foreign Currency Transactions......................................................................................         13
  Options on Foreign Currencies......................................................................................         14
  Repurchase Agreements..............................................................................................         15
  Banking Industry and Savings Industry Obligations..................................................................         15
  Commercial Paper...................................................................................................         16
  When Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities.........................................................................         17
Investment Restrictions..............................................................................................         17
Management of Separate Account D.....................................................................................         19
The Manager..........................................................................................................         20
Portfolio Manager....................................................................................................         21
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Agent.............................................................................         22
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage.................................................................................         22
Purchase and Pricing of the Global Account...........................................................................         24
Financial Statements of Separate Account B...........................................................................         25
Financial Statements of The Managed Global Account of Separate Account D.............................................         25
Appendix -- Description of Bond Ratings
</TABLE>

                                       92
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
PLEASE TEAR OFF, COMPLETE AND RETURN THE FORM BELOW TO ORDER A FREE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTS  OFFERED UNDER THE PROSPECTUS. ADDRESS
THE FORM TO OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER, THE ADDRESS IS SHOWN ON THE COVER.
    

 ...............................................................................

PLEASE SEND  ME A  FREE COPY  OF  THE STATEMENT  OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  FOR
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B AND THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D.

                              PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>         <C>                                                                                 <C>
                               --------------------------------------------
                                                   NAME

                               --------------------------------------------
                                          SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

                               --------------------------------------------
                                              STREET ADDRESS

                               --------------------------------------------
                                             CITY, STATE, ZIP
</TABLE>

   
(IN 6050 DVA PLUS 9/95)
    

 ...............................................................................

                                       93
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                        MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE #1: FULL SURRENDER -- EXAMPLE OF A NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Assume  $100,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest Rate of  7.50%, an initial Index Rate ("I")  of
7.00%; that a full surrender is requested three years into the Guarantee Period;
that  the then Index Rate  for a seven year Guarantee  Period ("J") is 8.0%; and
that no prior transfers or  partial withdrawals affecting this Fixed  Allocation
have been made.

CALCULATE THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

    1.  The Accumulation Value of the Fixed Allocation on the date of surrender
        is $124,230
        ($100,000 X 1.075(3))

    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)

    3.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $9,700
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                1.0825        -1

Therefore, the amount paid to you on full surrender ignoring any surrender
charge is $114,530 ($124,230 - $9,700).

EXAMPLE #2: FULL SURRENDER -- EXAMPLE OF A POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Assume  $100,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest  Rate of 7.5%, an  initial Index Rate ("I")  of
7.00%; that a full surrender is requested three years into the Guarantee Period;
that  the then Index Rate  for a seven year Guarantee  Period ("J") is 6.0%; and
that no prior transfers or  partial withdrawals affecting this Fixed  Allocation
have been made.

CALCULATE THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

    1.  The Accumulation Value of the Fixed Allocation on the date of surrender
        is $124,230
        ($100,000 X 1.0753)

    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)

    3.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $6,270
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                1.0625        -1

Therefore, the amount paid to you on full surrender ignoring any surrender
charge is $130,500 ($124,230 + $6,270).

EXAMPLE #3: PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL -- EXAMPLE OF A NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Assume  $200,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest  Rate of 7.5%, an  initial Index Rate ("I")  of
7.00%;  that a partial withdrawal of $114,530  is requested three years into the
Guarantee period; that  the then  Index Rate ("J")  for a  seven year  Guarantee
Period  is 8.0%;  and that no  prior transfers or  partial withdrawals affecting
this Fixed Allocation have been made.

First calculate the amount that must  be withdrawn from the Fixed Allocation  to
provide the amount requested.

    1.  The Accumulation Value of the Fixed Allocation on the date of withdrawal
        is $248,459
        ($200,000 X 1.0753)

    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)

    3.  Amount that must be withdrawn = [$114,530/(1.07  )2,555/365] = $124,230
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                   1.0825

                                       A1
<PAGE>
Then calculate the Market Value Adjustment on that amount

    4.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $9,700
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                1.0825        -1

Therefore,  the amount  of the  partial withdrawal paid  to you  is $114,530, as
requested. The Fixed  Allocation will be  reduced by the  amount of the  partial
withdrawal, $114,530, and also reduced by the Market Value Adjustment of $9,700,
for a total reduction in the Fixed Allocation of $124,230.

EXAMPLE #4: PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL -- EXAMPLE OF A POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Assume  $200,000 was allocated to a Fixed  Allocation with a Guarantee Period of
ten years, a Guaranteed Interest  Rate of 7.5%, an  initial Index Rate of  7.0%;
that  a partial withdrawal of $130,500  requested three years into the Guarantee
Period; that the  then Index Rate  ("J") for  a seven year  Guarantee Period  is
6.0%;  and that no  prior transfers or partial  withdrawals affecting this Fixed
Allocation have been made.

First calculate the amount that must be withdrawn from the Fixed Allocation to
provide the amount requested.

    1.  The Accumulation Value of Fixed Allocation on the date of surrender is
        $248,459
        ($200,000 X 1.0753)

    2.  N = 2,555 (365 X 7)

    3.  Amount that must be withdrawn = [$130,500/(1.07  )2,555/365] = $124,230
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                   1.0625

Then calculate the Market Value Adjustment on that amount

    4.  Market Value Adjustment = $124,230 X [(1.07  )2,555/365    ] = $6,270
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                1.0625        -1

Therefore, the amount  of the  partial withdrawal paid  to you  is $130,500,  as
requested.  The Fixed Allocation  will be reduced  by the amount  of the partial
withdrawal, $130,500, but increased  by the Market  Value Adjustment of  $6,270,
for a total reduction in the Fixed Allocation of $124,230.

                                       A2
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                           GOLDENSELECT SERVICE FORMS

- -  Deferred Variable Annuity Application -- Use in all states except MN

   
- -  Request for Automatic Rebalancing Form
    

   
- -  Financial Services Form
    

   
- -  Contact our Sales Desk at 1-800-243-3706 for the Special Form to be used in
MN
   (GoldenSelect DVA Plus is currently Not Available in ME and NY; consult your
financial adviser to determine if the Fixed Account is available in your state.)
    

- -  Absolute Assignment to Effect Section 1035(a) Exchange

- -  Request to Effect IRA Or Other Qualified Account Transfer

- -  Certificate of Deposit Transfer Form

 Submit all forms (with all other necessary documents) to the Customer Service
                                     Center

   
WITHHOLDING  ELECTION INSTRUCTIONS  (BEFORE THE WITHHOLDING  ELECTION SECTION ON
THE  APPLICATION  IS  COMPLETED,  PLEASE  HAVE  THE  OWNER  READ  THE  FOLLOWING
CAREFULLY)
Your  withdrawals under annuity  Contracts may be subject  to Federal income tax
withholding unless you elect not to have withholding apply. You may elect not to
have withholding  apply  by checking  the  box by  line  A and  signing  in  the
signature  section.  Check  the  box by  line  B  to make  an  election  to have
withholding apply. If  you want additional  withholding made, check  the box  by
line C.
Withholding will only apply to the portion of your withdrawal that is subject to
Federal  income tax and it will be like wage withholding. Thus, there will be no
withholding on  the  portion of  each  payment  representing a  return  of  your
premium.  You may change your withholding as often as you wish by sending in IRS
Form W-4P to  Golden American.  Your election will  remain in  effect until  you
revoke it. You may revoke it at any time.
If you elect not to have withholding apply to your withdrawals, or if you do not
have  enough Federal income tax withheld  from your withdrawal payments, you may
be responsible for payment of estimated  tax. You may incur penalties under  the
estimated  tax  rules if  your withholding  and estimated  tax payments  are not
sufficient.
By signing the application and completing the withholding election, you  certify
that  no bankruptcy proceeding,  attachment or other lien  or claims are pending
against you.
    

                                       B1
<PAGE>

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A SUBSIDIARY OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                                                       DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                                                 ENROLLMENT FORM
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>        <C>       <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1. OWNER(S)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name                             Male      Female     Soc. Sec. #
                                  / /        / /       or Tax ID.#       -     -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Permanent                                  Phone
 Address                                    (   )
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 City                State    Zip           Date of Birth
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 2. ANNUITANT (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name                             Male      Female     Soc. Sec. #
                                                       or Tax ID.#       -     -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Permanent                                  Phone
 Address                                    (    )
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 City               State     Zip           Date of Birth         Relation
                                                                  to Owner
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (OPTIONAL)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name               Address                                       Relation
                                                                  to Owner
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3. PRIMARY BENEFICIARY(IES)       (IF MORE THAN ONE - INDICATE %)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name(s)                                                          Relation
                                                                  to Owner
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY(IES)    Name                          Relation
                                                                  to Owner
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 4. PLAN (CHECK ONE)
                          / / DVA          / / Other _________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 5. DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1.  / / 7% Solution -- Enhanced #1      2.  / / Annual Ratchet -- Enhanced #2   3.  / / Standard
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 6.  INITIAL PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (A) INITIAL PREMIUM PAID $__________ MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

         Fill in percentages for Premium allocation below (see (A) INITIAL.)

     (B) DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (DCA): OPTIONAL. PLEASE CHECK BOX TO ELECT.  / /

         Amount to be transferred monthly $_________________ (minimum $250)

         Division or Allocation Transferred From:   / / Limited Maturity Bond Division     / / Liquid Asset Division
                                                    / / 1 Year Fixed Allocation

         (MINIMUM OF $10,000 MUST BE ALLOCATED TO THE DIVISION OR FIXED ALLOCATION CHECKED)

         Divisions Transferred To:    Fill in percentages for allocation of DCA below (see (B) DCA).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ACCOUNT DIVISION              INVESTMENT ADVISER             (A) INITIAL       (B) DCA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MULTIPLE ALLOCATION          ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                            %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FULLY MANAGED                T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES INC.                   %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ALL-GROWTH                   WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.               %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CAPITAL APPRECIATION         CHANCELLOR TRUST CO.                            %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  VAlUE EQUITY                 EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.                    %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  RISING DIVIDENDS             KAYNE, ANDERSON INV. MGMT., L.P.                %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  REAL ESTATE                  EII REALTY SECURITIES, INC.                     %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NATURAL RESOURCES            VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORP.                        %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  EMERGING MARKETS             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                           %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT   WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.               %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  LIMITED MATURITY BOND        BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                           %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  LIQUID ASSET                 BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                           %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION      1 YEAR                                        %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION      3 YEAR                                        %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION      5 YEAR                                        %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION      7 YEAR                                        %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION     10 YEAR                                         %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               TOTAL                                        100%            100%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, Customer Service Center, PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794

                                                B2
GA-EA-1007-4/95

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 7.  OPTIONAL SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     If you want to receive Systematic Partial Withdrawals, your request must be
     received in writing. For the appropriate form, please call our Customer Service
     Center: 1-800-366-0066.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 8.  TELEPHONE REALLOCATION AUTHORIZATION ________________ OWNER'S INITIALS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     I authorize Golden American to act upon reallocation instructions given by telephone from __________________________
     (name of your registered representative) upon furnishing his/her social security number. Neither Golden American nor any
     person authorized by Golden American will be responsible for any claim, loss, liability or expense in connection with
     reallocation instructions received by telephone from such person if Golden American or such other person acted on such
     telephone instructions in good faith in reliance upon this authorization. Golden American will continue to act upon this
     authorization until such time as the person indicated above is no longer affiliated with the broker/dealer under which my
     contract was purchased or until such time that I notify Golden American otherwise in writing.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 9.  TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS IF YOU ARE FUNDING A QUALIFIED PLAN, PLEASE SPECIFY TYPE:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     / / IRA        / / IRA Rollover       / / SEP/IRA        / / Other  ________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10.  REPLACEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Will the coverage applied for replace any existing annuity or life insurance policies on the annuitant's life?

      / / Yes (If yes, please complete following)                              / / No
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Company Name                  Policy Number                                   Face Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11. READ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS CAREFULLY AND SIGN BELOW:

    -- BY SIGNING BELOW, I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS. I AGREE THAT, TO
    THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, ALL STATEMENTS AND ANSWERS IN THIS
    ENROLLMENT FORM ARE COMPLETE AND TRUE AND MAY BE RELIED UPON IN DETERMINING
    WHETHER TO ISSUE THE CERTIFICATE. MY ANSWERS WILL FORM A PART OF ANY CERTIFICATE
    TO BE ISSUED, AND ONLY THE OWNER AND GOLDEN AMERICAN HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO MODIFY
    THIS ENROLLMENT FORM.

    -- CONTRACTS AND POLICIES AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES OR SECURITIES WHICH FUND
    CONTRACTS AND POLICIES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. THEY ARE
    NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT BANK GUARANTEED. ALSO,
    THEY ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION, INVESTMENT RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF
    PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

    -- I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS CERTIFICATE'S CASH SURRENDER VALUE, WHEN BASED ON THE
    INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISION, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE
    ON ANY DAY AND THAT NO MINIMUM VALUE IS GUARANTEED. THIS CERTIFICATE IS IN
    ACCORD WITH MY ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL NEEDS.


    -- I UNDERSTAND THAT ANY AMOUNT ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE SUBJECT TO
    A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, WHICH MAY CAUSE THE VALUES TO INCREASE OR DECREASE,
    PRIOR TO A SPECIFIED DATE OR DATES AS SPECIFIED IN THE CERTIFICATE.

 -----------------------------------------          -------------------------------------------------------
 Signature of Owner                                 Signed at (City, State)                            Date


 -----------------------------------------          -------------------------------------------------------
 Signature of Joint Owner (IF APPLICABLE)           Signed at (City, State)                            Date

 -----------------------------------------          -------------------------------------------------------
 Signature of Annuitant (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)       Signed at (City, State)                            Date

 Client Account No. (IF APPLICABLE)_____________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FOR AGENT USE ONLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 DO YOU HAVE REASON TO BELIEVE THAT THE COVERAGE APPLIED FOR WILL REPLACE ANY
 EXISTING ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE ON THE ANNUITANT'S LIFE?    / / Yes   / / No

- ------------------------      ---------------------------     ----------------------        -----------------------------
    Agent Signature              Print Agent Name & No.         Social Security No.             Broker/Dealer/Branch


                            ------------------------------------
                             Florida License ID# (Florida Only)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
                                          1-800-366-0066
</TABLE>

                                                B3
GA-EA-1007-4/95

<PAGE>

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A SUBSIDIARY OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

          REQUEST FOR AUTOMATIC REBALANCING: VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --   AUTOMATIC REBALANCING: AN EASY WAY TO MAINTAIN A PARTICULAR ASSET
ALLOCATION.

- --   Because each GoldenSelect Division is unique, each will have different
investment experience. As a result your asset allocation over time will change
from the one you initially selected.

- --   Automatic Rebalancing will return your asset allocation to the one that you
and your Financial Adviser find most suitable for your long-term investment
goals.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Automatic Rebalancing will occur on the last business day of the appropriate
calendar quarter. Please consult your prospectus for restrictions, limitations,
fees and other information. Automatic Rebalancing does not apply to Fixed
Allocations and cannot be elected if you participate in Dollar Cost Averaging. A
subsequent additional premium payment or partial withdrawal you do not effect
according to the allocation you set forth below will terminate this program as
will any reallocation. You may reset or reestablish this program at any time.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT INFORMATION (VERY IMPORTANT)

Contract or Certificate Number:
                                ------------------------------------------------
Owner(s):                                   Annuitant(s):
         --------------------------------                  ---------------------

Owner's(s') Social Secrity Number:                 Owner's Tel. No.:
                                   ---------------                   -----------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your direction as shown below will serve as your automatic rebalancing
allocation and will supersede all prior allocation instructions, including those
on your application, if different. Please indicate, in whole numbers, the
percentage you wish to allocate to each division or record the actual investment
dollars to allocate below. If you choose give your allocation in dollars, we
will calculate your percentage allocation and round to the closest whole
percentage point.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Allocations
     Division                      Portfolio Manager               % or $
     --------                      -----------------           -----------
     <S>                           <C>                         <C>
     Multiple Allocation           Zweig Advisors              _____________
     Fully Managed                 T. Rowe Price               _____________
     All-Growth                    Warburg, Pincus             _____________
     Capital Appreciation          Chancellor Trust            _____________
     Value Equity                  Eagle Asset Management      _____________
     Stategic Equity               Zweig Advisors              _____________
     Rising Dividends              Kayne, Anderson             _____________
     The Managed Global Account    Warburg, Pincus             _____________
     Emerging Markets              Bankers Trust               _____________
     Real Estate                   E.I.I Realty Securities     _____________
     Natural Resources             Van Eck                     _____________
     Limited Maturity Bond Fund    Bankers Trust               _____________
     Liquid Asset                  Bankers Trust               _____________

</TABLE>


     NOTE: NOT APPLICABLE FOR AUTOMATIC REBALANCING:

     Fixed Allocation              1 Year                      _____________
     Fixed Allocation              3 Year                      _____________
     Fixed Allocation              5 Year                      _____________
     Fixed Allocation              7 Year                      _____________
     Fixed Allocation              10 Year                     _____________
     Fixed Allocation Elections may not be available in all states.

                                      TOTAL:                   _____________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE REBALANCE MY PORTFOLIO:  / / Quarterly   / / Semi-Annually   / / Annually

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. SIGNATURES  (PLEASE BE SURE TO SIGN BELOW FOR ANY TRANSACTION)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
X
 -------------------------------------------------------      --------------------------------------
 SIGNATURE OF OWNER (If owned by Co. Show Title)    Date                        SIGNATURE OF WITNESS

X
 -------------------------------------------------------      --------------------------------------
 SIGNATURE OF IRREVOCABLE BENEFICIARY (If any)      Date          SIGNATURE OF WITNESS OR AUTHORIZED
                                                                      REPRESENTATIVE (Include title)

X
 -------------------------------------------------------
 SIGNATURE OF SPOUSE (COMMUNITY PROPERTY STATES)    Date

Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794   1-800-366-0066
</TABLE>

                                                B4
GA-EA-1007-4/95

<PAGE>

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE


              REQUEST FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE: FOR VARIABLE CONTRACTS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This form is for additional payments, cash surrenders, partial withdrawals,
annuity payment allocations, reallocations, dollar cost averaging, telephone
reallocation authorization, loans and withholding elections. All transactions
will be processed effective with the date this form is received in the Customer
Service Center. Please consult your prospectus for restrictions, minimum or
maximum limitations, fees, and other applicable information pertaining to your
request. Make sure to check off which variable contract (Annuity or Life) the
transaction is for.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type of Plan:  / / Deferred Variable Annuity
               / / Variable Annuity Certain
               / / Variable Life Insurance


Contract, Policy or Certificate Number: ________________________________________

Owner(s): _______________   Annuitant/Insured(s): ______________________________

Owner's(s') Soc. Sec. No.:_________________________  Owner's Tel. No.:__________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  / / ADDITIONAL PAYMENT

     A.   AMOUNT $ __________________

     B.   ALLOCATION  If you leave the following section blank:

          -    The payment will be allocated on a pro-rata basis among the
               divisions in which your Accumulation Value is currently invested.

                    DIVISION                                % OR $

               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------

     C.   If your annuity certificate or contract is an IRA check one:
          / / Contribution for 19___ OR / / Rollover

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.   / /  CASH SURRENDER

     By surrendering the variable contract, I understand that Golden American is
     discharged from all other obligations under the variable contract and that
     the variable contract is no longer in force.

     A.   / /  The variable contract and any other forms required by Golden
          American are enclosed with this request.

     B.   / /  The original variable contract has been lost or destroyed.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.   / /  PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL

     A.   / /  CONVENTIONAL PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL
          %_________________ or Amount $_________________

     B.   / /  OPTIONAL SYSTEMIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
                 (NOT AVAILABLE UNDER VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN)

     (The maximum Systematic Partial Withdrawal is 1.25% and 3.75% quarterly of
     the Accumulation Value.)

     Amount $_________ or ________% Day each month_____

          / /  Cancel Systematic Partial Withdrawal Option

     C. ALLOCATION  If you leave the following section blank, partial
     withdrawal(s) will be processed on a pro-rata basis among the divisions in
     which you Accumulation Value is currently invested.

                    DIVISION                                % OR $

               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------
               -----------------------             ------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.   / /  ANNUITY PAYMENT ALLOCATION
          (AVAILABLE UNDER VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN ONLY)

     Specify division from which annuity payments will be taken

          Division:_____________________________________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANY SURRENDER OR WITHDRAWAL MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A TAX WITHHOLDING ELECTION
FROM THE OWNER(S)
PLEASE MAKE YOUR WITHHOLDING ELECTION IN ITEM 9.
If you are surrendering a qualified contract, unless the amount is paid directly
to another qualified plan, such amount is subject to Federal income tax
withholding at a 20% rate.

5.   / /  REALLOCATION        PLEASE TRANSFER:

$__________   OR __________  % __________   FROM __________     TO _________
$__________   OR __________  % __________   FROM __________     TO _________
$__________   OR __________  % __________   FROM __________     TO _________
$__________   OR __________  % __________   FROM __________     TO _________
$__________   OR __________  % __________   FROM __________     TO _________


Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, PO Box 8794,
Wilmington, DE 19899-8794  1-800-366-0066


GAL-RFS-9/95                           B-5

<PAGE>

6.   DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
     (MINIMUM OF $10,000 MUST BE ALLOCATED TO THE DIVISION CHECKED BELOW)

Amount of Monthly Transfer $___________________   (MINIMUM $250)

DIVISION TRANSFERRED FROM:
     / / Limited Maturity Bond
     / / Liquid Asset    or   / / 1 Yr. Fixed Allocation

DIVISIONS TRANSFERRED TO:  Fill in percentage below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                     <C>                                         <C>               <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ACCOUNT DIVISION                      INVESTMENT ADVISER                          (A) INITIAL       (B) DCA
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                   ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                                   %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FULLY MANAGED                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.                         %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ALL-GROWTH                            WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                      %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CAPITAL APPRECIATION                  CHANCELLOR TRUST CO.                                   %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  VALUE EQUITY                          EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.                           %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  RISING DIVIDENDS                      KAYNE, ANDERSON INV. MGMT., L.P.                       %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  REAL ESTATE                           EII REALTY SECURITIES, INC.                            %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NATURAL RESOURCES                     VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORP.                               %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT            WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                      %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  EMERGING MARKETS                      BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                                  %              %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  LIMITED MATURITY BOND                 BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                                  %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  LIQUID ASSET                          BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                                  %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION             1 YEAR                                                 %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION             3 YEAR                                                 %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION             5 YEAR                                                 %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION             7 YEAR                                                 %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION             10 YEAR                                                %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              TOTAL            100%           100%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


7.   / /  TELEPHONE REALLOCATION AUTHORIZATION     __________ OWNER'S INITIALS
I authorize Golden American Life Insurance Company ("Golden American") to act
upon reallocation instructions given by telephone from
______________________(name of your registered representative) upon furnishing
his/her social security number. Neither Golden American nor any person
authorized by Golden American will be responsible for any claim, loss, liability
or expense in connection with reallocation instructions received by telephone
from such person if Golden American or such other person acted on such telephone
instructions in good faith in reliance upon this authorization. Golden American
will continue to act upon this authorization until such time as the person
indicated above is no longer affiliated with the broker/dealer under which my
was purchased or until such time that I notify Golden American otherwise in
writing.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.   / /  LOAN  (AVAILABLE UNDER LIFE ONLY)
A.   AMOUNT $__________   OR ____________%
B.   ALLOCATION - If you leave the following section blank, the amount of the
loan will be taken from the Accumulation Value in proportion to the amount of
investment value in each division in which you are currently invested.

     DIVISION            % OR $              DIVISION            % OR $

- --------------------  -----------------  ---------------------  ----------------
- --------------------  -----------------  ---------------------  ----------------
- --------------------  -----------------  ---------------------  ----------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.   / /  WITHHOLDING ELECTION FORM  (PLEASE READ CAREFULLY)
Instructions: Your withdrawals under annuity contracts or withdrawals and loans
under a modified endowment contract may be subject to Federal income tax
withholding unless you elect not to have withholding apply. You may elect not to
have withholding apply by checking the box by line A and signing below. Check
the box by line B to make an election to have withholding apply. If you want
additional withholding made, check the box by line C.
A    / /  I do not want Federal income tax withheld.
B.   / /  I want to have Federal income tax withheld from each withdrawal or
loan using the number of allowances and marital status indicated. (You may also
designate an additional amount in line C, below.)
C    / /  I want the following additional amount withheld from each withdrawal
or loan (You must complete line B.) $________________
Withholding will only apply to the portion of your withdrawal or loan that is
subject to Federal income tax and it will be like wage withholding. Thus, there
will be no withholding on the portion of each payment representing a return of
your premium. You may change your withholding as often as you wish by sending in
IRS Form W-4P to Golden American. Your election will remain in effect until you
revoke it. You may revoke it at any time.
If you elect not to have withholding apply to your withdrawals or loans, or
if you do not have enough Federal income tax withheld from your withdrawal or
loans, you may be responsible for payment of estimated tax. You may also
incur penalties under the estimated tax rules if your withholding and
estimated tax payments are not sufficient.
I (We) hereby certify that no bankruptcy proceeding, attachment or other lien
or claims is now pending against the Owner.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. SIGNATURES  (PLEASE BE SURE TO SIGN BELOW FOR ANY TRANSACTION)

X ____________________________________________________
 SIGNATURE OF OWNER (If owned by Co. Show Title)  Date

  ____________________________________________________
                                 SIGNATURE OF WITNESS
X ____________________________________________________
 SIGNATURE OF IRREVOCABLE BENEFICIARY (If any)    Date

  ____________________________________________________
                    SIGNATURE OF WITNESS OR AUTHORIZED
                        REPRESENTATIVE (Include title)

X ____________________________________________________
 SIGNATURE OF SPOUSE (COMMUNITY PROPERTY STATES)  Date


Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, PO Box 8794,
Wilmington, DE 19899-8794  1-800-366-0066


GAL-RFS-9/95                           B-6

<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

           REQUEST TO EFFECT IRA OR OTHER QUALIFIED ACCOUNT TRANSFER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                     <C>
TO:        -------------------------------------
           PRESENT SPONSOR

           -------------------------------------        ACCOUNT NO. -------------------------------------
           ADDRESS

           -------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------
           ADDRESS                                 PARTICIPANT'S NAME

RE:        IRA OR OTHER QUALIFIED ACCOUNT TRANSFER
</TABLE>

ATTN: QUALIFIED TRANSFER DEPARTMENT

Dear Sirs:
I  wish to  transfer the  entire value  of my  present Qualified  Account to the
"GoldenSelect IRA" sponsored by Golden American Life Insurance Company.
I adopted the "GoldenSelect IRA" on ____________________________________________
                                                DATE OF APPLICATION

Please make the  check payable  to GoldenSelect/Golden  American Life  Insurance
Company.   As  indicated  below,  Golden  American  has  already  indicated  its
willingness to accept from you all my Qualified Account assets.

Please send all such proceeds and details to:
      Golden American Life Insurance Company
      IRA and Pension Operations
      P.O. Box 8794
      Wilmington, DE 19899-8794

Your prompt attention to this matter is appreciated.

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>                                        <C>
Sincerely,                                    (Signature Guarantee if Required)

X --------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
        PARTICIPANT'S SIGNATURE               (NAME OF BANK/FIRM)

                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              (SIGNATURE OF OFFICER/TITLE)
</TABLE>

- -

            GOLDEN AMERICAN APPROVAL FOR QUALIFIED ACCOUNT TRANSFER

Golden American Life  Insurance Company has  established the "GoldenSelect  IRA"
application number
- -------------------------  for the  participant named  above. We  are willing to
accept the transfer. Please forward all proceeds accordingly.

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
By: --------------------------------------     Date: ----------------------------------------------

Name: -----------------------------------      Title: ----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   
Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, P.O. Box 8794,
                    Wilmington, DE 19899-8974 1-800-366-0066
    

                                       B7
<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

             ABSOLUTE ASSIGNMENT TO EFFECT SECTION 1035(A) EXCHANGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
OWNER: -------------------------------------       ANNUITANT OR INSURED: ---------------------

CURRENT CONTRACT NO.: --------------------         EXISTING INSURANCE CO.: -------------------
</TABLE>

   
I hereby make a complete and absolute assignment and transfer all rights, titles
and interest of  every nature  and character  in and  to the  above Contract  to
Golden  American  Life  Insurance  Company ("Golden  American")  in  an exchange
intended to qualify under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code.
    

   
Upon receipt, Golden American  is directed to surrender  the above Contract  and
apply  the  value to  the GoldenSelect  product  for which  I have  submitted an
application.
    

   
I understand that, by executing this assignment, I irrevocably waive all rights,
claims and demands under the above Contract.
    

I acknowledge that Golden American is furnishing this form and participating  in
this  transaction as an accommodation to me, and that Golden American assumes no
responsibility or  liability for  my tax  treatment under  Section 1035  of  the
Internal Revenue Code or otherwise.
Signed this ______________ day of ________________, 19 __________ at ___________

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
X ----------------------------------------------   X -----------------------------------------------
 WITNESS                                           SIGNATURE OF OWNER
</TABLE>

- -

                    NOTIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT AND SURRENDER

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
To (Existing Insurance Company):                   Re: Contract No. ------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   
This  is to  notify you  that an  absolute assignment  of all  rights, title and
interest in and  to the above  Contract has  been made to  Golden American  Life
Insurance  Company, for the purpose of making  an exchange under Section 1035 of
the Internal Revenue Code. Golden American, Owner of the above Contract,  hereby
surrenders  it  and requests  its full  surrender  value for  the purpose  of an
exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code. Upon surrender of this
Contract, please  issue a  check for  its  cash value  to Golden  American  Life
Insurance  Company, and mail to Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer
Service Center, P.O. Box  8794, Wilmington, DE,  19899-8794, Attn: New  Business
Department.  Please provide Golden American with  the cost basis, Issue Date and
other payment information along with your check.
    

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
                                                   GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

- ------------------------------------------------   By: ---------------------------------------------
DATE                                                  OFFICER OF ABOVE-NAMED INSURANCE COMPANY
</TABLE>

   
Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, P.O. Box 8794,
                    Wilmington, DE 19899-8974 1-800-366-0066
    

                                       B8
<PAGE>
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

                      CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT TRANSFER FORM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO SURRENDER CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT
                              (NON-QUALIFIED ONLY)

CERTIFICATE(S) OF DEPOSIT
Issued By: _____________________________________________________________________
                                      INSTITUTION
Address: _______________________________________________________________________
Certificate Number(s): _________________________ Issued to: ____________________
Maturity Date(s): ______________________________________________________________
Estimated Amount(s): ___________________________________________________________

   
I/We do hereby name and appoint Golden American Life Insurance Company  ("Golden
American")   through  its   duly  authorized   officers  as   lawful  agent  and
attorney-in-fact for me/us,  to surrender  the above  Certificate(s) of  Deposit
upon the respective Maturity Date(s).
    

   
I/We  request that  upon maturity all  funds available be  transferred to Golden
American. Golden  American will  apply all  such funds  received to  a  variable
Contract issued to me/us.
    

I/We  understand  that Golden  American assumes  no  responsibility for  the tax
treatment of this matter and that I/ we shall be responsible for the payment  of
all  federal, state and local taxes and any other fees and charges incurred with
respect to the Certificate(s).

   
I/We acknowledge  that  the  investment earnings  credited  under  the  variable
Contract  will begin to accrued when  Golden American receives the proceeds from
the Certificate(s). Golden American has  the responsibility only to present  the
Certificate(s)  for payment upon  maturity and shall not  be responsible for the
solvency of the issuing Financial Institution.
    
Dated   at    ______________________________    on   this    ______    day    of
____________________, 19________________________________________________________

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
X -----------------------------------------    X ---------------------------------------------------
Witness                                        Signature of Certificate Owner

X -----------------------------------------    X ---------------------------------------------------
Witness                                        Signature of Joint Certificate Owner
</TABLE>

Special Handling Instructions: _________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Golden  American will  accept any and  all funds which  discharge the obligation
listed above  and request  that such  funds  be sent  to: Golden  American  Life
Insurance  Company,  Customer  Service  Center, P.O.  Box  8794,  Wilmington, DE
19899-8794
By _____________________________________________________________________________
        Name                          Title                         Date

   
Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center, P.O. Box 8794,
                    Wilmington, DE 19899-8974 1-800-366-0066
    

                                       B9
<PAGE>
                       GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                     A Subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company
                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY
                     DOMICILED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

   
IN 6050 DVA PLUS 10/95
    
<PAGE>


                                     PART B
<PAGE>


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                GOLDENSELECT DVA


                          DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE
                           AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

                                    ISSUED BY

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                                  ("Account B")

                                       AND

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                  ("Account D")

                         (collectively, the "Accounts")

                                       OF

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY





THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT WHICH
IS REFERRED TO HEREIN.

THE PROSPECTUS SETS FORTH INFORMATION THAT A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR OUGHT TO KNOW
BEFORE INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS, SEND A WRITTEN REQUEST TO
GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER, P.O. BOX 8794,
WILMINGTON, DE 19899-8794 OR TELEPHONE 1-800-366-0066.



                             DATE OF PROSPECTUS AND
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
   
                                 September 20, 1995
    



 IN CDSL DVA/MVA SAI 8/95


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ITEM PAGE

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

PART I
Description of Golden American Life Insurance Company. . . . . . . . . . .2
Safekeeping of Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
The Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Independent Auditors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Distribution of Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Performance Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
IRA Partial Withdrawal Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

PART II
Securities and Investment Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
   U.S. Government Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
   Debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Short Sales Against the Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. . . . . . . . . . 10
   Options on Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Options on Securities Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
   Foreign Currency Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
   Options on Foreign Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
   Repurchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
   Banking Industry and Savings Industry Obligations . . . . . . . . . . 15
   Commercial Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
   When Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Investment Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Management of Separate Account D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
The Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Portfolio Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Purchase and Pricing of the Global Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Financial Statements of Separate Account B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Financial Statements of The Managed Global Account of
Separate Account D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Appendix - Description of Bond Ratings



                                     1

<PAGE>


                                  INTRODUCTION

    Part I of this Statement of Additional Information provides background
information regarding Account B and Account D.  Part II of this Statement of
Additional Information provides information regarding the investment activities
of Account D and The Managed Global Account (the "Global Account"), including
its investment policies.

                                     PART  I

              DESCRIPTION OF GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Golden American Life Insurance Company ("Golden American") is a stock life
insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Prior to
December 30, 1993, Golden American was a Minnesota corporation.  From January 2,
1973 through December 31, 1987, the name of the company was St. Paul Life
Insurance Company.  On December 31, 1987, after all of St. Paul Life Insurance
Company's business was sold, the name was changed to Golden American.  On March
7, 1988, all of the stock of Golden American was acquired by The Golden
Financial Group, Inc. ("GFG"), a financial services holding company.  On October
19, 1990, GFG merged with and into MBL Variable, Inc. ("MBLV"), a wholly owned
direct subsidiary of The Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Company ("MBL").  On
January 1, 1991, MBLV became a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of MBL and
Golden American became a wholly owned direct subsidiary of MBL.  Golden
American's name had been changed to MB Variable Life Insurance Company in the
state of Minnesota but subsequently has been changed back to Golden American.
In a transaction that closed on September 30, 1992, Golden American was acquired
by a subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust").  As of December 31,
1994, Golden American had over $89.5 million in stockholders' equity and
approximately $1.04 billion in total assets, including approximately $950.3
million of separate account assets.  Golden American is authorized to do
business in all jurisdictions except New York.  Golden American offers variable
annuities and variable life insurance.

                              SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Golden American acts as its own custodian for Account B.

                                THE ADMINISTRATOR

Effective January 1, 1994, Bankers Trust (Delaware), a subsidiary of Bankers
Trust New York Corporation, and Golden American became parties to a service
agreement pursuant to which Bankers Trust (Delaware) has agreed to provide
certain accounting, actuarial, tax, underwriting, sales , management and other
services to Golden American.  Expenses incurred by Bankers Trust (Delaware) in
relation to this service agreement are reimbursed by Golden American on an
allocated cost basis.  Charges billed to Golden American by Bankers Trust
(Delaware) pursuant to the service agreement were $816,264  for 1994.

Prior to 1994, Golden American had arranged with BT Variable to perform services
related to the development and administration of its products.  For the year
1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, fees earned by
BT Variable from Golden American for these

                                     2
<PAGE>


services aggregated $2,701,000 and $209,000, respectively.  The agreement was
terminated as of January 1, 1994.

In addition, BT Variable provided to Golden American certain of its personnel to
perform management, administrative and clerical services and the use of certain
of its facilities.  BT Variable charged Golden American for such expenses and
all other general and administrative costs, first on the basis of direct charges
when identifiable, and second allocated based on the estimated amount of time
spent by BT Variable's employees on behalf of Golden American.  For the year
1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, BT Variable
allocated to Golden American $1,503,000 and $450,000, respectively.  The
agreement was terminated on January 1, 1994.  During 1994, such expenses were
allocated directly by BT New York Corporation to Golden American and totaled
$1,395,966 for the year.

                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Ernst & Young LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, independent auditors,
will perform annual audits of Golden American and the Accounts.

                            DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

Prior to 1994, Golden American had entered into agreements with DSI to perform
services related to the management of its investments and the distribution of
its products.  For the year 1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to
December 31, 1992, Golden American incurred $311,000 and $35,000, respectively,
for such services.  The agreement was terminated as of January 1, 1994.

DSI acts as the principal underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933
and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) of the variable insurance
products issued by Golden American which, as of December 31, 1994, are sold
primarily through two broker/dealer institutions.  For the years ended 1994 and
1993 and the period from September 30, 1992 to December 31, 1992, commissions
paid by Golden American to DSI aggregated, $17,569,000, $34,260,000, and
$6,429,197, respectively.

Golden American provided to DSI certain of its personnel to perform management,
administrative and clerical services and the use of certain facilities.  Golden
American charged DSI for such expenses and all other general and administrative
costs, first on the basis of direct charges when identifiable, and the remainder
allocated based on the estimated amount of time spent by Golden American's
employees on behalf of DSI.  In the opinion of management, this method of cost
allocation is reasonable.  For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,
expenses allocated to DSI were $1,983,000 and $2,013,000, respectively.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for the divisions of Account B and the Global Account,
including the yield and effective yield of the Liquid Asset Division, the yield
of the remaining divisions and the Global Account, and the total return of all
divisions, may appear in reports or promotional literature to current or
prospective owners.  Negative values are denoted by parentheses.  Performance
information for measures other than total return do not reflect sales load which
can have a maximum level of 6% of premium, and any applicable premium tax that
can range from 0% to 3.5%.

                                     3
<PAGE>


SEC STANDARD MONEY MARKET DIVISION YIELDS
Current yield for the Liquid Asset Division will be based on the change in the
value of a hypothetical investment (exclusive of capital changes) over a
particular 7-day period, less a pro-rata share of division expenses accrued over
that period (the "base period"), and stated as a percentage of the investment at
the start of the base period (the "base period return").  The base period return
is then annualized by multiplying by 365/7, with the resulting yield figure
carried to at least the nearest hundredth of one percent.  Calculation of
"effective yield" begins with the same "base period return" used in the
calculation of yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly compounding
pursuant to the following formula:

      EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN) +1)to the power of 365/7] - 1


The current yield and effective yield of the Liquid Asset Division will be given
for the 7-day period December 24, 1995 to December 31, 1995 in an updated
statement of additional information.


SEC STANDARD 30-DAY YIELD FOR NON-MONEY MARKET DIVISIONS
Quotations of yield for the remaining divisions will be based on all investment
income per Unit (accumulation value divided by the index of investment
experience) earned during a particular 30-day period, less expenses accrued
during the period ("net investment income"), and will be computed by dividing
net investment income by the value of an accumulation unit on the last day of
the period, according to the following formula:

                 YIELD = 2 [ ( a - b  +1)to the sixth power - 1]
                                       -----
                                         CD

          Where:
               [a] equals the net investment income earned during the period
                   by the Series attributable to shares owned by a division
               [b] equals the expenses accrued for the period (net of
                   reimbursements)
               [c] equals the average daily number of Units outstanding during
                   the period based on the index of investment experience
               [d] equals the value (maximum offering price) per index of
                   investment experience on the last day of the period

Yield on divisions of Account B is earned from the increase in net asset value
of shares of the Series in which the Division invests and from dividends
declared and paid by the Series, which are automatically reinvested in shares of
the Series.  Yield on the Global Account is earned from the increase in asset
value of shares of the securities in which the Global Account invests.

                                     4

<PAGE>


SEC STANDARD AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR NON-MONEY MARKET DIVISIONS
Quotations of average annual total return for any division will be expressed in
terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical
investment in a contract over a period of one, five and 10 years (or, if less,
up to the life of the division), calculated pursuant to the formula:

                      P(1+T)to the power of n=ERV

         Where:
              (1)  [P] equals a hypothetical initial premium payment of $1,000
              (2)  [T] equals an average annual total return
              (3)  [n] equals the number of years
              (4)  [ERV] equals the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical
                   $1,000 initial premium payment made at the beginning of the
                   period (or fractional portion thereof)

All total return figures reflect the deduction of the maximum sales load, the
administrative charges, and the mortality and expense risk charges.  The SEC
requires that an assumption be made that the contract owner surrenders the
entire contract at the end of the one, five and 10 year periods (or, if less, up
to the life of the security) for which performance is required to be calculated.
This assumption may not be consistent with the typical contract owner's
intentions in purchasing a contract and may adversely affect returns.
Quotations of total return may simultaneously be shown for other periods, as
well as quotations of total return that do not take into account certain
contractual charges such as sales load.

Average Annualized Total Return for the Divisions presented on a standardized
basis for the period from the date hereof to December 31, 1995 will be provided
in an updated Statement of Additional Information.


NON-STANDARD AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR NON-MONEY MARKET DIVISIONS
Quotations of non-standard average annual total return for any division will be
expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a
hypothetical investment in a contract over a period of one, five and 10 years
(or, if less, up to the life of the division), calculated pursuant to the
formula:


                                  [P(1+T)to the power of n]=ERV

           Where:
             (1)  [P] equals a hypothetical initial premium payment of $1,000
             (2)  [T] equals an average annual total return
             (3)  [n] equals the number of years
             (4)  [ERV] equals the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical
                  $1,000 initial premium payment made at the beginning of the
                  period (or fractional portion thereof) assuming certain
                  loading and charges are zero.

All total return figures reflect the deduction of the mortality and expense risk
charge and the administrative charges, but not the deduction of the maximum
sales load and the annual contract fee.

                                     5
<PAGE>


Average Annualized Total Return for the Divisions presented on a non-
standardized basis for the period from the date hereof to December 31, 1995 will
be provided in an updated Statement of Additional Information.


Performance information for a division may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to: (i) the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index ("S & P
500"), Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA"), Donoghue Money Market
Institutional Averages, or other indices that measure performance of a pertinent
group of securities so that investors may compare a division's results with
those of a group of securities widely regarded by investors as representative of
the securities markets in general; (ii) other groups of variable annuity
separate accounts or other investment products tracked by Lipper Analytical
Services, a widely used independent research firm which ranks mutual funds and
other investment companies by overall performance, investment objectives, and
assets, or tracked by other services, companies, publications, or persons who
rank such investment companies on overall performance or other criteria; and
(iii) the Consumer Price Index (measure for inflation) to assess the real rate
of return from an investment in the contract.  Unmanaged indices may assume the
reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect deductions for
administrative and management costs and expenses.

Performance information for any division reflects only the performance of a
hypothetical contract under which accumulation value is allocated to a division
during a particular time period on which the calculations are based.
Performance information should be considered in light of the investment
objectives and policies, characteristics and quality of the portfolio of the
Series of the Trust in which the Account B divisions invest and the securities
in which the Global Account invests, and the market conditions during the given
time period, and should not be considered as a representation of what may be
achieved in the future.

Reports and promotional literature may also contain other information including
the ranking of any division derived from rankings of variable annuity separate
accounts or other investment products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services or
by other rating services, companies, publications, or other persons who rank
separate accounts or other investment products on overall performance or other
criteria.

PUBLISHED RATINGS
From time to time, the rating of Golden American as an insurance company by A.M.
Best may be referred to in advertisements or in reports to contract owners.
Each year the A.M. Best Company reviews the financial status of thousands of
insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's Ratings.  These ratings
reflect their current opinion of the relative financial strength and operating
performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms of the
life/health insurance industry.  Best's ratings range from A+ to C.  An A+
rating means, in the opinion of A.M. Best, that the insurer has demonstrated the
strongest ability to meet its respective policyholder and other contractual
obligations.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
For reporting purposes, the Global Account's portfolio turnover rate is
calculated by dividing the value of the lesser of purchases or sales of
portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of
the portfolio securities owned by the Global Account during the fiscal year.  In
determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time
of acquisition were

                                     6
<PAGE>


one year or less are excluded.  A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for
example, if all the securities in the portfolio (other than short-term
securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year.

   
INDEX OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
The calculation of the Index of Investment Experience ("IIE") is discussed in
the prospectus for the Contracts under Measurement of Investment Experience.
The following illustrations show a calculation of a new IIE and the purchase of
Units (using hypothetical examples): Note that the examples below are calculated
for a Contract issued with the 7% Solution Enhanced Death Benefit Option, the
death benefit option with the highest mortality and expense risk charge. The
mortality and expense risk charge associated with the Annual Ratchet Enhanced
Death Benefit Option and the Standard Death Benefit are lower than that used in
the examples and would result in higher IIE's or Accumulation Values.
    

ILLUSTRATION OF CALCULATION OF IIE
[TO BE COMPLETED BY AMENDMENT]
    EXAMPLE 1.
   
1.  IIE, beginning of perio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.00
2.  Value of securities, beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.00
3.  Change in value of securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$0.10
4.  Gross investment return (3) divided by (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01
5.  Less daily mortality and expense charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00003863
6.  Less asset based administrative charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00000411
7.  Net investment return (4) minus (5) minus (6). . . . . . . . . . 0.00995726
8.  Net investment factor (1.000000) plus (7). . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00995726
9.  IIE, end of period (1) multiplied by (8) . . . . . . . . . . .$ 10.09957261

ILLUSTRATION OF PURCHASE OF UNITS (ASSUMING NO STATE PREMIUM TAX)
    EXAMPLE 2.

1.  Initial Premium Paymen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 1,000
2.  IIE on effective date of purchase (see Example 1). . . . . . . . . .$ 10.00
3.  Number of Units purchased [(1) divided by (2)] . . . . . . . . . . . .  100
4.  IIE for valuation date following purchase (see Example 1)  . .$ 10.09957261
5.  Accumulation Value in account for valuation date following purchase
     [(3) multiplied by(4)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,009.96
    



                          IRA PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL OPTION

If the contract owner has an IRA contract and will attain age 70 1/2 in the
current calendar year, distributions will be made to you in accordance with the
requirements of Federal tax law.  This option is available to assure that the
required minimum distributions from qualified plans under the Internal Revenue
Code (the "Code") are made.  Under the Code, distributions must begin no later
than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
contract owner attains age 70 1/2.  If the required minimum distribution is not
withdrawn, there may be a penalty tax in an amount equal to 50% of the
difference between the amount required to be withdrawn and the amount actually
withdrawn.  Even if the IRA Partial Withdrawal Option is not elected,
distributions must nonetheless be made in accordance with the requirements of
Federal tax law.

Golden American notifies the contract owner of these regulations with a letter
mailed on January 1st of the calendar year in which the contract owner reaches
age 70 1/2 which explains the IRA Partial

                                     7
<PAGE>


Withdrawal Option and supplies an election form.  If the contract owner chooses
to elect this option, he or she specifies whether the withdrawal amount will be
based on a life expectancy calculated on a single life basis (contract owner's
life only) or, if the contract owner is married, on a joint life basis (contract
owner's and spouse's life combined).  The contract owner selects the payment
mode on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.  If the payment mode selected on
the election form is more frequent than annually, the payments in the first
calendar year in which the option is in effect will be based on the amount of
payment modes remaining when Golden American receives the completed election
form.

Golden American calculates the IRA Partial Withdrawal amount each year based on
the minimum distribution rules.  We do this by dividing the accumulation value
by the life expectancy.  In the first year withdrawals begin, we use the
accumulation value as of the date of the first payment.  Thereafter, we use the
accumulation value on December 31st of each year.  The life expectancy is
recalculated each year.  Certain minimum distribution rules govern payouts if
the designated beneficiary is other than the contract owner's spouse and the
beneficiary is more than ten years younger than the contract owner.

                                OTHER INFORMATION

Registration statements have been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, with respect to the
Contracts discussed in this Statement of Additional Information.  Not all of the
information set forth in the registration statements, amendments and exhibits
thereto has been included in this Statement of Additional Information.
Statements contained in this Statement of Additional Information concerning the
content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are intended to be
summaries.  For a complete statement of the terms of these documents, reference
should be made to the instruments filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

                                    PART  II

                      SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

This description of the Global Account of Account D securities and investment
techniques is not comprehensive and is intended to supplement the discussion
contained in Part II of the prospectus under "Securities and Investment
Techniques."

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
The Global Account may invest in U.S. Government securities.  U.S. Government
securities are obligations of, or are guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its
agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, notes, and bonds are direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury supported by the full faith and credit of the
United States.  Securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government include Federal
agency obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury
(such as GNMA certificates and Federal Housing Administration debentures).  In
guaranteed securities, the payment of principal and interest is unconditionally
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, and thus they are generally of the highest
credit quality.  Such direct obligations or guaranteed securities are subject to
variations in market value due to fluctuations in interest rates, but, if held
to maturity, the U.S. Government is obligated to or guarantees to pay them in
full.

                                     8
<PAGE>


Securities issued by U.S. Government instrumentalities and certain Federal
agencies are neither direct obligations of nor guaranteed by the Treasury.
However, they involve Federal sponsorship in one way or another: some are backed
by specific types of collateral; some are supported by the issuer's right to
borrow from the Treasury; some are supported by the discretionary authority of
the Treasury to purchase certain obligations of the issuer; others are supported
only by the credit of the issuing government agency or instrumentality.  These
agencies and instrumentalities include, but are not limited to, Federal Land
Banks, Farmers Home Administration, Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), Student Loan
Mortgage Association, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit
Banks, and Federal Home Loan Banks.

The Global Account may also purchase obligations of the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development ("IBRD"), which, while technically not a U.S.
Government Agency or instrumentality has the right to borrow from IBRD
participating countries, including the United States.

DEBT SECURITIES
The Global Account may invest in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers
including bonds, debentures, asset-backed securities, and notes which meet the
minimum ratings criteria set forth for the Global Account, or, if unrated, are,
in the Portfolio Manager's determination, comparable in quality to corporate
debt securities in which the Global Account may invest.

The investment return on a debt security reflects interest earnings and changes
in the market value of the security.  The market value of debt obligations may
be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally.  There
also exists the risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet
their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an
instrument.  Any bond may be susceptible to changing conditions, particularly to
economic downturns, which could lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and
principal.

New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when-issued or
firm-commitment basis; that is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are
fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment
for the securities normally takes place after the customary settlement time.
The value of when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment
basis may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and
changes in interest rate levels.  However, the Global Account will not accrue
any income on these securities prior to delivery.  The Global Account will
maintain in a segregated account with its custodian an amount of cash or high-
quality debt securities equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) in the amount of
its commitment to purchase the when-issued securities or securities purchased on
a firm-commitment basis.

Many debt securities of foreign issuers are not rated by Moody's Investors
Services, Inc. ("Moody's") or Standard and Poor's Corporation ("Standard &
Poor's"); therefore, the selection of such issuers depends, to a large extent,
on the credit analysis performed or used by the Portfolio Manager.

SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX
The Global Account may make short sales "against the box."  A short sale
"against the box" is a short sale where, at time of the short sale, the Global
Account owns or has the immediate and unconditional right, at no added cost, to
obtain the identical security.  The Global Account would enter into such a
transaction to defer a gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on the
security

                                     9
<PAGE>


owned by the Global Account.  Short sales against the box are not subject to the
percentage limitations on short sales as described in the prospectus.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS
The Global Account may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts, interest
rate futures contracts, and futures contracts based upon securities, which may
be domestic or foreign, and corporate or governmental, foreign exchange futures
contracts and other financial futures contracts, and may purchase and write
options on such contracts.  A futures contract provides for the future sale by
one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a particular
financial instrument (debt security), or currency for a specified price at a
designated date, time, and place.  Although futures contracts by their terms
require actual future delivery of and payment for financial instruments or
currencies, futures contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date.
Closing out an open futures contract position is effected by entering into an
offsetting sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the
same financial instrument and the same delivery date.  Where the Global Account
has sold a futures contract, if the offsetting purchase price is less than the
original futures contract sale price, the Global Account realizes a gain; if it
is more, the Global Account realizes a loss.  Where the Global Account has
purchased a futures contract, if the offsetting price is more than the original
futures contract purchase price, the Global Account realizes a gain; if it is
less, the Global Account realizes a loss.  The transaction costs must also be
included in these calculations.

Using futures to effect a particular strategy instead of using the underlying or
related security or index or currency will frequently result in lower
transaction costs being incurred.  The Global Account's use of futures contracts
and futures options may include hedging transactions.  For example, the Global
Account might use futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in
interest rates that might adversely affect either the value of the Global
Account's securities or the price of the securities which the Global Account
intends to purchase.  The Global Account's hedging may include sales of futures
contracts as an offset against the effect of expected increases in interest
rates and purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of
expected declines in interest rates.  Although other techniques could be used to
reduce the Global Account's exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the Global
Account may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a
lower cost by using futures contracts and futures options.

The Global Account may sell stock index futures to protect against a market
decline in an attempt to offset partially or wholly a decrease in the market
value of securities that the Global Account intends to sell.  Similarly, to
protect against a market advance when the Global Account is not fully invested
in the securities market, the Global Account may purchase stock index futures
that may partly or entirely offset increases in the cost of securities that the
Global Account intends to purchase.  A stock index is a method of reflecting in
a single number the market values of many different stocks, or, in the case of
capitalization weighted indices that take into account both stock prices and the
number of shares outstanding, of many different companies.  An index fluctuates
generally with changes in the market values of the common stocks so included.  A
stock index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two
parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified
dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the
close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures
contract is originally purchased or sold.  No physical delivery of the
underlying stocks in the index is made.

If a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Global Account, the
Global Account is required to deposit with its custodian a specified amount of
cash or U.S. Government securities

                                     10
<PAGE>


("initial margin").  Generally, the margin required for a futures contract is
set by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and may be
modified during the term of the contract.  The initial margin is in the nature
of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is
returned to the Global Account upon termination of the contract, assuming all
contractual obligations have been satisfied.  The Global Account expects to earn
interest income on its initial margin deposits.  A futures contract held by the
Global Account is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange
on which it is traded.  Each day the Global Account pays or receives cash,
called "variation margin" equal to the daily change in value of the futures
contract.  This process is known as "marking-to-market".  The payment or receipt
of the variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Global
Account but is settlement between the Global Account and the broker of the
amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired.  In computing
daily net asset value, each fund will mark-to-market its open futures positions.

The Global Account is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect
to put and call options on futures contracts it writes.  Such margin deposits
will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (including
the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the
option, and other futures positions held by the Global Account.

When purchasing a futures contract or selling a put option on a futures
contract, the Global Account is required to maintain with its custodian high-
quality liquid debt securities, cash, or cash equivalents (including any margin)
equal to the purchase price of such contract or option to collateralize the
position, or to otherwise cover the position.  When selling a futures contract
or selling a call option on a futures contract, the Global Account is required
to maintain with its custodian high-quality liquid debt securities, cash, or
cash equivalents (including any margin) equal to the market value of such
contract or option, or to otherwise cover the position.

In compliance with the requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
("CFTC") under which an investment company may engage in futures transactions,
the Global Account will comply with certain regulations of the CFTC to qualify
for an exclusion from being a "commodity pool."  The regulations require that
the Global Account enter into futures and option  (1) for "bona fide hedging"
purposes, without regard to the percentage of assets committed to initial margin
and options premiums, or  (2)  for other strategies, provided that the aggregate
initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions do not exceed
5% of the liquidation value of the Global Account's portfolio, after taking into
account unrealized profits and unrealized gains on any such contracts entered
into.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES
In pursuing its investment objective, the Global Account may engage in
transactions on options on securities.  An option on a security is a contract
that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the
right to buy a specified security (in the case of a call option) or to sell a
specified security (in the case of a put option) from or to the seller
("writer") of the option at a designated price during the term of the option.
One reason the Global Account may purchase put options on securities is to
protect holdings in an underlying or related security against a substantial
decline in market value.  Securities are considered related if their price
movements generally correlate to one another.  For example, the purchase of put
options on debt securities held by the Global Account would enable the Global
Account to protect, at least partially, an unrealized gain in an appreciated
security without actually selling the security.  In addition, the Global Account
would continue to receive interest income on such security.

                                     11
<PAGE>


The Global Account may purchase call options on securities in furtherance of its
investment objective, which may include a call option to protect against
substantial increases in prices of securities the Global Account intends to
purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.
The Global Account may sell put or call options it has previously purchased,
which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount
realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transactional
costs paid on the put or call option which is sold.

In order to earn additional income on its portfolio securities or to protect
partially against declines in the value of such securities, the Global Account
may write covered call options.  The exercise price of a call option may be
below, equal to, or above the current market value of the underlying security at
the time the option is written.  During the option period, a covered call option
writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such
call option was sold requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security
against payment of the exercise price.  This obligation is terminated upon the
expiration of the option period or at such earlier time in which the writer
effects a closing purchase transaction.  Closing purchase transactions will
ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding call option, to
prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the
underlying security, or to enable the Global Account to write another call
option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or
expiration date or both.

In order to earn additional income or to facilitate its ability to purchase a
security at a price lower than the current market price of such security, the
Global Account may write secured put options.  During the option period, the
writer of a put option may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer
through whom the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying
security at the exercise price.

The Global Account may write a call or put option only if the option is
"covered" or "secured".  This means that so long as the Global Account is
obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities
subject to the option or if the Global Account holds a call at the same exercise
price, for the same exercise period, and on the same securities as the written
call.  Alternatively, the Global Account may maintain, in a segregated account
with Account D's custodian, cash, cash equivalents, or high-quality liquid debt
securities with a value sufficient to meet its obligation as writer of the
option.  A put is secured if the Global Account maintains cash, cash
equivalents, or high-quality debt securities with a value equal to the exercise
price in a segregated account, or holds a put on the same underlying security at
an equal or greater exercise price.  Prior to exercise or expiration, an option
may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same
series.

Unless otherwise indicated above, the Global Account will enter only into
options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange or board
of trade, or for which an established over-the-counter market exists.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDEXES
Call and put options on securities indexes also may be purchased or sold by the
Global Account in furtherance of its investment objective.  Options on
securities indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the
exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve
the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In addition, securities index
options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or
segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single
security.  When such options are written, the Global Account is required to
maintain a segregated account consisting of cash, cash equivalents or high grade
obligations with a

                                     12
<PAGE>


value equal to the exercise price or the Global Account must purchase a like
option of greater value that will expire no earlier than the option sold.
Purchased options may not enable the Global Account to hedge effectively against
stock market risk if they are not highly correlated with the value of the Global
Account's securities.  Moreover, the ability to hedge effectively depends upon
the ability to predict movements in the stock market.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
The Global Account may enter into forward currency contracts, currency exchange
transactions on a spot (i.e. cash) basis and options on currencies.  A forward
currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a currency against
another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties.  The
Global Account may either accept or make delivery of the currency at the
maturity of the forward contract or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing
transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract.  The
Global Account will engage in forward currency transactions in furtherance of
its investment objective, which may include hedging purposes such as
transactions in anticipation of or to protect the Global Account against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  The Global Account might sell a
particular currency forward, for example, when it wanted to hold bonds or bank
obligations denominated in that currency but anticipated or wished to be
protected against a decline in the currency against the dollar.

The Global Account may enter into a long position in a forward currency contract
for a fixed amount of foreign currency in anticipation of an increase in the
value of that currency.  The Global Account may enter into forward foreign
currency contracts in other circumstances, as described in Part II of the
prospectus under Investment Objective and Policies of the Global Account.  When
the Global Account enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security
denominated in a foreign currency, the Global Account may desire to "lock in"
the U.S. dollar price of the security.  By entering into a forward contract for
a fixed amount of dollars for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions, the Global Account will be
able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change
in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and such foreign currency during the
period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date
on which payment is made or received.

Also, when the Portfolio Manager believes that the currency of a particular
foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may
enter into a forward contract for a fixed amount of dollars to sell the amount
of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the Global
Account's securities denominated in such foreign currency.  The precise matching
of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will
not generally be possible since the future value of securities in foreign
currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of
these securities between the date on which the forward contract is entered into
and the date it matures.  The projection of short-term currency market movement
is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging
strategy is highly uncertain.

At the maturity of a forward contract, the Global Account may either sell the
security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the
security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign
currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same currency trader
obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the
foreign currency.  It is impossible to forecast the market value of a particular
security at the expiration of the contract.  Accordingly, if a decision is made
to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency, it may be
necessary for the Global Account to purchase additional foreign currency on the
spot market

                                     13
<PAGE>


(and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is
less than the amount of foreign currency that the Global Account is obligated to
deliver.

If the Global Account retains the security and engages in an offsetting
transaction, the Global Account will incur a gain or a loss (as described below)
to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices.  Should
forward prices decline during the period between the Global Account's entering
into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it
enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the
Global Account will realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency
it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to
purchase.  Should forward prices increase, the Global Account will suffer a loss
to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds
the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

When entering into a long position on a forward currency contract or selling a
put option on a forward currency contract, the Global Account is required to
maintain with its custodian high-quality liquid debt securities, cash, or cash
equivalents (including any margin) equal to the purchase price of such contract
or option to collateralize the position or to otherwise cover the position.
When entering into a short position in a forward currency contract or selling a
call option on a forward currency contract, the Global Account is required to
maintain with its custodian high-quality liquid debt securities, cash, or cash
equivalents (including any margin) equal to the market value of such contract or
option or to otherwise cover the position.

Forward contracts are not traded on regulated commodities exchanges.  There can
be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Global Account seeks to
close out a forward currency position, and in such an event, the Global Account
might not be able to effect a closing purchase transaction at any particular
time.  In addition, the Global Account entering into a forward foreign currency
contract incurs the risk of default by the counter party to the transaction.
The CFTC has indicated that it may in the future assert jurisdiction over
certain types of forward contracts in foreign currencies and attempt to prohibit
certain entities from engaging in such foreign currency forward transactions.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES
The Global Account may write and purchase call and put options on foreign
currencies.  Such strategies may be employed for purposes of exposing the Global
Account to a foreign (or domestic) currency or to shift exposure to foreign
currency fluctuations from one country to another or to function as a hedge
against changes in the value of the U.S. dollar (or another currency) in
relation to a foreign currency in which securities of the Global Account may be
denominated.  A call option on a foreign currency gives the buyer the right to
buy, and a put option gives the buyer the right to sell, a certain amount of
foreign currency at a specified price during a fixed period of time.  The Global
Account may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to such options,
exercise them, or permit them to expire.

The Global Account may enter into an option on a currency before the Global
Account purchases a foreign security denominated in the currency the Global
Account anticipates acquiring, during the period the Global Account holds the
foreign security, or between the date the foreign security is purchased or sold
and the date on which payment therefor is made or received.

In those situations where foreign currency options may not be readily purchased
(or where such options may be deemed illiquid) in the currency in which a hedge
is desired, the hedge may be

                                     14

<PAGE>


obtained by purchasing or selling an option on a "surrogate" currency, i.e., a
currency where there is tangible evidence of a direct correlation in the trading
value of the two currencies.  A surrogate currency is a currency that can act,
for hedging purposes, as a substitute for a particular currency because the
surrogate currency's exchange rate movements parallel that of the primary
currency.  Surrogate currencies are used to hedge an illiquid currency risk,
when no liquid hedge instruments exist in world currency markets for the primary
currency.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Global Account may invest in repurchase agreements.  A repurchase agreement
is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of
the sale to repurchase that security from the buyer at a mutually agreed upon
time and price.  These agreements may be considered to be loans by the purchaser
collateralized by the underlying securities.  The term of such an agreement is
generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may
extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery.  The
resale price is in excess of the purchase price by an amount which reflects an
agreed upon market rate of return, effective for the period of time the Global
Account is invested in the security.  This results in a fixed rate of return
protected from market fluctuations during the period of the agreement.  This
rate is not tied to the coupon rate on the security subject to the repurchase
agreement.

The Global Account may engage in repurchase transactions in accordance with
guidelines approved by the Board of Governors of Account D, which include
monitoring the creditworthiness of the parties with which the Global Account
engages in repurchase transactions, obtaining collateral at least equal in value
to the repurchase obligation, and marking the collateral to market on a daily
basis.  The Global Account may not enter into a repurchase agreement having more
than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such agreements, together
with any other securities that are not readily marketable, would exceed 15% of
the net assets of the Global Account.  If the seller should become bankrupt or
default on its obligations to  repurchase the securities, the Global Account may
experience delays or difficulties in exercising its rights to the securities
held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value of the securities should
decline.  The Global Account also might incur disposition costs in connection
with liquidating the securities.

BANKING INDUSTRY AND SAVINGS INDUSTRY OBLIGATIONS
The Global Account may invest in (i) certificates of deposit, time deposits,
bankers' acceptances, and other short-term debt obligations issued by commercial
banks and in (ii) certificates of deposit, time deposits, and other short-term
obligations issued by savings and loan or other depository associations ("S&L").

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a
specified return.  Bankers' acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of
exchange, which are normally drawn by an  importer or exporter to pay for
specific merchandise, and which are "accepted" by a bank, meaning, in effect,
that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on
maturity.  Fixed-time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity
date and bearing interest at a fixed rate.  Fixed-time deposits may be withdrawn
on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties
which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the
obligation.  There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a
beneficial interest in a fixed-time deposit to a third party, because there is
no market for such deposits.  The Global Account will not invest in fixed-time
deposits (i) which are not subject to prepayment or (ii) which provide for
withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), if, in the
aggregate, more than 15% of its assets would

                                     15

<PAGE>


be invested in such deposits, in repurchase agreements maturing in more than
seven days, and in other illiquid assets.

Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than
those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, which include: (i) the possibility
that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic
developments; (ii) their obligations may be less marketable than comparable
obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding
taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign deposits may
be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions, such as
exchange controls, may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of
principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection of those
obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available
information concerning foreign banks and/or because the accounting, auditing,
and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to
foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks.  Foreign banks are
not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or
instrumentality.

The Global Account will not invest in obligations issued by a U.S. or foreign
commercial bank or S&L unless:

      (i) the bank or S&L has total assets of at least $10 billion (U.S.), or
          the equivalent in other currencies, and the institution has
          outstanding securities rated A or better by Moody's or Standard &
          Poor's, or, if the institution has no outstanding securities rated by
          Moody's or Standard & Poor's, it has, in the determination of the
          Portfolio Manager, similar creditworthiness to institutions having
          outstanding securities so rated; and
     (ii) in the case of a U.S. bank or S&L, its deposits are insured by the
          FDIC or the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"), as the case
          may be.

COMMERCIAL PAPER
The Global Account may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount
master demand notes), denominated in U.S. dollars, issued by U.S. corporations
or foreign corporations.  The Global Account may invest in commercial paper (i)
rated, at the date of investment, P-2 or better by Moody's or A-2 or better by
Standard & Poor's; (ii) if not rated by either Moody's or Standard & Poor's,
issued by a corporation having an outstanding debt issue rated A or better by
Moody's or A or better by Standard & Poor's; or (iii) if not rated, are
determined to be of an investment quality comparable to rated commercial paper
in which the Global Account may invest.  Generally, commercial paper represents
short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by bank holding
companies, corporations, and finance companies.

Commercial paper obligations may include variable amount master demand notes.
These notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at
varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the Global
Account, as lender, and the borrower.  These notes permit daily changes in the
amounts borrowed.  The lender has the right to increase or to decrease the
amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note
agreement; and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without
penalty.  Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending
arrangements between the lender and borrower, and because no secondary market
exists for those notes, such instruments will probably not be traded.  However,
the notes are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at
face value, plus accrued interest, at any time.  In connection with master
demand note arrangements, the Portfolio Manager will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios

                                    16
<PAGE>


of the borrower and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand.  The
Portfolio Manager also will consider the extent to which the variable amount
master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit.  These notes generally
are not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's; the Global Account may invest in
them only if the Portfolio Manager believes that at the time of investment the
notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the
Global Account may invest.  Master demand notes are considered by the Global
Account to have a maturity of one day, unless the Portfolio Manager has reason
to believe that the borrower could not make immediate repayment upon demand.
See the Appendix for a description of Moody's and Standard & Poor's ratings
applicable to commercial paper.

WHEN ISSUED OR DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES
The Global Account may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery
basis if the Global Account holds, and maintains until the settlement date in a
segregated account, cash, U.S. Government securities, or high-grade liquid debt
obligations in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price, or if the Global
Account enters into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other
securities it owns.  Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery
basis involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased
declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of
decline in value of the Global Account's other assets.  Although the Global
Account would generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or enter into
forward commitments with the intention of acquiring securities, the Global
Account may dispose of a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to
settlement if the Portfolio Manager deems it appropriate to do so.  The Global
Account may realize short-term profits or losses upon such sales.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Global Account's investment objective as set forth under "Investment
Objective and Policies" in Part II of the prospectus, together with the
investment restrictions set forth below are, unless otherwise noted, fundamental
policies of the Global Account and may not be changed without the approval of a
majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Global Account.  The vote of
a majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Global Account means the
vote, at an annual or special meeting, of the lesser of:  (a) 67% or more of the
voting interest present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the
outstanding voting interests of the Global Account are present or represented by
proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting interest of the Global
Account.  In accordance with its investment restrictions, the Global Account
will not:

       (1) Invest in a security if more than 25% of its total assets (taken at
           market value at the time of such investment) would be invested in the
           securities of issuers in any particular industry, except that this
           restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the
           U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase
           agreements with respect thereto) or securities issued or guaranteed
           by a foreign government or any of its political subdivisions,
           authorities, agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements
           with respect thereto):

       (2) Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Global Account may
           invest in securities secured by real estate or real estate interests
           or issued by companies in the real estate industry or which invest in
           real estate or real estate interests;

       (3) Purchase securities on margin (except for use of short-term credit
           necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of securities), except
           that to the extent the Global

                                     17
<PAGE>


           Account engages in transactions in options, futures, and options on
           futures, the Global Account may make margin deposits in connection
           with those transactions and except that effecting short sales will be
           deemed not to constitute a margin purchase for purposes of this
           restriction;

       (4) Lend any funds or other assets, except that the Global Account may,
           consistent with its investment objective and policies:

               (a) invest in debt obligations, even though the purchase of such
                   obligations may be deemed to be the making of loans;
               (b) enter into repurchase agreements; and
               (c) lend its portfolio securities in accordance with applicable
                   guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange
                   Commission and any guidelines established by Account D's
                   Board of Governors;

       (5) Issue senior securities, except insofar as the Global Account may be
           deemed to have issued a senior security by reason of borrowing money
           in accordance with the Global Account's borrowing policies, or in
           connection with any repurchase agreement, and except, for purposes of
           this investment restriction, collateral or escrow arrangements with
           respect to the making of short sales, purchase or sale of futures
           contracts or related options, purchase or sale of forward currency
           contracts, writing of stock options, and collateral arrangements with
           respect to margin or other deposits respecting futures contracts,
           related options, and forward currency contracts are not deemed to be
           an issuance of a senior security;

       (6) Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except, when in
           connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Global
           Account may be deemed to be an underwriter under Federal securities
           laws;

       (7) Borrow money or pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate its assets, except
           that the Global Account may: (a) borrow from banks but only if
           immediately after each borrowing and continuing thereafter, there is
           asset coverage of 300%; and (b) enter into reverse repurchase
           agreements and transactions in options, futures, options on futures,
           and forward currency contracts as described in the prospectus and in
           this Statement of Additional Information.  (The deposit of assets in
           escrow in connection with the writing of covered put and call options
           and the purchase of securities on a "when-issued" or delayed delivery
           basis and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or
           variation margin and other deposits for futures contracts, options on
           futures contracts, and forward currency contracts will not be deemed
           to be pledges of the Global Account's assets for purposes of this
           restriction.)

The Global Account is also subject to the following restrictions and policies
that are not fundamental and may, therefore, be changed by the Board of
Governors (without contract owner approval) relating to the investment of its
assets and activities.  Unless otherwise indicated, the Global Account may not:

       (1) Invest in securities that are illiquid because they are subject to
           legal or contractual restrictions on resale, in repurchase agreements
           maturing in more than seven days, or other securities which in the
           determination of the Portfolio Manager are illiquid if, as a

                                     18
<PAGE>


           result of such investment, more than 15% of the total assets of the
           Global Account (taken at market value at the time of such investment)
           would be invested in such securities; and

       (2) Purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts (which, for the
           purpose of this restriction, shall not include foreign currency or
           forward foreign currency contracts or futures contracts on
           currencies), except that the Global Account may engage in interest
           rate futures contracts, stock index futures contracts, futures
           contracts based on other financial instruments, and in options on
           such futures contracts.

                        MANAGEMENT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

BOARD OF GOVERNORS
The business and affairs of Account D are managed under the direction of a Board
of Governors, which consists of four members.  The Board of Governors has
responsibility for matters relating to the portfolio of Account D and matters
arising under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Board of Governors does
not have responsibility for the payment of obligations under the Contracts and
administration of the Contracts.  These matters are Golden American's
responsibility.  The business and affairs of Account D are governed under a set
of rules adopted by the Board of Governors called "Rules and Regulations of
Separate Account D".

The members of the Board of Governors and principal officers, their business
addresses, and principal occupation(s) during the past five years are as
follows:



                           POSITION WITH      PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
NAME AND ADDRESS           ACCOUNT D          DURING PAST 5 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Terry L. Kendall*          Chairman and       Chairman, President and Chief
Golden American Life       President          Executive Officer, Golden
Insurance Co.                                 American Life Insurance Company,
1001 Jefferson Street                         October 1993 to present;
Wilmington, DE 19801                          Chairman, President and Chief
                                              Executive Officer, BT Variable,
                                              Inc. October 1993 to present;
                                              Chairman and Chief Executive
                                              Officer, Directed Services,
                                              Inc., October 1993 to present;
                                              President and Chief Executive
                                              Officer, United Pacific Life
                                              Insurance Company, September
                                              1982 to September 1993.

Bernard R. Beckerlegge     Secretary          Secretary and General Counsel,
Golden American Life                          Directed Services, Inc.  March
Insurance Co.                                 1988 to present;  Secretary and
1001 Jefferson Street                         General Counsel, Golden American
Wilmington, DE 19801                          Life Insurance Company,  March
                                              1988 to present;  Secretary, BT
                                              Variable, Inc., October 1992 to
                                              present; Vice President and
                                              General Counsel, MBL Variable,
                                              Inc., February 1991 to September
                                              1992; General Counsel, The
                                              Golden Financial Group, Inc.,
                                              March 1988 to October 1990.

                                      19
<PAGE>


Robert A. Grayson          Member             Co-founder, Grayson Associates,
Grayson Associates                            Inc.; Adjunct Professor of
108 Loma Media Road                           Marketing, New York University
Santa Barbara, CA 93103                       School of Business
                                              Administration;  Former
                                              Director, The Golden Financial
                                              Group, Inc.;  Former Senior Vice
                                              President, David & Charles
                                              Advertising


Barnett Chernow            Executive Vice     Executive Vice President, BT
Golden American Life I     President          Variable and Directed Services,
nsurance Co.               and Principal      Inc., October 1993 to present;
1001 Jefferson Street      Financial          From 1977 through 1993, various
Wilmington, DE 19801       Officer            positions with Reliance Insurance
                                              Companies, and Senior vice
                                              President and Chief Financial
                                              Officer of United Pacific Life
                                              Insurance Company from 1984
                                              through 1993.

Stephen J. Preston         Comptroller        Senior Vice President, BT
Golden American Life                          Variable and Directed Services,
Insurance Co.                                 Inc., December 1993 to present;
1001 Jefferson Street                         From September 1993 through
Wilmington, DE 19801                          November 1993, Senior Vice
                                              President and Actuary for Mutual
                                              of America Insurance Company;
                                              From July 1987 through August
                                              1993, various positions with
                                              United Pacific Life Insurance
                                              Company and was Vice president
                                              and Actuary upon leaving.

M. Norvel Young            Member             Chancellor Emeritus and Board of
Pepperdine University                         Regents, Pepperdine University;
Malibu, CA 90263                              Director, Imperial Bancorp,
                                              Imperial Bank and Imperial Trust
                                              Company and 20th Century
                                              Christian Publishing Company


Roger B. Vincent           Member             President, Springwell
230 Park Avenue                               Corporation;  Director,
New York, NY 10169                            Petralone, Inc; formerly,
                                              Managing Director, Bankers Trust
                                              Company

   
Mary Bea Wilkinson         Chief Financial    Senior Vice President, Golden
Golden American Life       Officer            American Life Insurance Company
 Insurance Co.                                November 1993 to present, Senior
1001 Jefferson Street                         Vice President, BT Variable, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE 19801                          November 1993 to present,
                                              Assistant Vice President, CIGNA
                                              Insurance Companies, August 1993
                                              to October 1993; various positions
                                              with United Pacific Life Insurance
                                              Company, January 1987 to July
                                              1993, and was Vice President and
                                              Controller upon leaving.
    

____________________________
*Mr. Kendall is an "interested person" of Account D (as that term is defined in
the Investment Company Act of 1940) by reason of his affiliation with Directed
Services, Inc..

                                   THE MANAGER

DSI also serves as the manager (the "Manager") to Account D pursuant to a
management agreement effective October 2, 1992.  The Manager is a New York
corporation.  Its address is 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.  DSI is
a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company, which in turn, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation.  DSI's business
activities include those of a distributor and underwriter of variable insurance
products, broker-dealer and investment manager.  DSI is registered with the SEC
as a broker-dealer and investment advisor and is a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").  It is also registered as a
broker-dealer and/or investment advisor in various states.

Under the management agreement, the Manager, subject to the direction of the
Board of Governors, is responsible for providing all supervisory and management
services reasonably necessary for the operation of Account D, including the
Global Account, other than the investment advisory services performed by the
Portfolio Manager.  These services include, but are not limited to, (i)
coordinating all matters relating to the functions of the Portfolio Manager,
Custodian, Recordkeeping Agent

                                     20
<PAGE>


(including pricing and valuation of the Global Account), accountants, attorneys,
and other parties performing services or operational functions for Account D;
(ii) providing Account D and the Global Account, at the Manager's expense, with
the services of a sufficient number of persons competent to perform such
administrative and clerical functions as are necessary to provide effective
supervision and administration of Account D; (iii) maintaining or supervising
the maintenance by the Portfolio Manager or third parties approved by Account D
of such books and records of Account D and the Global Account as may be required
by applicable Federal or state law; (iv) preparing or supervising the
preparation by third parties approved by Account D of all Federal, state and
local tax returns and reports of Account D required by applicable law; (v)
preparing and filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and
periodic reports to contract owners of Account D as required by applicable law;
(vi) preparing and arranging for the filing of such registration statements and
other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other Federal
and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law; (vii)
taking such other action with respect to Account D as may be required by
applicable law, including without limitation the rules and regulations of the
SEC and other regulatory agencies; and (viii) providing Account D at the
Manager's expense, with adequate personnel, office space, communications
facilities, and other facilities necessary for its operations as contemplated in
the Management Agreement.  Other responsibilities of the Manager are described
in the prospectus.

The Manager shall make its officers and employees available to the Board of
Governors and Officers of Account D for consultation and discussions regarding
the supervision and administration of the Global Account.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager is authorized to exercise full
investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the investment
of Global Account's assets and the purchase and sale of securities in the event
that at any time no portfolio manager is engaged to manage the assets of the
Global Account.

The Management Agreement was continued by the Board of Governors in September,
1994 and shall continue in effect until October 2, 1995, and from year to year
thereafter, provided such continuance is approved annually by a majority of the
Board of Governors who are not parties to such Management Agreement or
"interested persons" (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the
"1940 Act") of any such party.   The Management Agreement may be terminated
without penalty by vote of the Board of Governors or the contract owners of the
Global Account, or by the Manager, on 60 days' written notice by the Board or
the Manager and will terminate automatically if assigned as that term is
described in the 1940 Act.

The Global Account pays the Manager a monthly fee based upon the following
annual percentages of the Global Account's average daily net assets: 0.40% of
the first $500 million and 0.30% of the amount over $500 million.

The initial organizational expenses of the Global Account will be amortized by
Account D for accounting purposes on a straight line basis over a period of five
years from the date that the Global Account commences operations.

                                PORTFOLIO MANAGER

The Global Account and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. entered into a
Portfolio Management Agreement dated June 9, 1994.  The Portfolio Management
Agreement, which became effective July

                                     21
<PAGE>


1, 1994, provides that, subject to the supervision of Account D's Board of
Governors and the Manager, the Portfolio Manager will provide a continuous
investment program for the Global Account and will determine the composition of
the assets of the Global Account, including determination of the purchase,
retention, or sale of the securities, cash, and other investments contained in
the portfolio.  The Portfolio Manager is required to provide investment research
and conduct a continuous program of evaluation, investment, sales, and
reinvestment of the Global Account's assets.  The Portfolio Management Agreement
may be terminated without penalty by the vote of the Board of Governors or the
contract owners of the Global Account, by the Portfolio Manager, or by the
Manager, on 60 days' written notice by any party to the Portfolio Management
Agreement and will terminate automatically if assigned as that term is described
in the 1940 Act.

Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Global Account pays the
Portfolio Manager a monthly fee equal to an annual rate based upon the following
percentages of the Global Account's average daily net assets:  0.60% of the
first $500 million and 0.50% of the amount over $500 million.

                    CUSTODIAN AND PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING AGENT

The Custodian for Account D is Bankers Trust Company, 280 Park Avenue, New York,
New York  10017.  DSI provides portfolio accounting services for the Global
Account.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

INVESTMENT DECISIONS
Investment decisions for the Global Account are made by the Portfolio Manager
which has investment advisory clients other than the Global Account.  A
particular security may be bought or sold by the Portfolio Manager for certain
clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the
same time.  Two or more clients also may simultaneously purchase or sell the
same security, in which event each day's transactions in such security are,
insofar as possible, allocated between such clients in a manner deemed fair and
reasonable by the Portfolio Manager.  Although there is no specified formula for
allocating such transactions, the various allocation methods used by the
Portfolio Manager, and the results of such allocations, are subject to periodic
review by Account D's Manager and Board of Governors.  There may be
circumstances when purchases or sales of securities for one or more clients will
have an adverse effect on other clients.

BROKERAGE AND RESEARCH SERVICES
The Portfolio Manager places all orders for the purchase and sale of securities,
options, and futures contracts for the Global Account through a substantial
number of brokers and dealers or futures commission merchants.  In executing
transactions, the Portfolio Manager will attempt to obtain the best execution
for the Global Account taking into account such factors as price (including the
applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), size of order, the nature of
the market for the security, the timing of the transaction, the reputation,
experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of
the service, the difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firms
involved, and the firm's risk in positioning a block of securities.  In
transactions on stock exchanges in the United States, payments of brokerage
commissions are negotiated.  In effecting purchases and sales of securities in
transactions on U.S. stock exchanges for the Global Account, the Portfolio
Manager may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when the
Portfolio Manager believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the
transaction, as described below.  In the case of securities traded

                                     22
<PAGE>


on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commissions may be fixed and the
Portfolio Manager may be unable to negotiate commission rates for these
transactions.  In the case of securities traded on the over-the-counter markets,
there is generally no stated commission, but the price includes an undisclosed
commission or markup.

There is generally no stated commission in the case of fixed-income securities,
which are generally traded in the over-the-counter markets, but the price paid
by the Global Account usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-
up.  In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Global Account includes a
disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.
Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the
payment by the Global Account of negotiated brokerage commission.  Such
commissions vary among different brokers.  Also, a particular broker may charge
different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of
the transaction.

It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory business
for advisors of investment companies and other institutional investors to
receive research services from broker-dealers which execute portfolio
transactions for the clients of such advisors.  Consistent with this practice,
the Portfolio Manager for the Global Account may receive research services from
many broker-dealers with which the Portfolio Manager places the Global Account's
portfolio transactions.  These services, which in some cases may also be
purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market
reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and
recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities.  Some of these
services may be of value to the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates in advising
its various clients (including the Global Account), although not all of these
services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the Global Account.
The advisory fee paid by the Global Account to the Portfolio Manager is not
reduced because the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates receive such services.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Portfolio Manager may cause the Global Account to pay a broker-dealer, which
provides "brokerage and research services" (as defined in the 1934 Act) to the
Portfolio Manager, a disclosed commission for effecting a securities transaction
for the Global Account in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer
would have charged for effecting that transaction.

A Portfolio Manager may place orders for the purchase and sale of exchange-
listed portfolio securities with a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the
Portfolio Manager where, in the judgment of the Portfolio Manager, such firm
will be able to obtain a price and execution at least as favorable as other
qualified brokers.  Counsellors Securities Inc. is a registered broker-dealer
and is an affiliate of the Portfolio Manager.

Pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a broker-dealer
that is an affiliate of the Manager or Portfolio Manager or, if it is also a
broker-dealer, the Portfolio Manager may receive and retain compensation for
effecting portfolio transactions for the Global Account on a national securities
exchange of which the broker-dealer is a member if the transaction is "executed"
on the floor of the exchange by another broker which is not an "associated
person" of the affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager, and if there is in
effect a written contract between the Portfolio Manager and the Global Account
expressly permitting the affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager to
receive and retain such compensation.  The Portfolio Management Agreement
provides that the Portfolio Manager may retain compensation on transactions
effected for the Global Account in accordance with the terms of these rules.

                                     23
<PAGE>


Securities and Exchange Commission rules further require that commissions paid
to such an affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager by the Global Account
on exchange transactions not exceed "usual and customary brokerage commission."
The rules define "usual and customary" commissions to include amounts which are
"reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration
received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable
transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a
securities exchange during a comparable period of time."  The Board of Governors
has adopted procedures for evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to
broker-dealers that are affiliated with the Portfolio Manager and will review
these procedures periodically.


                   PURCHASE AND PRICING OF THE GLOBAL ACCOUNT

The valuation of the Global Account's assets is determined once each business
day, Monday through Friday, exclusive of Federal holidays, at 4:00 p.m., New
York City time, on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for
trading.  In general, valuation of the Global Account's assets is based on
actual or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having
readily available market quotations and short-term debt securities.  The value
of the Global Account will fluctuate in response to changes in market conditions
and other factors.

Portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available are
stated at market value.  Market value is determined on the basis of last
reported sales price, or, if no sales are reported, the mean between
representative bid and asked quotations obtained from a quotation reporting
system or from established market makers. In other cases, securities are valued
at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Governors,
although the actual calculations will be made by persons acting under the
direction of the Board of Governors and subject to the Board of Governor's
review.

Money market instruments are valued at market value, except that instruments
maturing in sixty days or less may be valued using the amortized cost method of
valuation.  The value of a foreign security is determined in its national
currency based upon the price on the pertinent foreign exchange as of its close
of business immediately preceding the time of valuation.  Securities traded in
over-the-counter markets outside the United States are valued at the last
available price in the over-the-counter market prior to the time of valuation.

Other debt securities, including those to be purchased under firm commitment
agreements (other than obligations having a maturity date sixty days or less
after their date of acquisition, valued under the amortized cost method), are
normally valued on the basis of quotes obtained from brokers and dealers or
pricing services, which take into account appropriate factors such as
institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality,
coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics, and other market
data.  Debt obligations having a maturity of sixty days or less may be valued at
amortized cost, unless the Portfolio Manager believes that amortized cost does
not approximate market value.

When the Global Account writes a put or call option, the amount of the premium
is included in the Global Account's assets and an equal amount is included in
its liabilities.  The liability thereafter is adjusted to the current market
value of the option.  The premium paid for an option purchased by the Global
Account is recorded as an asset and subsequently adjusted to market value.

                                     24
<PAGE>


                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

The audited financial statements of Separate Account B are listed below and are
included in this Statement of Additional Information:

           Report of Independent Auditors
           Financial Statements -- Audited
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1994
              Combined Statement of Operations for the Year ended December 31,
              1994
              Combined Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years ended
              December 31, 1994 and 1993
           Notes to Audited Financial Statements

                            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

The audited financial statements of The Managed Global Account of Separate
Account D are listed below and are included in this Statement of Additional
Information:

           Report of Independent Auditors
           Financial Statements -- Audited
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1994
              Statement of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 1994
              Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years ended December
              31, 1994 and 1993
              Statement of Investments as of December 31, 1994
           Notes to Audited Financial Statements

                                     25
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Variable Annuity Contractowners
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

    We  have audited  the accompanying  statement of  assets and  liabilities of
Separate Account B  (the "Account")  as of December  31, 1994,  and the  related
combined  statements of operations  for the year  then ended and  changes in net
assets for each  of the  two years  in the  period then  ended. These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Account's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.

    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those  standards require  we plan  and perform  the audit  to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included
confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 1994, by correspondence with
the custodian. An audit also  includes assessing the accounting principles  used
and  significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide   a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all  material respects,  the  financial position  of  Separate Account  B  at
December 31, 1994, the results of its operations for the year then ended and the
changes in its net assets for each of the two years in the period then ended, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                             Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 14, 1995

                                       26
<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
ASSETS
  Investment in The GCG Trust, at Net Asset Value:
    Liquid Asset Series, 45,387,280 shares
     (Cost $45,387,280)......................................................  $  45,387,280
    Limited Maturity Bond Series, 7,174,931 shares
     (Cost $76,441,934)......................................................     71,605,813
    Natural Resources Series, 2,360,675 shares
     (Cost $31,960,922)......................................................     32,766,167
    All-Growth Series, 5,958,509 shares
     (Cost $74,833,551)......................................................     70,668,772
    Real Estate Series, 3,273,594 shares
     (Cost $37,973,481)......................................................     36,958,871
    Fully Managed Series, 8,452,554 shares
     (Cost $106,998,483).....................................................     98,894,625
    Multiple Allocation Series, 26,275,715 shares
     (Cost $311,456,760).....................................................    297,702,661
    Capital Appreciation Series, 7,795,369 shares
     (Cost $89,125,585)......................................................     88,399,229
    Rising Dividends Series, 4,933,167 shares
     (Cost $51,022,111)......................................................     50,416,965
    Emerging Markets Series, 5,932,065 shares
     (Cost $69,617,468)......................................................     59,795,219
    Market Manager Series, 274,824 shares
     (Cost $2,754,250).......................................................      2,753,739
                                                                               -------------
      Total Invested Assets
       (Cost $897,571,825)...................................................    855,349,341
LIABILITIES
  Payable to Golden American for Charges and Fees -- (Note 3)................        530,918
                                                                               -------------
      Total Net Assets.......................................................  $ 854,818,423
                                                                               -------------
                                                                               -------------
NET ASSETS
  For Variable Annuity Contracts.............................................  $ 810,810,446
  Retained in Separate Account B by Golden American -- (Note 3)..............     44,007,977
                                                                               -------------
      Total Net Assets.......................................................  $ 854,818,423
                                                                               -------------
                                                                               -------------
</TABLE>

                       See notes to financial statements.

                                       27
<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DIVISIONS INVESTING IN
                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             LIMITED       NATURAL                                                  MULTIPLE
                           LIQUID ASSET     MATURITY      RESOURCES    ALL-GROWTH    REAL ESTATE   FULLY MANAGED   ALLOCATION
                              SERIES       BOND SERIES     SERIES        SERIES        SERIES         SERIES         SERIES
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Investment income
  Dividends..............   $ 1,443,621    $ 3,500,972    $ 286,872    $  668,418    $ 1,862,701   $   2,839,238  $  10,655,655
  Capital gain
   distribution..........       --             --           540,421        --            --                 --            --
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  --------------  ------------
    Total investment
     income..............     1,443,621      3,500,972      827,293       668,418      1,862,701       2,839,238     10,655,655
Expenses (Note 3)
  Mortality and expense
   risk and
   administrative
   charges...............       361,615        736,430      282,948       613,111        348,164       1,078,655      2,955,387
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net investment
     income..............     1,082,006      2,764,542      544,345        55,307      1,514,537       1,760,583      7,700,268
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Realized gain on
 investments
  Proceeds from sales....    40,758,078     22,640,885    7,724,804     4,427,509      9,351,495      15,241,359     28,761,003
  Cost of securities
   sold..................    40,758,078     22,575,099    6,038,663     4,350,791      8,812,382      14,181,236     25,917,030
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net realized gain on
     investments.........       --              65,786    1,686,141        76,718        539,113       1,060,123      2,843,973
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Unrealized appreciation
 (depreciation) of
 investments
  Beginning of year......       --            (407,617)   2,953,720     3,650,218       (373,993)      4,424,678      3,296,333
  End of year............       --          (4,836,121)     805,245    (4,164,779)    (1,014,610)     (8,103,858)   (13,754,098)
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net change in unrealized
 appreciation
 (depreciation) of
 investments.............       --          (4,428,504)  (2,148,475)   (7,814,997)      (640,617)    (12,528,536)   (17,050,431)
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....   $ 1,082,006    $(1,598,176)   $  82,011    $(7,682,972)  $ 1,413,033   $  (9,707,830) $  (6,506,190)
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                           -------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------

<CAPTION>

                                                 DIVISIONS INVESTING IN
                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                              CAPITAL         RISING       EMERGING       MARKETS
                            APPRECIATION    DIVIDENDS    MARKET SERIES    MANAGER
                               SERIES       SERIES (a)        (a)       SERIES (b)     COMBINED
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                        <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Investment income
  Dividends..............   $  1,777,023   $    685,072  $    --         $   6,199   $  23,725,771
  Capital gain
   distribution..........        --             --           2,686,591         316       3,227,328

                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------

    Total investment
     income..............      1,777,023        685,072      2,686,591       6,515      26,953,099
Expenses (Note 3)
  Mortality and expense
   risk and
   administrative
   charges...............        909,077        367,964        560,823      --           8,214,174
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
    Net investment
     income..............        867,946        317,108      2,125,768       6,515      18,738,925
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
Realized gain on
 investments
  Proceeds from sales....     11,164,715      2,770,019      6,933,220       1,334     149,774,421
  Cost of securities
   sold..................      9,738,102      2,715,467      6,096,514       1,331     141,184,693
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
    Net realized gain on
     investments.........      1,426,613         54,552        836,706           3       8,589,728
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
Unrealized appreciation
 (depreciation) of
 investments
  Beginning of year......      4,004,838        220,884      3,970,717      --          21,739,778
  End of year............       (726,357)      (605,146)    (9,822,249)       (511)    (42,222,484)
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
Net change in unrealized
 appreciation
 (depreciation) of
 investments.............     (4,731,195)      (826,030)   (13,792,966)       (511)    (63,962,262)
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....   $ (2,436,636)  $   (454,370) $ (10,830,492)  $   6,007   $ (36,633,609)
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
                           --------------  ------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<FN>
(a) Commencement of operations, October 4, 1993.
(b) Commencement of operations, November 14, 1994.
</TABLE>
                       See notes to financial statements.
                                       28

<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DIVISIONS INVESTING IN
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                   NATURAL
                                                                LIQUID ASSET           LIMITED MATURITY BOND       RESOURCE
                                                                   SERIES                      SERIES               SERIES
                                                         --------------------------  --------------------------  ------------
                                                             1994          1993          1994          1993          1994
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS
Operations
  Net investment income (loss).........................  $  1,082,006  $    251,524  $  2,764,542  $  2,344,976  $    544,345
  Net realized gain (loss) on investments..............       --            --             65,786       677,243     1,686,141
  Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
   of investments......................................       --            --         (4,428,504)     (434,962)   (2,148,475)
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations...     1,082,006       251,524    (1,598,176)    2,587,257        82,011
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Contract related transactions (Note 3)
  Premiums.............................................    43,297,390    22,808,053    32,040,952    54,680,072     8,595,119
  Net transfers among Divisions and Guaranteed Interest
   Division and Separate Account D of Golden
   American............................................     4,159,230   (15,604,916)  (22,001,625)  (19,820,224)    5,715,775
  Benefits, surrenders and other withdrawals...........   (18,470,294)   (3,497,357)   (7,603,846)   (5,188,057)   (2,768,491)
  Contract related charges and fees....................    (1,200,931)     (229,252)     (886,527)     (498,019)     (314,191)
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from
   Contract related transactions.......................    27,785,395     3,476,528     1,548,954    29,173,772    11,228,212
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in net assets..................    28,867,401     3,728,052       (49,222)   31,761,029    11,310,223
Net Assets:
  Beginning of Year....................................    16,497,588    12,769,536    71,622,231    39,861,202    21,436,544
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  End of Year..........................................  $ 45,364,989  $ 16,497,588  $ 71,573,009  $ 71,622,231  $ 32,746,767
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                                DIVISIONS INVESTING IN
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                           ALL-GROWTH                     REAL ESTATE
                                                                             SERIES                          SERIES
                                                         ----------------------------------------  --------------------------

                                                             1993          1994          1993          1994          1993

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS
Operations
  Net investment income (loss).........................  $      8,983  $     55,307  $   (177,810) $  1,514,537  $    640,795

  Net realized gain (loss) on investments..............       426,591        76,718       476,553       539,113       513,528

  Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
   of investments......................................     3,295,092    (7,814,997)    2,648,629      (640,617)     (548,785)

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations...     3,730,666    (7,682,972)    2,947,372     1,413,033       605,538

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

Contract related transactions (Note 3)
  Premiums.............................................    10,191,488    18,242,132    34,573,445     9,862,267    22,416,140

  Net transfers among Divisions and Guaranteed Interest
   Division and Separate Account D of Golden
   American............................................     5,176,672     9,624,494    (2,151,633)      208,409     4,008,119

  Benefits, surrenders and other withdrawals...........      (465,000)   (4,906,264)   (2,429,632)   (2,918,618)   (1,716,743)

  Contract related charges and fees....................       (79,699)     (709,171)     (302,798)     (401,259)     (140,619)

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from
   Contract related transactions.......................    14,823,461    22,251,191    29,689,382     6,750,799    24,566,897

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

Net increase (decrease) in net assets..................    18,554,127    14,568,219    32,636,754     8,163,832    25,172,435

Net Assets:
  Beginning of Year....................................     2,882,417    56,055,565    23,418,811    28,772,896     3,600,461

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

  End of Year..........................................  $ 21,436,544  $ 70,623,784  $ 56,055,565  $ 36,936,728  $ 28,772,896

                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
                       See notes to financial statements.
                                       29

<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DIVISIONS INVESTING IN
                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 FULLY MANAGED SERIES           MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES     CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
                           --------------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                1994             1993             1994             1993            1994           1993
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
 NET ASSETS
Operations
  Net investment
   income................  $     1,760,583  $     2,384,033       $7,700,268  $    15,125,636  $     867,946       $565,868
  Net realized gain on
   investments...........        1,060,123          524,624        2,843,973          295,483      1,426,613        246,599
  Net change in
   unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments...........      (12,528,536)       1,699,232      (17,050,431)         672,723     (4,731,195)     2,955,304
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
Net increase in net
 assets resulting from
 operations..............       (9,707,830)       4,607,889       (6,506,190)      16,093,842     (2,436,636)     3,767,771
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
Contract related
 transactions (Note 3)
  Premiums...............       21,742,235       70,788,527       74,594,438      150,788,747     19,196,186     63,986,159
  Net transfers among
   Divisions and
   Guaranteed Interest
   Division and Separate
   Account D of Golden
   American..............      (11,098,109)         108,564       (9,842,434)       5,675,110     (6,162,504)     3,402,619
Benefits, surrenders and
 other withdrawals.......       (9,049,892)      (4,050,100)     (30,149,866)     (12,915,093)    (7,902,148)    (2,392,822)
Contract related charges
 and fees................       (1,341,160)        (516,502)      (3,746,076)      (1,609,228)    (1,148,856)      (331,307)
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in net assets resulting
 from Contract related
 transactions............          253,074       66,330,489       30,856,062      141,939,536      3,982,678     64,664,649
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in net assets...........       (9,454,756)      70,938,378       24,349,872      158,033,378      1,546,042     68,432,420
Net Assets:
  Beginning of Year......      108,290,963       37,352,585      273,158,122      115,124,744     86,798,642     18,366,222
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
  End of Year............  $    98,836,207  $   108,290,963     $297,507,994  $   273,158,122  $  88,344,684    $86,798,642
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------
                           ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------

<CAPTION>
                                                     DIVISIONS INVESTING IN
                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          MARKET
                                                                                         MANAGER
                             RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES       EMERGING MARKETS SERIES        SERIES        COMBINED
                           ----------------------------  ----------------------------  ------------  ---------------
                               1994         1993 (a)         1994         1993 (a)       1994 (b)         1994
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
<S>                        <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
 NET ASSETS
Operations
  Net investment
   income................       $317,108  $       4,934  $   2,125,768  $     (24,280) $      6,515  $    18,738,925
  Net realized gain on
   investments...........         54,552       --              836,706       --                   3        8,589,728
  Net change in
   unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments...........       (826,030)       220,884    (13,792,966)     3,970,717          (511)     (63,962,262)
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
Net increase in net
 assets resulting from
 operations..............       (454,370)       225,818    (10,830,492)     3,946,437         6,007      (36,633,609)
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
Contract related
 transactions (Note 3)
  Premiums...............     25,149,913     11,566,378     30,112,986     13,923,417     1,414,129      284,247,747
  Net transfers among
   Divisions and
   Guaranteed Interest
   Division and Separate
   Account D of Golden
   American..............     15,544,356      2,632,922     14,777,915     12,702,200     1,334,937        2,260,444
Benefits, surrenders and
 other withdrawals.......     (3,843,523)       (25,387)    (4,285,144)       (62,486)      --           (91,898,086)
Contract related charges
 and fees................       (398,993)       (12,349)      (516,806)       (20,979)       (2,625)     (10,666,595)
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in net assets resulting
 from Contract related
 transactions............     36,451,753     14,161,564     40,088,951     26,542,152     2,746,441      183,943,510
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in net assets...........     35,997,383     14,387,382     29,258,459     30,488,589     2,752,448      147,309,901
Net Assets:
  Beginning of Year......     14,387,382       --           30,488,589       --             --           707,508,522
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
  End of Year............    $50,384,765  $  14,387,382  $  59,747,048  $  30,488,589  $  2,752,448  $   854,818,423
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------
                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------------

<CAPTION>
                                1993
                           ---------------
<S>                        <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
 NET ASSETS
Operations
  Net investment
   income................  $    21,124,659
  Net realized gain on
   investments...........        3,160,621
  Net change in
   unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments...........       14,478,834
                           ---------------
Net increase in net
 assets resulting from
 operations..............       38,764,114
                           ---------------
Contract related
 transactions (Note 3)
  Premiums...............      455,722,426
  Net transfers among
   Divisions and
   Guaranteed Interest
   Division and Separate
   Account D of Golden
   American..............       (3,870,567)
Benefits, surrenders and
 other withdrawals.......      (32,742,677)
Contract related charges
 and fees................       (3,740,752)
                           ---------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in net assets resulting
 from Contract related
 transactions............      415,368,430
                           ---------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in net assets...........      454,132,544
Net Assets:
  Beginning of Year......      253,375,978
                           ---------------
  End of Year............  $   707,508,522
                           ---------------
                           ---------------
<FN>

(a) Commencement of Operations, October 4, 1990.
(b) Commencement of Operations, November 14, 1994.
</TABLE>
                       See notes to financial statements.

                                       30

<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

1.  ORGANIZATION
    Separate  Account B  (the "Account")  was established  on June  14, 1988, by
Golden American  Life Insurance  Company  ("Golden American"),  under  Minnesota
insurance   law  to  support  the   operations  of  variable  annuity  contracts
("Contracts").  Effective  September   30,  1992,  Golden   American  became   a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of BT Variable,  Inc. ("BTV"), an indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of  Bankers  Trust  Company  ("Bankers  Trust").  Previously,  Golden
American  was owned by  Mutual Benefit Life  Insurance Company in Rehabilitation
("Mutual Benefit").  Golden American  is primarily  engaged in  the issuance  of
variable  insurance products and is licensed as  a life insurance company in the
District of Columbia  and all  states except  New York.  Effective December  30,
1993,  Golden American  was redomesticated  from the  State of  Minnesota to the
State of Delaware.

    Operations of the  Account commenced  on January 25,  1989. Golden  American
provides for variable accumulation and benefits under the Contracts by crediting
annuity  considerations to one  or more divisions  within the Account  or to the
Golden American Guaranteed Interest Division and the Managed Global Division  of
Separate  Account  D, which  are  not part  of the  Account,  as elected  by the
Contractowners. The assets  of the  Account are  owned by  Golden American.  The
portion  of the Account's assets applicable  to Contracts will not be chargeable
with liabilities arising out of any other business Golden American may  conduct,
but  obligations of the Account, including the promise to make benefit payments,
are obligations of Golden American.

    The Account makes available, under GoldenSelect Contracts, eleven investment
divisions: the Liquid Asset, the  Limited Maturity Bond, the Natural  Resources,
the All-Growth, the Real Estate, the Fully Managed, the Multiple Allocation, the
Capital Appreciation (commenced operations on May 4, 1992), the Rising Dividends
(commenced   operations  October  4,  1993),  the  Emerging  Markets  (commenced
operations on  October 4,  1993) and  the Market  Manager (commenced  operations
November  14, 1994)  Divisions ("Divisions").  The assets  in each  Division are
invested in shares of a designated series  ("Series") of a mutual fund, The  GCG
Trust (the "Trust"). The account also includes The Fund For Life Division, which
is  not included in the accompanying  financial statements, and which, ceased to
accept new contracts effective December 31, 1994.

    The Account is a unit investment trust and is registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

    The net assets maintained in the Account provide the basis for the  periodic
determination  of the amount of benefits under the Contracts. The net assets may
not be  less than  the amount  required under  state law  to provide  for  death
benefits  (without  regard to  the minimum  death  benefit guarantee)  and other
Contract benefits.  Additional  assets are  held  in Golden  American's  general
account to cover the contingency that the guaranteed minimum death benefit might
exceed  the death benefit which  would have been payable  in the absence of such
guarantee. Golden  American has  entered into  a reinsurance  agreement with  an
unaffiliated  reinsurer  to cover  insurance  risk under  the  Contracts. Golden
American remains  liable to  the extent  that the  reinsurer does  not meet  its
obligations under the reinsurance agreement.

    In  a transaction that closed on  September 30, 1992, Bankers Trust acquired
from Mutual Benefit, in accordance with the terms of an Exchange Agreement,  all
of  the issued  and outstanding  capital stock  of Golden  American and Directed
Services, Inc. ("DSI"),  an affiliate  of Golden American,  and certain  related
assets  and  contributed them  to  BTV. The  transaction  had no  effect  on the
accompanying financial statements of the Account.

                                       31
<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    The following is  a summary of  the significant accounting  policies of  the
Account:

    INVESTMENTS:   Investments are made  in shares of a  Series of the Trust and
are valued at  the net asset  value per share  of the respective  Series of  the
Trust.

    Investment  transactions in  each Series  of the  Trust are  recorded on the
trade date. Distributions  of net investment  income and capital  gains of  each
Series  of the Trust are recognized  on the ex-distribution date. Realized gains
and losses  on  redemptions  of the  shares  of  the Series  of  the  Trust  are
determined on the identified cost basis.

    For  the years ended  December 31, 1994  and 1993, the  cost of purchases of
shares of the Trust aggregated  $352,604,679 and $483,230,191, respectively  and
the  proceeds  from sales  of shares  of the  Trust aggregated  $149,774,421 and
$46,471,631, respectively.

    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES:   Operations of the  Account form a  part of, and  are
taxed  with, the total  operations of Golden  American which is  taxed as a life
insurance company under the Internal Revenue Code. Earnings and realized capital
gains of the  Account attributable  to the  Contractowners are  excluded in  the
determination of the federal income tax liability of Golden American.

3.  CHARGES AND FEES
    Under  the  terms of  the Contracts,  certain charges  are allocated  to the
Contracts to cover Golden  American's expenses in  connection with the  issuance
and administration of the Contracts. Following is a summary of these charges:

    MORTALITY  AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGES:   Golden American assumes mortality and
expense risks related to the operations  of the Account and, in accordance  with
the  terms  of the  Contracts, deducts  a daily  charge from  the assets  of the
Account at annual rates ranging from  0.80% to 1.25% of the assets  attributable
to Contracts to cover these risks.

    ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE:  An administrative charge of $40 per Contract year is
deducted  from accumulation value of Deferred Annuity Contracts to cover ongoing
administrative expenses. The charge is deducted on the Contract processing  date
at  the end of the  Contract processing period. This  charge has been waived for
certain offerings of the Contract. For  certain Contracts, a daily charge at  an
annual rate of .10% is deducted from assets attributable to such Contracts.

    MINIMUM  DEATH BENEFIT GUARANTEE  CHARGE:  For  certain Contracts, a minimum
death benefit guarantee  charge of up  to $1.20 per  $1,000 of guaranteed  death
benefit  per Contract year  is deducted from the  accumulation value of Deferred
Annuity Contracts on each Contract processing date.

    PREMIUM TAXES:   For certain  contracts, premium taxes  are deducted,  where
applicable,  from the accumulation value of each Contract. The amount and timing
of the deduction  depend on  the annuitant's  state of  residence and  currently
ranges up to 3.5% of premiums.

    OTHER  CHARGES:   Five  free investment  re-allocations among  Divisions per
Contract  are  allowed  each  Contract  year.  For  each  additional  investment
re-allocation,  a $25 charge  is deducted from the  amount transferred from each
Division.

    CONTRACT SALES LOAD  AND PREMIUM TAXES:   A sales  load of up  to 7 1/2%  is
applicable  to each premium  payment for sales related  expenses as specified in
the Contracts (see Note 4), as is an amount equal to the premium tax  applicable
to  certain  Contracts.  Although  this  sales  load  and  the  premium  tax are
chargeable to each premium when it is received by Golden American, the amount of
such

                                       32
<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

3.  CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)
charges is initially advanced by Golden American to Contractowners and  included
in  the  accumulation value  and  then deducted  in  equal installments  on each
contract processing date over a period  specified in the Contract. For  Deferred
Annuity  Contracts, the charges are recovered over  a period which is the lesser
of either six or ten years or the  amount of time between the contract date  and
the  annuity commencement date.  For Annuity Certain  Contracts, the charges are
recovered over a period which  is the lesser of either  six or ten years or  the
length  of the "certain" period, as defined  in each Contract. Upon surrender of
the Contract, the unamortized deferred sales load and premium taxes are deducted
from the accumulation value by Golden  American. The net assets retained in  the
Account  by Golden American  in the accompanying  financial statements represent
the unamortized deferred sales load and premium taxes.

Net assets retained in the Account by Golden American:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994            1993
                                                                                --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1..........................................................  $   37,363,830  $   13,024,324
Sales load advanced...........................................................      16,137,638      27,069,471
Premium tax advanced..........................................................          73,178         206,633
Net transfer from Guaranteed Interest Division and Separate Account D.........         665,964         359,229
Amortization of deferred sales load and premium tax...........................     (10,232,633)     (3,295,827)
                                                                                --------------  --------------
Balance at December 31........................................................  $   44,007,977  $   37,363,830
                                                                                --------------  --------------
                                                                                --------------  --------------
</TABLE>

4.  OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    DSI, a  registered  broker/dealer,acts  as  the distributor  and  principal
underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company
Act  of 1940, as amended) of the  Contracts issued through the Account. For 1994
and 1993,  fees  paid by  Golden  American  to DSI  aggregated  $15,939,331  and
$30,495,805, respectively.

    Under  the terms  of an  expense limitation  agreement ("Expense Agreement")
between DSI  and the  Trust, DSI  paid  the Trust  for ordinary  expenses  which
exceeded  certain prescribed limits.  For the year ended  December 31, 1993, DSI
paid the Trust $255,476 relating to the Expense Agreement. The Expense Agreement
was terminated effective September 30, 1993,  and was replaced by a unified  fee
payable  by the Trust to DSI, covering all expenses of the Trust, except trustee
fees which are borne by the Trust.

                                       33

<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

5.  NET RETURN

    The following tables  show the net  return and the  components thereof  with
respect to the Divisions for the years ended December 1994, 1993, 1992, 1991 and
1990  and assumes the combined expense rates  indicated below were in effect for
all periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        LIQUID ASSET                          LIMITED MATURITY                        NATURAL RESOURCES
           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   3.70%   2.64%   3.13%   5.66%   7.75%   4.84%   4.38%   5.88%  7.43%    7.97%   2.60%  0.74%    1.18%  1.24%    1.13%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
  ments...   --        --    --      --      --     (6.03)   1.82   (1.04)  3.84    (0.10)  (0.07) 49.19   (10.99)  3.46   (14.97)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return...   3.70    2.64    3.13    5.66    7.75   (1.19)   6.20    4.84  11.27     7.87    2.53  49.93    (9.81)  4.70   (13.84)
   Expense
   charges
    (c)...   0.83    0.82    0.83    0.85    0.87    0.79    0.85    0.84   0.89     0.87    0.82   1.20     0.72   0.83     0.69
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return...   2.87%   1.82%   2.30%   4.81%   6.88%  (1.98)%  5.35%   4.00% 10.38%    7.00%   1.71% 48.73%  (10.53)% 3.87%  (14.53)%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
 <CAPTION>

                         ALL-GROWTH                             REAL ESTATE                             FULLY MANAGED
           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   0.84%   0.39%   0.55%   1.25%   1.54%   5.36%   3.30%   5.11%  6.12%    5.24%   2.66%  3.08%    2.13%  3.38%    3.22%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
gain
(loss) on
invest-
ments...   (11.62)   6.17  (3.14)   35.23  (8.88)    0.98   13.97   8.76   27.94   (26.02)  (9.93)  4.51     4.10  25.55    (6.40)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return... (10.78)   6.56   (2.59)  36.48   (7.34)   6.34   17.27   13.87  34.06   (20.78)  (7.27)  7.59     6.23  28.93    (3.18)
   Expense
   charges
    (c)...   0.71    0.86    0.78    1.09    0.75    0.85    0.94    0.91   1.07     0.64    0.74   0.86     0.85   1.04     0.78
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return... (11.49)%  5.70%  (3.37)% 35.39%  (8.09)%  5.49%  16.33%  12.96% 32.99%  (21.42)% (8.01)% 6.73%    5.38% 27.89%   (3.96)%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               RISING         EMERGING
                    MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                     CAPITAL APPRECIATION             DIVIDENDS        MARKETS
           --------------------------------------          ----------------------          --------------  --------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990            1994    1993   1992 (a)         1994   1993 (b)  1994  1993 (b)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   3.53%   6.92%   4.61%   5.69%   5.51%           1.98%   1.40%  0.87%            1.37%  0.14%    3.79%  --%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
  ments...  (4.71)   4.21  (2.73)  14.33  (0.77)            (3.57)   6.91  10.00            (0.78)  3.00   (18.97) 24.40
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
    Gross
 return...  (1.18)  11.13    1.88   20.02    4.74           (1.59)   8.31  10.87             0.59   3.14   (15.18) 24.40
   Expense
   charges
    (c)...   0.78    0.89    0.82    0.95    0.84            0.79    0.87   0.59             0.80   0.20     0.67   0.24
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
    Net
 return...  (1.96)% 10.24%   1.06%  19.07%   3.90%         (2.38)%   7.44% 10.28%          (0.21)%  2.94% (15.85)% 24.16%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
<FN>
(a) Commencement of operations, May 4, 1992.
(b) Commencement of operations, October 4, 1993.
(c) Expense charges  represent the  mortality  and expense  risk charges  at  an
    annual rate of .80% of the assets of the Account.
</TABLE>
                                       34
<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

5.  NET RETURN

    The  following tables  show the net  return and the  components thereof with
respect to the Divisions for the years ended December 1994, 1993, 1992, 1991 and
1990 and assumes the combined expense  rates indicated below were in effect  for
all periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        LIQUID ASSET                          LIMITED MATURITY                        NATURAL RESOURCES
           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   3.70%   2.64%   3.13%   5.66%   7.75%   4.84%   4.38%   5.88%  7.43%    7.97%   2.60%  0.74%    1.18%  1.24%    1.13%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
 ments...    --      --     --       --      --     (6.03)   1.82   (1.04)  3.84    (0.10)  (0.07) 49.19   (10.99)  3.46   (14.97)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return...   3.70    2.64    3.13    5.66    7.75   (1.19)   6.20    4.84  11.27     7.87    2.53  49.93    (9.81)  4.70   (13.84)
   Expense
   charges
    (d)...   1.04    1.03    1.04    1.06    1.08    0.98    1.06    1.05   1.11     1.08    1.02   1.50     0.90   1.04     0.86
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return...   2.66%   1.61%   2.09%   4.60%   6.67%  (2.17)%  5.14%   3.79% 10.16%    6.79%   1.51% 48.43%  (10.71)% 3.66%  (14.70)%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------

<CAPTION>

                         ALL-GROWTH                             REAL ESTATE                             FULLY MANAGED
           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   0.84%   0.39%   0.55%   1.25%   1.54%   5.36%   3.30%   5.11%  6.12%    5.24%   2.66%  3.08%    2.13%  3.38%    3.22%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
 ments...  (11.62)   6.17   (3.14)  35.23   (8.88)   0.98   13.97    8.76  27.94   (26.02)  (9.93)  4.51     4.10  25.55    (6.40)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return... (10.78)   6.56   (2.59)  36.48   (7.34)   6.34   17.27   13.87  34.06   (20.78)  (7.27)  7.59     6.23  28.93    (3.18)
   Expense
   charges
    (d)...   0.89    1.07    0.98    1.36    0.94    1.06    1.17    1.14   1.34     0.80    0.93   1.08     1.07   1.29     0.97
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return... (11.67)%  5.49%  (3.57)% 35.12%  (8.28)%  5.28%  16.10%  12.73% 32.72%  (21.58)% (8.20)% 6.51%   5.16%  27.64%   (4.15)%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               RISING         EMERGING     MARKET
                    MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                     CAPITAL APPRECIATION             DIVIDENDS        MARKETS      MANAGER
           --------------------------------------          ----------------------          --------------  --------------  -------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990            1994    1993   1992 (a)         1994   1993 (b)  1994  1993 (b) 1994 (c)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   3.53%   6.92%   4.61%   5.69%   5.51%           1.98%   1.40%  0.87%            1.37%  0.14%    3.79%  --%      0.24%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
 ments...   (4.71)   4.21  (2.73)   14.33   (0.77)          (3.57)   6.91  10.00            (0.78)  3.00   (18.97)  24.40     0.20
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return...  (1.18)  11.13    1.88   20.02    4.74           (1.59)   8.31  10.87             0.59   3.14   (15.18)  24.40     0.44
   Expense
   charges
    (d)...   0.98    1.11    1.02    1.19    1.06            0.98    1.09   0.74             1.00   0.25     0.84    0.30      0(e)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return...  (2.16)% 10.02%   0.86%  18.83%   3.68%         (2.57)%   7.22% 10.13%          (0.41)%  2.89% (16.02)% 24.10%   0.44%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<FN>
(a) Commencement of operations, May 4, 1992.
(b) Commencement of operations, October 4, 1993.
(c) Commencement of operations November 14, 1994. Net return is not annualized
(d) Expense  charges represent only the combined  mortality and expense risk and
    asset-based administrative charges at an annual rate of 1.00% of the  assets
    of  the Account.  Such charges  became effective  May 1,  1991 for contracts
    issued on and after  such date. In  the above tables,  the net returns  were
    calculated  as though the combined expense rate  of 1.00% had been in effect
    since January 1, 1990.
(e) During the period  November 14,  1994 through  December 31,  1994, all  fund
    operative  expense and mortality and expense  risk charges were waived. Such
    expenses would have aggregated 0.26% of average assets.
</TABLE>
                                       35
<PAGE>
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

5.  NET RETURN

    The following tables  show the net  return and the  components thereof  with
respect to the Divisions for the years ended December 1994, 1993, 1992, 1991 and
1990  and assumes the combined expense rates  indicated below were in effect for
all periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        LIQUID ASSET                          LIMITED MATURITY                        NATURAL RESOURCES
           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   3.70%   2.64%   3.13%   5.66%   7.75%   4.84%   4.38%   5.88%  7.43%    7.97%   2.60%  0.74%    1.18%  1.24%    1.13%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
 ments...    --     --       --      --      --     (6.03)   1.82   (1.04)  3.84    (0.10)  (0.07) 49.19   (10.99)  3.46   (14.97)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return...   3.70    2.64    3.13    5.66    7.75   (1.19)   6.20    4.84  11.27     7.87    2.53  49.93    (9.81)  4.70   (13.84)
   Expense
   charges
    (c)...   1.40    1.39    1.40    1.43    1.46    1.33    1.43    1.42   1.50     1.46    1.38   2.03     1.22   1.41     1.17
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return...   2.30%   1.25%   1.73%   4.23%   6.29%  (2.52)%  4.77%   3.42%  9.77%   6.41%   1.15%  47.90%  (11.03)% 3.29%  (15.01)%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------

<CAPTION>

                         ALL-GROWTH                             REAL ESTATE                             FULLY MANAGED
           --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990    1994    1993    1992    1991    1990
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   0.84%   0.39%   0.55%   1.25%   1.54%   5.36%   3.30%   5.11%  6.12%    5.24%   2.66%  3.08%    2.13%  3.38%    3.22%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
 ments...  (11.62)   6.17  (3.14)  35.23  (8.88)    0.98   13.97    8.76   27.94   (26.02)  (9.93)  4.51     4.10  25.55    (6.40)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Gross
 return... (10.78)   6.56   (2.59)  36.48   (7.34)   6.34   17.27   13.87  34.06   (20.78)  (7.27)  7.59     6.23  28.93    (3.18)
   Expense
   charges
    (c)...   1.20    1.44    1.32    1.84    1.26    1.43    1.58    1.54   1.80     1.07    1.25   1.46     1.44   1.74     1.31
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
    Net
 return... (11.98)%  5.12%  (3.91)% 34.64%  (8.60)%  4.91%  15.69%  12.33% 32.26% (21.85)%  (8.52)%  6.13%   4.79% 27.19%   (4.49)%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               RISING         EMERGING
                    MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                     CAPITAL APPRECIATION             DIVIDENDS        MARKETS
           --------------------------------------          ----------------------          --------------  --------------
            1994    1993    1992    1991    1990            1994    1993   1992 (a)         1994   1993 (b)  1994  1993 (b)
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment
 income...   3.53%   6.92%   4.61%   5.69%   5.51%           1.98%   1.40%  0.87%            1.37%  0.14%    3.79%  --%
Net
 realized
 and
unrealized
 gain
 (loss) on
 invest-
 ments...  (4.71)   4.21   (2.73)  14.33   (0.77)          (3.57)   6.91   10.00            (0.78)  3.00   (18.97) 24.40
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
    Gross
 return...  (1.18)  11.13    1.88   20.02    4.74           (1.59)   8.31  10.87             0.59   3.14   (15.18) 24.40
   Expense
   charges
    (c)...   1.33    1.50    1.38    1.61    1.42            1.33    1.46   1.00             1.35   0.34     1.14   0.41
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
    Net
 return...  (2.51)%  9.63%   0.50%  18.41%   3.32%         (2.92)%   6.85%  9.87%          (0.76)%  2.80% (16.32)% 23.99%
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
           ------  ------  ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------          ------  ------  ------  ------
<FN>

(a) Commencement of operations, May 4, 1992.
(b) Commencement of operations, October 4, 1993.
(c) Expense charges represent only the  combined mortality and expense risk  and
    asset-based  administrative charges at an annual rate of 1.35% of the assets
    of the Account.  Such charges  became effective  May 1,  1991 for  contracts
    issued  on and after  such date. In  the above tables,  the net returns were
    calculated as though the combined expense  rate of 1.35% had been in  effect
    since January 1, 1990.
</TABLE>
                                       36

<PAGE>
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Contractowners and Board of Governors
THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

    We  have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of The
Managed Global  Account  of  Separate  Account D,  including  the  statement  of
investments,  as of December  31, 1994, and the  related statement of operations
for the year then ended, and the statements of changes in net assets for each of
the two  years in  the period  then ended.  These financial  statements are  the
responsibility  of the Account's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining  on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included
verification  by examination of securities held  by the custodian as of December
31,  1994  and  confirmation  of  securities  not  held  by  the  custodian   by
correspondence  with  others. An  audit also  includes assessing  the accounting
principles used  and  significant  estimates  made by  management,  as  well  as
evaluating  the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material respects, the financial  position of The Managed Global Account
of Separate Account D at  December 31, 1994, the  results of its operations  for
the  year then ended and the changes in its net assets for each of the two years
in the  period  then ended  in  conformity with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

                                                Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 10, 1995

                                       37
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
ASSETS
  Investments, at value (cost $90,208,934)....................................  $85,946,412
  Cash........................................................................      278,515
  Dividends and interest receivable...........................................       98,042
  Prepaid expenses and other assets...........................................        7,918
                                                                                -----------
      Total Assets............................................................   86,330,887
                                                                                -----------
LIABILITIES
  Payable to Golden American for contract related expenses....................       46,106
  Accrued expenses............................................................       76,226
                                                                                -----------
      Total Liabilities.......................................................      122,332
                                                                                -----------
      Total Net Assets........................................................  $86,208,555
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
NET ASSETS
  For variable annuity contracts..............................................  $81,674,591
  Retained in The Managed Global Account of Separate Account D by Golden
   American...................................................................    4,533,964
                                                                                -----------
      Total Net Assets........................................................  $86,208,555
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>

                       See notes to financial statements.

                                       38
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends (Net of $53,740 foreign taxes withheld)...........................  $    457,838
  Interest (Net of $1,330 foreign taxes withheld).............................     1,211,036
                                                                                ------------
      Total investment income.................................................     1,668,874
EXPENSES:
  Management and advisory fees................................................       834,367
  Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges.......................       831,890
  Custodian fees..............................................................        84,877
  Fund accounting fees........................................................        68,428
  Amortization of organizational expenses.....................................        29,200
  Legal fees..................................................................        28,916
  Auditing fees...............................................................        25,536
  Interest....................................................................        23,218
  Insurance premiums for fidelity bond........................................        22,535
  Proxy.......................................................................        19,368
  Printing and mailing........................................................        12,445
  Registration fees...........................................................         3,463
  Directors' fees and expenses................................................         3,289
  Other.......................................................................        12,284
                                                                                ------------
      Total expenses..........................................................     1,999,816
  Less amounts paid by the investment manager pursuant to expense limitation
   agreement..................................................................       (71,175)
                                                                                ------------
      Net expenses............................................................     1,928,641
                                                                                ------------
NET INVESTMENT LOSS...........................................................      (259,767)
                                                                                ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED LOSS ON INVESTMENTS AND FOREIGN CURRENCIES:
  Net realized gain (loss) on:
    Investments...............................................................       357,057
    Options...................................................................       (14,024)
    Futures...................................................................      (100,164)
    Foreign currency transactions.............................................    (1,606,427)
                                                                                ------------
                                                                                  (1,363,558)
                                                                                ------------
  Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of:
    Investments...............................................................   (10,287,249)
    Futures and options.......................................................    (1,063,664)
    Foreign currency transactions.............................................      (161,039)
                                                                                ------------
                                                                                 (11,511,952)
                                                                                ------------
  Net realized and unrealized loss............................................   (12,875,510)
                                                                                ------------
    Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations......................   (13,135,277)
                                                                                ------------
                                                                                ------------
</TABLE>

                       See notes to financial statements.

                                       39
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        1994            1993
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN NET ASSETS
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment loss............................................................  $     (259,767) $     (269,919)
  Net realized loss from investment and foreign currency transactions............      (1,363,558)     (3,529,193)
  Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of investment and foreign currency
   transactions..................................................................     (11,511,952)      7,269,059
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
  Net (decrease) increase in net assets resulting from operations................     (13,135,277)      3,469,947
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
CONTRACT RELATED TRANSACTIONS:
  Premiums.......................................................................      22,680,207      45,381,393
  Benefits, surrenders and other withdrawals.....................................      (8,496,158)     (3,073,207)
  Net transfers (to) from Separate Account B and Guaranteed Interest Division of
   Golden American...............................................................      (2,244,552)      4,544,018
  Contract related charges and fees..............................................      (1,073,158)       (544,060)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
  Net increase in net assets resulting from contract related transactions........      10,866,339      46,308,144
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
  Net (decrease) increase in net assets..........................................      (2,268,938)     49,778,091
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..............................................................      88,477,493      38,699,402
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
  End of year....................................................................  $   86,208,555  $   88,477,493
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
</TABLE>

                       See notes to financial statements.

                                       40


<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT "D"
                STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PERCENT
                                OF NET    PRINCIPAL
                                ASSETS     AMOUNT                                                 VALUE(+)
                                ------  -------------                                            -----------
<S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>                                       <C>
REPURCHASE AGREEMENT            5.8%    $   4,966,000  PNC Securities, 5.50%, dated 12/30/94,
                                                        due 01/03/95, collateralized by
                                                        $5,055,000 in principal amount of U.S.
                                                        Treasury Notes 5.875%, due 05/31/96
                                                        (Cost $4,966,000)......................  $ 4,966,000
                                                                                                 -----------
CONVERTIBLE BONDS               6.0%    $     920,000  United Micro Electronics Conv. Bonds,
                                                        1.25%, 6/8/04 (Taiwan).................    1,423,700
                                          AUD  33,000  BTR Nylex LTD, 9% Conv. Notes 11/30/49,
                                                        (Australia)............................      258,307
                                         Y111,000,000  Matsushita Electric Works Conv. Bonds,
                                                        2.70%, 5/31/02 (Japan).................    1,193,788
                                        $     800,000  Yang Ming Marine Conv. Bonds, 2.00%,
                                                        10/6/01 (Taiwan) (c)...................      916,000
                                               90,000  Yang Ming Marine Conv. Bonds, 2.00%,
                                                        10/6/01 (Taiwan).......................      103,050
                                         FF 7,512,750  SCOR SA 3%, Conv. Bonds, 1/1/01
                                                        (France)...............................    1,299,230
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                       Total Convertible Bonds
                                                        (Cost $5,275,355)......................    5,194,075
                                                                                                 -----------
COMMON STOCKS                  85.2%         SHARES
                                        -------------
BANKS                           3.2%           16,000  Arab Malaysian Merchant Bank BHD
                                                        (Malaysia).............................      151,665
                                                4,000  Banco Frances Rio Plata ADR
                                                        (Argentina)............................       85,500
                                               18,300  Banco Frances Del Rio Plata
                                                        (Argentina)............................      121,022
                                              119,000  Development Bank of Singapore
                                                        (Singapore)............................    1,224,280
                                              422,000  Foereningsbanken AB Serjes A (a)
                                                        (Sweden)...............................      824,219
                                               79,500  Thailand Military Bank LTD (Thailand)...      335,737
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,742,423
                                                                                                 -----------
BEVERAGES                       1.7%          764,500  Lion Nathan LTD (New Zealand)...........    1,455,776
                                                                                                 -----------
BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION         5.1%          113,400  Cementos De Mexico SA ADR (a)
                                                        (Mexico)...............................    1,151,237
                                                5,000  Grupo Mexicand De Desarollo (Mexico)....       38,125
                                               47,100  Grupo Tribasa SA ADR (a) (Mexico).......      783,038
                                                2,400  Maculan Holdings AG (Austria)...........      198,165
                                               23,800  Tsuchiya Home (Japan)...................      586,089
                                              100,000  United Construction (a) (Australia).....       73,625
                                               15,500  VA Technologie (a) (Australia)..........    1,561,376
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   4,391,655
                                                                                                 -----------
CHEMICALS                       6.1%           43,700  Norsk Hydro AS ADR (Norway).............    1,709,763
                                               20,600  PT TriPolyta Indonesia ADR (a)
                                                        (Indonesia)............................      499,550
                                               51,200  Reliance Industries GDS (a) (India).....    1,011,200
                                               98,000  Shin - Etsu Chemical (Japan)............    1,950,347
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   5,170,860
                                                                                                 -----------
COSMETICS                       3.2%          164,000  KAO Corp. (Japan).......................    1,862,700
                                               79,000  NEC Corp. (Japan).......................      905,217
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,767,917
                                                                                                 -----------
DIVERSIFIED                     1.9%          676,000  BTR Nylex LTD (Australia)...............    1,257,360
                                               64,000  Westmont Berhad (Malaysia)..............      398,590
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   1,655,950
                                                                                                 -----------
DRUGS                           1.5%           50,200  Astra AB (Sweden).......................    1,284,752
                                                                                                 -----------
</TABLE>

                                       41
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT "D"
          STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1994 (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PERCENT
                                OF NET
                                ASSETS     SHARES                                                 VALUE(+)
                                ------  -------------                                            -----------
COMMON STOCKS -- CONTINUED
<S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>                                       <C>
ELECTRONICS                     9.6%            4,400  Austria Mikro System (Austria)..........  $   331,817
                                                1,465  BBC Brown Boveri (Switzerland)..........    1,261,310
                                               80,000  Hitachi LTD (Japan).....................      795,256
                                              464,000  IPC LTD (Singapore).....................      316,653
                                                9,500  Sony ADR (Japan)........................      533,187
                                               44,000  Sony (Japan)............................    2,498,744
                                               53,000  TDK Corp. (Japan).......................    2,573,022
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   8,309,989
                                                                                                 -----------
ENTERTAINMENT                   3.3%           77,200  Thorn EMI PLC (United Kingdom)..........    1,250,466
                                                9,100  TOHO (Japan)............................    1,600,664
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,851,130
                                                                                                 -----------
FINANCIAL SERVICES              14.2%          75,000  Ampal American Israel Cl. A (a)
                                                        (Israel)...............................      496,875
                                               35,900  Anglovaal LTD (South Africa)............    1,101,227
                                                3,565  Banco DeGalica Buenos Aires SA ADR
                                                        (Argentina)............................       61,496
                                               58,100  Banco Santander SA ADR (Spain)..........    2,222,325
                                               38,732  Banesto SA ADS (a) (Spain)..............      115,094
                                            2,583,854  Brierley Investment LTD (New Zealand)...    1,865,723
                                                2,640  Cetelem (France)........................      472,400
                                               50,000  Goven & Company PLC (United Kingdom)....      278,570
                                               71,200  Grupo Financiero Bancomer SA ADR (a)
                                                        (Mexico)...............................      844,218
                                              466,800  Industrial Finance Corporation of
                                                        Thailand (Thailand)....................      994,972
                                               65,000  Japan Securities Finance (Japan)........    1,077,998
                                              630,000  Singer & Friedlander Group (United
                                                        Kingdom)...............................      847,917
                                               88,200  YPF SA ADR (Argentina)..................    1,885,275
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                  12,264,090
                                                                                                 -----------
HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT             1.2%          295,400  Takare PLC (United Kingdom).............    1,017,062
                                                                                                 -----------
INDUSTRIAL                      2.2%           32,100  Celsius Industries Cl. B (Sweden).......      713,429
                                               31,900  Murata Manufacturing LTD (Japan)........    1,234,446
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   1,947,875
                                                                                                 -----------
INSURANCE                       0.3%           10,080  SCOR SA (France)........................      224,755
                                                                                                 -----------
LEISURE RELATED                 0.3%            4,000  Sankyo Company, LTD (Japan).............      269,374
                                                                                                 -----------
METALS & MINING                 2.6%           49,000  Hindalco Industries GDR (a) (India).....    1,641,500
                                               79,100  Niugini Mining (a) (Australia)..........      242,145
                                              287,000  Pasminco LTD (a) (Australia)............      400,365
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,284,010
                                                                                                 -----------
OFFICE EQUIPMENT                3.2%            2,900  Canon ADR (Japan).......................      246,500
                                              149,000  Canon (Japan)...........................    2,531,008
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,777,508
                                                                                                 -----------
OIL & GAS                       5.6%           51,000  Elf Aquitaine ADR (France)..............    1,797,750
                                               19,200  Francaise de Petroleum Total (France)...    1,115,953
                                              516,900  Woodside Petroleum LTD (Australia)......    1,898,832
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   4,812,535
                                                                                                 -----------
PAPER                           3.0%          420,000  Fletcher Challenge LTD (New Zealand)....      984,955
                                               36,650  Metsa Serla B (Finland).................    1,608,609
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,593,564
                                                                                                 -----------
</TABLE>

                                       42
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT "D"
          STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1994 (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PERCENT
                                OF NET
                                ASSETS     SHARES                                                 VALUE(+)
                                ------  -------------                                            -----------
<S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>                                       <C>
PHOTO & OPTICAL                 0.6%          114,000  Pt Modern Photo Film Company
                                                        (Indonesia)............................  $   482,128
                                                                                                 -----------
PRINTING & PUBLISHING           1.2%          253,734  News Corporation LTD (Australia)........      993,051
                                                                                                 -----------
RETAIL                          1.7%           33,600  York--Benimaru (Japan)..................    1,475,847
                                                                                                 -----------
TELECOMMUNICATIONS              3.4%           46,000  Lagardere Groupe (France)...............    1,068,765
                                                   61  Nippon Telegraph & Telephone (Japan)....      540,165
                                               31,600  Telefonos de Mexico Cl. L ADR
                                                        (Mexico)...............................    1,295,600
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   2,904,530
                                                                                                 -----------
TEXTILES                        0.9%           58,700  Tuntex Distinct GDS (Taiwan)............      763,100
                                                                                                 -----------
TRANSPORTATION                  5.7%          188,000  British Airport Authority (United
                                                        Kingdom)...............................    1,391,661
                                                  150  Danzas Holding AG (Switzerland).........      135,218
                                                  682  East Japan Railway (Japan)..............    3,413,770
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   4,940,649
                                                                                                 -----------
UTILITIES                       3.5%            8,100  ASEA AB (Sweden)........................      586,988
                                               71,900  Capex SA GDR (a) (c) (Argentina)........    1,213,313
                                                3,000  Capex SA GDR (a) (Argentina)............       50,625
                                                  140  DDI (Japan).............................    1,210,172
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                   3,061,098
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                       Total Common Stocks (Cost $77,338,313)     73,441,628
                                                                                                 -----------

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCKS    1.2%

BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION         0.7%            6,800  Maclun Holdings AG (Australia)..........      561,468

PRINTING & PUBLISHING           0.5%          126,867  News Corporation Ltd Preferred
                                                        (Australia)............................      437,533
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                       Total Convertible Preferred Stocks
                                                       (Cost $1,154,019).......................      999,001
                                                                                                 -----------
WARRANTS AND OPTIONS            1.5%           40,250  Korean Stock Index Option, Expires
                                                        7/1/95 at 100,000 Won (Korea) (b)......    1,343,302
                                                  600  Danza Holding AG., Expires 08/26/96
                                                        (Switzerland)..........................        2,406
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                       Total Warrants and Options (Cost
                                                        $1,475,247)............................    1,345,708
                                                                                                 -----------
                                99.7%                  Total Investments (Cost $90,208,934)....   85,946,412
                                 0.4%                  Total Other Assets......................      384,475
                                (0.1%)                 Liabilities.............................     (122,332)
                                                                                                 -----------
                                100.0%                 Total Net Assets........................  $86,208,555
                                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                                 -----------
<FN>

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS:
(+) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(a) Non-income producing security.
(b) Security  is illiquid. Investments in  illiquid securities with an aggregate
    market value of $1,343,302 represent  approximately 1.5% of net assets.  The
    valuation  of this investment has been determined under the direction of the
    Board of Governors:

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      ACQUISITION
ISSUE                ISSUER               DATE       PURCHASE PRICE     VALUATION
- -------------------  ---------------  ------------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                  <C>              <C>           <C>                <C>
Korean Stock Index   Peninsula Trust    7/26/94         $  36.14        $  33.37

<FN>

(c) Securities exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of
    1933.  These  securities   may  be  resold   in  transactions  exempt   from
    registration  normally to  qualified institutional  buyers. At  December 31,
    1994, the value of  these securities amounted to  $3,263,457 or 3.8% of  net
    assets.
</TABLE>
                       See notes to financial statements.

                                       43
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ORGANIZATION
    The  Managed  Global  Account  of Separate  Account  D  (the  "Account") was
established on  April  18,  1990,  by Golden  American  Life  Insurance  Company
("Golden  American"), under Minnesota insurance law to support the operations of
variable annuity  contracts ("Contracts").  Golden  American is  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of BT Variable, Inc. ("BTV"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"). Golden American is primarily engaged in
the issuance of variable insurance products and is licensed as a life  insurance
company  in the District of  Columbia and all states  except New York. Effective
December 30,  1993,  Golden  American  was  redomesticated  from  the  State  of
Minnesota to the State of Delaware.

    Operations  of the  Account commenced on  October 21,  1992. Golden American
provides for variable accumulation and benefits under the Contracts by crediting
annuity considerations to the  Account. The assets of  the Account are owned  by
Golden  American. The  portion of the  Account's assets  applicable to Contracts
will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business Golden
American may conduct, but obligations of  the Account, including the promise  to
make benefit payments, are obligations of Golden American.

    The  Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Investment Company Act  of 1940, as amended,  as a non-diversified  open-end
investment company.

    The  net assets maintained in the Account provide the basis for the periodic
determination of the amount of benefits under the Contracts. The net assets  may
not be less than the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to the
Account.  Golden  American  has entered  into  a reinsurance  agreement  with an
unaffiliated reinsurer  to cover  insurance risks  under the  Contracts.  Golden
American  remains liable  to the  extent that  the reinsurer  does not  meet its
obligations under the reinsurance agreement.

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    The following is  a summary of  the significant accounting  policies of  the
Account:

    INVESTMENTS  VALUATION:  The valuation of the Account's assets is determined
once each business day, Monday through Friday,  at or about 4:00 p.m., New  York
City time, on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

    Portfolio  securities for which market  quotations are readily available are
stated at market value. Market value is determined on the basis of last reported
sales price at which domestic and foreign securities are traded, or, if no sales
are reported, the mean  between representative bid  and ask quotations  obtained
from  a quotation reporting  system or from established  market makers. In other
cases, securities are  valued at their  fair value as  determined in good  faith
under  the direction of the Board of  Governors. The value of a foreign security
is determined in  its national currency  based upon the  price on the  pertinent
foreign  exchange as of its close of  business immediately preceding the time of
valuation. Domestic and foreign denominated debt securities, including those  to
be  purchased under firm commitment agreements, are normally valued on the basis
of  quotes  obtained  from  brokers  and  dealers  or  pricing  services.   Debt
obligations  having a maturity of sixty days  or less may be valued at amortized
cost unless  the  Portfolio  Manager  believes  that  amortized  cost  does  not
approximate market value.

    CURRENCY  TRANSLATION:    Assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign
currencies and commitments under forward foreign currency exchange contracts are
translated into U.S. dollars at the mean  of the quoted bid and asked prices  of
such   currencies  against  the  U.S.  dollar   as  of  the  close  of  business

                                       44
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
immediately preceding the time  of valuation. Purchases  and sales of  portfolio
securities  are  translated  at  the  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  when such
securities were acquired or sold. Income and expenses are translated at rates of
exchange prevailing when accrued. Net realized and unrealized losses on  foreign
currency  transactions  of  $1,606,427  and  $161,039,  respectively,  represent
foreign exchange gains and losses  from holdings of foreign currencies,  options
on  foreign currencies, exchange gains and losses realized between the trade and
settlement date on security transactions, and the difference between the amounts
of interest and dividends and expenses  recorded on the Account's books and  the
U.S.  dollar equivalent amounts actually received  or paid. The Account does not
separate that portion of the realized and unrealized gains and losses  resulting
from  changes in the  foreign exchange rates from  the fluctuations arising from
changes in the market prices of investments.

    INVESTMENT INCOME AND  SECURITY TRANSACTIONS:   Investment transactions  are
recorded on the trade date. Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Interest  income,  including the  amortization  of premiums  and  discounts, and
estimated expenses are accrued daily. Realized gains and losses from  investment
transactions  are recorded on an  identified cost basis which  is the same basis
used for federal income tax purposes.

    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES:   Operations of the  Account form a  part of, and  are
taxed  with, the total operations  of Golden American, which  is taxed as a life
insurance company under the Internal Revenue Code. Earnings and realized capital
gains of the  Account attributable  to the  Contractowners are  excluded in  the
determination of the federal income tax liability of Golden American.

3.  SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

    (a)  Purchases  and  sales of  investment  securities,  excluding short-term
securities and options transactions,  during the year  ended December 31,  1994,
were $116,075,263 and $83,822,618, respectively.

    (b)  The Account  may enter  into repurchase  agreements in  accordance with
guidelines approved by the Board of Governors. The account bears a risk of  loss
in  the event that  the counterparty to  a repurchase agreement  defaults on its
obligations and the Account is delayed or prevented from exercising its right to
dispose of the underlying  securities collateralizing the repurchase  agreement,
including  the  risk  of a  possible  decline  in the  value  of  the underlying
securities during the period  while the Series seeks  to assure its rights.  The
Account  takes  possession  of the  collateral,  and  reviews the  value  of the
collateral and the creditworthiness  of those banks and  dealers with which  the
Account  enters  into repurchase  agreements  to evaluate  potential  risks. The
market value of  the underlying  securities received  as collateral  must be  at
least  equal to the total  amount of the repurchase  obligation. In the event of
counterparty default, the Account has the right to use the underlying securities
to offset the loss.

    (c) The Account may write exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and  put
options  on securities,  currencies and  other financial  investments to enhance
investment performance. When the Account writes a put or call option, the amount
of received premium is included in the  Account's assets and an equal amount  is
included in its liabilities. The liability thereafter is adjusted to the current
market  value of the option. Premiums received from writing options which expire
unexercised are treated by the Account on the expiration date as realized gains.
If a call option  is exercised, the  premium is added to  the proceeds from  the
sale  of the underlying security in determining whether the Account has realized
a gain or loss. If a put option is exercised, the premium reduces the cost basis
of the securities purchased  by the Account. In  writing an option, the  Account
bears the market risk of

                                       45
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
unfavorable  changes in  the price  of the  security or  currency underlying the
written option. Exercise of an option written by the Account could result in the
Account selling or buying a security or  currency at a price different from  the
current market value.

    The  Account realized  losses on  written options  of $232,104  for the year
ended December 31, 1994.  Transactions in call and  put options written for  the
year ended December 31, 1994 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                                     CONTRACTS       PREMIUMS
                                                                    ------------  --------------

<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
CALL OPTIONS
Options outstanding at beginning of period........................            0   $            0
Options written...................................................          276        1,211,700
Options terminated in closing purchase transactions...............         (276)      (1,211,700)
                                                                    ------------  --------------
Options outstanding at end of period..............................            0                0
                                                                    ------------  --------------
                                                                    ------------  --------------
PUT OPTIONS
Options outstanding at beginning of period........................            0   $            0
Options written...................................................          181          809,540
Options terminated in closing purchase transactions...............         (181)        (809,540)
                                                                    ------------  --------------
Options outstanding at end of period..............................            0   $            0
                                                                    ------------  --------------
                                                                    ------------  --------------
</TABLE>

    In  addition, the Account may  purchase exchange-traded and over-the-counter
call and put options on securities, currencies and securities indices. The  risk
in  buying an option is that  the Account pays for a  premium whether or not the
option is exercised. The Account also has the additional risk of not being  able
to  enter  into a  transaction  if a  liquid  secondary market  does  not exist.
Additionally, the account  bears the risk  of loss should  the counterparty  not
perform under the contract.

    (d)  The Account enters into forward  foreign exchange contracts in order to
hedge its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on its  foreign
portfolio  holdings.  A forward  foreign exchange  contract  is a  commitment to
purchase or sell a  foreign currency at  a future date  at a negotiated  forward
rate.  The gain  or loss  arising from  the difference  between the  cost of the
original contracts and the amount realized upon the closing of such contracts is
included in  realized  gains  or  losses  from  foreign  currency  transactions.
Fluctuations  in the value  of forward foreign  currency exchange contracts held
are recorded for financial reporting purposes  as unrealized gains or losses  by
the  Account on a daily basis. Risks may arise from the potential inability of a
counterparty to meet the terms of a contract and from unanticipated movements in
the value of a  foreign currency relative  to the U.S.  dollar. At December  31,
1994,   the  Account  had   no  forward  foreign   currency  exchange  contracts
outstanding.

    (e) The Account may engage in  trading financial futures contracts to  hedge
its  portfolio holdings or to  enhance investment performance. Consequently, the
Account is exposed to  market risk as a  result of changes in  the value of  the
underlying  financial instruments. Investments in  financial futures require the
Account to "mark to market" on a  daily basis, which reflects the change in  the
market  value of the contract  at the close of  each day's trading. Accordingly,
variation margin payments are made or received to reflect daily unrealized gains
or losses. When the contracts are closed, the Account recognizes a realized gain
or loss. These investments require initial margin deposits

                                       46
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
which consist  of cash  or cash  equivalents,  up to  approximately 10%  of  the
contract  amount. The amount of these deposits  is determined by the exchange or
the board of trade on which the contract is traded and is subject to change.  At
December 31, 1994, the Account had no open futures contracts.

4.  CHARGES AND FEES
    Under  the  terms of  the Contracts,  certain charges  are allocated  to the
Contracts to cover Golden  American's expenses in  connection with the  issuance
and  administration  of  the Contracts.  The  following  is a  summary  of these
charges:

    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGES:   Golden American assumes mortality  and
expense  risks related to the operations of  the Account and, in accordance with
the terms  of the  Contracts, deducts  a daily  charge from  the assets  of  the
Account  at annual rates ranging from 0.80%  to 1.35% of the assets attributable
to Contracts to cover these risks.

    ASSET BASED ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE:   To compensate  Golden American for  the
administrative  expenses under the Contract, a daily charge at an annual rate of
0.10% is deducted from assets attributable to the Contracts.

    PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL CHARGE:  A partial  withdrawal charge of the lower of  2%
of  the  withdrawal or  $25 is  deducted  from the  accumulation value  for each
additional partial withdrawal after the  first partial withdrawal in a  contract
year.

    DEFERRED  SALES LOAD:   A  sales load  of 6%  is applicable  to each premium
payment for sales related expenses as  specified in the Contracts. Although  the
sales load is chargeable to each premium when it is received by Golden American,
the  amount  of  such  charge  is  initially  advanced  by  Golden  American  to
Contractowners and included in the accumulation value and then deducted in equal
installments on each Contract  processing date over a  period of six years.  For
the  year ended December 31, 1994,  contract sales loads of $1,039,651 initially
advanced by Golden American  to the Account  were deducted from  contractowners'
accumulation  value. Upon  surrender of  the Contract,  the unamortized deferred
sales load  is deducted  from  the accumulation  value  by Golden  American.  In
addition,  when  partial  withdrawal  limits  are  exceeded,  a  portion  of the
unamortized deferred sales load is deducted.

    The  net  assets  retained  in  the  Account  by  Golden  American  in   the
accompanying  financial statements represent the unamortized deferred sales load
and premium taxes advanced by Golden American, noted above.

    Net Assets Retained in the Account by Golden American are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          1994           1993
                                                                                      -------------  -------------

<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Balance at beginning of year........................................................  $   4,668,658  $   2,313,333
Sales load advanced.................................................................      1,338,526      2,671,408
Premium tax advanced................................................................          6,823          5,997
Net transfer (to) from Separate Account B and the Guaranteed Interest Division......       (427,829)       197,052
Amortization of deferred sales load.................................................     (1,052,214)      (519,132)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      $   4,533,964  $   4,668,658
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

                                       47
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4.  CHARGES AND FEES (CONTINUED)
    PREMIUM TAXES:   Premium  taxes  are deducted,  where applicable,  from  the
accumulation  value of  each Contract.  The amount  and timing  of the deduction
depend on the annuitant's state of residence and currently ranges up to 3.5%  of
premiums.  Premium taxes are generally incurred on the annuity commencement date
and a charge for such premium taxes is then deducted from the accumulation value
on such date. However, some jurisdictions impose  a premium tax at the time  the
initial and additional premiums are paid, regardless of the annuity commencement
date.  In those states,  Golden American advances  the amount of  the charge for
premium taxes to Contractowners and then deducts it from the accumulation  value
in  equal installments on each contract processing  date over a six year period.
During the year ended December 31,  1994, premium taxes of $6,823 were  advanced
by  Golden American to Contractowners. Golden  American is currently waiving the
deduction of  the  applicable  installments  of the  charge  for  premium  taxes
previously  advanced  by  Golden  American  to  Contractowners.  Golden American
reserves the right to deduct  the total amount of  the charge for premium  taxes
previously  waived  and unrecovered  on the  annuity  commencement date  or upon
surrender of the Contract.

    OPERATING EXPENSES:  The Account is charged for management expenses by  DSI,
the  Manager of the Account,  based upon the following  annual percentage of the
Account's average daily net assets: 0.40% of the first $500 million and 0.30% of
the amount  over $500  million. In  addition, Zulauf  Asset Management  AG,  the
Account's  Portfolio Manager, was paid a monthly advisory fee equal to an annual
rate based upon  the following percentages  of the Account's  average daily  net
assets:  0.60%  of the  first $500  million and  0.50% of  the amount  over $500
million. The Board of  Governors of the Account  terminated, effective June  30,
1994,  the Portfolio Management Agreement between Zulauf Asset Management AG and
the Account. Effective July  1, 1994, the Board  of Governors appointed  Warburg
Pincus  Counsellors,  Inc.  ("Warburg")  as the  new  portfolio  manager  of the
Account. The Account pays Warburg an advisory fee, payable monthly, based on the
average daily net assets of the Account at an annual rate of 0.60% of the  first
$500  million and 0.50% on  the excess thereof. For  the year ended December 31,
1994, the  Account  incurred  management  and  advisory  fees  of  $333,747  and
$500,620, respectively.

    The  Account  bears the  expenses of  its investment  management operations,
including expenses associated with custody of securities, portfolio  accounting,
the Board of Governors, legal and auditing services, registration fees and other
related  operating expenses. Bankers Trust is the custodian of the assets in the
Account. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the Account incurred $84,877  for
custodian fees.

    ORGANIZATION  EXPENSES:  The initial  organizational expenses of the Account
of approximately $150,000 were paid  by Golden American. The Account  reimburses
Golden  American for such expenses over a period  of five years from the date of
the Account's commencement of operations. At December 31, 1994, the  unamortized
balance of such expenses was $94,382.

    EXPENSE  LIMITATION:  The Account and DSI entered into an agreement to limit
the total expenses of the Account, excluding mortality and expense risk charges,
interest expense, and other contractual  charges, through December 31, 1994,  so
that  such expenses do  not exceed on an  annual basis: 1.25%  of the first $500
million of the average daily net assets  1.05% of the excess over $500  million.
For  the year  ended December  31, 1994,  $71,175 was  reimbursed by  DSI to the
Account pursuant to this limitation. Such agreement was extended under the  same
terms through December 31, 1995.

                                       48
<PAGE>
                           THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT
                                       OF
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    DSI,  a  registered broker/dealer,  acts  as the  distributor  and principal
underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended)  of the Contracts issued  through the Account. For  the
years  ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, fees  paid by Golden American to DSI in
connection with sales of the  contracts aggregated approximately $1,343,000  and
$3,070,000, respectively.

6.  NET RETURN
    The  following table  shows the  net return as  a percentage  of average net
assets with respect to  the Account for  the years ended  December 31, 1994  and
1993,  and the period October 21,  1992 (commencement of operations) to December
31, 1992.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1994       1993       1992*
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------

<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Investment income...................................................................       2.00%      1.97%      0.62%
Expense charges.....................................................................       2.31       2.42       0.36
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Net investment income (loss)........................................................      (0.31)     (0.45)      0.26
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain on investments..............................     (13.26)      6.19       (.18)
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Net return..........................................................................     (13.57)%     5.74%      0.08%
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
<FN>

- ------------------------
*Not annualized.

</TABLE>
                                       49
<PAGE>


Appendix:  Description of Bond Ratings

        Excerpts from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's) description
        of its bond ratings:

        Aaa:  Judged to be the best quality; they carry the smallest degree of
        investment risk.

        Aa:   Judged to be of high quality by all standards; together with the
        Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds.

        A:    Possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
        considered as "upper medium grade obligations."

        Baa:  Considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither
        highly protected nor poorly secured; interest payments and principal
        security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements
        may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
        length of time.

        Ba:   Judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be
        considered as well assured.

        B:    Generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.

        Caa:  Are of poor standing; such issues may be in default or there may
        be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

        Ca:   Speculative in a high degree; often in default.

        C:    Lowest rate class of bonds; regarded as having extremely poor
        prospects.

Moody's also applies numerical indicators 1, 2 and 3 to rating categories.  The
modifier 1 indicates that the security is in the higher end of its rating
category; 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and 3 indicates a ranking toward the
lower end of the category.

        Excerpts from Standard & Poor's Corporation ("Standard & Poor's")
        description of its bond ratings:

        AAA:  Highest grade obligations; capacity to pay interest and repay
        principal is extremely strong.

        AA:   Also qualify as high grade obligations; a very strong capacity to
        pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in
        small degree.

        A:    Regarded as upper medium grade; they have a strong capacity to pay
        interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to
        the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions
        than debt in higher rated categories.

        BBB:  Regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay
        principal; whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters,
        adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to
        lead to a weakened capacity than in higher rated categories -- this
        group is the lowest which qualifies for commercial bank investment.

        BB, B, CCC, CC:     Predominantly speculative with respect to capacity
        to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with terms of the
        obligation:  BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the
        highest.

Standard & Poor's applies indicators "+," no character, and "-" to its rating
categories.  The indicators show relative standing within the major rating
categories.

                                     50
<PAGE>

                                     PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION
<PAGE>

ITEM 28:  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          (a)  All financial statements are included in either the
          Prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information, as
          indicated therein.

          EXHIBITS

          (b)  (1)  Resolution of the board of directors of Depositor
                    authorizing the establishment of the Registrant 1

               (2)  Rules and Regulations of Separate Account D 2

               (3)  Custodial Agreement  5

               (4)  (a)  Management Agreement 5
                    (b)  Portfolio Management Agreement 5
                    (c)  Expense Reimbursement Agreement 6

               (5)  (a)  Distribution Agreement between the Depositor
                         and Directed Services, Inc. 5
                    (b)  Dealers Agreement 5

               (6)  (a)  Individual Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed
                         Annuity Contract
                    (b)  Discretionary Group Deferred Combination Variable and
                         Fixed Annuity Contract
                    (c)  Individual Deferred Variable Annuity Contract
                    (d)  External Exchange Program Endorsement
                    (e)  DVA Update Program Schedule Page
                    (f)  Individual Retirement Annuity Rider Page

               (7)  (a)  Individual Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed
                         Annuity Application
                    (b)  Group Deferred Combination Variable and FixedAnnuity
                         Enrollment Form
                    (c)  Individual Deferred Variable Annuity Application

               (8)  (a)  (i)    Articles of Incorporation of Golden
                                American Life Insurance Company 3
                         (ii)   Certificate of Amendment of the
                                Restated Articles of
                                Incorporation of Golden American
                                Life Insurance Company 4
                         (iii)  Certificate of Amendment of the
                                Restated Articles of
                                Incorporation of MB Variable Life
                                Insurance Company 2
                         (iv)   Certificate of Amendment of the
                                Restated Articles of
                                Incorporation of Golden American
                                Life Insurance Company 7
                    (b)  (i)    By-Laws of Golden American Life
                                Insurance Company 3
                         (ii)   By-Laws of MB Variable Life
                                Insurance Company, as amended 4
                         (iii)  Certificate of Amendment of the
                                By-Laws of MB Variable Life
                                Insurance Company, as amended 2
                         (iv)   By-Laws of Golden American, as
                                amended 7
                    (c)  Resolution of Board of Directors for Powers of
                         Attorney  8
                    (d)  Powers of Attorney (relaing to Directors and
                         Officers of Depositor) 9
                    (e)  Powers of Attorney (relating to Governors of
                         Registrant)
<PAGE>

               (9)  Not applicable

               (10) Not applicable

               (11) Not applicable

               (12) (a)  Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
                    (b)  Opinion of Myles R. Tashman

               (13) Consent of Ernst & Young

               (14) Not applicable

               (15) Not applicable

               (16) Not applicable
_____________________________________
1    Incorporated herein by reference to an initial registration statement for
     Golden American Life Insurance Company filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on April 20, 1990 (File No. 33-34482).
2    Incorporated herein by reference to an initial registration statement for
     Golden American Life Insurance Company filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on August 19, 1992 (File No. 33-51028).
3    Incorporated herein by reference to an initial registration statement for
     the Specialty Managers Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on July 27, 1988 (File No. 33-23351).
4    Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 5 to a
     registration statement for Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 2, 1991 (File No. 33-23351).
5    Incorporated herein by reference to pre-effective amendment No. 1 to a
     registration statement for Separate Account D filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on October 9, 1992 (File No. 33-51028).
6    Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 2 to a
     registration statement for Separate Account D filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 3, 1993 (File No. 33-51028).
7    Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 16 to the
     registration statement for Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 2, 1994 (File No. 33-23351).
8    Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 2 to the
     registration statement for The Specialty Managers Separate Account A on
     Form S-6 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13,
     1989 (File No. 33-23458).
9    Incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment No. 22 to the
     registration statement for Separate Account B filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on February 15, 1995 (File No. 33-23351).

<PAGE>

ITEM 29:  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Principal                         Position(s)
             Name                         Business Address                    with Depositor
             ----                         ----------------                    --------------
<S>                                 <C>                               <C>
       Terry L. Kendall             Golden American Life Ins. Co.         Chairman, President and
                                        1001 Jefferson Street             Chief Executive Officer
                                        Wilmington, DE  19801

       Richard A. Marin                 Bankers Trust Company                    Director
                                         Retirement Services
                                           280 Park Avenue
                                         New York, NY  10017

       John Herron, Jr.                 Bankers Trust Company                    Director
                                             BT Ventures
                                           280 Park Avenue
                                         New York, NY  10017

        Barnett Chernow             Golden American Life Ins. Co.        Executive Vice President
                                        1001 Jefferson Street         and Principal Financial Officer
                                        Wilmington, DE  19801

      Mitchell R. Katcher           Golden American Life Ins. Co.        Executive Vice President
                                        1001 Jefferson Street
                                        Wilmington, DE  19801

      Stephen J. Preston            Golden American Life Ins. Co.          Senior Vice President
                                        1001 Jefferson Street                 and Comptroller
                                        Wilmington, DE  19801

  Elizabeth J. Crandall, M.D.       American International Group             Medical Director
                                           70 Pine Street
                                         New York, NY  10270

</TABLE>


ITEM 30   PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT

The Depositor does not directly or indirectly control any person.

The following persons control or are under common control with the Depositor.

          BT VARIABLE, INC. ("BTV") - This corporation is a general business
          corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York.  The
          primary purpose of BTV is to serve in an advisory, managerial and
          consultative capacity to the Depositor and to engage generally in the
          business of providing, promoting and establishing systems, methods and
          controls for managerial efficiency and operation for such company, as
          well as others.  BT Variable, Inc. is an indirect, wholly-owned
          subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company.
<PAGE>

          DIRECTED SERVICES, INC. ("DSI") - This corporation is a general
          business corporation organized under the laws of the State of New
          York, and is wholly owned by BTV.  The primary purpose of DSI is to
          act as a broker-dealer in securities.  It acts as the principal
          underwriter and distributor of variable insurance products including
          variable annuities as required by the SEC.  The Contract is issued by
          the Depositor.  DSI also has the power to carry on a general
          financial, securities, distribution, advisory or investment advisory
          business; to act as a general agent or broker for insurance companies
          and to render advisory, managerial, research and consulting services
          for maintaining and improving managerial efficiency and operation.
          DSI is also registered with the SEC as an investment adviser.

As of December 31, 1994, Bankers Trust New York Corporation subsidiaries are as
follows:

                    Bankers Trust Company
                    Bankers Trust (Delaware)
                    Bankers Trust Company of Florida, N.A.
                    Bankers Trust Company New Jersey Limited
                    Bankers Trust Company International
                    Bankers Trust International Private Banking Corporation
                    BT Brokerage Corporation
                    BT Capital Corporation
                    BT Commercial Corporation
                    BT Equipment Leasing, Inc.
                    BT Futures Corp.
                    BT Holdings (New York), Inc.
                    BT Securities Corporation
                    BT Private Clients Corporation
                    Bankers International Corporation
                    BT Financial Services Information Systems Corporation
                    BT International Trading Corporation
                    BT Investment Managers Inc.
                    Private Clients Group, Inc.

ITEM 31:  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

5,580 as of December 31, 1994.

ITEM 32:  INDEMNIFICATION

Golden American shall indemnify (including therein the prepayment of expenses)
any person who is or was a director, officer or employee, or who is or was
serving at the request of Golden American as a director, officer or employee of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for
expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him with respect to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceedings against him by
reason of the fact that he is or was such a director, officer or employee to the
extent and in the manner permitted by law.

Golden American may also, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any other
person who is or was serving Golden American in any capacity.  The Board of
Directors shall have the power and authority to determine who may be indemnified
under this paragraph and to what extent (not to exceed the extent provided in
the above paragraph) any such person may be indemnified.

Golden American may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person
or persons to be indemnified under the provision in the above paragraphs,
against any such liability to the extent permitted by law.
<PAGE>

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant, as provided above or otherwise, the Registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification by the
Depositor is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933,
and therefore may be unenforceable.  In the event that a claim of such
indemnification (except insofar as it provides for the payment by the Depositor
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the
Depositor by such director, officer or controlling person and the SEC is still
of the same opinion, the Depositor or Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification
by the Depositor is against public policy as expressed by the Securities Act of
1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 33:  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

For information regarding Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc., reference is made
to Form ADV of Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc., which is incorporated herein
by reference.

ITEM 34:  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

(a)  At present, Directed Services, Inc., the Registrant's Distributor, also
     serves as principal underwriter for all contracts issued by Golden
     American.  DSI is the principal underwriter for Separate Account A,
     Separate Account B and Alger Separate Account A of Golden American.

(b)  The following information is furnished with respect to the principal
     officers and directors of Directed Services, Inc., the Registrant's
     Distributor:

   Name and Principal        Positions and Offices      Positions and Offices
    Business Address           with Underwriter            with Registrant
    ----------------           ----------------            ---------------

    Terry L. Kendall             Chairman and         Chairman and President of
 Directed Services, Inc.    Chief Executive Officer      Board of Governors
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY  10017

    Robert B. Langel               President                    None
 Directed Services, Inc.
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY  10017

    Richard A. Marin               Director                     None
  Bankers Trust Company
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY  10017

    John Herron, Jr.               Director                     None
  Bankers Trust Company
       BT Ventures
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY  10017





<PAGE>



ITEM 34  (CONT'D)

   Name and Principal        Positions and Offices      Positions and Offices
    Business Address           with Underwriter            with Registrant
    ----------------           ----------------            --------------
     Barnett Chernow       Executive Vice President             None
 Directed Services, Inc.
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY  10017

   Mitchell R. Katcher     Executive Vice President             None
 Directed Services, Inc.
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY  10017

   Stephen J. Preston        Senior Vice President     Chief Financial Officer
 Directed Services, Inc.
     280 Park Avenue
   New York, NY 10017


                   1994 Net
   Name of       Underwriting     Compensation
  Principal      Discounts and         on          Brokerage
 Underwriter      Commissions      Redemption     Commissions   Compensation
 -----------      -----------      ----------     -----------   ------------
     DSI          $1,343,000           $0             $0             $0


ITEM 35:  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Accounts and records are maintained by BT Variable, Inc., 280 Park Avenue, 14
West, New York, New York 10017 and Golden American Life Insurance Company, 1001
Jefferson Street, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19801.

ITEM 36:  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

None.

ITEM 37:  UNDERTAKINGS

(a)  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment, using
     financial statements that need not be certified, within four to six months
     from the latter of the effective date of Registrant's Registration
     Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or the date on which Registrant
     first issues securities (other than those issued for seed money);

(b)  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to this
     registration statement as frequently as it is necessary to ensure that the
     audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more
     than 16 months old so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts
     may be accepted;

(c)  Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any
     application to purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a space that
     an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or
     (2) a post card or similar written communication affixed to or included in
     the prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of
     Additional Information; and,
<PAGE>

(d)  Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional
     Information and any financial statements required to be made available
     under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

REPRESENTATION

Registrant makes the following representation -- Account D meets the definition
of a "separate account" under the federal securities laws.
<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 7th day of
September, 1995.

                                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                              -------------------------
                                             (Registrant)

                                        By:  GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE
                                             INSURANCE COMPANY
                                             --------------------------
                                             (Depositor)

                                        By:
                                             --------------------------
                                             Terry L. Kendall*
                                             Chairman, President and
                                             Cheif Executive Officer

Attest:   /s/ Mitchell M. Cox
          ------------------------------------------
          Mitchell M. Cox
          Vice President, Assistant Secretary
          and Associate General Counsel of Depositor

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September
7, 1995.



SIGNATURE                      TITLE
_________________________      Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Terry L. Kendall *             of Registrant and Depositor

_________________________      Chief Financial Officer of Registrant and
Stephen J. Preston *           Depositor

_________________________      Director of Depositor
John Herron, Jr. *

_________________________      Director of Depositor
Richard A. Marin *

_________________________      Governor of Registrant
Roger B. Vincent *

_________________________      Governor of Registrant
Robert A. Grayson *

_________________________
M. Norville Young

*  By: /s/ Mitchell M. Cox
       ___________________
Mitchell M.Cox, attorney-in-fact, on behalf of those indicated pursuant to Power
of Attorney
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT   ITEM                                                              PAGE


6(a)      Individual Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity
          Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6(b)      Discretionary Group Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed
          Annuity Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6(c)      Individual Deferred Variable Annuity Contract  . . . . . . . . .

6(d)      External Exchange Program Endorsement. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6(e)      DVA Update Program Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6(f)      Individual Retirement Annuity Rider Page . . . . . . . . . . . .

7(a)      Individual Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity
          Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7(b)      Group Deferred Combination Variable and FixedAnnuity
          Enrollment Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7(c)      Individual Deferred Variable Annuity Application . . . . . . . .

8(e)      Powers of Attorney (relating to Governors of Registrant) . . . .

12(a)     Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan. . . . . . . . . . . . .

12(b)     Opinion of Myles R. Tashman. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13        Consent of Ernst & Young . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

<PAGE>


  6(a)   INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

<PAGE>
               GOLDEN
               AMERICAN
     [LOGO]    LIFE INSURANCE                          Deferred Combination
               COMPANY                                 Variable and Fixed
                                                       Annuity Contract
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock Company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     This is a legal Contract between its Owner and us. Please read it
     carefully. In this Contract you or your refers to the Owner shown above.
     We, our or us refers to Golden American Life Insurance Company. You may
     allocate this Contract's Accumulation Value among the Separate Account
     Divisions and the Fixed Account (the Market Value Adjusted Fixed Account)
     as shown in the Schedule.

     If this Contract is in force, we will make income payments to you starting
     on the Annuity Commencement Date. If the Owner dies prior to the Annuity
     Commencement Date, we will pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary. The
     amount of such benefits are subject to the terms of this Contract.

     RIGHT TO EXAMINE THIS CONTRACT: You may return this Contract to us or the
     agent through whom you purchased it within 10 days after you receive it. If
     so returned, we will treat the Contract as though it were never issued.
     Upon receipt we will promptly refund the Accumulation Value plus any
     charges we have deducted as of the date the returned Contract is received
     by us.

     All payments and values, when based on the investment experience of a
     Separate Account Division, may increase or decrease, depending on the
     Contract's investment results. All payments and values based on the Fixed
     Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, the operation of which
     may cause such payments and values to increase or decrease.


     Signed for Golden American Life Insurance Company on the Contract Issue
     Date.


     Customer Service Center                           Secretary:
     1001 Jefferson Street, Suite 400
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801                        President:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract - No Dividends

     Variable Cash Surrender Values while the Owner is living and prior to the
     Annuity Commencement Date. Death benefit subject to guaranteed minimum.
     Additional Premium Payment Option. Partial Withdrawal Option.
     Non-participating. Investment results reflected in values.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

<PAGE>

                               Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Schedule ........................................   3

  Premium Payment and Investment Information
  The Variable Separate Accounts
  Contract Facts
  Charges
  Income Plan Factors

Introduction to this Contract .......................   4

  The Contract
  The Owner
  The Annuitant
  The Beneficiary
  Change of Owner or Beneficiary

Premium Payments and Allocation Changes .............   6

  Initial Premium Payment
  Additional Premium Payment Option
  Your Right to Change Allocation of
    Accumulation Value
  What Happens if a Division is Not Available

How We Measure the Contract's
 Accumulation Value .................................   7

  The Variable Separate Accounts
  Valuation Period
  Accumulation Value
  Accumulation Value in each Division and Fixed
    Allocation
  Fixed Account
  Measurement of Investment Experience
  Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value on
    each Contract Processing Date

Your Contract Benefits ..............................  12

  Cash Value Benefit
  Partial Withdrawal Option

Death Benefit Proceeds ..............................  13

  Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary

Choosing an Income Plan .............................  14

  Annuity Benefits
  Annuity Commencement Date Selection
  Frequency Selection
  The Income Plan
  The Annuity Options
  Payments When Named Person Dies

Other Important Information .........................  16

  Sending Notice to Us
  Reports to Owner
  Assignment -- Using this Contract as
    Collateral Security
  Changing this Contract
  Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law
  Misstatement of Age or Sex
  Non-Participating
  Payments We May Defer
  Authority to Make Agreements
  Required Note on Our Computations


     Copies of any application form and any additional Riders and Endorsements
     are at the back of this Contract.

Schedule Pages

     The Schedule pages give specific facts about this Contract and its
     coverage. Please refer to them while reading this Contract.



GA-IA-1007-04/95
                                       2

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                       Payment And Investment Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant's Issue Age    Annuitant's Sex               Owner's Issue Age
[35]                     [Male]                        [55]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Date            Issue Date                    Residence State
[January 1, 1994]        [January 1, 1994]             [Delaware]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Premium Payment and Investment Information

     Initial Premium Payment received:            [$10,000]

     Your initial Accumulation Value has been invested as follows:

                                             Percentage of
                     Divisions               Accumulation Value
                     ---------               ------------------
               [Multiple Allocation               10%
                   Fully Managed                  10%
               Capital Appreciation               10%
                 Rising Dividends                 10%
                    All-Growth                    10%
                    Real Estate                   10%
                   Value Equity                    5%
                 Natural Resources                 5%
                 Emerging Markets                  5%
            The Managed Global Account             5%
               Limited Maturity Bond               5%
                   Liquid Asset                    5%]

                       Fixed
                    Allocations
                    -----------
             [1-Year Guarantee Period              5%
              3-Year Guarantee Period              5%]
                                               --------
                       Total                     100%
                                               ========

Additional Premium Payment Information

[We will accept additional premium payments until either the Annuitant or the
Owner reaches the Attained Age of [85]. The minimum additional payment which may
be made is [$500.00].


Accumulation Value Allocation Rules

The maximum number of Divisions in which you may be invested at any one time is
[twelve]. You are allowed unlimited allocation changes per Contract Year without
charge. We reserve the right to impose a charge for any allocation change in
excess of [twelve] per Contract Year. We also reserve the right to limit, upon
notice, the maximum number of allocation changes you may make within a Contract
Year. The Excess Allocation Charge is shown in the Charges section of the
Schedule.



GA-IA-1007-04/95
                                       3A1

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                 Payment And Investment Information (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant's Issue Age    Annuitant's Sex               Owner's Issue Age
[35]                     [Male]                        [55]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Date            Issue Date                    Residence State
[January 1, 1994]        [January 1, 1994]             [Delaware]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Allocation Changes by Telephone

You may request allocation changes by telephone during our telephone request
business hours. You may call our Customer Service Center at 1-800-366-0066 to
make allocation changes by using the personal identification number you will
receive. You may also mail any notice or request for allocation changes to our
Customer Service Center.


GA-IA-1007-04/95
                                       3A2

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                         The Variable Separate Accounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Divisions Investing in Shares of a Mutual Fund

     Separate Account B (the "Account") is a unit investment trust Separate
     Account, organized in and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware,
     our state of domicile. The Account is divided into Divisions.

     Each Division listed below invests in shares of the mutual fund portfolio
     (the "Series") designated. Each portfolio is a part of The GCG Trust (the
     "Trust") managed by Directed Services, Inc.


[MULTIPLE      MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
ALLOCATION     Objective           -The highest total return, consisting of
DIVISION                            capital appreciation and current income,
                                    consistent with the preservation of capital
                                    and elimination of unnecessary risk.

               Investments         -Investment in equity and debt securities and
                                    the use of certain sophisticated investment
                                    strategies and techniques.

               Portfolio Manager   -Zweig Advisors Inc.


FULLY          FULLY MANAGED SERIES
MANAGED        Objective           -High total investment return over the long
DIVISION                            term, consistent with the preservation of
                                    capital and prudent investment risk.

               Investments         -Pursues an active asset allocation strategy
                                    whereby investments are allocated, based
                                    upon an evaluation of economic and market
                                    trends and the anticipated relative total
                                    return available, among three asset classes
                                    -- debt securities, equity securities and
                                    money market instruments.

               Portfolio Manager   -T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.]


GA-IA-1007-04/95


                                      3Bl

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                   The Variable Separate Accounts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CAPITAL       CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
APPRECIATION   Objective           -Long-term capital growth.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Invests in common stocks and preferred stock
                                    that will be allocated among various
                                    categories of stocks referred to as
                                    "components" which consist of the following:
                                    (i) The Growth Component - Securities that
                                    the portfolio manager believes have the
                                    following characteristics: stability and
                                    quality of earnings and positive earnings
                                    momentum; dominant competitive positions;
                                    and demonstrate above-average growth rates
                                    as compared to published S&P 500 earnings
                                    projections; and (ii) The Value Component -
                                    Securities that the portfolio manager
                                    regards as fundamentally undervalued, i.e.,
                                    securities selling at a discount to asset
                                    value and securities with a relatively low
                                    price/earnings ratio. The securities
                                    eligible for this component may include real
                                    estate stocks, such as securities of
                                    publicly-owned companies that, in the
                                    portfolio manager's judgement, offer an
                                    optimum combination of current dividend
                                    yield, expected dividend growth, and
                                    discount to current real estate value.

               Portfolio Manager   -Chancellor Trust Company


RISING         RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
DIVIDENDS      Objective           -Capital appreciation, with dividend income
DIVISION                            as a secondary objective.

               Investments         -Investment in equity securities of high
                                    quality companies that meet the following
                                    four criteria: consistent dividend
                                    increases; substantial dividend increases;
                                    reinvested profits; and an under-leveraged
                                    balance sheet.

               Portfolio Manager   -Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, Inc.


ALL-GROWTH     ALL-GROWTH SERIES
DIVISION       Objective           - Capital appreciation.

               Investments         -Investment in securities selected for their
                                    long term growth prospects.

               Portfolio Manager   -Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.


REAL           REAL ESTATE SERIES
ESTATE         Objective           -Capital appreciation, with current income as
DIVISION                            a secondary objective.

               Investments         -Investment in publicly-traded equity
                                    securities of companies in the real estate
                                    industry listed on national exchanges or on
                                    the National Association of Securities
                                    Dealers Automated Quotation System.

               Portfolio Manager   -E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc.]

GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       3B2

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                   The Variable Separate Accounts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[NATURAL       NATURAL RESOURCES SERIES
RESOURCES      Objective           -Long-term capital appreciation.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment in equity and debt securities of
                                    companies engaged in the exploration,
                                    development, production, and distribution of
                                    natural resources.

               Portfolio Manager   -Van Eck Associates Corporation


EMERGING       EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
MARKETS        Objective           -Long-term growth of capital.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment primarily in equity securities of
                                    companies that are considered to be in
                                    emerging market countries in the Pacific
                                    Basin and Latin America. Income is not an
                                    objective, and any production of current
                                    income is considered incidental to the
                                    objective of growth of capital.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company


LIMITED        LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES
MATURITY       Objective           -Highest current income consistent with low
BOND                                risk to principal and liquidity. Also seeks
DIVISION                            to enhance its total return through capital
                                    appreciation when market factors indicate
                                    that capital appreciation may be available
                                    without significant risk to principal.

               Investments         -Investment primarily in a diversified
                                    portfolio of limited maturity debt
                                    securities.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company


LIQUID         LIQUID ASSET SERIES
ASSET          Objective           -High level of current income consistent with
DIVISION                            the preservation of capital and liquidity.

               Investments         -Obligations of the U.S. Government and its
                                    agencies and instrumentalities; bank
                                    obligations; commercial paper and short-term
                                    corporate debt securities.

               Term                -All issues maturing in less than one year.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company]


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                      3B3

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                   The Variable Separate Accounts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[VALUE         VALUE EQUITY SERIES
EQUITY         Objective           -Capital appreciation.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment primarily in equity securities
                                    which meet quantitative standards considered
                                    to indicate above-average financial
                                    soundness and high intrinsic value relative
                                    to price.

               Portfolio Manager   -Eagle Asset Management, Inc.


     NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE CONTRACT AND THE GCG TRUST
           FOR MORE DETAILS.


The Managed Global Account of Account D

     The Managed Global Account (the "Global Account") is a non-diversified
     investment company which invests directly in securities. DSI serves as
     manager of Separate Account D and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. serves
     as portfolio manager of the Global Account.

THE MANAGED    THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT PORTFOLIO
GLOBAL ACCOUNT Objective           -High total investment return, consistent
DIVISION                            with a prudent regard for capital
                                    preservation.

               Investments         -Investment in a wide range of equity and
                                    debt securities and money market instruments
                                    of both domestic and foreign issuers.

               Portfolio Manager   -Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.


     NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE CONTRACT AND THE MANAGED
           GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D FOR MORE DETAILS.]


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       3B4

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                                 Contract Facts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life-10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                              Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]   [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Contract Facts

     Contract Processing Date

     The Contract Processing Date for your Contract is [April 1] of each year.

     Specially Designated Division

     When a distribution is made from an investment portfolio underlying a
     Separate Account Division in which reinvestment is not available, we will
     allocate the amount of the distribution to the [Liquid Asset Division]
     unless you specify otherwise.


Partial Withdrawals

     [The maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a Contract Year without being
     considered an Excess Partial Withdrawal is 15% of the Accumulation Value as
     of the date of the withdrawal. We will collect a Surrender Charge for
     Excess Partial Withdrawals and a charge for any unrecovered premium taxes.
     In no event may a Partial Withdrawal be greater than 90% of the Cash
     Surrender Value.

     Conventional Partial Withdrawals

          Minimum Withdrawal Amount:         $1,000

     Any Conventional Partial Withdrawal from a Fixed Allocation is subject to a
     Market Value Adjustment unless taken from a Fixed Allocation within the
     thirty days prior to the Maturity Date of such Fixed Allocation.

     Systematic Partial Withdrawal

     Systematic Partial Withdrawals may be elected to commence after 28 days
     from the Contract Issue Date and may be taken on a monthly or quarterly
     basis. You select the day withdrawals will be made, but no later than the
     28th day of the month. If you do not elect a day, the Contract Date will be
     used.

          Minimum Withdrawal Amount:         $100.00

          Maximum Withdrawal Amounts:

               Separate Account Divisions:   1.25% monthly or 3.75% quarterly of
                                             Accumulation Value.

               Fixed Allocations:            Interest earned on Fixed Allocation
                                             in prior month (for monthly
                                             withdrawals) or prior quarter (for
                                             quarterly withdrawals).

     A Systematic Partial Withdrawal from a Fixed Allocation is not subject to
     Market Value Adjustment.]


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       3C1

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Death Benefit

[IF DEATHBEN="1": The Death Benefit is the greatest of (i) the Accumulation
Value, (ii) the Guaranteed Death Benefit, (iii) the Cash Surrender Value, and
(iv) the sum of premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals.

IF DEATHBEN="2": The Death Benefit is the greatest of (i) the Accumulation
Value, (ii) the Guaranteed Death Benefit, (iii) the Cash Surrender Value, and
(iv) the sum of premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals.

IF DEATHBEN="3": The Death Benefit is the greater of (i) the Cash Surrender
Value, (ii) the Accumulation Value, and (iii) the sum of the premiums paid, less
any Partial Withdrawals.]

Guaranteed Death Benefit

[On the Contract Date, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is the initial premium. On
subsequent Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is calculated as
follows:

IF DEATHBEN="1": Option 1:

     (1)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation Date;

     (2)  Calculate interest on (1) for the current Valuation Period at the
          Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate;

     (3)  Add (1) and (2);

     (4)  Add any additional premiums paid during the current Valuation Period
          to (3);

     (5)  Subtract Partial Withdrawals made during the current Valuation Period
          from (4);

Each accumulated initial or additional premium payment, reduced by any Partial
Withdrawals (including any associated Market Value Adjustment and Surrender
Charge incurred) allocated to such premium, will continue to grow at the
Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate until reaching its Maximum Guaranteed
Death Benefit.

Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate

The Guaranteed Death Benefit is accumulated at a rate of 7% compounded annually,
except:

     (1)  Amounts in the Liquid Asset Division are accumulated at the net rate
          of return for the Liquid Asset Division during the current Valuation
          Period if less than 7%; and

     (2)  Amounts in Limited Maturity Bond Division are accumulated at the net
          rate of return for the Limited Maturity Bond Division during the
          current Valuation Period if less than 7%; and

     (3)  Amounts in a Fixed Allocation are accumulated at the interest rate
          being credited to such Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation
          Period if less than 7%.]

Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit

The Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit is initially equal to two times the initial
or additional premium paid. Thereafter, the Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit as
of the effective date of a partial withdrawal is reduced first by the amount of
any partial withdrawal representing earnings and second in proportion to the
reduction in Accumulation Value for any partial withdrawal representing premium
(in each case, including any associated Market Value Adjustment and Surrender
Charge incurred).


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                      3C2


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Option 2:

     (1)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation Date;

     (2)  Add to (1) any additional premium paid since the prior Valuation Date
          and subtract from (1) any Partial Withdrawals taken since the prior
          Valuation Date;

     (3)  On a Valuation Date which occurs through the Contract Year in which
          the Owner's Attained Age is 80 and which is also a Contract
          Anniversary, we set the Guaranteed Death Benefit equal to the greater
          of (2) or the Accumulation Value as of such date. On all other
          Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is equal to (2).

Option 3:

     (1)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation Date;

     (2)  Add any additional premiums paid during the current Valuation Period
          to (1);

     (3)  Subtract any Partial Withdrawals made during the current Valuation
          Period from (2).]



GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                      3C3


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Change of Owner

     [When the ownership changes, the new Owner's age at the time of the change
     will be used as the basis for the death benefit. The new Owner's death will
     determine when a death benefit is payable.

     IF DEATHBEN="1": If the new Contractowner's age is less than or equal to
     75, the Guaranteed Death Benefit Option in effect prior to the change of
     Contractowner will remain in effect. If the new Contractowner's age is
     greater than 75, the Guaranteed Death Benefit will be zero and the Death
     Benefit shall be the greatest of the Cash Surrender Value, the Accumulation
     Value, and the sum of the premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.

     IF DEATHBEN="2": If the new Contractowner's age is less than or equal to
     79, the Guaranteed Death Benefit Option in effect prior to the change of
     Contractowner will remain in effect. If the new Contractowner's age is
     greater than 79, the Guaranteed Death Benefit will be zero and the Death
     Benefit shall be the greatest of Cash Surrender Value, the Accumulation
     Value, and the sum of premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.

     IF DEATHBEN="3": The Guaranteed Death Benefit Option after the change of
     Contractowner will remain the same as before the change.]

Choosing an Income Plan

     Required Date of Annuity Commencement

     [The Annuity Commencement Date is required to be the same date as
     the Contract Processing Date in the month following the Annuitant's [90th]
     birthday. If, on the Annuity Commencement Date, a Surrender Charge
     remains, your elected Annuity Option must include a period certain
     of at least five years duration. In applying the Accumulation Value, we may
     first collect any Premium Taxes due us.]

     Minimum Annuity Income Payment

     The minimum monthly annuity income payment that we will make is [$20.]

     Optional Benefit Riders - [None.]

Attained Age

     The Issue Age of the Annuitant or Owner plus the number of full years
     elapsed since the Contract Date.


GA-IA-1007-04/95


                                      3C4


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fixed Account

     Minimum Fixed Allocation

     The minimum allocation to the Fixed Account in any one Fixed Allocation is
     [$250.00].

     Guaranteed Minimum Interest Rate - [3%].

     Guarantee Periods

     We currently offer Guarantee Periods of [1, 3, 5, 7 and 10] years. We
     reserve the right to offer Guarantee Periods of durations other than those
     available on the Contract Date. We also reserve the right to cease offering
     a particular Guarantee Period or Periods.

     Index Rate

     The Index Rate is the average of the Ask Yields for the U.S. Treasury
     Strips as reported by a national quoting service for the applicable
     maturity. The average is based on the period from the 22nd day of the
     calendar month two months prior to the calendar month of Index Rate
     determination to the 21st day of the calendar month immediately prior to
     the month of determination. The applicable maturity date for these U.S.
     Treasury Strips is on or next following the last day of the Guarantee
     Period. If these Ask Yields are no longer available, the Index Rate will be
     determined using a suitable replacement method.

     We currently set the Index Rate once each calendar month. However, we
     reserve the right to set the Index Rate more frequently than monthly, but
     in no event will such Index Rate be based on a period less than 28 days.



GA-IA-1007-04/95


                                      3C5


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                                     Charges
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Charge Deduction Division

[All charges against the Accumulation Value in this Contract will be deducted
from the [Liquid Asset Division].]

Deductions from Premiums - [None.]

Deductions from Accumulation Value

Initial Administrative Charge - [None.]

Administrative Charge - [We charge [$40] to cover a portion of our ongoing
administrative expenses for each Contract Processing Period. The charge is
incurred at the beginning of the Contract Processing Period and deducted on the
Contract Processing Date at the end of the period. At the time of deduction,
this charge will waived if:

     (1)  The Accumulation Value is at least $100,000; or

     (2)  The sum of premiums paid to date is at least $100,000.]

Excess Allocation Charge - Currently none, however, we reserve the right to
charge t$25] for a change if you make more than [twelve] allocation changes per
Contract Year. Any charge will be deducted from the Divisions and Fixed
Allocations from which each such allocation is made in proportion to the amount
being transferred from each such Division and Fixed Allocation.

Surrender Charge - A Surrender Charge is imposed as a percentage of premium if
the Contract is surrendered or an Excess Partial Withdrawal is taken. The
percentage imposed at time of surrender or Excess Partial Withdrawal depends on
the number of complete years that have elapsed since a premium payment was made.
The Surrender Charge expressed as a percentage of each premium payment is as
follows:

                    Complete Years Elapsed          Surrender
                    Since Premium Payment           Charges
                    ---------------------           -------

                         [0                            7%
                          1                            7%
                          2                            6%
                          3                            5%
                          4                            4%
                          5                            3%
                          6                            1%
                          7+                           0%]


For the purpose of calculating the Surrender Charge for an Excess Partial
Withdrawal; a) we treat premiums as being withdrawn on a first-in, first-out
basis, and b) amounts withdrawn which are not considered an Excess Partial
Withdrawal are not considered a withdrawal of any premium payments.


GA-IA-1007-04/95



                                      3D1


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                               Charges (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Premium Taxes - We deduct from the Accumulation Value the amount of any premium
or other state and local taxes levied by any state or governmental entity when
such taxes are incurred.

We reserve the right to defer collection of premium taxes until surrender or
until application of Accumulation Value to an Annuity Option. An Excess Partial
Withdrawal will result in the deduction of any premium tax then due us on such
amount We reserve the right to change the amount we charge for premium tax
charges on future premium payments to conform with changes in the law or if the
Owner changes state of residence.

Deductions from the Divisions

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge - We deduct 0.003030% of the assets in the
Separate Account Division on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual rate of
1.10%) for mortality and expense risks. This charge is not deducted from the
Fixed Account values.

Asset-Based Administrative Charge - [We deduct 0.000411% of the assets in each
Separate Account Division on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual rate of
0.15%) to compensate us for a portion of our ongoing administrative expenses.
This charge is not deducted from the Fixed Account.]



GA-IA-1007-04/95


                                      3D2


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                               Income Plan Factors
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                     Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]               [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium               Annuity Option           Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                     [Life-10 Year Certain]   [January 1, 2024]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                            Contract Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Values for other payment periods, ages, or joint life combinations are
available on request. Monthly payments are shown for each $1,000 applied.

                       Table for Income for a Fixed Period

    Fixed Period     Monthly   Fixed Period   Monthly  Fixed Period   Monthly
        of Years     Income        of Years   Income       of Years   Income
    ------------     --------  ------------   -------  ------------   -------

                                   11          $8.88       21         $5.33
          2          $42.96        12           8.26       22          5.16
          3           29.06        13           7.73       23          5.00
          4           22.12        14           7.28       24          4.85
          5           17.95        15           6.89       25          4.72
          6           15.18        16           6.54       26          4.60
          7           13.20        17           6.24       27          4.49
          8           11.71        18           5.98       28          4.38
          9           10.56        19           5.74       29          4.28
         10            9.64        20           5.53       30          4.19



Table for Income for Life

                  Male/Female            Male/Female          Male/Female
Age          10 Years Certain       20 Years Certain       Refund Certain
- ---          ----------------       ----------------       --------------

50             $4.53/4.19               $4.38/4.13           $4.40/4.12
55              4.93/4.52                4.68/4.40            4.74/4.42
60              5.45/4.96                4.99/4.72            5.16/4.79
65              6.11/5.52                5.30/5.07            5.75/5.29
70              6.91/6.26                5.54/5.40            6.52/5.97
75              7.79/7.18                5.68/5.62            7.33/6.74
80              8.61/8.18                5.75/5.73            8.61/7.90
85 & Over       9.24/9.01                5.77/5.76           10.43/9.50]


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       3E
<PAGE>

                         Introduction to this Contract
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Contract

     This is a legal Contract between you and us. We provide benefits as stated
     in this Contract. In return, you supply us with the Initial Premium Payment
     required to put this Contract in effect.

     This Contract, together with any Riders or Endorsements, constitutes the
     entire Contract. Riders and Endorsements add provisions or change the terms
     of the basic Contract.

The Owner

     You are the Owner of this Contract. You are also the Annuitant unless
     another Annuitant has been named in the application and is shown in the
     Schedule. You have the rights and options described in this Contract,
     including but not limited to the right to receive the Annuity Benefits on
     the Annuity Commencement Date.

     One or more people may own this Contract. If there are multiple Owners
     named, the age of the oldest Owner shall be used to determine the
     applicable death benefit. In the case of a sole Owner who dies prior to the
     Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay the Beneficiary the death benefit
     then due. If the sole Owner is not an individual, we will treat the
     Annuitant as Owner for the purpose of determining when the Owner dies under
     the death benefit provision (if there is no Contingent Annuitant), and the
     Annuitant's issue age will determine the applicable death benefit payable
     to the Beneficiary. The sole Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary if no
     Beneficiary designation is in effect, or if the designated Beneficiary has
     predeceased the Owner. In the case of a joint Owner of the Contract dying
     prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the surviving Owner(s) shall be
     deemed as the Beneficiary(ies).

The Annuitant

     The Annuitant is the measuring life of the Annuity Benefits provided under
     this Contract. You may name a Contingent Annuitant. The Annuitant may not
     be changed during the Annuitant's lifetime.

     If the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
     Annuitant becomes the Annuitant. You will be the Contingent Annuitant
     unless you name someone else. The Annuitant must be a natural person. If
     the Annuitant dies and no Contingent Annuitant has been named, we will
     allow you sixty days to designate someone other than yourself as Annuitant.
     If all Owners are not individuals and, through the operation of this
     provision, an Owner becomes Annuitant, we will pay the death proceeds to
     the Beneficiary. If there are joint Owners, we will treat the youngest of
     the Owners as the Contingent Annuitant designated, unless you elect
     otherwise.

The Beneficiary

     The Beneficiary is the person to whom we pay death proceeds if any Owner
     dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. See Death Benefit Proceeds for
     more information. We pay death proceeds to the primary Beneficiary (unless
     there are joint Owners in which case death benefit proceeds are payable to
     the surviving Owner). If the primary Beneficiary dies before the Owner, the
     death proceeds are paid to the contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is
     no surviving Beneficiary, we pay the death proceeds to the Owner's estate.

     One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or contingent
     Beneficiary. In the case of more than one Beneficiary, we will assume any
     death proceeds are to be paid in equal shares to the surviving
     Beneficiaries. You can specify other than equal shares.

     You have the right to change Beneficiaries, unless you designate the
     primary Beneficiary irrevocable. When an irrevocable Beneficiary has been
     designated, you and the irrevocable Beneficiary may have to act together to
     exercise the rights and options under this Contract.



GA-IA-1007-04/95


                                       4


<PAGE>


                   Introduction to this Contract (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

     During your lifetime and while this Contract is in effect you can transfer
     ownership of this Contract or change the Beneficiary. To make any of these
     changes, you must send us written notice of the change in a form
     satisfactory to us. The change will take effect as of the day the notice is
     signed. The change will not affect any payment made or action taken by us
     before recording the change at our Customer Service Center. A Change of
     Owner may affect the amount of death benefit payable under this Contract.
     See Proceeds Payable to Beneficiary.

GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       5


<PAGE>


                     Premium Payments and Allocation Changes
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Initial Premium Payment

     The Initial Premium Payment is required to put this Contract in effect. The
     amount and allocation of the Initial Premium Payment is shown in the
     Schedule.

Additional Premium Payment Option

     You may make additional premium payments at any time before the Annuity
     Commencement Date. Satisfactory notice to us must be given for additional
     premium payments. Restrictions on additional premium payments, such as the
     Attained Age of the Annuitant or Owner and the timing and amount of each
     payment, are shown in the Schedule. We reserve the right to defer
     acceptance of or to return any additional premium payments.

     As of the date we receive and accept your additional premium payment:

          (1)  The Accumulation Value will increase by the amount of the premium
               payment less any premium deductions as shown in the Schedule.

          (2)  The increase in the Accumulation Value will be allocated among
               the Divisions and the Fixed Allocations in accordance with your
               instructions. If you do not provide such instructions, allocation
               will be among the Divisions in proportion to the amount of
               Accumulation Value in each Division as of the date we receive and
               accept your additional premium payment. Allocations to the Fixed
               Account will be made only upon specific written request.

     Where to Make Payments

     Remit the premium payments to our Customer Service Center. On request we
     will give you a receipt signed by one of our officers.

Your Right to Change Allocation of Accumulation Value

     The Accumulation Value may be reallocated among the Divisions and the Fixed
     Allocations prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The number of free
     allocation changes each Contract Year that we will allow is shown in the
     Schedule. To make an allocation change, you must provide us with
     satisfactory notice at our Customer Service Center. The change will take
     effect when we receive the notice. Restrictions for reallocation into and
     out of the Divisions are shown in the Schedule. An allocation from the
     Fixed Allocation may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. See Market
     Value Adjustment.

What Happens if a Division is Not Available

     When a distribution is made from an investment portfolio supporting a unit
     investment trust Division or from a Division of a Managed Separate Account
     in which reinvestment is not available, we will allocate the distribution
     to the Specially Designated Division shown in the Schedule unless you
     specify otherwise.

     Such a distribution may occur when an investment portfolio or Division
     matures, when distribution from a portfolio or Division cannot be
     reinvested in the portfolio or Division due to the unavailability of
     securities, or for other reasons. When this occurs because of maturity, we
     will send written notice to you thirty days in advance of such date. To
     elect an allocation to other than the Specially Designated Division shown
     in the Schedule, you must provide satisfactory notice to us at least seven
     days prior to the date the investment matures. Such allocations will not be
     counted as an allocation change of the Accumulation Value for purposes of
     the number of free allocation changes permitted.



GA-IA-1007-04/95


                                       6


<PAGE>


                How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The variable Annuity Benefits under this Contract are provided through
     investments which may be made in our Separate Accounts.

The Variable Separate Ac(counts

     These accounts, which are designated in the Schedule, are kept separate
     from our General Account and any other Separate Accounts we may have. They
     are used to support Variable Annuity Contracts and may be used for other
     purposes permitted by applicable laws and regulations. We own the assets in
     the Variable Separate Accounts. Assets equal to the reserves and other
     liabilities of the accounts will not be charged with liabilities that arise
     from any other business we conduct; but, we may transfer to our General
     Account assets which exceed the reserves and other liabilities of the
     Variable Separate Accounts. Income and realized and unrealized gains or
     losses from assets in these Separate Accounts are credited to or charged
     against the account without regard to other income, gains or losses in our
     other investment accounts.

     One type of Variable Separate Account will invest in mutual funds, unit
     investment trusts and other investment portfolios which we determine to be
     suitable for the group contract's purposes. This Separate Account is
     treated as a unit investment trust under Federal securities laws. It is
     registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940. This Separate Account is also governed by
     state laws as designated in the Schedule.

     Another type of Variable Separate Account will invest directly in portfolio
     securities deemed appropriate by the investment adviser or the committee
     managing a Separate Account. This Separate Account is treated as an open
     end, diversified management investment company under Federal securities
     laws. It is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of
     1940. This Separate Account is also governed by state laws as designated in
     the Schedule.

     We may offer certain non-registered Series or Variable Separate Accounts.
     Any such Series or Variable Separate Account is shown in the Schedule.

     Divisions of the Variable Separate Account

     A Unit Investment Trust Variable Separate Account includes Divisions, each
     investing in a designated investment portfolio. The Divisions and the
     investment portfolios in which they invest, if applicable, are specified in
     the Schedule. Some of the portfolios designated may be managed by a
     separate investment adviser. Such adviser may be registered under the
     Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

     A Managed Variable Separate Account includes Divisions, each investing
     directly in portfolios of securities designed to meet the objectives of the
     Division. The Divisions, if applicable, and their objectives are specified
     in the Schedule. Some of the Divisions designated may be managed by a
     separate investment adviser. Such adviser may be registered under the
     Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

     Changes Within the Separate Accounts

     We may, from time to time, make additional Separate Account Divisions
     available to you. These Divisions will invest in investment portfolios we
     find suitable for this Contract. We also have the right to eliminate
     Divisions from a Separate Account, to combine two or more Divisions or to
     substitute a new portfolio for the portfolio in which a Division invests. A
     substitution may become necessary if, in our judgment, a portfolio or
     Division no longer suits the purposes of this Contract. This may happen due
     to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's investment
     objectives or restrictions, or because the portfolio or Division is no
     longer available for investment, or for some other reason. We will get
     prior approval from the insurance department of our state of domicile
     before making such a substitution.

     This approval process is on file with the insurance department of the
     jurisdiction in which this Contract is delivered. We will also get any
     required approval from the SEC and any other required approvals before
     making such a substitution.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       7


<PAGE>


          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to
     transfer assets of the Divisions of the Variable Separate Account, which we
     determine to be associated with the class of Contracts to which this
     Contract belongs, to another Variable Separate Account or Division.

     When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:

          (1)  Deregister a Separate Account under the Investment Company Act of
               1940;

          (2)  Operate a Separate Account as a management company under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
               investment trust;

          (3)  Operate a Separate Account as a unit investment trust under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a Managed
               Separate Account;

          (4)  Restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or other
               persons who have voting rights as to a Separate Account; and,

          (5)  Combine a Separate Account with other Separate Accounts.

Valuation Period

     Each Division will be valued at the end of each Valuation Period on a
     Valuation Date. A Valuation Period is each Business Day together with any
     non-Business Days before it. A Business Day is any day the New York Stock
     Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading, and the SEC requires mutual funds,
     unit investment trusts, or other investment portfolios to value their
     securities.

Accumulation Value

     The Accumulation Value of this Contract is equal to the sum of the amounts
     that you have in each Division and the Fixed Allocations. You select how
     your Accumulation Value is allocated. The maximum number of Divisions and
     Fixed Allocations to which you may allocate Accumulation Value at any one
     time is shown in the Schedule.

Accumulation Value in each Division and Fixed Allocation

     On the Contract Date

     On the Contract Date, the Accumulation Value is allocated to each Division
     and the Fixed Allocations as shown in the Schedule.

     On each Valuation Date

     At the end of each subsequent Valuation Period, the amount of Accumulation
     Value in each Division and Fixed Allocation will be calculated as follows:

          (1)  We take the Accumulation Value in the Division or Fixed
               Allocation at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.

          (2)  We multiply (1) by the Division's Net Rate of Return for the
               current Valuation Period, or we calculate the interest to be
               credited to a Fixed Allocation for the current Valuation Period.

          (3)  We add (1) and (2).

          (4)  We add to (3) any additional premium payments (less any premium
               deductions as shown in the Schedule) allocated to the Division or
               Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation Period.

          (5)  We add or subtract allocations to or from that Division or Fixed
               Allocation during the current Valuation Period.

          (6)  We subtract from (5) any Partial Withdrawals which are allocated
               to the Division or Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation
               Period.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       8

<PAGE>
          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (7)  We subtract from (6) the amounts allocated to that Division
                    or Fixed Allocation for:

                    (a)  any charges due for Optional Benefit Riders as shown in
                         the Schedule;

                    (b)  any Contract fees as shown in the Schedule;

     All amounts in (7) are allocated to each Division or Fixed Allocation as
     explained in Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value.

Fixed Account

     The Fixed Account is a Separate Account under state insurance law and is
     not required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Fixed Account includes
     various Fixed Allocations which we credit with fixed rates of interest for
     the Guarantee Period or Periods you select. We reset the interest rates for
     new Fixed Allocations periodically based on our sole discretion.

     Guarantee Periods

     Each Fixed Allocation is guaranteed an interest rate for a period, a
     Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate for a Fixed Allocation is
     effective for the entire period. The Maturity Date of a Guarantee Period
     will be on the last day of the calendar month in which the Guarantee Period
     ends. Withdrawals and transfers made during a Guarantee Period may be
     subject to a Market Value Adjustment unless made within thirty days of the
     Maturity Date.

     Upon the expiry of a Guarantee Period, we will transfer the Accumulation
     Value of the expiring Fixed Allocation to a Fixed Allocation with a
     Guarantee Period equal in length to the expiring Guarantee Period, unless
     you select another period prior to a Maturity Date. We will notify you at
     least thirty days prior to a Maturity Date of your options for renewal. If
     the period remaining from the expiry of the previous Guarantee Period to
     the Annuity Commencement Date is less than the period you have elected or
     the period expiring, the next shortest period then available that will not
     extend beyond the Annuity Commencement Date will be offered to you. If a
     period is not available, the Accumulation Value will be transferred to the
     Specifically Designated Division.

     We will declare Guaranteed Interest Rates for the then available Fixed
     Allocation Guarantee Periods. These interest rates are based solely on our
     expectation as to our future earnings. Declared Guaranteed Interest Rates
     are subject to change at any time prior to application to specific Fixed
     Allocations, although in no event will the rates be less than the Minimum
     Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.

     Market Value Adjustments

     A Market Value Adjustment will be applied to a Fixed Allocation upon
     withdrawal, transfer or application to an Income Plan if made more than
     thirty days prior to such Fixed Allocation's Maturity Date, except on
     Systematic Partial Withdrawals and IRA Partial Withdrawals. The Market
     Value Adjustment is applied to each Fixed Allocation separately.

     The Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount of the
     Accumulation Value withdrawn, transferred or applied to an Income Plan by
     the following factor:

                        (((1+I)/(1+J+.0025)) (N/365))-1

     Where I is the Index Rate for a Fixed Allocation on the first day of the
     applicable Guarantee Period: J is the Index Rate for new Fixed Allocations
     with Guarantee Periods equal to the number of years (fractional years
     rounded up to the next full year) remaining in the Guarantee Period at the
     time of calculation; and N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee
     Period at the time of calculation. (The Index Rate is described in the
     Schedule.)


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       9


<PAGE>


          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:

               (1)  The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount
                    withdrawn before deduction of any applicable Surrender
                    Charge.

               (2)  For a partial withdrawal, partial transfer or in the case
                    where a portion of a Fixed Allocation is applied to an
                    Income Plan, the Market Value Adjustment will be calculated
                    on the total amount that must be withdrawn, transferred or
                    applied to an Income Plan in order to provide the amount
                    requested.

               (3)  If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it will be
                    assessed first against any remaining Accumulation Value in
                    the particular Fixed Allocation. Any remaining Market Value
                    Adjustment will be applied against the amount withdrawn,
                    transferred or applied to an Income Plan.

               (4)  If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it will be
                    credited to any remaining Accumulation Value in the
                    particular Fixed Allocation. If a cash surrender, full
                    transfer or full application to an Income Plan has been
                    requested, the Market Value Adjustment is added to the
                    amount withdrawn, transferred or applied to an Income Plan.

Measurement of Investment Experience

     Index of Investment Experience

     The Investment Experience of a Division is determined on each Valuation
     Date. We use an Index to measure changes in each Division's experience
     during a Valuation Period. We set the Index at $10 when the first
     investments in a Division are made. The Index for a current Valuation
     Period equals the Index for the preceding Valuation Period multiplied by
     the Experience Factor for the current Valuation Period.

     How We Determine the Experience Factor

     For Divisions of a Unit Investment Trust Separate Account, the Experience
     Factor reflects the Investment Experience of the portfolio in which the
     Division invests as well as the charges assessed against the Division for a
     Valuation Period. The factor is calculated as follows:

               (1)  We take the net asset value of the portfolio in which the
                    Division invests at the end of the current Valuation Period.

               (2)  We add to (1) the amount of any dividend or capital gains
                    distribution declared for the investment portfolio and
                    reinvested in such portfolio during the current Valuation
                    Period. We subtract from that amount a charge for our taxes,
                    if any.

               (3)  We divide (2) by the net asset value of the portfolio at the
                    end of the preceding Valuation Period.

               (4)  We subtract the daily Mortality and Expense Risk Charge for
                    each Division shown in the Schedule for each day in the
                    Valuation Period.

               (5)  We subtract the daily Asset-Based Administrative Charge
                    shown in the Schedule for each day in the Valuation Period.

     For Divisions of a Managed Separate Account which invest directly in
     portfolio securities, the Experience Factor reflects the investment
     experience of the Division as well as the charges assessed against the
     Division. The factor is calculated as follows:

               (1)  Take the value of the assets in the Division at the end of
                    the preceding Valuation Period.

               (2)  Add to (1) any investment income and capital gains, realized
                    or unrealized, credited to the assets during the current
                    Valuation Period.

               (3)  Subtract from (2) any capital losses, realized or
                    unrealized, charged against the assets during the current
                    Valuation Period.

               (4)  Subtract from (3) any amount charged against the Division
                    for any taxes.

               (5)  Divide (4) by the value of the assets in the Division at the
                    end of the preceding Valuation Period.

               (6)  Subtract from (5) a daily charge for operating expenses
                    actually incurred.

GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       1O


<PAGE>


          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (7)  Subtract from (6) the daily charge for investment advice for
                    each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the Schedule.

               (8)  Subtract from (7) the daily charge for mortality and expense
                    risks for each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the
                    Schedule.

               (9)  Subtract from (8) the daily asset based administrative
                    charge for each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the
                    Schedule.

     Calculations for Divisions investing in mutual fund portfolios are made on
     a per share basis. Calculations for Divisions investing in unit investment
     trusts are on a per unit basis.

     Net Rate of Return for a Separate Account Division

     The Net Rate of Return for a Division during a Valuation Period is the
     Experience Factor for that Valuation Period minus one.

     Interest Credited to a Fixed Allocation

     A Fixed Allocation will be credited with the Guaranteed Interest Rate for
     the Guarantee Period in effect on the date the premium or reallocation is
     applied. Once applied, such rate will be guaranteed until that Fixed
     Allocation's Maturity Date. Interest will be credited daily at a rate to
     yield the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.

     We periodically declare Guaranteed Interest Rates for then available
     Guarantee Periods. No Guaranteed Interest Rate will be less than the
     Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.

Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value on each Contract Processing Date

     All charges and fees are shown in the Schedule.

     Charge Deduction Division Option

     We will deduct all charges against the Accumulation Value of this Contract
     from the Charge Deduction Division if you elected this option (see the
     Schedule). If you did not elect this option or if the charges are greater
     than the amount in the Charge Deduction Division, the charges against the
     Accumulation Value will be deducted as follows:

               (1)  If these charges are less than the Accumulation Value in the
                    Divisions, they will be deducted proportionately from all
                    Divisions.

               (2)  If these charges exceed the Accumulation Value in the
                    Divisions, any excess over such value will be deducted from
                    the Fixed Account.

     Any charges deducted from the Fixed Account will be taken from Fixed
     Allocations starting with the Guarantee Period nearest its Maturity Date
     until such charges have been paid.

     At any time while this Contract is in effect, you may change your election
     of this option. To do this you must send a written request to our Customer
     Service Center. Any change will take effect within seven days of the date
     we receive your request.

GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       11

<PAGE>


                             Your Contract Benefits
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     While this Contract is in effect, there are important rights and benefits
     that are available to you. We discuss these rights and benefits in this
     section.

Cash Value Benefit

     Cash Surrender Value

     The Cash Surrender Value before the Annuity Commencement Date, is
     determined as follows:

               (1)  We take the Contract's Accumulation Value;

               (2)  We deduct any Surrender Charges;

               (3)  We deduct any charges shown in the Schedule that have been
                    incurred but not yet deducted, including:

                    (a) any first-year administrative fee that has not yet been
                    deducted;

                    (b) any quarterly administrative fee to be deducted on the
                    next Contract Processing Date;

                    (c) the pro rata part of any charges for Optional Benefit
                    Riders; and

                    (d) any applicable premium or similar tax.

               (4)  We adjust for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

     Cancelling to Receive the Cash Surrender Value

     At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may surrender this
     Contract to us. To do this, you must return this Contract with a signed
     request for cancellation to our Customer Service Center.

     The Cash Surrender Value will vary daily. We will determine the Cash
     Surrender Value as of the date we receive the Contract and your signed
     request in our Customer Service Center. All benefits under this Contract
     will then end.

     We will usually pay the Cash Surrender Value within seven days; but, we may
     delay payment as described in the Payments We May Defer provision.

Partial Withdrawal Option

     After the first Contract Anniversary, you may make a Partial Withdrawal
     once in each Contract Year without incurring a Partial Withdrawal Charge.
     Any additional Partial Withdrawals in a Contract Year are subject to a
     Partial Withdrawal Charge. The minimum amount that may be withdrawn is
     shown in the Schedule. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn is shown in
     the Schedule. Any withdrawal you make will not be treated as premium only
     for the purposes of calculating the Surrender Charge. To take a Partial
     Withdrawal, you must provide us with satisfactory notice at our Customer
     Service Center.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       12


<PAGE>


                             Death Benefit Proceeds
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date

     If the sole Owner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay
     the Beneficiary the death benefit. If there are joint Owners and any Owner
     dies, we will pay the surviving Owners the death benefit. We will pay the
     amount on receipt of due proof of the Owner's death at our Customer Service
     Center. Such amount may be received in a single lump sum or applied to any
     of the Annuity Options (see Choosing an Income Plan). When the Owner (or
     all Owners where there are joint Owners) is not an individual, the death
     benefit will become payable on the death of the Annuitant prior to the
     Annuity Commencement Date (unless a Contingent Annuitant survived the
     Annuitant). Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract. In all
     events, distributions under the Contract must be made as required by
     applicable law.

     How to Claim Payments to Beneficiary

     We must receive proof of the Owner's (or Annuitant's) death before we will
     make any payments to the Beneficiary. We will calculate the death benefit
     as of the date we receive due proof of death. The Beneficiary should
     contact our Customer Service Center for instructions.

     Guaranteed Death Benefit

     On the Contract Date, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is equal to the premium
     paid. On subsequent Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is
     calculated as shown in the Schedule. A Change of Owner will affect the
     Guaranteed Death Benefit, as shown in the Schedule.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       13


<PAGE>


                            Choosing an Income Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant and Owner are living on the Annuity Commencement Date, we
     will begin making payments to the Owner. We will make these payments under
     the Annuity Option (or Options) as chosen in the application or as
     subsequently selected. You may choose or change an Annuity Option by making
     a written request at least 30 days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
     Unless you have chosen otherwise, Option 2 on a 10-year period certain
     basis will become effective. The amount of the payments will be determined
     by applying the Accumulation Value on the Annuity Commencement Date in
     accordance with the Annuity Options section below (See Payments We May
     Defer). See the Schedule for certain restrictions which may apply. Before
     we pay any Annuity Benefits, we require the return of this Contract. If
     this Contract has been lost, we require the applicable lost Contract form.

Annuity Commencement Date Selection

     You select the Annuity Commencement Date. You may select any date following
     the third Contract Anniversary but before the required date of Annuity
     Commencement as shown in the Schedule. If you do not select a date, the
     Annuity Commencement Date will be in the month following the required date
     of Annuity Commencement.

Frequency Selection

     You choose the frequency of the Annuity Payments. They may be monthly,
     quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. If we do not receive written notice
     from you, the payments will be made monthly.

The Income Plan

     While this Contract is in effect and before the Annuity Commencement Date,
     you may choose one or more Annuity Options to which death benefit proceeds
     may be applied. If, at the time of the Owner's death, no Option has been
     chosen for paying death benefit proceeds, the Beneficiary may choose an
     Option within one year. You may also elect an Annuity Option on surrender
     of the Contract for its Cash Surrender Value. For each Option we will issue
     a separate written agreement putting the Option into effect.

     Our approval is needed for any Option where:

               (1)  The person named to receive payment is other than the Owner
                    or Beneficiary; or

               (2)  The person named is not a natural person, such as a
                    corporation; or

               (3)  Any income payment would be less than the minimum annuity
                    income payment shown in the Schedule.

The Annuity Options

     There are four Options to choose from. They are:

     Option 1. Income for a Fixed Period

     Payment is made in equal installments for a fixed number of years. We
     guarantee each monthly payment will be at least the Income For Fixed Period
     amount shown in the Schedule. Values for annual, semiannual or quarterly
     payments are available on request.

     Option 2. Income for Life

     Payment is made to the person named in equal monthly installments and
     guaranteed for at least a period certain. The period certain can be 10 or
     20 years. Other periods certain are available on request. A refund certain
     may be chosen instead. Under this arrangement, income is guaranteed until
     payments equal the amount applied. If the person named lives beyond the
     guaranteed period, payments continue until his or her death.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       14


<PAGE>


                       Choosing an Income Plan (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     We guarantee each payment will be at least the amount shown in the Table
     for Income for Life in the Schedule. By age, we mean the named person's age
     on his or her last birthday before the Option's effective date. Amounts for
     ages not shown are available on request.

     Option 3. Joint Life Income

     This Option is available if there are two persons named to receive
     payments. At least one of the persons named must be either the Owner or
     Beneficiary of this Contract. Monthly payments are guaranteed and are made
     as long as at least one of the named persons is living. The monthly payment
     amounts are available upon request. Such amounts are guaranteed and will be
     calculated on the same basis as the Table for Income for Life, however, the
     amounts will be based on two lives.

     Option 4. Annuity Plan

     An amount can be used to buy any single premium annuity we offer on the
     Option's effective date.

Payment When Named Person Dies

     When the person named to receive payment dies, we will pay any amounts
     still due as provided by the Option agreement. The amounts still due are
     determined as follows:

               (1)  For Option 1 or for any remaining guaranteed payments in
                    Option 2, payments will be continued. Under Options 1 and 2,
                    the discounted values of the remaining guaranteed payments
                    may be paid in a single sum. This means we deduct the amount
                    of the interest each remaining guaranteed payment would have
                    earned had it not been paid out early. The discount interest
                    rate is 3.00% for Option 1 and 3.50% for Option 2. We will,
                    however, base the discount interest rate on the interest
                    rate used to calculate the payments for Options 1 and 2 if
                    such payments were not based on the Tables in this Contract.

               (2)  For Option 3, no amounts are payable after both named
                    persons have died.

               (3)  For Option 4, the annuity agreement will state the amount
                    due, if any.

GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       15


<PAGE>


                          Other Important Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sending Notice to Us

     Whenever written notice is required, send it to our Customer Service
     Center. The address of our Customer Service Center is shown on the cover
     page. Please include your Contract number in all correspondence.

Reports to Owner

     We will send you a report, at least once during each Contract Year, within
     31 days of each calendar quarter showing the Accumulation Value and the
     Cash Surrender Value of your Contract as of the end of the Contract
     Processing Period. The report will also show the allocation of the
     Accumulation Value as of such date and the amounts deducted from or added
     to the Accumulation Value since the last report. The report will also
     include any other information that may be currently required by the
     insurance supervisory official of the jurisdiction in which this Contract
     is delivered.

     We will also send you copies of any shareholder reports of the portfolios
     in which the Divisions of the Separate Accounts invest, as well as any
     other reports, notices or documents required by law to be furnished to
     Contractowners.

Assignment - Using this Contract as Collateral Security

     You can assign this Contract as collateral security for a loan or other
     obligation. This does not change the ownership. Your rights and any
     Beneficiary's rights are subject to the terms of the assignment. To make or
     release an assignment we must receive written notice satisfactory to us at
     our Customer Service Center. We are not responsible for the validity of any
     assignment.

Changing this Contract

     This Contract or any additional Benefit Riders may be changed to another
     Annuity Plan according to our rules at the time of the change.

Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law

     We reserve the right to make changes in this Contract or its Riders to the
     extent we deem it necessary to continue to qualify this Contract as an
     annuity. Any such changes will apply uniformly to all Contracts that are
     affected. You will be given advance written notice of such changes.

Misstatement of Age or Sex

     If an age or sex has been misstated, the amounts payable or benefits
     provided by this Contract shall be those that the premium payment made
     would have bought at the correct age or sex.

Non-Participating

     This Contract does not participate in the divisible surplus of Golden
     American Life Insurance Company.

GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       16


<PAGE>


                    Other Important Information (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Payments We May Defer

     We may not be able to determine the value of the assets of the Divisions
     because:

               (1)  The NYSE is closed for trading;

               (2)  The SEC determines that a state of emergency exists; or

               (3)  An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
                    protection of Contractowners.

               (4)  The check used to pay the premium has not cleared through
                    the banking system. This may take up to 15 days.

     During such times, as to amounts allocated to the Divisions, we may delay:

               (1)  Determination and payment of the Cash Surrender Value;

               (2)  Determination and payment of any death benefit if death
                    occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date;

               (3)  Allocation changes of the Accumulation Value; or,

               (4)  Application of the Accumulation Value under an income plan.

     We reserve the right to delay payment of amounts allocated to the Fixed
     Account for up to six months.

Authority to Make Agreements

     All agreements made by us must be signed by one of our officers. No other
     person, including an insurance agent or broker, can

               (1)  Change any of this Contract's terms;

               (2)  Extend the time for premium payments; or

               (3)  Make any agreement binding on us.

Required Note on Our Computations

     We have filed a detailed statement of our computations with the insurance
     supervisory official in the appropriate jurisdictions. The values are not
     less than those required by the law of that state or jurisdiction. Any
     benefit provided by an attached Optional Benefit Rider will not increase
     these values unless otherwise stated in that Rider.


GA-IA-1007-04/95

                                       17

<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN                               Section 72 Rider
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Required Distribution of Proceeds on Death of Owner

     This Rider is required to qualify the Contract to which it is attached as
     an annuity contract under Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended (the "Code"). Where the terms of this Rider are in conflict with
     the terms of the Contract, the Rider will control. Golden American Life
     Insurance Company reserves the right to amend or administer the Contract
     and Rider as necessary to comply with applicable tax requirements. This
     Rider and the Contract should be construed so that they comply with
     applicable tax requirements.

Death of Owner On Or After Annuity Commencement Date

     IF ANY OWNER DIES ON OR AFTER the Annuity Commencement Date but prior
     to the time the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
     remaining portion will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Owner's death.

Death of Owner Prior to Annuity Commencement Date

          IF ANY OWNER DIES PRIOR TO the Annuity Commencement Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within five years of the
     Owner's death.

          However, this distribution requirement will be considered satisfied as
     to any portion of the Owner's interest in the Contract which is payable to
     or for the benefit of a Designated Beneficiary and which will be
     distributed over the life of such Designated Beneficiary or over a period
     not extending beyond the life expectancy of that Designated Beneficiary,
     provided such distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death. If
     the Designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the decedent, the
     Contract may be continued in the name of the spouse as Owner and these
     distribution rules are applied by treating the spouse as the Owner.
     However, on the death of the surviving spouse, this provision regarding
     spouses may not be used again.

          If any Owner is not an individual, the death or change (where
     permitted) of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of an Owner.

          The Designated Beneficiary is the person entitled to ownership rights
     under the Contract. Thus, where no death benefit has become payable, the
     Designated Beneficiary, for the purposes of applying this Rider, will be
     the Owner(s). Where a death benefit has become payable, the Designated
     Beneficiary, for the purposes of applying this Rider, is the person(s)
     entitled to the death benefit, generally the Beneficiary or surviving
     Owners, as appropriate. Upon the death of any Owner, the Designated
     Beneficiary will become the Owner and, if an individual, will become the
     Annuitant.

                    *               *            *

     An Owner may notify Golden American as to the manner of payment under this
     Rider. If such Owner has not so notified Golden American prior to his or
     her death, the Designated Beneficiary under the Contract may so notify
     Golden American.

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          President  /s/Terry T. Kendall            Secretary




GA-RA-1001-12/94


<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY                       Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          Golden American Life Insurance Company ("we" or "us") will waive any
     Surrender Charge incurred due to a surrender or Excess Partial Withdrawal
     under the Contract in the event the Owner ("you") is subject to Qualified
     Extended Medical Care or suffers from a Qualifying Terminal Illness subject
     to the terms and conditions stated below:

Extended Medical Care

          To qualify for this waiver, you must first begin receiving Qualified
     Extended Medical Care on or after the first Contract Anniversary for at
     least 45 days during any continuous sixty-day period, and your request for
     the surrender or withdrawal, together with proof of such Qualified Extended
     Medical Care, must be received at our Customer Service Center during the
     term of such care or within ninety days after the last day upon which you
     received such care.

          "Qualified Extended Medical Care" means confinement in a Qualified
     Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility prescribed by a Qualifying
     Medical Professional.

          "Qualifying Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility" means a
     state-licensed hospital or state-licensed skilled or intermediate care
     nursing facility at which medical treatment is available on a daily basis;
     and daily medical records are kept on each patient. This does not include a
     facility whose purpose is to provide accommodations, board or personal care
     services to individuals who do not need medical or nursing care; nor a
     place mainly for rest.

          "Qualifying Medical Professional" means a legally-qualified
     practitioner of the healing arts who is acting within the scope of his or
     her license; is not a resident of your household or that of the Annuitant;
     and is not related to you or the Annuitant by blood or marriage.

Terminal Illness

          To qualify for this waiver, you must be first diagnosed by a
     Qualifying Medical Professional, on or after the first Contract
     Anniversary, as having a Qualifying Terminal Illness. Written proof of
     terminal illness, satisfactory to us, must be received at our Customer
     Service Center. We reserve the right to require an examination by a
     physician of our choice.

          "Qualifying Terminal Illness" means an illness or accident, the result
     of which results in a life expectancy of twelve months or less, as measured
     from the date of diagnosis.

Claims

          Evidence, satisfactory to us, must be submitted to qualify for waiver
     of Surrender Charge pursuant to this Rider. This evidence will be in
     writing and, where applicable, be attested to by a Qualified Medical
     Professional.

          This Rider is attached to and becomes part of the Contract to which it
     is attached. The provisions of this Rider shall supersede the provisions of
     the Contract where applicable.

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          President /s/Terry T. Kendall          Secretary

GA-RA-1004-12/94


<PAGE>


Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract - No Dividends

     Variable Cash Surrender Values while the Owner is living and prior to the
     Annuity Commencement Date. Death benefit subject to guaranteed minimum.
     Additional Premium Payment Option. Partial Withdrawal Option.
     Non-participating. Investment results reflected in values.


GA-IA-1007-04/95


<PAGE>


       6(b)  DISCRETIONARY GROUP DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE
             AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

<PAGE>

               GOLDEN                                  Deferred
               AMERICAN                                Combination
     [LOGO]    LIFE INSURANCE                          Variable and Fixed
               COMPANY                                 Annuity Certificate

   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock Company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contractholder                                         Group Contract Number
[Golden Investors Trust]                               [G000010-OE]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Certificateowner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
                         [Jane Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                           Certificate Number
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Amount] [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          In this Certificate "you" or "your" refers to the Certificateowner
     shown above. "We", "our", or "us" refers to Golden American Life Insurance
     Company. You may allocate this Certificate's Accumulation Value among the
     Separate Account Divisions and the Fixed Account shown in the Schedule.

          This Certificate describes the benefits and provisions of the group
     contract. The group contract, as issued to the Contractholder by us with
     any Riders or Endorsements, alone makes up the agreement under which
     benefits are paid. The group contract may be inspected at the office of the
     Contractholder. In consideration of any application for this Certificate
     and the payment of premiums, we agree, subject to the terms and conditions
     of the group contract, to provide the benefits described in this
     Certificate to the Certificateowner. The Annuitant under this Certificate
     must be eligible under the terms of the group contract. If the group
     contract and this Certificate are in force, we will make income payments to
     the Certificateowner starting on the Annuity Commencement Date as shown in
     the Schedule. If the Certificateowner dies prior to the Annuity
     Commencement Date, we will pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary. The
     amount of such benefit is subject to the terms of this Certificate.

          The benefits of the Certificate will be paid according to the
     provisions of the Certificate and group contract.

          RIGHT TO EXAMINE CERTIFICATE: You may return this Certificate to us or
     the agent through whom you purchased it within 10 days after you receive
     it. If so returned, we will treat the Certificate as though it were never
     issued. Upon receipt we will promptly refund the Accumulation Value plus
     any charges we have deducted as of the date the returned Certificate is
     received by us.

          All payments and values, when based on the investment experience of a
     Separate Account Division, may increase or decrease, depending on the
     Certificate's investment results. All payments and values based on the
     Fixed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, the operation of
     which may cause such payments and values to increase or decrease.

Signed for Golden American Life Insurance Company on the group Contract Issue
Date.


President:                              Secretary:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity Certificate - No Dividends

     Variable Cash Surrender Values while the Certificateowner is living and
     prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Death benefit subject to guaranteed
     minimum. Additional premium payment pption. Partial Withdrawal Option.
     Non-participating. Investment results reflected in values.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                     1

<PAGE>


                               Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Schedule ........................................   3

  Premium Payment and Investment Information
  The Separate Accounts
  Certificate Facts
  Charges
  Income Plan Factors

Important Terms .....................................   4

Introduction to this Certificate.....................   6

  The Certificate
  The Certificateowner
  The Annuitant
  The Beneficiary
  Change of Certificateowner or Beneficiary

Premium Payments and Allocation Changes .............   7

  Initial Premium Payment
  Additional Premium Payment Option
  Your Right to Change Allocation of
    Accumulation Value
  What Happens if a Division is Not Available

How We Measure the Certificate's
 Accumulation Value .................................   7

  The Variable Separate Accounts
  Valuation Period
  Accumulation Value
  Accumulation Value in each Division and Fixed
    Allocation
  Fixed Account
  Measurement of Investment Experience
  Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value on
    each Certificate Processing Date

Your Certificate Benefits ...........................  13

  Cash Value Benefit
  Partial Withdrawal Option

Death Benefit Proceeds ..............................  14

  Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary

Choosing an Income Plan .............................  15

  Annuity Benefits
  Annuity Commencement Date Selection
  Frequency Selection
  The Income Plan
  The Annuity Options
  Payments When Named Person Dies

Other Important Information .........................  17

  Entire Contract
  Sending Notice to Us
  Reports to Certificateowner
  Assignment - Using this Certificate as
    Collateral Security
  Changing this Contract
  Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law
  Misstatement of Age or Sex
  Non-Participating
  Payments We May Defer
  Authority to Make Agreements
  Required Note on Our Computations
  Facility of Payment
  Incontestability

     A copy of any enrollment form and any additional Riders and Endorsements
     are at the back of this Certificate.

Schedule Pages

     The Schedule Pages give specific facts about this Certificate and its
     coverage. Please refer to them while reading this Certificate.



GA-CA-1007-04/95                       2


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contractholder                                         Group Contract Number
[Golden Investors Trust]                               [G000010-OE]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Certificateowner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
                         [Jane Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant's Issue Age    Annuitant's Sex            Certificateowner's Issue Age
[35]                     [Male]                     [55]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option             Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]     [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificate Date         Certificate Issue Date     Certificate Number
[January 1, 1994]        [January 1, 1994]          [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)
[Separate Account B, Separate Account D and the Fixed Account]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Premium Payment and Investment Information

     Initial premium payment received:            [$10,000]

     Your initial Accumulation Value has been invested as follows:

                                             Percentage of
                     Divisions               Accumulation Value
                     ---------               ------------------
               [Multiple Allocation               10%
                   Fully Managed                  10%
               Capital Appreciation               10%
                 Rising Dividends                 10%
                    All-Growth                    10%
                    Real Estate                   10%
                   Value Equity                    5%
                 Natural Resources                 5%
                 Emerging Markets                  5%
            The Managed Global Account             5%
               Limited Maturity Bond               5%
                   Liquid Asset                    5%]

                       Fixed
                    Allocations
                    -----------
             [1-Year Guarantee Period              5%
              3-Year Guarantee Period              5%]
                                               --------
                       Total                     100%
                                               ========

Additional Premium Payment Information

We will accept additional premium payments until either the Annuitant or the
Certificateowner reaches the Attained Age of [85]. The minimum additional
payment which may be made is [$500.00].


GA-CA-1007-04/95                       3A1


<PAGE>

                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Accumulation Value Allocation Rules

The maximum number of Divisions in which you may be invested at any one time is
[twelve]. You are allowed unlimited allocation changes per Certificate Year
without charge. We reserve the right to impose a charge for any allocation
change in excess of [twelve] per Certificate Year. We also reserve the right to
limit, upon notice, the maximum number of allocation changes you may make within
a Certificate Year. The Excess Allocation Charge is shown in the Charges section
of the Schedule.

Allocation Changes by Telephone

You may request allocation changes by telephone during our telephone request
business hours. You may call our Customer Service Center at 1-800-366-0066 to
make allocation changes by using the personal identification number you will
receive. You may also mail any notice or request for allocation changes to our
Customer Service Center.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                       3A2


<PAGE>

                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Variable Separate Accounts

     Divisions Investing in Shares of Mutual Funds

     Separate Account B is a Unit Investment Trust Separate Account, organized
     in and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, our state of
     domicile. Separate Account B is divided into Divisions. Each Division
     listed below invests in shares of the mutual fund portfolio designated.
     Each portfolio is a part of The GCG Trust managed by Directed Services,
     Inc.


[MULTIPLE      MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
ALLOCATION     Objective           -The highest total return, consisting of
DIVISION                            capital appreciation and current income,
                                    consistent with the preservation of capital
                                    and elimination of unnecessary risk.

               Investments         -Investment in equity and debt securities and
                                    the use of certain sophisticated investment
                                    strategies and techniques.

               Portfolio Manager   -Zweig Advisors Inc.


FULLY          FULLY MANAGED SERIES
MANAGED        Objective           -High total investment return over the long
DIVISION                            term, consistent with the preservation of
                                    capital and prudent investment risk.

               Investments         -Pursues an active asset allocation strategy
                                    whereby investments are allocated, based
                                    upon an evaluation of economic and market
                                    trends and the anticipated relative total
                                    return available, among three asset classes
                                    -- debt securities, equity securities and
                                    money market instruments.

               Portfolio Manager   -T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.


CAPITAL       CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
APPRECIATION   Objective           -Long-term capital growth.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Invests in common stocks and preferred stock
                                    that will be allocated among various
                                    categories of stocks referred to as
                                    "components" which consist of the following:
                                    (i) The Growth Component - Securities that
                                    the portfolio manager believes have the
                                    following characteristics: stability and
                                    quality of earnings and positive earnings
                                    momentum; dominant competitive positions;
                                    and demonstrate above-average growth rates
                                    as compared to published S&P 500 earnings
                                    projections; and (ii) The Value Component -
                                    Securities that the portfolio manager
                                    regards as fundamentally undervalued, i.e.,
                                    securities selling at a discount to asset
                                    value and securities with a relatively low
                                    price/earnings ratio. The securities
                                    eligible for this component may include real
                                    estate stocks, such as securities of
                                    publicly-owned companies that, in the
                                    portfolio manager's judgement, offer an
                                    optimum combination of current dividend
                                    yield, expected dividend growth, and
                                    discount to current real estate value.

               Portfolio Manager   -Chancellor Trust Company]

GA-CA-1007-04/95                      3Bl


<PAGE>

                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[RISING        RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
DIVIDENDS      Objective           -Capital appreciation, with dividend income
DIVISION                            as a secondary objective.

               Investments         -Investment in equity securities of high
                                    quality companies that meet the following
                                    four criteria: consistent dividend
                                    increases; substantial dividend increases;
                                    reinvested profits; and an under-leveraged
                                    balance sheet.

               Portfolio Manager   -Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, Inc.


ALL-GROWTH     ALL-GROWTH SERIES
DIVISION       Objective           - Capital appreciation.

               Investments         -Investment in securities selected for their
                                    long term growth prospects.

               Portfolio Manager   -Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.


REAL           REAL ESTATE SERIES
ESTATE         Objective           -Capital appreciation, with current income as
DIVISION                            a secondary objective.

               Investments         -Investment in publicly-traded equity
                                    securities of companies in the real estate
                                    industry listed on national exchanges or on
                                    the National Association of Securities
                                    Dealers Automated Quotation System.

               Portfolio Manager   -E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc.


NATURAL        NATURAL RESOURCES SERIES
RESOURCES      Objective           -Long-term capital appreciation.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment in equity and debt securities of
                                    companies engaged in the exploration,
                                    development, production, and distribution of
                                    natural resources.

               Portfolio Manager   -Van Eck Associates Corporation


EMERGING       EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
MARKETS        Objective           -Long-term growth of capital.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment primarily in equity securities of
                                    companies that are considered to be in
                                    emerging market countries in the Pacific
                                    Basin and Latin America. Income is not an
                                    objective, and any production of current
                                    income is considered incidental to the
                                    objective of growth of capital.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company


LIMITED        LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES
MATURITY       Objective           -Highest current income consistent with low
BOND                                risk to principal and liquidity. Also seeks
DIVISION                            to enhance its total return through capital
                                    appreciation when market factors indicate
                                    that capital appreciation may be available
                                    without significant risk to principal.

               Investments         -Investment primarily in a diversified
                                    portfolio of limited maturity debt
                                    securities.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company]

GA-CA-1007-04/95                       3B2


<PAGE>
                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[LIQUID        LIQUID ASSET SERIES
ASSET          Objective           -High level of current income consistent with
DIVISION                            the preservation of capital and liquidity.

               Investments         -Obligations of the U.S. Government and its
                                    agencies and instrumentalities; bank
                                    obligations; commercial paper and short-term
                                    corporate debt securities.

               Term                -All issues maturing in less than one year.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company


VALUE          VALUE EQUITY SERIES
EQUITY         Objective           -Capital appreciation.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment primarily in equity securities
                                    which meet quantitative standards considered
                                    to indicate above-average financial
                                    soundness and high intrinsic value relative
                                    to price.

               Portfolio Manager   -Eagle Asset Management, Inc.


     NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE GROUP CONTRACT AND THE GCG
           TRUST FOR MORE DETAILS.


     The Managed Global Account of Account D

     The Managed Global Account (the "Global Account") is a non-diversified
     investment company which invests directly in securities. DSI serves as
     manager of Separate Account D and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. serves
     as portfolio manager of the Global Account.

THE MANAGED    THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT PORTFOLIO
GLOBAL ACCOUNT Objective           -High total investment return, consistent
DIVISION                            with a prudent regard for capital
                                    preservation.

               Investments         -Investment in a wide range of equity and
                                    debt securities and money market instruments
                                    of both domestic and foreign issuers.

               Portfolio Manager   -Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.


     NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE GROUP CONTRACT AND THE
           MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D FOR MORE DETAILS.]


GA-CA-1007-04/95                      3B3


<PAGE>

                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Certificate Facts

     Certificate Processing Date

     The Certificate Processing Date for your Certificate is [April 1] of each
     year.

     Specially Designated Division

     When a distribution is made from an investment portfolio underlying a
     Separate Account Division in which reinvestment is not available, we will
     allocate the amount of the distribution to the [Liquid Asset Division]
     unless you specify otherwise.

Partial Withdrawals

     [The maximum amount that can be withdrawn each Certificate Year without
     being considered an Excess Partial Withdrawal is 15% of the Accumulation
     Value as of the date of the withdrawal. We will collect a Surrender Charge
     for excess Partial Withdrawals and a charge for any unrecovered premium
     taxes. In no event may a Partial Withdrawal be greater than 90% of the Cash
     Surrender Value.

      Conventional Partial Withdrawals

          Minimum Withdrawal Amount:          $1,000

     Any Conventional Partial Withdrawal from a Fixed Allocation is subject to a
     Market Value Adjustment unless taken from a Fixed Allocation within the
     thirty days prior to the Maturity Date of such Fixed Allocation.

     Systematic Partial Withdrawals

     Systematic Partial Withdrawals may be elected to commence after 28 days
     from the Certificate Issue Date and may be taken on a monthly or quarterly
     basis. You select the day withdrawals will be made, but no later than the
     28th day of the month. If you do not elect a day, the Certificate Date will
     be used.

          Minimum Withdrawal Amount:         $100.00

          Maximum Withdrawal Amounts:

              Separate Account Divisions:    1.25% monthly or 3.75% quarterly
                                             of Accumulation Value.

              Fixed Allocations:             Interest earned on Fixed Allocation
                                             in prior month (for monthly
                                             withdrawals) or prior quarter
                                             (for quarterly withdrawals).

     A Systematic Partial Withdrawal from a Fixed Allocation is not subject to
     Market Value Adjustment.]

     Death Benefit

     [IF DEATHBEN="1" Option 1: The Death Benefit is the greatest of (i) the
     Accumulation Value, (ii) the Guaranteed Death Benefit, (iii) the Cash
     Surrender Value, and (iv) the sum of premiums paid, less any partial
     withdrawals.

     IF DEATHBEN="2" Option 2: The Death Benefit is the greatest of (i) the
     Accumulation Value, (ii) the Guaranteed Death Benefit, (iii) the Cash
     Surrender Value, and (iv) the sum of premiums paid, less any partial
     withdrawals.

     IF DEATHBEN="3" Option 3: The Death Benefit is the greater of (i) the Cash
     Surrender Value, (ii) the Accumulation Value, and (iii) the sum of the
     premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.]





GA-CA-1007-04/95                       3C1


<PAGE>


                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Guaranteed Death Benefit

     [On the Certificate Date, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is the initial
     premium. On subsequent Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is
     calculated as follows:

     Option 1:

          (1)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation
               Date;

          (2)  Calculate interest on (l) for the current Valuation Period at the
               Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate;

          (3)  Add (l) and (2);

          (4)  Add any additional premiums paid during the current Valuation
               Period to (3);

          (5)  Subtract Partial Withdrawals made during the current Valuation
               Period from (4);

     Each accumulated initial or additional premium payment, reduced by any
     Partial Withdrawals (including any associated Market Value Adjustment and
     Surrender Charge incurred) allocated to such premium, will continue to grow
     at the Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate until reaching its Maximum
     Guaranteed Death Benefit.

     Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate

     The Guaranteed Death Benefit is accumulated at a rate of 7% compounded
     annually, except:

          (l)  Amounts in the Liquid Asset Division are accumulated at the net
               rate of return for the Liquid Asset Division during the current
               Valuation Period if less than 7%; and

          (2)  Amounts in Limited Maturity Bond Division are accumulated at the
               net rate of return for the Limited Maturity Bond Division during
               the current Valuation Period if less than 7%; and

          (3)  Amounts in a Fixed Allocation are accumulated at the interest
               rate being credited to such Fixed Allocation during the current
               Valuation Period if less than 7%.

     Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit

     The Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit is initially equal to two times the
     initial or additional premium paid. Thereafter, the Maximum Guaranteed
     Death Benefit as of the effective date of a partial withdrawal is reduced
     first by the amount of any partial withdrawal representing earnings and
     second in proportion to the reduction in Accumulation Value for any partial
     withdrawal representing premium (in each case, including any associated
     Market Value Adjustment and Surrender Charge incurred).

     Option 2:

          (l)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation
               Date;

          (2)  Add to (1) any additional premium paid since the prior Valuation
               Date and subtract from (l) any Partial Withdrawals taken since
               the prior Valuation Date;

          (3)  On a Valuation Date which occurs through the Certificate Year in
               which the Certificateowner's Attained Age is 80 and which is also
               a Certificate Anniversary, we set the Guaranteed Death Benefit
               equal to the greater of (2) or the Accumulation Value as of such
               date. On all other Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit
               is equal to (2).

     Option 3:

          (l)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation
               Date;

          (2)  Add any additional premiums paid during the current Valuation
               Period to (l);

          (3)  Subtract any Partial Withdrawals made during the current
               Valuation Period from (2).]

     Change of Certificateowner

     [When the ownership changes, the new Certificateowner's age at the time of
     the change will be used as the basis for the death benefit. The new
     Certificateowner's death will determine when a death benefit is payable.

     IF DEATHBEN="l": If the new Certificateowner's age is less than or equal
     to 75, the Guaranteed Death Benefit Option in effect prior to the change of
     Certificateowner will remain in effect. If the new Certificateowner's age
     is greater than 75, the Guaranteed Death Benefit will be zero and the Death
     Benefit shall be the greatest of the Cash Surrender Value, the Accumulation
     Value, and the sum of the premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.]

GA-CA-1007-04/95                        3C2


<PAGE>


                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     IF DEATHBEN="2": If the new Certificateowner's age is less than or equal to
     79, the Guaranteed Death Benefit Option in effect prior to the change of
     Certificateowner will remain in effect. If the new Certificateowner's age
     is greater than 79, the Guaranteed Death Benefit will be zero and the Death
     Benefit shall be the greater of Cash Surrender Value, the Accumulation
     Value, and the sum of premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.]

     IF DEATHBEN="3": The Guaranteed Death Benefit Option after the change of
     Certificateowner will remain the same as before the change.]

Choosing an Income Plan

     Required Date of Annuity Commencement

     [The required date of annuity commencement is the same date as the
     Certificate Processing Date in the month following the Annuitant's [85th]
     birthday. If, on the Annuity Commencement Date, a surrender charge remains,
     your elected Annuity Option must include a period certain of at least five
     years duration. In applying the Accumulation Value, we may first collect
     any premium taxes due us.]

     Minimum Annuity Income Payment

     The minimum monthly annuity income payment that we will make is [$20].

     Optional Benefit Riders - [None.]





GA-CA-1007-04/95                        3C3


<PAGE>


                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fixed Account

     Minimum Fixed Allocation

     The minimum allocation to the Fixed Account in any one Fixed Allocation is
     [$250.00].

     Guaranteed Minimum Interest Rate - [3%]

     Guarantee Periods

     We currently offer Guarantee Periods of [l, 3, 5, 7 and l0] years. We
     reserve the right to offer Guarantee Periods of durations other than those
     available on the Certificate Date. We also reserve the right to cease
     offering a particular Guarantee Period or Periods.

     Index Rate

     The Index Rate is the average of the Ask Yields for U.S. Treasury Strips as
     reported by a national quoting service for the applicable maturity. The
     average is based on the period from the 22nd day of the calendar month two
     months prior to the calendar month of Index Rate determination to the 21st
     day of the calendar month immediately prior to the month of determination.
     The applicable maturity date for these U.S. Treasury Strips is on or next
     following the last day of the Guarantee Period. If these Ask Yields are no
     longer available, the Index Rate will be determined using a suitable
     replacement method.

     We currently set the Index Rate once each calendar month. However, we
     reserve the right to set the Index Rate more frequently than monthly, but
     in no event will such Index Rate be based on a period of less than 28 days.

Charges

     Charge Deduction Division

     [All charges against the Accumulation Value in this Certificate will be
     deducted from the [Liquid Asset Division].]

     Deductions from Premiums - [None.]

     Deductions from Accumulation Value

     Initial Administrative Charge - [None.]

     Administrative Charge - [We charge [$40] to cover a portion of our ongoing
     administrative expenses for each Certificate Processing Period. The charge
     is incurred at the beginning of the Certificate Processing Period and
     deducted on the Certificate Processing Date at the end of the period.

     At the time of deduction, this charge will be waived if:

          (1)  The Accumulation Value is at least $100,000; or

          (2)  The sum of premiums paid to date is at least $100,000.]

     Excess Allocation Charge - Currently none, however, we reserve the right to
     charge [$25.00] for a change if you make more than [twelve] allocation
     changes per Certificate Year. Any charge will be deducted from the
     Divisions and Fixed Allocations from which each such allocation is made in
     proportion to the amount being transferred from each such Division and
     Fixed Allocation.





GA-CA-1007-04/95                       3D1


<PAGE>


                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Surrender Charge - A Surrender Charge is imposed as a percentage of premium
     if the Certificate is surrendered or an Excess Partial Withdrawal is taken.
     The percentage imposed at time of surrender or Excess Partial Withdrawal
     depends on the number of complete years that have elapsed since a premium
     payment was made. The Surrender Charge expressed as a percentage of each
     premium payment is as follows:

                    Complete Years Elapsed          Surrender
                    Since Premium Payment           Charges
                    ---------------------           -------

                         [0                            7%
                          1                            7%
                          2                            6%
                          3                            5%
                          4                            4%
                          5                            3%
                          6                            1%
                          7+                           0%]

     For the purpose of calculating the Surrender Charge for an Excess Partial
     Withdrawal; a) we treat premiums as being withdrawn on a first-in,
     first-out basis, and b) amounts withdrawn which are not considered an
     Excess Partial Withdrawal are not considered a withdrawal of any premium
     payments.

     [Premium Taxes - We deduct from the Accumulation Value the amount of any
     premium or other state and local taxes levied by any state or governmental
     entity when such taxes are incurred.

     We reserve the right to defer collection of premium taxes until surrender
     or until application of Accumulation Value to an Annuity Option. An Excess
     Partial Withdrawal will result in the deduction of any premium tax then due
     us on such amount. We reserve the right to change the amount we charge for
     premium tax charges on future premium payments to conform with changes in
     the law or if the Certificateowner changes state of residence.]

     Deductions from the Divisions

     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge - [We deduct [0.003863%] of the assets in
     the Separate Account Division on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual
     rate of [1.40%]) for mortality and expense risks. This charge is not
     deducted from the Fixed Account values.]

     Asset-Based Administrative Charge - [We deduct 0.000411% of the assets in
     each Separate Account Division on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual
     rate of 0.15%) to compensate us for a portion of our ongoing administrative
     expenses. This charge is not deducted from the Fixed Account.]





GA-CA-1007-04/95                           3D2


<PAGE>


                            The Schedule (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income Plan Factors

[Values for other payment periods, ages, or joint life combinations are
available on request. Monthly payments are shown for each $1,000 applied.

                       Table for Income for a Fixed Period

    Fixed Period     Monthly   Fixed Period   Monthly  Fixed Period   Monthly
        of Years     Income        of Years   Income       of Years   Income
    ------------     --------  ------------   -------  ------------   -------

                                   11          $8.88       21         $5.33
          2          $42.96        12           8.26       22          5.16
          3           29.06        13           7.73       23          5.00
          4           22.12        14           7.28       24          4.85
          5           17.95        15           6.89       25          4.72
          6           15.18        16           6.54       26          4.60
          7           13.20        17           6.24       27          4.49
          8           11.71        18           5.98       28          4.38
          9           10.56        19           5.74       29          4.28
         10            9.64        20           5.53       30          4.19



                           Table for Income for Life

                  Male/Female            Male/Female          Male/Female
Age          10 Years Certain       20 Years Certain       Refund Certain
- ---          ----------------       ----------------       --------------

50             $4.53/4.19               $4.38/4.13           $4.40/4.12
55              4.93/4.52                4.68/4.40            4.74/4.42
60              5.45/4.96                4.99/4.72            5.16/4.79
65              6.11/5.52                5.30/5.07            5.75/5.29
70              6.91/6.26                5.54/5.40            6.52/5.97
75              7.79/7.18                5.68/5.62            7.33/6.74
80              8.61/8.18                5.75/5.73            8.61/7.90
85 & Over       9.24/9.01                5.77/5.76           10.43/9.50]


GA-CA-1007-04/95                   3E


<PAGE>


                                 Important Terms
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Accumulation Value - The amount that a Certificate provides for investment
          at any time. Initially, this amount is equal to the premium paid.

     Annuitant - The person designated by the Certificateowner to be the
          measuring life in determining Annuity Payments.

     Annuity Commencement Date - For each Certificate, the date on which Annuity
          Payments begin.

     Annuity Options - Options the Certificateowner selects that determine the
          form and amount of annuity payments.

     Annuity Payment - The periodic payment a Certificateowner receives. It may
          be either a fixed or a variable amount based on the Annuity Option
          chosen.

     Attained Age - The Issue Age of the Annuitant or Certificateowner plus the
          number of full years elapsed since the Certificate Date.

     Beneficiary - The person designated to receive benefits in the case of the
          death of the Certificateowner.

     Business Day - Any day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open for
          trading, exclusive of federal holidays, or any day on which the
          Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requires that mutual funds,
          unit investment trusts or other investment portfolios be valued.

     Cash Surrender Value - The amount the Certificateowner receives upon
          surrender of the Certificate.

     Certificate - This is a summary of the benefits and provisions provided by
          the group contract.

     Certificate Anniversary - The anniversary of the Certificate Date.

     Certificate Date - The date we received the initial premium and upon which
          we begin determining the Certificate values. It may or may not be the
          same as the Certificate Issue Date. This date is used to determine
          Certificate months, processing dates, years, and anniversaries.

     Certificate Issue Date - The date the Certificate is issued at our Customer
          Service Center.

     Certificate Processing Dates - The days when we deduct certain charges from
          the Accumulation Value. If the Certificate Processing Date is not a
          Valuation Date, it will be on the next succeeding Valuation Date. The
          Certificate Processing Date will be on the Certificate Anniversary of
          each year.

     Certificate Processing Period - The period between successive Certificate
          Processing Dates unless it is the first Certificate Processing Period.
          In that case, it is the period from the Certificate Date to the first
          Certificate Processing Date.

     Certificate Year - The period between Certificate Anniversaries.

     Certificateowner - The person who owns a Certificate and is entitled to
          exercise all rights of the Certificate. This person's death also
          initiates payment of the death benefit.

     Charge Deduction Division - The Division from which all charges are
          deducted if so designated on the enrollment form or later elected by
          the Certificateowner.

     Contingent Annuitant - The person designated by the Certificateowner who,
          upon the Annuitant's death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,
          becomes the Annuitant.

GA-CA-1007-04/95                        4


<PAGE>


                          Important Terms (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Contract Issue Date - The date the group contract is issued at our Customer
          Service Center.

     Contractholder - The entity to whom the group contract is issued.

     Customer Service Center - The entity that provides service to our
          Contractholders and Certificateowners. It is located at l001 Jefferson
          Street, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 and may be reached by
          phone at 1-800-366-0066.

     Division - An investment option available in the Variable Separate Accounts
          shown on the Schedule.

     Endorsements - Endorsements add provisions or change the terms of the group
          contract or Certificate.

     Experience Factor - The factor which reflects the investment experience of
          the portfolio in which a Division invests and also reflects the
          charges assessed against the Division for a Valuation Period.

     Fixed Account - This is the Separate Account established to support Fixed
          Allocations.

     Fixed Allocation - An amount allocated to the Fixed Account that is
          credited with a Guaranteed Interest Rate for a specified Guarantee
          Period.

     General Account - The account which contains all of our assets other than
          those held in our Separate Accounts.

     Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate - The annual rate at which the
          Guaranteed Death Benefit is calculated.

     Guarantee Period - The period of years a rate of interest is guaranteed to
          be credited to a Fixed Allocation.

     Guaranteed Interest Rate - The effective annual interest rate which we will
          credit for a specified Guarantee Period.

     Guaranteed Minimum Interest Rate - The minimum interest rate which can be
          declared by Us for Fixed Allocations.

     Index of Investment Experience - The index that measures the performance of
          a Division.

     Initial Premium - The payment amount required to put each Certificate in
          effect.

     Issue Age - The Annuitant's or Certificateowner's age on the last birthday
          on or before the Certificate Date.

     Market Value Adjustment - A positive or negative adjustment to a Fixed
          Allocation. It may apply if all or part of a Fixed A]location is
          withdrawn, transferred, or applied to an Annuity Option prior to the
          end of the Guarantee Period.

     Maturity Date - The date on which a Guarantee Period matures.

     Specially Designated Division - Distributions from a portfolio underlying a
          Division in which reinvestment is not available will be allocated to
          this Division unless you specify otherwise.

     Valuation Date - The day at the end of a Valuation Period when each
          Division is valued.

     Valuation Period - Each Business Day together with any non-business days
          before it.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                        5


<PAGE>


                        Introduction to the Certificate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Certificate

     You supply us with necessary information and the Initial Premium
     payment required to put this Certificate in effect. In return, we provide
     benefits as stated in the group contract and described in this Certificate.

The Certificateowner

          You are the Certificateowner of this Certificate. You are also the
     Annuitant unless another Annuitant has been named by you and is shown in
     the Schedule. You have the rights and options described in this
     Certificate, including but not limited to the right to receive the annuity
     benefits on the Annuity Commencement Date.

          One or more people may own a Certificate. If there are multiple
     Certificateowners named, the age of the oldest Certificateowner shall be
     used to determine the applicable death benefit. In the case of a sole
     Certificateowner who dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we will
     pay the Beneficiary the death benefit then due. The sole Certificateowner's
     estate will be the Beneficiary if no beneficiary designation is in effect,
     or if the sole designated Beneficiary has predeceased the Certificateowner.
     If the sole Certificateowner is not an individual, we will treat the
     Annuitant as the Certificateowner for purposes of determining when the
     Certificateowner dies under the death benefit provision (if there is no
     Contingent Annuitant), and the Annuitant's issue age shall determine the
     applicable death benefit payable to the Beneficiary. In the case of a joint
     Certificateowner dying prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the
     surviving Certificateowner(s) shall be deemed the Beneficiary(ies).

The Annuitant

     The Annuitant is the measuring life of the annuity benefits provided under
     this Certificate. The Annuitant may not be changed during the Annuitant's
     lifetime. You may name a Contingent Annuitant. The Contingent Annuitant
     becomes the Annuitant if the Annuitant dies while this Certificate is in
     effect prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You will be the Contingent
     Annuitant unless you name someone else. The Annuitant must be a natural
     person. If the Annuitant dies and no Contingent Annuitant has been named,
     we will allow you sixty days to designate someone other than yourself as
     Annuitant. If all Certificateowners are not individuals and, through
     operation of this provision, a Certificateowner becomes the Annuitant, we
     will pay the death proceeds to the Beneficiary. If there are joint
     Certificateowners, we will treat the youngest of the Certificateowners as
     the Contingent Annuitant designated, unless you elect otherwise.

The Beneficiary

          The Beneficiary is the person to whom we pay death proceeds if any
     Certificateowner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. See Proceeds
     Payable to Beneficiary for more information. We pay death proceeds to the
     primary Beneficiary (unless there are joint Certificateowners in which case
     death benefit proceeds are payable to the surviving Certificateowner). If
     the primary Beneficiary dies before the Certificateowner, the death
     proceeds are paid to the contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is no
     surviving Beneficiary, we pay the death proceeds to the Certificateowner's
     estate.

          One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or contingent
     Beneficiary. In the case of more than one Beneficiary we will assume any
     death proceeds are to be paid in equal shares to the surviving
     Beneficiaries. You can specify other than equal shares.

          You have the right to change Beneficiaries during your lifetime,
     unless you designate the primary Beneficiary irrevocable. When an
     irrevocable beneficiary has been designated, you and the irrevocable
     beneficiary may have to act together to exercise the rights and options
     under this Certificate.

Change of Certificateowner or Beneficiary

     During your lifetime and while this Certificate is in effect you can
     transfer ownership of this Certificate or change the Beneficiary. To make
     any of these changes, you must send us written notice of the change in a
     form satisfactory to us. The change will take effect as of the day the
     notice is signed. The change will not affect any payment made or action
     taken by us before recording the change at our Customer Service Center. A
     change of Certificateowner may affect the amount of death benefit payable
     under this Certificate. See Proceeds Payable to Beneficiary.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                     6


<PAGE>


                    Premium Payments and Allocation Changes
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Initial Premium Payment

     The amount and allocation of the Initial Premium payment is shown in the
     Schedule.

Additional Premium Payment Option

     You may make additional premium payments at any time before the Annuity
     Commencement Date. Satisfactory notice to us must be given for additional
     premium payments. Restrictions on additional premium payments, such as the
     Attained Age of the Annuitant or Certificateowner and the timing and amount
     of each payment, are shown in the Schedule. We reserve the right to defer
     acceptance of or to return any additional premium payments

     As of the date we receive and accept your additional premium payment:

          (1)  The Accumulation Value will increase by the amount of the premium
               payment less any premium deductions as shown in the Schedule.

          (2)  The increase in the Accumulation Value will be allocated among
               the Divisions and the Fixed Allocations in accordance with your
               instructions. If you do not provide such instructions, allocation
               will be among the Divisions in proportion to the amount of
               Accumulation Value in each Division as of the date we receive and
               accept your additional premium payment. Allocations to the Fixed
               Account will be made only upon specific written request.

     Where to Make Payments

     Remit the premium payments to our Customer Service Center. On request we
     will give you a receipt signed by one of our officers.

Your Right to Change Allocation of Accumulation Value

     The Accumulation Value may be reallocated among the Divisions and the Fixed
     Allocations prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The number of free
     allocation changes each Certificate Year that we will allow is shown in the
     Schedule. To make an allocation change, you must provide us with
     satisfactory notice at our Customer Service Center. The change will take
     effect when we receive the notice. Restrictions for reallocation into and
     out of the Divisions are shown in the Schedule. An allocation from the
     Fixed Allocation may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. See Market
     Value Adjustment.

What Happens if a Division is Not Available

     When a distribution is made from an investment portfolio supporting a unit
     investment trust Division or from a Division of a Managed Separate Account
     in which reinvestment is not available, we will allocate the distribution
     to the Specially Designated Division shown in the Schedule unless you
     specify otherwise.

     Such a distribution only occur when an investment portfolio or Division
     matures, when distribution from a portfolio or Division cannot be
     reinvested in the portfolio or Division due to the unavailability of
     securities, or for other reasons. When this occurs because of maturity, we
     will send written notice to you 30 days in advance of such date. To elect
     an allocation to other than the Specially Designated Division shown in the
     Schedule, you must provide satisfactory notice to us at least seven days
     prior to the date the investment matures. Such allocations will not be
     counted as an allocation change of the Accumulation Value for purposes of
     the number of free allocation changes permitted.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                        7


<PAGE>

              How We Measure the Certificate's Accumulation Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Variable Separate Accounts

     These accounts, which are designated in the Schedule, are kept separate
     from our General Account and any other Separate Accounts we may have. They
     are used to support variable annuity contracts and may be used for other
     purposes permitted by applicable laws and regulations. We own the assets in
     the Variable Separate Accounts. Assets equal to the reserves and other
     liabilities of the accounts will not be charged with liabilities that arise
     from any other business we conduct; but, we may transfer to our General
     Account assets which exceed the reserves and other liabilities of the
     Variable Separate Accounts. Income and realized and unrealized gains or
     losses from assets in these Separate Accounts are credited to or charged
     against the account without regard to other income, gains or losses in our
     other investment accounts

     One type of Variable Separate Account will invest in mutual funds, unit
     investment trusts and other investment portfolios which we determine to be
     suitable for the group contract's purposes. This Separate Account is
     treated as a unit investment trust under Federal securities laws. It is
     registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This
     Separate Account is also governed by state laws as designated in the
     Schedule.

     Another type of Variable Separate Account will invest directly in portfolio
     securities deemed appropriate by the investment adviser or the committee
     managing the Separate Account. This Separate Account is treated as an open
     end, diversified investment company under Federal securities laws. It is
     registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The
     Separate Account is also governed by state laws as designated in the
     Schedule.

     We may offer certain non-registered Series or Variable Separate Accounts.
     Any such Series or Variable Separate Account is shown in the Schedule.

     Divisions of the Variable Separate Account

     A Unit Investment Trust Variable Separate Account includes Divisions, each
     investing in a designated investment portfolio. The Divisions and the
     investment portfolios in which they invest, if applicable, are specified in
     the Schedule. Some of the portfolios designated may be managed by a
     separate investment adviser. Such adviser will be registered under the
     Investment Advisers Act of 1940 if required.

     A Managed Variable Separate Account includes Divisions, each investing
     directly in portfolios of securities designed to meet the objectives of the
     Division. The Divisions, if applicable, and their objectives are specified
     in the Schedule. Some of the Divisions designated may be managed by a
     separate investment adviser. Such adviser may be registered under the
     Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

     Changes Within the Variable Separate Accounts

     We may, from time to time, make additional Separate Account Divisions
     available to you. These Divisions will invest in investment portfolios we
     find suitable for the group contract. We also have the right to eliminate
     Divisions from a Separate Account, to combine two or more Divisions or to
     substitute a new portfolio for the portfolio in which a Division invests. A
     substitution may become necessary if, in our judgment, a portfolio or
     Division no longer suits the purposes of the group contract. This may
     happen due to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's
     investment objectives or restrictions, or because the portfolio or Division
     is no longer available for investment, or for some other reason. We will
     get prior approval from the insurance department of our state of domicile
     before making such a substitution.

     This approval process is on file with the insurance department of the
     jurisdiction in which the group contract is delivered. We will also get any
     required approval from the SEC and any other required approvals before
     making such a substitution.

     Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to
     transfer assets of the Divisions of the Variable Separate Account, which we
     determine to be associated with the class of contracts to which the group
     contract belongs, to another Variable Separate Account or Division.



GA-CA-1007-04/95                       8


<PAGE>


        How We Measure the Certificate's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:

          (1)  Deregister a Separate Account under the Investment Company Act
               of 1940;

          (2)  Operate a Separate Account as a management company under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
               investment trust;

          (3)  Operate a Separate Account as a unit investment trust under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a Managed
               Separate Account;

          (4)  Restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Certificateowners, or
               other persons who have voting rights as to a Separate Account;
               and,

          (5)  Combine a Separate Account with other Separate Accounts.

Valuation Period

     Each Division will be valued at the end of each Valuation Period on a
     Valuation Date. A Valuation Period is each Business Day together with any
     non-business days before it. A Business Day is any day the NYSE is open for
     trading and the SEC requires mutual funds, unit investment trusts, or other
     investment portfolios to value their securities.

Accumulation Value

     The Accumulation Value of this Certificate is equal to the sum of the
     amounts that you have in each Division and the Fixed Allocations. You
     select how your Accumulation Value is allocated. The maximum number of
     Divisions and Fixed Allocations to which you may allocate Accumulation
     Value at any one time is shown in the Schedule.

Accumulation Value in each Division and Fixed Allocation

     On the Certificate Date

     On the Certificate Date, the Accumulation Value is allocated to each
     Division and the Fixed Allocations as shown in the Schedule.

     On each Valuation Date

     At the end of each subsequent Valuation Period, the amount of Accumulation
     Value in each Division and Fixed Allocation will be calculated as follows:

          (1)  We take the Accumulation Value in the Division or Fixed
               Allocation at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.

          (2)  We multiply (1) by the Division's net rate of return for the
               current Valuation Period, or we calculate the interest to be
               credited to a Fixed Allocation for the current Va1uation
               Period.

          (3)  We add (1) and (2).

          (4)  We add to (3) any additional premium payments (less any premium
               deductions as shown in the Schedule) allocated to the Division or
               Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation Period.

          (5)  We add or subtract allocations to or from that Division or
               Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation Period.

          (6)  We subtract from (5) any Partial Withdrawals which are allocated
               to the Division or Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation
               Period.

          (7)  We subtract from (6) the amounts allocated to that Division or
               Fixed Allocation for:

               (a)  any charges due for optional benefit riders as shown in the
                    Schedule;

               (b)  any certificate fees as shown in the Schedule;

     All amounts in (7) are allocated to each Division or Fixed Allocation as
     explained in Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                        9


<PAGE>


        How We Measure the Certificate's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fixed Account

     The Fixed Account is a Separate Account under state insurance law and is
     not required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Fixed Account includes
     various Fixed Allocations which we credit with fixed rates of interest for
     the Guarantee Period or Periods you select. We reset the interest rates for
     new Fixed Allocations periodically based on our sole discretion.

     Guarantee Periods

     Each Fixed Allocation is guaranteed an interest rate for a period, a
     Guarantee Period. The Guaranteed Interest Rate for a Fixed Allocation is
     effective for the entire period. The Maturity Date of a Guarantee Period
     will be on the last day of the calendar month in which the Guarantee Period
     ends. Withdrawals and transfers made during a Guarantee Period may be
     subject to a Market Value Adjustment unless made within thirty days of the
     Maturity Date.

     Upon the expiry of a Guarantee Period, we will transfer the Accumulation
     Value of the expiring Fixed Allocation to a Fixed Allocation with a
     Guarantee Period equal in length to the expiring Guarantee Period, unless
     you select another period prior to a Maturity Date. We will notify you at
     least thirty days prior to a Maturity Date of your options for renewal. If
     the period remaining from the expiry of the previous Guarantee Period to
     the Annuity Commencement Date is less than the period you have elected or
     the period expiring, the next shortest period then available that will not
     extend beyond the Annuity Commencement Date will be offered to you. If a
     period is not available, the Accumulation Value will be transferred to the
     Specifically Designated Division.

     We will declare Guaranteed Interest Rates for the then available Fixed
     Allocation Guarantee Periods. These interest rates are based solely on our
     expectation as to our future earnings. Declared Guaranteed Interest Rates
     are subject to change at any time prior to application to specific Fixed
     Allocations, although in no event will the rates be less than the Minimum
     Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.

     Market Value Adjustments

     A Market Value Adjustment will be applied to a Fixed Allocation upon
     withdrawal, transfer or application to an Income Plan if made more than
     thirty days prior to such Fixed Allocation's Maturity Date, except on
     Systematic Partial Withdrawals and IRA Partial Withdrawals. The Market
     Value Adjustment is applied to each Fixed Allocation separately

     The Market Value Adjustment is determined by multiplying the amount of the
     Accumulation Value withdrawn, transferred or applied to an Income Plan by
     the following factor:

                        (((1+I)/(1+J+.0025)) (N/365))-1

     Where I is the Index Rate for a Fixed Allocation on the first day of the
     applicable Guarantee Period: J is the Index Rate for new Fixed Allocations
     with Guarantee Periods equal to the number of years (fractional years
     rounded up to the next full year) remaining in the Guarantee Period at the
     time of calculation; and N is the remaining number of days in the Guarantee
     Period at the time of calculation. (The Index Rate is described in the
     Schedule.)

     Market Value Adjustments will be applied as follows:

          (1)  The Market Value Adjustment will be applied to the amount
               withdrawn before deduction of any applicable Surrender Charge.

          (2)  For a partial withdrawal, partial transfer or in the case where a
               portion of a fixed allocation is applied to an Income Plan, the
               Market Value Adjustment will be calculated on the total amount
               that must be withdrawn, transferred or applied to an Income Plan
               in order to provide the amount requested.





GA-CA-1007-04/95                      10



<PAGE>


         How We Measure the Certificate's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          (3)  If the Market Value Adjustment is negative, it will be assessed
               first against any remaining Accumulation Value in the particular
               Fixed Allocation. Any remaining Market Value Adjustment will be
               applied against the amount withdrawn, transferred or applied to
               an Income Plan.

          (4)  If the Market Value Adjustment is positive, it will be credited
               to any remaining Accumulation Value in the particular Fixed
               Allocation. If a cash surrender, full transfer or full
               application to an Income Plan has been requested, the Market
               Value Adjustment is added to the amount withdrawn, transferred or
               applied to an Income Plan.

Measurement of Investment Experience

     Index of Investment Experience

     The investment experience of a Division is determined on each Valuation
     Date. We use an index to measure changes in each Division's experience
     during a Valuation Period. We set the index at $10 when the first
     investments in a Division are made. The index for a current Valuation
     Period equals the index for the preceding Valuation Period multiplied by
     the Experience Factor for the current Valuation Period.

     How We Determine the Experience Factor

     For Divisions of a Unit Investment Trust Separate Account, the Experience
     Factor reflects the investment experience of the portfolio in which the
     Division invests as well as the charges assessed against the Division for a
     Valuation Period. The factor is calculated as follows:

          (1)  We take the net asset value of the portfolio in which the
               Division invests at the end of the current Valuation Period.

          (2)  We add to (1) the amount of any dividend or capital gains
               distribution declared for the investment portfolio and
               reinvested in such portfolio during the current Valuation Period.
               We subtract from that amount a charge for our taxes, if any.

          (3)  We divide (2) by the net asset value of the portfolio at the end
               of the preceding Valuation Period.

          (4)  We subtract the daily mortality and expense risk charge for each
               Division shown in the Schedule for each day in the Valuation
               Period.

          (5)  We subtract the daily asset based administrative charge shown in
               the Schedule for each day in the Valuation Period.

     For Divisions of a Managed Separate Account which invest directly in
     portfolio securities, the Experience Factor reflects the investment
     experience of the Division as well as the charges assessed against the
     Division. The factor is calculated as follows:

          (1)  Take the value of the assets in the Division at the end of the
               preceding Valuation Period.

          (2)  Add to (1) any investment income and capital gains, realized or
               unrealized, credited to the assets during the current Valuation
               Period.

          (3)  Subtract from (2) any capital losses, realized or unrealized,
               charged against the assets during the current Valuation Period.

          (4)  Subtract from (3) any amount charged against the Division for any
               taxes.

          (5)  Divide (4) by the value of the assets in the Division at the end
               of the preceding Valuation Period.

          (6)  Subtract from (5) a daily charge for operating expenses actually
               incurred.

          (7)  Subtract from (6) the daily charge for investment advice for each
               day in the Valuation Period as shown in the Schedule.

          (8)  Subtract from (7) the daily charge for mortality and expense
               risks for each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the
               Schedule.

          (9)  Subtract from (8) the daily asset based administrative charge for
               each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the Schedule.

     Calculations for Divisions investing in mutual fund portfolios are made on
     a per share basis. Calculations for Divisions investing in unit investment
     trusts are on a per unit basis.



GA-CA-1007-04/95                        11


<PAGE>


        How We Measure the Certificate's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Net Rate of Return for a Separate Account Division

     The net rate of return for a Division during a Valuation Period is the
     Experience Factor for that Valuation Period minus one.

     Interest Credited to a Fixed Allocation

     A Fixed Allocation will be credited with the Guaranteed Interest Rate for
     the Guarantee Period in effect on the date the premium or reallocation is
     applied. Once applied, such rate will be guaranteed until that Fixed
     Allocation's Maturity Date. Interest will be credited daily at a rate to
     yield the declared annual Guaranteed Interest Rate.

     We periodically declare Guaranteed Interest Rates for then available
     Guarantee Periods. No Guaranteed Interest Rate will be less than the
     Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in the Schedule.

Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value on each Certificate Processing Date

     All charges and fees are shown in the Schedule.

     Charge Deduction Division Option

     We will deduct all charges against the Accumulation Value of this
     Certificate from the Charge Deduction Division if you elected this option
     (see the Schedule). If you did not elect this option or if the charges are
     greater than the amount in the Charge Deduction Division, the charges
     against the Accumulation Value will be deducted as follows:

          (1)  If these charges are less than the Accumulation Value in the
               Divisions, they will be deducted proportionately from all
               Divisions.

          (2)  If these charges exceed the Accumulation Value in the Divisions,
               any excess over such value will be deducted from the Fixed
               Account.

     Any charges deducted from the Fixed Account will be taken from Fixed
     Allocations starting with the Guarantee Period nearest its Maturity Date
     until such charges have been paid.

     At any time while this Certificate is in effect, you may change your
     election of this option. To do this you must send a written request to our
     Customer Service Center. Any change will take effect within seven days of
     the date we receive your request.





GA-CA-1007-04/95                    12


<PAGE>



                            Your Certificate Benefits
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     While this Certificate is in effect, there are important rights and
     benefits that are available to you. We discuss these rights and benefits in
     this section.

Cash Value Benefit

     Cash Surrender Value

     The Cash Surrender Value before the Annuity Commencement Date, is
     determined as follows:

          (1)  We take the Certificate's Accumulation Value;

          (2)  We deduct any Surrender Charges;

          (3)  We deduct any charges shown in the Schedule that have been
               incurred but not yet deducted, including:

               (a)  any first-year administrative fee that has not yet been
                    deducted;

               (b)  any quarterly administrative fee to be deducted on the next
                    Certificate Processing Date;

               (c)  the pro rata part of any charges for optional benefit
                    riders; and

               (d)  any applicable premium or similar tax.

          (4)  We adjust for any applicable Market Value Adjustment.

     Cancelling to Receive the Cash Surrender Value

     At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may surrender this
     Certificate to us. To do this, you must return this Certificate with a
     signed request for cancellation to our Customer Service Center.

     The Cash Surrender Value will vary daily. We will determine the Cash
     Surrender Value as of the date we receive the Certificate and your signed
     request in our Customer Service Center. All benefits under this Certificate
     will then end.

     We will usually pay the Cash Surrender Value within seven days; but, we
     may delay payment as described in the Payments We May Defer provision.

Partial Withdrawal Option

     After the first Certificate Anniversary, you may make a Partial Withdrawal
     once in each Certificate Year, without incurring a Partial Withdrawal
     Charge. Any additional Partial Withdrawals in a Certificate Year are
     subject to a Partial Withdrawal Charge. The minimum amount that may be
     withdrawn is shown in the Schedule. The maximum amount that may be
     withdrawn is shown in the Schedule. Any withdrawal you make will not be
     treated as premium only for the purposes of calculating the Surrender
     Charge. To take a Partial Withdrawal, you must provide us with satisfactory
     notice at our Customer Service Center.


GA-CA-1007-04/95                        13


<PAGE>


                             Death Benefit Proceeds
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date

     If the sole Certificateowner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,
     we will pay the Beneficiary the death benefit. If there are joint
     Certificateowners and any Certificateowner dies, we will pay the surviving
     Certificateowners the death benefit. We will pay the amount on receipt of
     due proof of the Certificateowner's death at our Customer Service Center.
     Such amount may be received in a single lump sum or applied to any of the
     Annuity Options (see Choosing an Income Plan). When the Certificateowner
     (or all Certificateowners where there are joint Certificateowners) is not
     an individual, the death benefit will become payable on the death of the
     Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date (unless a Contingent
     Annuitant survived the Annuitant). Only one death benefit is payable under
     this Certificate. In all events, distributions under the Certificate must
     be made as required by applicable law.

     How to Claim Payments to Beneficiary

     We must receive proof of the Certificateowner's (or Annuitant's) death
     before we will make any payments to the Beneficiary. We will calculate the
     death benefit as of the date we receive due proof of death. The Beneficiary
     should contact our Customer Service Center for instructions.

     Guaranteed Death Benefit

     On the Certificate Date, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is equal to the
     premium paid. On subsequent Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit
     is calculated as shown in the Schedule. A change of Certificateowner will
     affect the Guaranteed Death Benefit. See the Schedule.





GA-CA-1007-04/95                        14


<PAGE>


                            Choosing an Income Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant and Certificateowner are living on the Annuity
     Commencement Date, we will begin making payments to the Certificateowner.
     We will make these payments under the Annuity Option (or Options) as chosen
     initially or as subsequently selected. You may choose or change an Annuity
     Option by making a written request at least 30 days prior to the Annuity
     Commencement Date. Unless you have chosen otherwise, Option 2 on a 10-year
     period certain basis will become effective. The amount of the payments will
     be determined by applying the Accumulation Value on the Annuity
     Commencement Date in accordance with the Annuity Options section below (See
     Payments We May Defer). See Schedule for certain restrictions which may
     apply. Before we pay any annuity benefits, we require the return of this
     Certificate. If this Certificate has been lost, we require the applicable
     lost certificate form.

Annuity Commencement Date Selection

     You select the Annuity Commencement Date. You may select any date following
     the third Certificate Anniversary but before the required date of annuity
     commencement as shown in the Schedule. If you do not select a date, the
     Annuity Commencement Date will be in the month following the required date
     of annuity commencement.

Frequency Selection

     You choose the frequency of the Annuity Payments. They may be monthly,
     quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. If we do not receive written notice
     from you, the payments will be made monthly.

The Income Plan

     While this Certificate is in effect and before the Annuity Commencement
     Date, you may choose one or more Annuity Options to which death benefit
     proceeds may be applied. If, at the time of the Certificateowner's death,
     no option has been chosen for paying death benefit proceeds, the
     Beneficiary may choose an option within one year. You may also elect an
     Annuity Option on surrender of the Certificate for its Cash Surrender
     Value. For each option we will issue a separate written agreement putting
     the option into effect.

     Our approval is needed for any option where:

          (1)  The person named to receive payment is other than the
               Certificateowner or Beneficiary; or

          (2)  The person named is not a natural person, such as a corporation;
               or

          (3)  Any income payment would be less than the minimum annuity income
               payment shown in the Schedule.

The Annuity Options

     There are four options to choose from. They are:

     Option 1. Income for a Fixed Period

     Payment is made in equal installments for a fixed number of years. We
     guarantee each monthly payment will be at least the Income For Fixed Period
     amount shown in the Schedule. Values for annual, semiannual or quarterly
     payments are available on request.

     Option 2. Income for Life

     Payment is made to the person named in equal monthly installments and
     guaranteed for at least a period certain. The period certain can be 10 or
     20 years. Other periods certain are available on request. A refund certain
     may be chosen instead. Under this arrangement, income is guaranteed until
     payments equal the amount applied. If the person named lives beyond the
     guaranteed period, payments continue until his or her death.



GA-CA-1007-04/95                        15


<PAGE>


                       Choosing an Income Plan (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     We guarantee each pavment will be at least the amount shown in the Income
     for Life Table in the Schedule. By age we mean the named person's age on
     his or her last birthday before the option's effective date. Amounts for
     ages not shown are available on request.

     Option 3. Joint Life Income

     This option is available if there are two persons named to receive
     payments. At least one of the persons named must be either the
     Certificateowner or Beneficiary of this Certificate. Monthly payments are
     guaranteed and are made as long as at least one of the named persons is
     living. The monthly payment amounts are available upon request. Such
     amounts are guaranteed and will be calculated on the same basis as the
     Income for Life Table, however, the amounts will be based on two lives.

     Option 4. Annuity Plan

     An amount can be used to buy any single premium annuity we offer on the
     option's effective date.

Payment When Named Person Dies

     When the person named to receive payment dies, we will pay any amounts
     still due as provided by the option agreement. The amounts still due are
     determined as follows:

          (1)  For Option 1 or any remaining guaranteed payments under Option 2,
               payments will be continued. Under Options 1 and 2, the discounted
               values of the remaining guaranteed payments may be paid in a
               single sum. This means we deduct the amount of the interest each
               remaining guaranteed payment would have earned had it not been
               paid out early. The discount interest rate is 3% for Option 1
               and 3.50% for Option 2. We will, however, base the discount
               interest rate on the interest rate used to calculate the payments
               for Options 1 and 2 if such payments were not based on the tables
               in this Certificate.

          (2)  For Option 3, no amounts are payable after both named persons
               have died.

          (3)  For Option 4, the annuity agreement will state the amount due, if
               any.





GA-CA-1007-04/95
                                16


<PAGE>


                          Other Important Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Entire Contract

     The group contract, including any attached rider, Endorsement, amendment
     and the application of the Contractholder, constitute the entire contract
     between the Contractholder and us. All statements made by the
     Contractholder, any Certificateowner or any Annuitant will be deemed
     representations and not warranties. No such statement will be used in any
     contest unless it is contained in the application signed by the
     Contractholder or in a written instrulnent signed by the Certificateowner,
     a copy of which has been furnished to the Certificateowner, the Beneficiary
     or to the Contractholder.

Sending Notice to Us

     Whenever written notice is required, send it to our Customer Service
     Center. The address of our Customer Service Center is shown in Important
     Terms. Please include your Certificate number in all correspondence.

Reports to Certificateowner

     We will send you a report, at least once during each Certificate Year,
     showing the Accumulation Value and the Cash Surrender Value of your
     Certificate as of the end of the Certificate Processing Period. The report
     will also show the allocation of the Accumulation Value as of such date and
     the amounts deducted from or added to the Accumulation Value since the last
     report. The report will also include any other information that may be
     currently required by the insurance supervisory official of the
     jurisdiction in which this Certificate is delivered.

     We will also send you copies of any shareholder reports of the portfolios
     in which the Divisions of the Separate Accounts invest, as well as any
     other reports, notices or documents required by law to be furnished to
     Certificateowners.

Assignment - Using this Certificate as Collateral Security

     You can assign this Certificate as collateral security for a loan or other
     obligation. This does not change the Certificate ownership. Your rights and
     any beneficiary's rights are subject to the terms of the assignment. To
     make or release an assignment, we must receive written notice satisfactory
     to us, at our Customer Service Center. We are not responsible for the
     validity of any assignment.

Changing the Group Contract

     The group contract or any additional benefit riders may be changed to
     another annuity plan according to our rules at the time of the change.

Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law

     We reserve the right to make changes in the group contract, the
     Certificate, and their Riders to the extent we deem it necessary to
     continue to qualify the group contract as an annuity. Any such changes will
     apply uniformly to all Certificates that are affected. You will be given
     advance written notice of such changes.

Misstatement of Age or Sex

     If an age or sex has been misstated, the amounts payable or benefits
     provided by this Certificate shall be those that the premium payment made
     would have bought at the correct age or sex.

Non-Participating

     This Certificate does not participate in the divisible surplus of Golden
     American Life Insurance Company.





GA-CA-1007-04/95                        17


<PAGE>


                    Other Important Information (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Payments We May Defer

     We may not be able to determine the value of the assets of the Divisions
     because:

          (1)  The NYSE is closed for trading;

          (2)  The SEC determines that a state of emergency exists; or

          (3)  An order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
               protection of Certificateowners.

          (4)  The check used to pay the premium has not cleared through the
               banking system. This may take up to 15 days.

     During such times, as to amounts allocated to the Divisions, we may delay:

          (1)  Determination and payment of the Cash Surrender Value;

          (2)  Determination and payment of any death benefit if death occurs
               before the Annuity Commencement Date;

          (3)  Allocation changes of the Accumulation Value; or,

          (4)  Application of the Accumulation Value under an income plan.

     We reserve the right to delay payment of amounts allocated to the Fixed
     Account for up to six months.

Authority to Make Agreements

     All agreements made by us must be signed by one of our officers. No other
     person, including an insurance agent or broker, can:

          (1)  Change any of this Certificate's terms;

          (2)  Extend the time for premium payments; or

          (3)  Make any agreement binding on us.

Required Note on Our Computations

     We have filed a detailed statement of our computations with the insurance
     supervisory official in appropriate jurisdictions. The values are not less
     than those required by the law of that state or jurisdiction. Any benefit
     provided by an attached optional benefit rider will not increase these
     values unless otherwise stated in that rider.

Facility of Payment

     If no Beneficiary is named, we reserve the right to pay an amount not to
     exceed $2,000 to any person we determine to be entit1ed to such amount by
     reason of incurred expenses incident to the last illness or death of a
     Certificateowner.

Incontestability

     The benefits under the group contract vrill not be contested, except for
     nonpayment of premiums, after it has been in effect during the Annuitant's
     lifetime for two years from the Certificate Date.





GA-CA-1007-04/95                      18




<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN                               Section 72 Rider
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Required Distribution of Proceeds on Death of Certificateowner

          This Rider is required to qualify the Contract or Certificate to which
     it is attached as an annuity Contract or Certificate under Section 72 of
     the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Where the terms
     of this Rider are in conflict with the terms of the Contract or
     Certificate, the Rider will control. Golden American Life Insurance Company
     reserves the right to amend or administer the Contract, Certificate and
     Rider as necessary to comply with applicable tax requirements. This Rider
     and the Contract or Certificate should be construed so that they comply
     with applicable tax requirements.

Death of Certificateowner on or after Annuity Commencement Date

          IF ANY CERTIFICATEOWNER DIES ON OR AFTER the Annuity Commencement Date
     but prior to the time the entire interest in the Certificate has been
     distributed, the remaining portion will be distributed at least as rapidly
     as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of the
     Certificateowner's death.

Death of Certificateowner Prior to Annuity Commencement Date

          IF ANY CERTIFICATEOWNER DIES PRIOR TO the Annuity Commencement Date,
     the entire interest in the Certificate will be distributed within five
     years of the Certificateowner's death.

          However, this distribution requirement will be considered satisfied as
     to any portion of the Certificateowner's interest in the Certificate which
     is payable to or for the benefit of a Designated Beneficiary and which will
     be distributed over the life of such Designated Beneficiary or over a
     period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that Designated
     Beneficiary, provided such distributions begin within one year of the
     Certificateowner's death. If the Designated Beneficiary is the surviving
     spouse of the decedent, the Certificate may be continued in the name of the
     spouse as Certificateowner and these distribution rules are applied by
     treating the spouse as the Certificateowner. However, on the death of the
     surviving spouse, this provision regarding spouses may not be used again.

          If any Certificateowner is not an individual, the death or change
     (where permitted) of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of a
     Certificateowner.

          The Designated Beneficiary is the person entitled to ownership rights
     under the Certificate. Thus, where no death benefit has become payable, the
     Designated Beneficiary, for the purposes of applying this Rider, will be
     the Certificateowner(s). Where a death benefit has become payable, the
     Designated Beneficiary, for the purposes of applying this Rider, is the
     person(s) entitled to the death benefit, generally the Beneficiary or
     surviving Certificateowners, as appropriate. Upon the death of any
     Certificateowner, the Designated Beneficiary will become the
     Certificateowner and, if an individual, will become the Annuitant.


     A Certificateowner may notify Golden American as to the manner of payment
     under this Rider. If such Certificateowner has not so notified Golden
     American prior to his or her death, the Designated Beneficiary under the
     Certificate may so notify Golden American.

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


President                            Secretary

GA-RA-1002-12/94

<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN                         Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          Golden American Life Insurance Company ("we" or "us") will waive any
     Surrender Charge incurred due to a surrender or Excess Partial Withdrawal
     under the Certificate in the event the Certificateowner ("you") is subject
     to Qualified Extended Medical Care or suffers from a Qualifying Terminal
     Illness subject to the terms and conditions stated below:

Extended Medical Care

          To qualify for this waiver, you must first begin receiving Qualified
     Extended Medical Care on or after the first Certificate Anniversary for at
     least 45 days during any continuous sixty-day period, and your request for
     the surrender or withdrawal, together with proof of such Qualified
     Extended Medical Care, must be received at our Customer Service Center
     during the term of such care or within ninety days after the last day upon
     which you received such care.

          "Qualified Extended Medical Care" means confinement in a Qualified
     Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility prescribed by a Qualifying
     Medical Professional.

          "Qualifying Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility" means a
     state-licensed hospital or state-licensed skilled or intermediate care
     nursing facility at which medical treatment is available on a daily basis;
     and daily medical records are kept on each patient. This does not include a
     facility whose purpose is to provide accommodations, board or personal care
     services to individuals who do not need medical or nursing care; nor a
     place mainly for rest.

          "Qualifying Medical Professional" means a legally-qualified
     practitioner of the healing arts who is acting within the scope of his or
     her license; is not a resident of your household or that of the Annuitant;
     and is not related to you or the Annuitant by blood or marriage.

Terminal Illness

          To qualify for this waiver, you must be first diagnosed by a
     Qualifying Medical Professional, on or after the first Certificate
     Anniversary, as having a Qualifying Terminal Illness. Written proof of
     terminal illness, satisfactory to us, must be received at our Customer
     Service Center. We reserve the right to require an examination by a
     physician of our choice.

          "Qualifying Terminal Illness" means an illness or accident, the result
     of which results in a life expectancy of twelve months or less, as
     measured from the date of diagnosis.

Claims

          Evidence, satisfactory to us, must be submitted to qualify for waiver
     of Surrender Charge pursuant to this Rider. This evidence will be in
     writing and, where applicable, be attested to by a Qualified Medical
     Professional.

          This Rider is attached to and becomes part of the Certificate to which
     it is attached. The provisions of this Rider shall supersede the provisions
     of the Certificate where applicable.

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

     President                                    Secretary

GA-RA-1003-12/94


<PAGE>


Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity Certificate - No Dividends

     Variable Cash Surrender Values while the Certificateowner is living and
     prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Death benefit subject to guaranteed
     minimum. Additional premium payment option. Partial Withdrawal option.
     Non-participating. Investment results reflected in values.



GA-CA-1007-04/95



<PAGE>


       6(c)   INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT


<PAGE>
               GOLDEN
               AMERICAN
     [LOGO]    LIFE INSURANCE                          Deferred Variable
               COMPANY                                 Annuity Contract

   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock Company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     This is a legal Contract between its Owner and us. Please read it
     carefully. In this Contract you or your refers to the Owner shown above.
     We, our or us refers to Golden American Life Insurance Company. You may
     allocate this Contract's Accumulation Value among the Separate Account
     Divisions shown in the Schedule.

     If this Contract is in force, we will make income payments to you starting
     on the Annuity Commencement Date. If the Owner dies prior to the Annuity
     Commencement Date, we will pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary. The
     amount of such benefits are subject to the terms of this Contract.

     All payments and values, when based on the Investment Experience of a
     Separate Account, may increase or decrease, depending on the Contract's
     investment results.

     RIGHT TO EXAMINE THIS CONTRACT: You may return this Contract to us or the
     agent through whom you purchased it within 10 days after you receive it. If
     so returned, we will treat the Contract as though it were never issued.
     Upon receipt we will promptly refund the Accumulation Value plus any
     charges we have deducted as of the date the returned Contract is received
     by us.




     Customer Service Center                           Secretary:
     1001 Jefferson Street, Suite 400
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801                        President:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Variable Annuity Contract - No Dividends

     Variable Cash Surrender Values while the Annuitant and Owner is living and
     prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Death benefit subject to guaranteed
     minimum. Additional Premium Payment Option. Partial Withdrawal Option.
     Non-participating. Investment results reflected in values.


GA-IA-1008-04/95

<PAGE>

                               Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Specification Pages

  Payment and Investment Information ................  3A
  The Separate Accounts .............................  3B
  The General Account ...............................  3C
  Contract Facts ....................................  3D
  Charges and Fees...................................  3E
  Income Plan Factors ...............................  3F

Introduction to this Contract .......................   4

  The Contract
  The Owner
  The Annuitant
  The Beneficiary
  Change of Owner or Beneficiary

Premium Payments and Allocation Changes .............   6

  Initial Premium Payment
  Additional Premium Payment Option
  Your Right to Change Allocation of
    Accumulation Value
  What Happens if a Separate Account Division
    is Not Available

How We Measure the Contract's
 Accumulation Value .................................   7

  The Separate Accounts
  The General Account
  Valuation Period
  Accumulation Value
  Accumulation Value in each Division
  Measurement of Investment Experience
  Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value on
    each Contract Processing Date

Your Contract Benefits ..............................  11

  Cash Value Benefit
  Partial Withdrawal Option
  Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary

Choosing an Income Plan .............................  13

  Annuity Benefits
  Annuity Commencement Date Selection
  Frequency Selection
  The Income Plan
  The Annuity Options
  Payments When Named Person Dies

Other Important Information .........................  15

  Sending Notice to Us
  Reports to Owner
  Assignment - Using this Contract as
    Collateral Security
  Changing this Contract
  Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law
  Misstatement of Age or Sex
  Non-Participating
  Payments We May Defer
  Authority to Make Agreements
  Required Note on Our Computations


     A copy of any application and any additional Riders and Endorsements
     are at the back of this Contract.

Specification Pages

     The Specification Pages give specific facts about this Contract and its
     coverage. Please refer to them while reading this Contract.



GA-IA-1008-04/95                       2


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                       Payment And Investment Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant's Issue Age    Annuitant's Sex               Owner's Issue Age
[35]                     [Male]                        [55]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Date            Issue Date                    Residence State
[January 1, 1994]        [January 1, 1994]             [Delaware]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Initial Investment

     Initial Premium Payment received:            [$10,000]

     As requested in the application, your Accumulation Value has been invested
     as follows:

                                             Percentage of
                     Division               Accumulation Value
                     --------               ------------------
               [Multiple Allocation               10%
                   Fully Managed                  10%
               Capital Appreciation               10%
                 Rising Dividends                 10%
                    All-Growth                    10%
                    Real Estate                   10%
                 Natural Resources                10%
                 Emerging Markets                  5%
            The Managed Global Account             5%
               Limited Maturity Bond               5%
                   Liquid Asset                    5%
                   Value Equity                    5%
                  Fixed Interest                   5%]
                                               --------
                       Total                     100%

Additional Premium Payment Information

     We will accept additional premium payments until either the Annuitant or
     the Owner reaches the Attained Age of [85]. The minimum additional payment
     which may be made is [$500.00].


Accumulation Value Allocation Rules

     The maximum number of Divisions in which you may be invested at any one
     time is [twelve]. You are allowed unlimited allocation changes per Contract
     Year without charge. We reserve the right to impose a charge for any
     allocation change in excess of [twelve] per Contract Year. The Excess
     Allocation Charge is shown in the Schedule.



GA-IA-1008-04/95                       3A1


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                 Payment And Investment Information (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant's Issue Age    Annuitant's Sex               Owner's Issue Age
[35]                     [Male]                        [55]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Date            Issue Date                    Residence State
[January 1, 1994]        [January 1, 1994]             [Delaware]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Allocation Changes by Telephone

     You may request allocation changes by telephone during our telephone
     request business hours. You may call our Customer Service Center at
     1-800-366-0066 to make allocation changes by using the personal
     identification number you will receive. You may also mail any notice or
     request for allocation changes to our Customer Service Center at the
     address shown on the cover page.


GA-IA-1008-04/95                       3A2


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                              The Separate Accounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Divisions Investing in Shares of a Mutual Fund

     Separate Account B (the "Account") is a unit investment trust Separate
     Account, organized in and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware,
     our state of domicile. The Account is divided into Divisions.

     Each Division listed below invests in shares of the mutual fund portfolio
     (the "Series") designated. Each portfolio is a part of The GCG Trust (the
     "Trust") managed by Directed Services, Inc.


[MULTIPLE      MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
ALLOCATION     Objective           -The highest total return, consisting of
DIVISION                            capital appreciation and current income,
                                    consistent with the preservation of capital
                                    and elimination of unnecessary risk.

               Investments         -Investment in equity and debt securities and
                                    the use of certain sophisticated investment
                                    strategies and techniques.

               Portfolio Manager   -Zweig Advisors Inc.


FULLY          FULLY MANAGED SERIES
MANAGED        Objective           -High total investment return over the long
DIVISION                            term, consistent with the preservation of
                                    capital and prudent investment risk.

               Investments         -Pursues an active asset allocation strategy
                                    whereby investments are allocated, based
                                    upon an evaluation of economic and market
                                    trends and the anticipated relative total
                                    return available, among three asset classes
                                    -- debt securities, equity securities and
                                    money market instruments.

               Portfolio Manager   -T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.]


GA-IA-1008-04/95                      3Bl


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                        The Separate Accounts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CAPITAL       CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
APPRECIATION   Objective           -Long-term capital growth.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Invests in common stocks and preferred stock
                                    that will be allocated among various
                                    categories of stocks referred to as
                                    "components" which consist of the following:
                                    (i) The Growth Component - Securities that
                                    the portfolio manager believes have the
                                    following characteristics: stability and
                                    quality of earnings and positive earnings
                                    momentum; dominant competitive positions;
                                    and demonstrate above-average growth rates
                                    as compared to published S&P 500 earnings
                                    projections; and (ii) The Value Component -
                                    Securities that the portfolio manager
                                    regards as fundamentally undervalued, i.e.,
                                    securities selling at a discount to asset
                                    value and securities with a relatively low
                                    price/earnings ratio. The securities
                                    eligible for this component may include real
                                    estate stocks, such as securities of
                                    publicly-owned companies that, in the
                                    portfolio manager's judgement, offer an
                                    optimum combination of current dividend
                                    yield, expected dividend growth, and
                                    discount to current real estate value.

               Portfolio Manager   -Chancellor Trust Company


RISING         RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
DIVIDENDS      Objective           -Capital appreciation, with dividend income
DIVISION                            as a secondary objective.

               Investments         -Investment in equity securities of high
                                    quality companies that meet the following
                                    four criteria: consistent dividend
                                    increases; substantial dividend increases;
                                    reinvested profits; and an under-leveraged
                                    balance sheet.

               Portfolio Manager   -Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, Inc.


ALL-GROWTH     ALL-GROWTH SERIES
DIVISION       Objective           - Capital appreciation.

               Investments         -Investment in securities selected for their
                                    long term growth prospects.

               Portfolio Manager   -Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.


REAL           REAL ESTATE SERIES
ESTATE         Objective           -Capital appreciation, with current income as
DIVISION                            a secondary objective.

               Investments         -Investment in publicly-traded equity
                                    securities of companies in the real estate
                                    industry listed on national exchanges or on
                                    the National Association of Securities
                                    Dealers Automated Quotation System.

               Portfolio Manager   -E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc.]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                       3B2


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                        The Separate Accounts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[NATURAL       NATURAL RESOURCES SERIES
RESOURCES      Objective           -Long-term capital appreciation.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment in equity and debt securities of
                                    companies engaged in the exploration,
                                    development, production, and distribution of
                                    natural resources.

               Portfolio Manager   -Van Eck Associates Corporation


EMERGING       EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
MARKETS        Objective           -Long-term growth of capital.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment primarily in equity securities of
                                    companies that are considered to be in
                                    emerging market countries in the Pacific
                                    Basin and Latin America. Income is not an
                                    objective, and any production of current
                                    income is considered incidental to the
                                    objective of growth of capital.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company


LIMITED        LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES
MATURITY       Objective           -Highest current income consistent with low
BOND                                risk to principal and liquidity. Also seeks
DIVISION                            to enhance its total return through capital
                                    appreciation when market factors indicate
                                    that capital appreciation may be available
                                    without significant risk to principal.

               Investments         -Investment primarily in a diversified
                                    portfolio of limited maturity debt
                                    securities.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company


LIQUID         LIQUID ASSET SERIES
ASSET          Objective           -High level of current income consistent with
DIVISION                            the preservation of capital and liquidity.

               Investments         -Obligations of the U.S. Government and its
                                    agencies and instrumentalities; bank
                                    obligations; commercial paper and short-term
                                    corporate debt securities.

               Term                -All issues maturing in less than one year.

               Portfolio Manager   -Bankers Trust Company]


GA-IA-1008-04/95                      3B3


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                        The Separate Accounts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]          [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium          Annuity Option                Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                [Life 10 Year Certain]        [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                    Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]            [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[VALUE         VALUE EQUITY SERIES
EQUITY         Objective           -Capital appreciation.
DIVISION
               Investments         -Investment primarily in equity securities
                                    which meet quantitative standards considered
                                    to indicate above-average financial
                                    soundness and high intrinsic value relative
                                    to price.

               Portfolio Manager   -Eagle Asset Management, Inc.


     NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE CONTRACT AND THE GCG TRUST
           FOR MORE DETAILS.


The Managed Global Account of Account D

     The Managed Global Account (the "Global Account") is a non-diversified
     investment company which invests directly in securities. DSI serves as
     manager of Separate Account D and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. serves
     as portfolio manager of the Global Account.

THE MANAGED    THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT PORTFOLIO
GLOBAL ACCOUNT Objective           -High total investment return, consistent
DIVISION                            with a prudent regard for capital
                                    preservation.

               Investments         -Investment in a wide range of equity and
                                    debt securities and money market instruments
                                    of both domestic and foreign issuers.

               Portfolio Manager   -Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.


     NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE CONTRACT AND THE MANAGED
           GLOBAL ACCOUNT OF ACCOUNT D FOR MORE DETAILS.]


GA-IA-1008-04/95                       3B4


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                               The General Account
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Guaranteed Division

     [Fixed Interest Division

     The Fixed Interest Division provides a minimum of 3% annual interest rate.
     At our sole discretion, we may periodically declare higher interest rates.
     Such rates will apply to periods following the date of declaration. Any
     such declaration will be by class and will be based on our future
     expectations.

     Limitations on Allocations

     We reserve the right to restrict allocations into the General Account. Such
     limits may be dollar restrictions on allocations into the General Account
     or we may restrict reallocations into the General Account.

     Guarantee Periods

     Each allocation to the Fixed Interest Division will be guaranteed an
     interest rate for the entire Initial Guaranteed Period elected. We
     currently offer Initial Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven and
     ten years. The Initial Guarantee Period starts on the day an allocation is
     made to the Fixed Interest Division and ends on the last day of the
     calendar month following one, three, five, seven or ten years as
     appropriate, the Maturity Date.

     At the end of a Guarantee Period, you may transfer the Accumulation Value
     in such Guarantee Period to the Divisions or to a Guarantee Period we then
     offer. If we do not receive notification by the Maturity Date, your
     Accumulation Value in the maturing Guarantee Period will automatically be
     transferred to a one year Guarantee Period. Upon such automatic transfer
     you will have thirty days to reallocate any of your Accumulation Value to
     the Divisions.

     Deductions for Charges

     We do not deduct the Mortality and Expense Charge and the Asset-Based
     Administrative Charge with respect to that amount of Accumulation Value
     allocated to the Fixed Interest Division while such Accumulation Value
     remains allocated to the Fixed Interest Division.

     Transfers from the Fixed Interest Division

     You may transfer your Accumulation Value from a Guarantee Period to the
     Divisions of Separate Account B or Separate Account D (the "Divisions"), or
     to a different Guarantee Period, subject to the following restrictions:

     The maximum amount which may be transferred from the Fixed Interest
     Division during a Contract Year is 15% of the Accumulation Value in your
     Fixed Interest Division. In addition, no more than 15% of the Accumulation
     Value allocated to a particular Guarantee Period may be transferred during
     any one year period beginning on the date such allocation was initially
     allocated or transferred to such Guarantee Period. On a Maturity Date, 100%
     of the Accumulation Value in the maturing Guarantee Period may be
     transferred.]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                  3C1


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                         The General Account (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Guaranteed Division (continued)

     [We currently require that an amount allocated to a one year Guarantee
     Period not be transferred until held in such Guarantee Period for at least
     one year, except pursuant to our published rules. This means that amounts
     allocated to a one year Guarantee Period cannot be transferred prior to the
     end of the Guarantee Period. We reserve the right to have such a
     requirement for other Guarantee Periods as well. We also reserve the right
     not to allow amounts previously transferred from the Fixed Interest
     Division to the Divisions to be transferred back to the Fixed Interest
     Division for a period of at least six months from the date of transfer.

     We reserve the right to reduce the amount otherwise available for transfer
     from the Fixed Interest Division by any amounts previously withdrawn from
     the Fixed Interest Division.

     Systematic Withdrawals

     Up to the interest earned in the prior month or quarter may be withdrawn
     monthly or quarterly, depending whether you have chosen a monthly or
     quarterly frequency, respectively.

     Conventional Partial Withdrawals

     Amounts withdrawn from a Fixed Interest Division may be subject to
     surrender charge if such amounts cause the total amount withdrawn from the
     Contract in a Contract Year to exceed 15% of the Contract's Accumulation
     Value.]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                   3C2


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                                 Contract Facts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Contract Processing Dates

     The Contract Processing Dates are the days when we deduct charges from the
     Accumulation Value. The Contract Processing Date for your Contract is
     [April 1] of each year.

Contract Processing Periods

     The period between successive Contract Processing Dates unless it is the
     first Contract Processing Period. In that case, it is the period from the
     Contract Date to the first Contract Processing Date.

Specially Designated Division

     When a distribution is made from an investment portfolio underlying a
     Separate Account Division or from a Division of a managed Separate Account
     in which reinvestment is not available, we will allocate the amount of the
     distribution to the [Liquid Asset Division] unless you specify otherwise.

Partial Withdrawals

     [The maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a Contract Year without being
     considered an Excess Partial Withdrawal is 15% of the Accumulation Value as
     of the date of the withdrawal. We will collect a Surrender Charge for
     Excess Partial Withdrawals. In no event may a Partial Withdrawal be greater
     than 90% of the Cash Surrender Value.

     Conventional Partial Withdrawals

     Minimum Withdrawal Amount:                 $1,000

     Systematic Partial Withdrawals

     Systematic Partial Withdrawals may be elected to commence after 28 days
     from the Contract Issue Date.
     Systematic Partial Withdrawals may be taken on a monthly or quarterly
     basis. You select the day withdrawals will be made, but no later than the
     28th day of the month. If you do not elect a day, the Contract Date will be
     used.

          Minimum Withdrawal Amount:           $100.00
          Maximum Percentage:                  1.25% Monthly or 3.75% Quarterly]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                      3D1



<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule
                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Death Benefit

IF DEATHBEN="1": The Death Benefit is the greatest of (i) the Accumulation
Value, (ii) the Guaranteed Death Benefit, (iii) the Cash Surrender Value, and
(iv) the sum of premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals.

IF DEATHBEN="2": The Death Benefit is the greatest of (i) the Accumulation
Value, (ii) the Guaranteed Death Benefit, (iii) the Cash Surrender Value, and
(iv) the sum of premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals.

IF DEATHBEN="3": The Death Benefit is the greater of (i) the Cash Surrender
Value, (ii) the Accumulation Value, and (iii) the sum of the premiums paid, less
any Partial Withdrawals.

Guaranteed Death Benefit

[On the Contract Date, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is the Initial Premium. On
subsequent Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is calculated as
follows:

Option 1:

     (1) Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation Date;

     (2) Calculate interest on (1) for the current Valuation Period at the
     Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate;

     (3) Add (1) and (2);

     (4) Add any additional premiums paid during the current Valuation Period to
     (3);

     (5) Subtract Partial Withdrawals made during the current Valuation Period
     from (4);

Each accumulated initial or additional premium payment, reduced by any Partial
Withdrawals (including any associated Market Value Adjustment and Surrender
Charge incurred) allocated to such premium, will continue to grow at the
Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate until reaching its Maximum Guaranteed
Death Benefit.

Guaranteed Death Benefit Interest Rate

The Guaranteed Death Benefit is accumulated at a rate of 7% compounded annually,
except:

     (1)  Amounts in the Liquid Asset Division are accumulated at the net rate
          of return for the Liquid Asset Division during the current Valuation
          Period if less than 7%; and

     (2)  Amounts in Limited Maturity Bond Division are accumulated at the net
          rate of return for the Limited Maturity Bond Division during the
          current Valuation Period if less than 7%; and

     (3)  Amounts in a Fixed Allocation are accumulated at the interest rate
          being credited to such Fixed Allocation during the current Valuation
          Period if less than 7%.

Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit

The Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit is initially equal to two times the initial
or additional premium paid. Thereafter, the Maximum Guaranteed Death Benefit as
of the effective date of a partial withdrawal is reduced first by the amount of
any partial withdrawal representing earnings and second in proportion to the
reduction in Accumulation Value for any partial withdrawal representing premium
(in each case, including any Surrender Charge).

GA-IA-1008-04/95                   3D2


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Option 2:

     (1)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation Date;

     (2)  Add to (1) any additional premium paid since the prior Valuation Date
          and subtract from (1) any Partial Withdrawals taken since the prior
          Valuation Date;

     (3)  On a Valuation Date which occurs through the Certificate Year in which
          the Certificateowner's Attained Age is 80 and which is also a
          Certificate Anniversary, we set the Guaranteed Death Benefit equal to
          the greater of (2) or the Accumulation Value as of such date. On all
          other Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is equal to (2).]

Option 3:

     (1)  Start with the Guaranteed Death Benefit from the prior Valuation Date;

     (2)  Add any additional premiums paid during the current Valuation Period
          to (1);

     (3)  Subtract any Partial Withdrawals made during the current Valuation
          Period from (2).]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                     3D3


<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

                           Contract Facts (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Change of Owner

     [When the ownership changes, the new Owner's age at the time of the change
     will be used as the basis for the death benefit. The new Owner's death will
     determine when a death benefit is payable.

     IF DEATHBEN="1": If the new Contractowner's age is less than or equal to
     75, the Guaranteed Death Benefit Option in effect prior to the change of
     Contractowner will remain in effect. If the new Contractowner's age is
     greater than 75, the Guaranteed Death Benefit will be zero and the Death
     Benefit shall be the greatest of the Cash Surrender Value, the Accumulation
     Value, and the sum of the premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.

     IF DEATHBEN="2": If the new Contractowner's age is less than or equal to
     79, the Guaranteed Death Benefit Option in effect prior to the change of
     Contractowner will remain in effect. If the new Contractowner's age is
     greater than 79, the Guaranteed Death Benefit will be zero and the Death
     Benefit shall be the greater of Cash Surrender Value, the Accumulation
     Value, and the sum of premiums paid, less any Partial Withdrawals.

     IF DEATHBEN="3": The Guaranteed Death Benefit Option after the change of
     Contractowner will remain the same as before the change.]

Choosing an Income Plan

     Required Date of Annuity Commencement

     [The Annuity Commencement Date is required to be the same date as the
     Contract Processing Date in the month following the Annuitant's [9Oth]
     birthday. If, on the Annuity Commencement Date, a Surrender Charge remains,
     your elected Annuity Option must include a period certain of at least five
     years duration. In applying the Accumulation Value, we may first collect
     any Premium Taxes due us.]

     Minimum Annuity Income Payment

     The minimum monthly annuity income payment that we will make is [$20].

     Optional Benefit Riders - [None.]

Attained Age

     The Issue Age of the Annuitant or Owner plus the number of full years
     elapsed since the Contract Date.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                    3D4


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule
                                Charges and Fees
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deductions from Premiums

     [None.]

Deductions from Accumulation Value

     Initial admistrative Charge

     [None.]


     Administrative Charge

     [We charge [$40] to cover a portion of our ongoing administrative expenses
     for each Contract Processing Period. The charge is incurred at the
     beginning of the Contract Processing Period and deducted on the Contract
     Processing Date at the end of the period. At the time of deduction, this
     charge will be waived if:

          (1) The Accumulation Value is at least $100,000; or

          (2) The sum of premiums paid to date is at least $100,000.]

     Excess Allocation Charge

     Currently none, however, we reserve the right to charge [$25] for a change
     if you make more than [twelve] allocation changes per Contract Year. Any
     charge will be deducted in proportion to the amount being transferred from
     each Division.

     Surrender Charge - A Surrender Charge is imposed as a percentage of premium
     if the Contract is surrendered or an Excess Partial Withdrawal is taken.
     The percentage imposed at time of surrender or Excess Partial Withdrawal
     depends on the number of complete years that have elapsed since a premium
     payment was made. The Surrender Charge expressed as a percentage of each
     premium payment is as follows:

             Complete Years Elapsed                   Surrender
              Since Premium Payment                    Charges
              ---------------------                    -------

                      [0                                 7%
                       1                                 7%
                       2                                 6%
                       3                                 5%
                       4                                 4%
                       5                                 3%
                       6                                 1%
                       7+                                0%]

For the purpose of calculating the Surrender Charge for an Excess Partial
Withdrawal; a) we treat premiums as being withdrawn on a first-in, first-out
basis, and b) amounts withdrawn which are not considered an Excess Partial
Withdrawal are not considered a withdrawal of any premium payments.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                       3E1


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                          Charges and Fees (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     [Premium Taxes - We deduct the amount of any premium or other state and
     local taxes levied by any state or governmental entity when such taxes are
     incurred.

     We reserve the right to defer collection of Premium Taxes until surrender
     or until application of Accumulation Value to an Annuity Option. An Excess
     Partial Withdrawal will result in the deduction of any Premium Tax then due
     us on such amount. We reserve the right to change the amount we charge for
     Premium Tax charges on future premium payments to conform with changes in
     the law or if the Owner changes state of residence.]

     Deductions from the Divisions

     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge - [We deduct [0.003863%] of the assets in
     the Separate Account Division on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual
     rate of [1.40%]) for mortality and expense risks. This charge is not
     deducted from the Fixed Account values.]

     Asset Based Administrative Charge - [We deduct 0.000411% of the assets in
     each Separate Account Division on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual
     rate of 0.15%) to compensate us for a portion of our ongoing administrative
     expenses.]

Charge Deduction Division

     [All charges against the Accumulation Value in this Contract will be
     deducted from the [Liquid Asset Division].]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                     3E2


<PAGE>


                                  The Schedule

                               Income Plan Factors
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
[Thomas J. Doe]             [John Q. Public]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
[$10,000]                   [Life 10 Year Certain]    [January 1, 2053]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
[Separate Account B and Separate Account D]           [123456]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Values for other payment periods, ages, or joint life combinations are
available on request. Monthly payments are shown for each $1,000 applied.

                       Table for Income for a Fixed Period

    Fixed Period     Monthly   Fixed Period   Monthly  Fixed Period   Monthly
        of Years     Income        of Years   Income       of Years   Income
    ------------     --------  ------------   -------  ------------   -------

                                   11          $8.88       21         $5.33
          2          $42.96        12           8.26       22          5.16
          3           29.06        13           7.73       23          5.00
          4           22.12        14           7.28       24          4.85
          5           17.95        15           6.89       25          4.72
          6           15.18        16           6.54       26          4.60
          7           13.20        17           6.24       27          4.49
          8           11.71        18           5.98       28          4.38
          9           10.56        19           5.74       29          4.28
         10            9.64        20           5.53       30          4.19



                           Table for Income for Life

                  Male/Female            Male/Female          Male/Female
Age          10 Years Certain       20 Years Certain       Refund Certain
- ---          ----------------       ----------------       --------------

50             $4.53/4.19               $4.38/4.13           $4.40/4.12
55              4.93/4.52                4.68/4.40            4.74/4.42
60              5.45/4.96                4.99/4.72            5.16/4.79
65              6.11/5.52                5.30/5.07            5.75/5.29
70              6.91/6.26                5.54/5.40            6.52/5.97
75              7.79/7.18                5.68/5.62            7.33/6.74
80              8.61/8.18                5.75/5.73            8.61/7.90
85 & Over       9.24/9.01                5.77/5.76           10.43/9.50]

GA-IA-1008-04/95                       3F

<PAGE>


                         Introduction to this Contract
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Contract

     This is a legal Contract between you and us. We provide benefits as stated
     in this Contract. In return, you supply us with the Initial Premium Payment
     required to put this Contract in effect.

     This Contract, together with any Riders or Endorsements, constitutes the
     entire Contract. Riders and endorsements add provisions or change the terms
     of the basic Contract.

The Owner

     You are the Owner of this Contract. You are also the Annuitant unless
     another Annuitant has been named in the application and is shown in the
     Schedule. You have the rights and options described in this Contract,
     including but not limited to the right to receive the Annuity Benefits on
     the Annuity Commencement Date.

     One or more people may own this Contract. If there are multiple Owners
     named, the age of the oldest Owner shall be used to determine the
     applicable death benefit. In the case of a sole Owner who dies prior to the
     Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay the Beneficiary the death benefit
     then due. If the sole Owner is not an individual, we will treat the
     Annuitant as Owner for the purpose of determining when the Owner dies under
     the death benefit provision (if there is no Contingent Annuitant), and the
     Annuitant's age will determine the applicable death benefit payable to the
     Beneficiary. The sole Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary if no
     Beneficiary designation is in effect, or if the designated Beneficiary has
     predeceased the Owner. In the case of a joint Owner of the Contract dying
     prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the surviving Owner(s) shall be
     deemed as the Beneficiary(ies).

The Annuitant

     The Annuitant is the measuring life of the Annuity Benefits provided under
     this Contract. You may name a Contingent Annuitant. The Annuitant may not
     be changed during the Annuitant's lifetime.

     If the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
     Annuitant becomes the Annuitant. You will be the Contingent Annuitant
     unless you name someone else. The Annuitant must be a natural person. If
     the Annuitant dies and no Contingent Annuitant has been named, we will
     allow you sixty days to designate someone other than yourself as Annuitant.
     If all Owners are not individuals and, through the operation of this
     provision, an Owner becomes Annuitant, we will pay the death proceeds to
     the Beneficiary. If there are joint Owners, we will treat the youngest of
     the Owners as the Contingent Annuitant designated, unless you elect
     otherwise.

The Beneficiary

     The Beneficiary is the person to whom we pay death proceeds if any Owner
     dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. See Death Benefit Proceeds for
     more information. We pay death proceeds to the primary Beneficiary (unless
     there are joint Owners in which case death benefit proceeds are payable to
     the surviving Owner). If the primary Beneficiary dies before the Owner, the
     death proceeds are paid to the contingent Beneficiary, if any. If there is
     no surviving Beneficiary, we pay the death proceeds to the Owner's estate.

     One or more persons may be named as primary Beneficiary or contingent
     Beneficiary. In the case of more than one Beneficiary, we will assume any
     death proceeds are to be paid in equal shares to the surviving
     Beneficiaries. You can specify other than equal shares.

     You have the right to change Beneficiaries, unless you designate the
     primary Beneficiary irrevocable. When an irrevocable Beneficiary has been
     designated, you and the irrevocable Beneficiary may have to act together to
     exercise the rights and options under this Contract.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                      4


<PAGE>


                   Introduction to this Contract (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

     During your lifetime and while this Contract is in effect you can transfer
     ownership of this Contract or change the Beneficiary. To make any of these
     changes, you must send us written notice of the change in a form
     satisfactory to us. The change will take effect as of the day the notice is
     signed. The change will not affect any payment made or action taken by us
     before recording the change at our Customer Service Center. A Change of
     Owner may affect the amount of death benefit payable under this Contract.
     See Proceeds Payable to Beneficiary.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                    5


<PAGE>


                     Premium Payments and Allocation Changes
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Initial Premium Payment

     The Initial Premium Payment is required to put this Contract in effect. The
     amount of the Initial Premium Payment is shown in the Schedule.

Additional Premium Payment Option

     You may make additional premium payments under this Contract after the end
     of the free look period. Restrictions on additional premium payments, such
     as the Attained Age of the Annuitant or Owner and the timing and amount of
     each payment, are shown in the Schedule. We reserve the right to defer
     acceptance of or to return any additional premium payments.

     As of the date we receive and accept your additional premium payment:

          (1)  The Accumulation Value will increase by the amount of the premium
               payment less any premium deductions as shown in the Schedule.

          (2)  The increase in the Accumulation Value will be allocated among
               the Separate and General Account Divisions in accordance with
               your instructions. If you do not provide such instructions,
               allocation will be among the Separate and General Account
               Divisions in proportion to the amount of Accumulation Value in
               each Division as of the date we receive and accept your
               additional premium payment. Some General Account Divisions may
               have restrictions on allocations. See the Schedule.

     Where to Make Payments

     Remit the premium payments to our Customer Service Center at the address
     shown on the cover page. On request we will give you a receipt signed by
     our treasurer.

Your Right to Change Allocation of Accumulation Value

     You may change the allocation of the Accumulation Value among the Divisions
     after the end of the free look period. The number of free allocation
     changes each year that we will allow is shown in the Schedule. To make an
     allocation change, you must provide us with satisfactory notice at our
     Customer Service Center. The change will take effect when we receive the
     notice. Some General Account Divisions may have restrictions on
     reallocations. See the Schedule.

What Happens if a Separate Account Division is Not Available

     When a distribution is made from an investment portfolio supporting a unit
     investment trust Separate Account Division or from a Division of a managed
     Separate Account in which reinvestment is not available, we will allocate
     the distribution to the Specially Designated Division shown in the Schedule
     unless you specify otherwise.

     Such a distribution may occur when an investment portfolio or Division
     matures, when distribution from a portfolio or Division cannot be
     reinvested in the portfolio or Division due to the unavailability of
     securities, or for other reasons. When this occurs because of maturity, we
     will send written notice to you thirty days in advance of such date. To
     elect an allocation to other than the Specially Designated Division shown
     in the Schedule, you must provide satisfactory notice to us at least seven
     days prior to the date the investment matures. Such allocations will not be
     counted as an allocation change of the Accumulation Value for purposes of
     the number of free allocations permitted.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                   6


<PAGE>


                How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The variable Annuity Benefits under this Contract are provided through
     investments which may be made in our Separate Accounts.

The Separate Accounts

     These accounts, which are designated in the Schedule, are kept separate
     from our General Account and any other Separate Accounts we may have. They
     are used to support Variable Annuity Contracts and may be used for other
     purposes permitted by applicable laws and regulations. We own the assets in
     the Separate Accounts. Assets equal to the reserves and other liabilities
     of the accounts will not be charged with liabilities that arise from any
     other business we conduct; but, we may transfer to our General Account
     assets which exceed the reserves and other liabilities of the Separate
     Accounts. Income and realized and unrealized gains or losses from assets in
     these Separate Accounts are credited to or charged against the account
     without regard to other income, gains or losses in our other investment
     accounts.

     One type of Separate Account will invest in mutual funds, unit investment
     trusts and other investment portfolios which we determine to be suitable
     for this Contract's purposes. This Separate Account is treated as a unit
     investment trust under Federal securities laws. It is registered with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Investment Company Act
     of 1940. This Separate Account is also governed by state law as designated
     in the Schedule. The trust may offer non-registered series.

     Another type of Separate Account will invest directly in portfolio
     securities deemed appropriate by the investment adviser or the committee
     managing a Separate Account. This Separate Account is treated as an open
     end, diversified management investment company under Federal securities
     laws. It is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of
     1940. This Separate Account is also governed by state laws as designated in
     the Schedule. We may offer certain non-registered Series or Separate
     Accounts. Any such Series or Separate Account is shown in the Schedule.

     Separate Account Divisions

     A unit investment trust Separate Account includes Divisions, each investing
     in a designated investment portfolio. The Divisions and the investment
     portfolios in which they invest, if applicable, are specified in the
     Schedule. Some of the portfolios designated may be managed by a separate
     investment adviser. Such adviser may be registered under the Investment
     Advisers Act of 1940.

     A managed Separate Account includes Divisions, each investing directly in
     portfolios of securities designed to meet the objectives of the Division.
     The Divisions, if applicable, and their objectives are specified in the
     Schedule. Some of the Divisions designated may be managed by a separate
     investment adviser. Such adviser may be registered under the Investment
     Advisers Act of 1940.

     Changes Within the Separate Accounts

     We may, from time to time, make additional Separate Account Divisions
     available to you. These Divisions will invest in investment portfolios we
     find suitable for this Contract. We also have the right to eliminate
     Divisions from a Separate Account, to combine two or more Divisions or to
     substitute a new portfolio for the portfolio in which a Division invests. A
     substitution may become necessary if, in our judgment, a portfolio or
     Division no longer suits the purposes of this Contract. This may happen due
     to a change in laws or regulations, or a change in a portfolio's investment
     objectives or restrictions, or because the portfolio or Division is no
     longer available for investment, or for some other reason. We will get
     prior approval from the insurance department of our state of domicile
     before making such a substitution. This approval process is on file with
     the insurance department of the jurisdiction in which this Contract is
     delivered. We will also get any required approval from the SEC and any
     other required approvals before making such a substitution.

     Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we reserve the right to
     transfer assets of the Separate Account, which we determine to be
     associated with the class of Contracts to which this Contract belongs, to
     another Separate Account or Division.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                    7


<PAGE>


          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     When permitted by law, we reserve the right to:

          (1)  deregister a Separate Account under the Investment Company Act of
               1940;

          (2)  operate a Separate Account as a management company under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a unit
               investment trust;

          (3)  operate a Separate Account as a unit investment trust under the
               Investment Company Act of 1940, if it is operating as a managed
               Separate Account;

          (4)  restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners, or other
               persons who have voting rights as to a Separate Account; and,

          (5)  combine a Separate Account with other Separate Accounts.

The General Account

     The General Account contains all assets of the company other than those in
     the Separate Accounts we establish. The General Account Divisions available
     for investment are shown in the Schedule. We may, from time to time, offer
     other Divisions where assets are held in our General Account.

Valuation Period

     Each Division will be valued at the end of each Valuation Period on a
     Valuation Date. A Valuation Period is each Business Day together with any
     non-Business Days before it. A Business Day is any day the New York Stock
     Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading, and the SEC requires mutual funds,
     unit investment trusts, or other investment portfolios to value their
     securities.

Accumulation Value

     The Accumulation Value of this Contract is the sum of the amounts in each
     of the Separate and General Account Divisions. You select the Separate and
     General Account Divisions to which to allocate the Accumulation Value. The
     maximum number of Divisions to which the Accumulation Value may be
     allocated at any one time is shown in the Schedule.

Accumulation Value in each Division

     On the Contract Date

     On the Contract Date, the Accumulation Value is allocated to each Division
     as shown in the Schedule.

     On each Valuation Date

     At the end of each subsequent Valuation Period, the amount of Accumulation
     Value in each Division will be calculated as follows:

          (1)  We take the Accumulation Value in the Division at the end of the
               preceding Valuation Period.

          (2)  We multiply (1) by the Division's Net Rate of Return for the
               current Valuation Period.

          (3)  We add (1) and (2).

          (4)  We add to (3) any additional premium payments (less any premium
               deductions as shown in the Schedule) allocated to the Division
               during the current Valuation Period.

          (5)  We add or subtract allocations to or from that Division during
               the current Valuation Period.

          (6)  We subtract from (5) any Partial Withdrawals which are allocated
               to the Division during the current Valuation Period.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                   8


<PAGE>


          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          (7)  We subtract from (6) the amounts allocated to that Division for:

               (a)  any charges due for Optional Benefit Riders as shown in the
                    Schedule;

               (b)  any Contract fees as shown in the Schedule;

     All amounts in (7) are allocated to each Division in the proportion that
     (6) bears to the Accumulation Value unless the Charge Deduction Division
     has been specified (See the Schedule).

Measurement of Investment Experience

     Index of Investment Experience

     The Investment Experience of a Separate Account Division is determined on
     each Valuation Date. We use an Index to measure changes in each Division's
     experience during a Valuation Period. We set the lndex at $10 when the
     first investments in a Division are made. The Index for a current Valuation
     Period equals the Index for the preceding Valuation Period multiplied by
     the Experience Factor for the current Valuation Period.

     How We Determine the Experience Factor

     For Divisions of a unit investment trust Separate Account the Experience
     Factor reflects the Investment Experience of the portfolio in which the
     Division invests as well as the charges assessed against the Division for a
     Valuation Period. The factor is calculated as follows:

          (1)  We take the net asset value of the portfolio in which the
               Division invests at the end of the current Valuation Period.

          (2)  We add to (1) the amount of any dividend or capital gains
               distribution declared for the investment portfolio and reinvested
               in such portfolio during the current Valuation Period. We
               subtract from that amount a charge for our taxes, if any.

          (3)  We divide (2) by the net asset value of the portfolio at the end
               of the preceding Valuation Period.

          (4)  We subtract the daily Mortality and Expense Risk Charge for each
               Division shown in the Schedule for each day in the Valuation
               Period.

          (5)  We subtract the daily Asset Based Administrative Charge shown in
               the Schedule for each day in the Valuation Period.

     For Divisions of a managed Separate Account which invest directly in
     portfolio securities the Experience Factor reflects the Investment
     Experience of the Division as well as the charges assessed against the
     Division. The factor is calculated as follows:

          (1)  Take the value of the assets in the Division at the end of the
               preceding Valuation Period.

          (2)  Add to (1) any investment income and capital gains, realized or
               unrealized, credited to the assets during the current Valuation
               Period.

          (3)  Subtract from (2) any capital losses, realized or unrealized,
               charged against the assets during the current Valuation Period.

          (4)  Subtract from (3) any amount charged against the Division for any
               taxes.

          (5)  Divide (4) by the value of the assets in the Division at the end
               of the preceding Valuation Period.


          (6)  Subtract from (5) a daily charge for operating expenses actually
               incurred.

          (7)  Subtract from (6) the daily charge for investment advice for each
               day in the Valuation Period as shown in the Schedule.

          (8)  Subtract from (7) the daily charge for mortality and expense
               risks for each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the
               Schedule.

          (9)  Subtract from (8) the daily Asset Based Administrative Charge for
               each day in the Valuation Period as shown in the Schedule.

     Calculations for Divisions investing in mutual fund portfolios are made on
     a per share basis. Calculations for Divisions investing in unit investment
     trusts are on a per unit basis.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                         9


<PAGE>

          How We Measure the Contract's Accumulation Value (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Net Rate of Return for a Separate Account Division

     The Net Rate of Return for a Separate Account Division during a Valuation
     Period is the Experience Factor for that Valuation Period minus one.

     Net Rate of Return for a General Account Division

     The Net Rate of Return for a General Account Division during a Valuation
     Period is the rate for the number of days in the Valuation Period
     equivalent to the effective annual rate declared for that Division.

Charges Deducted from Accumulation Value on each Contract Processing Date

     Expense charges and fees are shown in the Schedule.

     Charge Deduction Division Option

     We will deduct all charges against the Accumulation Value of this Contract
     from the Charge Deduction Division if you elected this Option on the
     application (see the Schedule) We will deduct these charges proportionately
     from all of the Divisions in which you are invested if you did not elect
     this Option or if the charges are greater than the amount in the Charge
     Deduction Division.

     At any time while this Contract is in effect, you may change your election
     of this Option. To do this you must send us a written request to our
     Customer Service Center. Any change will take effect within seven days of
     the date we receive your request.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                        10


<PAGE>


                             Your Contract Benefits
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     While this Contract is in effect, there are important rights and benefits
     that are available to you. We discuss these rights and benefits in this
     section.

Cash Value Benefit

     Cash Surrender Value

     The Cash Surrender Value, while the Annuitant is living and before the
     Annuity Commencement Date, is determined as follows:

          (1)  We take the Contract's Accumulation Value;

          (2)  We deduct any Surrender Charges;

          (3)  We deduct any charges shown in the Schedule that have been
               incurred but not yet deducted, including:

               (a)  any first year administrative fee that has not yet been
                    deducted;

               (b)  any quarterly administrative fee to be deducted on the next
                    Contract Processing Date;

               (c)  the pro rata part of any charges for Optional Benefit
                    Riders; and

               (d)  any applicable premium or similar tax.

     Cancelling to Receive the Cash Surrender Value

     At any time while the Annuitant is living and before the Annuity
     Commencement Date, you may surrender this Contract to us. To date this, you
     must return this Contract with a signed request for cancellation to our
     Customer Service Center.

     The Cash Surrender Value will vary daily. We will determine the Cash
     Surrender Value as of the date we receive the Contract and your signed
     request in our Customer Service Center. All benefits under this Contract
     will then end.

     We will usually pay the Cash Surrender Value within seven days; but, we may
     delay payment as described in the Payments We May Defer provision.

Partial Withdrawal Option

     After the first Contract Anniversary, you may make a Partial Withdrawal
     once in each Contract Year without incurring a Partial Withdrawal Charge.
     Any additional Partial Withdrawals in a Contract Year are subject to a
     Partial Withdrawal Charge. The minimum amount that may be withdrawn is
     shown in the Schedule. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn is
     determined by multiplying the Cash Surrender Value by the maximum
     withdrawal percentage factor shown in the Schedule. Any withdrawal you make
     will not be treated as premium only for the purposes of calculating the
     deferred charges against the Accumulation Value. To take a Partial
     Withdrawal, you must provide us with satisfactory notice at our Customer
     Service Center.

Proceeds Payable to the Beneficiary

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date

     If the sole Owner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay
     the Beneficiary the death benefit. If there are joint Owners and any Owner
     dies, we will pay the surviving Owners the death benefit. We will pay the
     amount on receipt of due proof of the Owner's death at our Customer Service
     Center. Such amount may be received in a single ]ump sum or applied to any
     of the Annuity Options (see Choosing an Income Plan). When the Owner (or
     all Owners where there are joint Owners) is not an individual, the death
     benefit will become payable on the death of the Annuitant prior to the
     Annuity Commencement Date (unless a Contingent Annuitant survived the
     Annuitant). Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract. In all
     events, distributions under the Contract must be made as required by
     applicable law.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                        11


<PAGE>


                       Your Contract Benefits (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     How to Claim Payments to Beneficiary

     We must receive proof of the Owner's (or Annuitant's) death before we will
     make any payments to the Beneficiary. We will calculate the death benefit
     as of the date we receive due proof of death. The Beneficiary should
     contact our Customer Service Center for instructions.

     Guaranteed Death Benefit

     On the Contract Date the Guaranteed Death Benefit is equal to the premium
     paid. On subsequent Valuation Dates, the Guaranteed Death Benefit is
     calculated as shown in the Schedule. A Change of Owner will affect the
     Guaranteed Death Benefit, as shown in the Schedule.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                        12


<PAGE>



                             Choosing an Income Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant and Owner are living on the Annuity Commencement Date, we
     will begin making payments to the Owner. We will make these payments under
     the Annuity Option (or Options) as chosen in the application or as
     subsequently selected. You may choose or change an Annuity Option by making
     a written request at least 30 days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
     Unless you have chosen otherwise, Option 2 on a 10 year period certain
     basis will become effective. The amount of the payments will be determined
     by applying the Accumulation Value on the Annuity Commencement Date in
     accordance with the Annuity Options section below (See Payments We May
     Defer). Before we pay any Annuity Benefits, we require the return of this
     Contract. If this Contract has been lost, we require the applicable lost
     Contract form.

Annuity Commencement Date Selection

     You select the Annuity Commencement Date. You may select any date following
     the third Contract Anniversary but before the required date of Annuity
     Commencement as shown in the Schedule. If you do not select a date, the
     Annuity Commencement Date will be in the month following the required date
     of Annuity Commencement.

Frequency Selection

     You choose the frequency of the Annuity Payments. They may be monthly,
     quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. If we do not receive written notice
     from you, the payments will be made monthly.

The Income Plan

     While this Contract is in effect and before the Annuity Commencement Date,
     you may choose one or more Annuity Options for the payment of death benefit
     proceeds. If, at the time of the Owner's death, no Option has been chosen
     for paying death benefit proceeds, the Beneficiary may choose an Option
     within one year. You may also elect an Annuity Option on surrender of the
     Contract for its Cash Surrender Value. For each Option we will issue a
     separate written agreement putting the Option into effect.

     Our approval is needed for any Option where:

          (1)  the person named to receive payment is other than the Owner or
               Beneficiary; or

          (2)  the person named is not a natural person, such as a corporation;
               or

          (3)  any income payment would be less than the minimum annuity income
               payment shown in the Schedule.

The Annuity Options

     There are four Options to choose from. They are:

     Option 1. Income for a Fixed Period

     Payment is made in equal installments for a fixed number of years. We
     guarantee each monthly payment will be at least the Income For Fixed Period
     amount shown in the Schedule. Values for annual, semiannual or quarterly
     payments are available on request.

     Option 2. Income for Life

     Payment is made to the person named in equal monthly installments and
     guaranteed for at least a period certain. The period certain can be 10 or
     20 years. Other periods certain are available on request. A refund certain
     may be chosen instead. Under this arrangement, income is guaranteed until
     payments equal the amount applied. If the person named lives beyond the
     guaranteed period, payments continue until his or her death.

     We guarantee each payment will be at least the amount shown in the
     Schedule. By age, we mean the named person's age on his or her last
     birthday before the Option's effective date. Amounts for ages not shown are
     available on request.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                     13


<PAGE>


                       Choosing an Income Plan (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Option 3. Joint Life Income

     This Option is available if there are two persons named to receive
     payments. At least one of the persons named must be either the Owner or
     Beneficiary of this Contract. Monthly payments are guaranteed and are made
     as long as at least one of the named persons is living. The monthly payment
     amounts are available upon request. Such amounts are guaranteed and will be
     calculated on the same basis as the Table for Income for Life, however, the
     amounts will be based on two lives.

     Option 4. Annuity Plan

     An amount can be used to buy any single premium annuity we offer on the
     Option's effective date.

Payment When Named Person Dies

     When the person named to receive payment dies, we will pay any amounts
     still due as provided by the Option agreement. The amounts still due are
     determined as follows:

          (1)  For Option 1 or for any remaining guaranteed payments in Option
               2, payments will be continued. Under Options 1 and 2, the
               discounted values of the remaining guaranteed payments may be
               paid in a single sum. This means we deduct the amount of the
               interest each remaining guaranteed payment would have earned had
               it not been paid out early. The discount interest rate is 3.00%
               for Option 1 and 3.50% for Option 2. We will however, base the
               discount interest rate on the interest rate used to calculate the
               payments for Options 1 and 2 if such payments were not based on
               the Tables in this Contract.

          (2)  For Option 3, no amounts are payable after both named persons
               have died.

          (3)  For Option 4, the annuity agreement will state the amount due, if
               any.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                     14




<PAGE>


                          Other Important Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sending Notice to Us

     Whenever written notice is required, send it to our Customer Service
     Center. The address of our Customer Service Center is shown on the cover
     page. Please include your Contract number in all correspondence.

Reports to Owner

     We will send you a report within 31 days of each calendar quarter. The
     report will show the Accumulation Value and the Cash Surrender Value as of
     the end of the Contract Processing Period. The report will also show the
     allocation of the Accumulation Value as of such date and the amounts
     deducted from or added to the Accumulation Value since the last report. The
     report will also include any other information that may be currently
     required by the insurance supervisory official of the jurisdiction in which
     this Contract is delivered.

     We will also send you copies of any shareholder reports of the portfolios
     in which the Divisions of the Separate Accounts invest, as well as any
     other reports, notices or documents required by law to be furnished to
     Contractowners.

Assignment - Using this Contract as Collateral Security

     You can assign this Contract as collateral security for a loan or other
     obligation. This does not change the ownership. Your rights and any
     Beneficiary's rights are subject to the terms of the assignment. To make or
     release an assignment, we must receive written notice satisfactory to us,
     at our Customer Service Center. We are not responsible for the validity of
     any assignment.

Changing this Contract

     This Contract or any additional Benefit Riders may be changed to another
     Annuity Plan according to our rules at the time of the change.

Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law

     We reserve the right to make changes in this Contract or its Riders to the
     extent we deem it necessary to continue to qualify this Contract as an
     annuity. Any such changes will apply uniformly to all Contracts that are
     affected. You will be given advance written notice of such changes.

Misstatement of Age or Sex

     If an age or sex has been misstated, the amounts payable or benefits
     provided by this Contract shall be those that the premium payment made
     would have bought at the correct age or sex.

Non-Participating

     This Contract does not participate in the divisible surplus of Golden
     American Life Insurance Company.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                      15


<PAGE>


                    Other Important Information (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Payments We May Defer

     We may not be able to determine the value of the assets of the Separate
     Account Divisions because:

          (1)  The NYSE is closed for trading;

          (2)  the SEC determines that a state of emergency exists; or

          (3)  an order or pronouncement of the SEC permits a delay for the
               protection of Contractowners.

          (4)  the check used to pay the premium has not cleared through the
               banking system. This may take up to 15 days.

     During such times, as to amounts allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
     Account, we may delay:

          (1)  determination and payment of the Cash Surrender Value;

          (2)  determination and payment of any death benefit if death occurs
               before the Annuity Commencement Date;

          (3)  allocation changes of the Accumulation Value; or,

          (4)  application of the Accumulation Value under an income plan.

     As to amounts allocated to a General Account Division, we may, at any time,
     defer payment of the Cash Surrender Value for up to six months after we
     receive a request for it. We will allow interest of at least 3.00% a year
     on any Cash Surrender Value payment derived from the General Account
     Divisions that we defer 30 days or more.

Authority to Make Agreements

     All agreements made by us must be signed by one of our officers. No other
     person, including an insurance agent or broker, can:

          (1)  change any of this Contract's terms;

          (2)  extend the time for premium payments; or

          (3)  make any agreement binding on us.

Required Note on Our Computations

     We have filed a detailed statement of our computations with the insurance
     supervisory official in the jurisdiction where this Contract is delivered.
     The values are not less than those required by the law of that state or
     jurisdiction. Any benefit provided by an attached Optional Benefit Rider
     will not increase these values unless otherwise stated in that Rider.

GA-IA-1008-04/95                          16

<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN                               Section 72 Rider
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Required Distribution of Proceeds on Death of Owner

     This Rider is required to qualify the Contract to which it is attached as
     an annuity contract under Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended (the "Code"). Where the terms of this Rider are in conflict with
     the terms of the Contract, the Rider will control. Golden American Life
     Insurance Company reserves the right to amend or administer the Contract
     and Rider as necessary to comply with applicable tax requirements. This
     Rider and the Contract should be construed so that they comply with
     applicable tax requirements.

Death of Owner On Or After Annuity Commencement Date

     IF ANY OWNER DIES ON OR AFTER the Annuity Commencement Date but prior to
     the time the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
     remaining portion will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Owner's death.

Death of Owner Prior to Annuity Commencement Date

          IF ANY OWNER DIES PRIOR TO the Annuity Commencement Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within five years of the
     Owner's death.

          However, this distribution requirement will be considered satisfied as
     to any portion of the Owner's interest in the Contract which is payable to
     or for the benefit of a Designated Beneficiary and which will be
     distributed over the life of such Designated Beneficiary or over a period
     not extending beyond the life expectancy of that Designated Beneficiary,
     provided such distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death. If
     the Designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the decedent, the
     Contract may be continued in the name of the spouse as Owner and these
     distribution rules are applied by treating the spouse as the Owner.
     However, on the death of the surviving spouse, this provision regarding
     spouses may not be used again.

          If any Owner is not an individual, the death or change (where
     permitted) of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of an Owner.

          The Designated Beneficiary is the person entitled to ownership rights
     under the Contract. Thus, where no death benefit has become payable, the
     Designated Beneficiary, for the purposes of applying this Rider, will be
     the Owner(s). Where a death benefit has become payable, the Designated
     Beneficiary, for the purposes of applying this Rider, is the person(s)
     entitled to the death benefit, generally the Beneficiary or surviving
     Owners, as appropriate. Upon the death of any Owner, the Designated
     Beneficiary will become the Owner and, if an individual, will become the
     Annuitant.

                    *                 *                *

     An Owner may notify Golden American as to the manner of payment under this
     Rider. If such Owner has not so notified Golden American prior to his or
     her death, the Designated Beneficiary under the Contract may so notify
     Golden American.

                     GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          President /s/Tery T. Kendall             Secretary

GA-RA-1001-12/94


<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN                         Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


          Golden American Life Insurance Company ("we" or "us") will waive any
     Surrender Charge incurred due to a surrender or Excess Partial Withdrawal
     under the Contract in the event the Owner ("you") is subject to Qualified
     Extended Medical Care or suffers from a Qualifying Terminal Illness subject
     to the terms and conditions stated below:

Extended Medical Care

          To qualify for this waiver, you must first begin receiving Qualified
     Extended Medical Care on or after the first Contract Anniversary for at
     least 45 days during any continuous sixty-day period, and your request for
     the surrender or withdrawal, together with proof of such Qualified Extended
     Medical Care, must be received at our Customer Service Center during the
     term of such care or within ninety days after the last day upon which your
     received such care.

          "Qualified Extended Medical Care" means confinement in a Qualified
     Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility prescribed by a Qualifying
     Medical Professional.

          "Qualifying Licensed Hospital or Nursing Care Facility" means a
     state-licensed hospital or state-licensed skilled or intermediate care
     nursing facility at which medical treatment is available on a daily basis;
     and daily medical records are kept on each patient. This does not include a
     facility whose purpose is to provide accommodations, board or personal care
     services to individuals who do not need medical or nursing care; nor a
     place mainly for rest.

          "Qualifying Medical Professional" means a legally-qualified
     practitioner of the healing arts who is acting within the scope of hls or
     her license; is not a resident of your household or that of the Annuitant;
     and is not related to you or the Annuitant by blood or marriage.

Terminal Illness

          To qualify for this waiver, you must be first diagnosed by a
     Qualifying Medical Professional, on or after the first Contract
     Anniversary, as having a Qualifying Terminal Illness. Written proof of
     terminal illness, satisfactory to us, must be received at our Customer
     Service Center. We reserve the right to require an examination by a
     physician of our choice.

          "Qualifying Terminal Illness" means an illness or accident, the result
     of which results in a life expectancy of twelve months or less, as measured
     from the date of diagnosis.

Claims

          Evidence, satisfactory to us, must be submitted to qualify for waiver
     of Surrender Charge pursuant to this Rider. This evidence will be in
     writing and, where applicable, be attested to by a Qualified Medical
     Professional.

          This Rider is attached to and becomes part of the Contract to which it
     is attached. The provisions of this Rider shall supersede the provisions of
     the Contract where applicable.

                   GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          President /s/Tery T. Kendall             Secretary


GA-RA-1004-12/94


<PAGE>










Deferred Variable Annuity Contract - No Dividends

     Variable Cash Surrender Values while the Annuitant and Owner are living and
     prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Death benefit subject to guaranteed
     minimum. Additional Premium Payment Option. Partial Withdrawal Option.
     Non-participating. Investment results reflected in values.

GA-IA-1008-04/95



<PAGE>

               6(d)  EXTERNAL EXCHANGE PROGRAM ENDORSEMENT

<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
       [LOGO]  AMERICAN                               ENDORSEMENT
               LIFE INSURANCE
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The contract/certificate (hereinafter the "Contract") to which this
     Endorsement is attached is hereby amended as follows. All other provisions
     of the Contract shall remain unchanged.

     The Accumulation Value of the Contract shall be increased as of the
     Endorsement Effective Date by a credit (the "Credit"). This Credit, the
     amount of which is shown below, is subject to the following conditions:

          1.   The Credit will be available to the Owner only after the
               expiration of any "Right to Examine Contract" or "free look"
               provision of the Contract.

          2.   The Credit will be allocated to the Contract among the divisions
               and the fixed allocations pro-rata based on the allocation of the
               Contract's initial premium as of the Endorsement Effective Date.

          3.   The Credit is given based on representations given in writing by
               the Owner. Should such representations be found to be incorrect,
               all or part of the Credit may be forfeited as of the Endorsement
               Effective Date.

          4.   The Credit is subject to all charges under the Contract including
               but not limited to Surrender Charge, Mortality and Expense Risk
               Charge, and Asset Based Administrative Charge.

     This Endorsement is attached to and becomes a part of the Contract to which
     it is attached.

     Endorsement Effective Date:   MM/DD/YYYY
     Credit:                       $

                 GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

President /s/ Terry T. Kendall               Secretary /s/

GA-RA-1020-08/95


<PAGE>

        6(e) DVA UPDATE PROGRAM SCHEDULE PAGE

<PAGE>

                                Charges and Fees
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
Thomas J. Doe               John Q. Public
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
$10,000                     Life 10 Year Certain      January 1, 2003
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
Separate Account B and Separate Account D             123456
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deductions from Premiums

     None.

Deductions from Accumulation Value

     Initial Administrative Charge

     None.

     Administrative Charge

     We charge $40 to cover a portion of our ongoing administrative expenses for
     each contract processing period. The charge is incurred at the beginning of
     the contract processing period and deducted on the contract processing date
     at the end of the period. At the time of deduction, this charge will be
     waived if:

          (1) The Accumulation Value is at least $100,000; or

          (2) The sum of premium paid is at least $100,000.

     Excess Allocation Charge

     Currently none, however, we reserve the right to charge $25.00 for a change
     if you make more than twelve allocations per Contract Year. The charge,
     unless you specify otherwise, will be deducted in proportion to the amount
     being transferred from each division.

     Partial Withdrawal Charge

     None.

     Guaranteed Death Benefit Charge

     Not applicable.

Deferred Charges Against the Accumulation Value

     Recovery of Deferred Contract Loading

     A "surrender charge" is deducted when a contract is surrendered or an
     excess partial withdrawal is taken during the six year period from the date
     we receive and accept each premium payment. The surrender charge
     percentages are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Full Years Since Payment
                                   1      2      3      4      5      6     7+
                                ------------------------------------------------
          <S>                    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
          Percentage of Payment  6.00%  5.00%  4.00%  3.00%  2.00%  1.00%  0.00%
</TABLE>

     An excess partial withdrawal will cause imposition of a surrender charge
     and result in the reduction in the surrender charge still applicable.

     Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

     None.





WC-GAL-DVA-08/95
                                      3E1


<PAGE>


                          Charges and Fees (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant                   Owner
Thomas J. Doe               John Q. Public
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Premium             Annuity Option            Annuity Commencement Date
$10,000                     Life 10 Year Certain      January 1, 2003
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account(s)                                   Contract Number
Separate Account B and Separate Account D             123456
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Premium Taxes

     We deduct from the accumulation value the amount of any premium or other
     state and local taxes levied by any state or governmental entity when such
     taxes are incurred. We reserve the right to change the amount we charge for
     premium tax charges on future premium payments to conform with changes in
     the law or if the annuitant changes state of residence.

Optional Benefit Riders, if any

     None.

Deductions from the Divisions

     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

     We deduct 0.003863% of the assets in each division of the separate account
     on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual rate of 1.40%) for mortality and
     expense risks.

     Asset Based Administrative Charge

     We deduct 0.000411% of the assets in each division of the separate account
     on a daily basis (equivalent to an annual rate of 0.15%) to compensate us
     for a portion of our administrative expenses.

Charge Deduction Division

     All charges against the accumulation value in this contract will be
     deducted from the Liquid Asset Division.





WC-GAL-DVA-08/95

                                      3E2


<PAGE>


                   6(f)  INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER PAGE

<PAGE>

               GOLDEN
        [LOGO] AMERICAN                               Individual Retirement
               LIFE INSURANCE                                 Annuity Rider
               COMPANY
   A Subsidiary of [LOGO] Bankers Trust Company

Golden American is a stock company domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     On the basis of the application or enrollment form for the Contract or
     Certificate to which this Rider is attached, this Contract or Certificate
     is issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA") intended to qualify
     as such under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the
     "Code"). This Contract or Certificate is established for the exclusive
     benefit of the Owner and the beneficiaries named.

     In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Rider and the
     Contract or Certificate to which it is attached, the provisions of this
     Rider shall control. Golden American Life Insurance Company reserves the
     right to amend or administer the Contract or Certificate and Rider as
     necessary to comply with applicable tax requirements. The Owner will be
     given advance written notice of such changes. Golden American will assume
     that the Owner has accepted the change if written notice of the objection
     to the change is not received prior to its effective date. If written
     notice of the objection to the change is received prior to the effective
     date, the Owner will have two options: (1) to annuitize the Contract or
     Certificate and select an annuity option; or (2) to continue the Contract
     or Certificate unchanged. Either of these options may result in tax
     consequences for either the annuitant or the Owner. The Owner should
     consult a tax advisor before electing either of these options. If the
     election is not received by Golden American within 30 days of the date of
     the Owner's notice to Golden American, Golden American will assume the
     Owner has elected to continue the Contract or Certificate unchanged.

Contributions

     Except in the case of a rollover contribution or a contribution made in
     accordance with the terms of a simplified employee pension ("SEP"), no
     contributions will be accepted unless they are in cash, and the total of
     such contributions shall not exceed $2,000 for any taxable year.

Nonforfeitability and Nontransferability

     The Owner's IRA account shall be 100% nonforfeitable at all times and shall
     be maintained for the exclusive benefit of the Owner and the beneficiaries
     named. This IRA may not be attached or alienated except where permitted by
     law.

     The Owner may not transfer ownership of any part or all of this IRA at any
     time, or pledge any part of it or use any part of it as collateral.

Rollovers

     The Owner may make rollover premium purchase payments under the IRA as
     permitted by Section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), or 408(d)(3). The
     Insurer may require that the Owner furnish documentation that a rollover
     premium purchase payment qualifies as a rollover under the Code.

Simplified Employee Pensions

     This IRA  shall accept premium purchase payments made on behalf of the
     Owner by the Owner's employer pursuant to a simplified employee pension
     plan ("SEP~) under Code Section 408(k).


GAL-IRA 8/93


<PAGE>


Minimum Distribution Rules

     (a)  IRA required minimum annual distributions must commence to the Owner
          no later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar
          year in which the Owner attains age 70 1/2. The method of distribution
          elected must insure that the entire interest of the Owner must be
          distributed by that date. Alternatively, the distribution method
          elected must commence by that date and provide that the Owner's entire
          interest be distributed over a period not to exceed:

          (i)  the life expectancy of the Owner or the joint and last survivor
               expectancy of the Owner and the designated beneficiaries; or,

          (ii) a period certain not in excess of the life expectancy of the
               Owner or the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Owner and
               the designated beneficiaries.

          All distributions made hereunder shall be made in accordance with the
          requirements of section 401(a) (9) of the Code, including the
          incidental death benefit requirements of section 401(a) (9) (G) of the
          Code, and the regulations thereunder, including the minimum
          distribution incidental benefit requirement of section 1.401(a) (9)-2
          of the Proposed Income Tax Regulations.

          In addition, payments must be either nonincreasing or they may
          increase only as provided in Q&A F-3 of section 1.401 (a) (9)-1 of the
          Proposed Income Tax Regulations.

     (b)  All payments are to be made in equal annual installments, except where
          a cashout accelerates payment. There is no account balance, which
          would vary from year to year, as in a 408(a) IRA.

     (c)  Life expectancy is computed by use of the expected return multiples in
          Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.
          Unless otherwise elected by the individual by the time distributions
          are required to begin, life expectancies shall be recalculated
          annually. Such election shall be irrevocable by the individual and
          shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of non-spouse
          beneficiary may not be recalculated. Instead, life expectancy will be
          calculated using the attained age of such beneficiary during the
          calendar year in which the beneficiary attains age 70 1/2, and
          payments for subsequent years shall be calculated based on such life
          expectancy reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed
          since the calendar year life expectancy was first calculated.

     (d)  In the event the Owner dies before distribution of his or her interest
          commences under this IRA, 100% of the balance under the IRA shall be
          distributed to the beneficiaries named. Distribution shall be
          completed no later than the last day of the calendar year in which the
          fifth anniversary of the Owner's death occurs. If the individual's
          interest is payable to a designated beneficiary, then the entire
          interest of the individual may be distributed over the life or over a
          period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the designated
          beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar year
          immediately following the calendar year in which the individual died.
          The designated beneficiary may elect at any time to receive greater
          payments.

     (e)  In the event the Owner dies after the commencement of benefits to him
          under this IRA, distribution of the remaining benefits under the IRA
          shall be made to the beneficiaries named in a method at least as rapid
          as that in effect as of the date of the Owner's death. Commencement of
          distributions under this section to the beneficiaries must be no later
          than the last day of the calendar year in which occurs the first
          anniversary of the Owner's death.

     (f)  The provisions of (d) and (e) shall not apply where the beneficiary is
          the Owner's surviving spouse. The surviving spouse may elect to delay
          commencement of required distributions until the December 31st of the
          calendar year in which the deceased Owner would have attained age
          70 1/2. Alternatively, the surviving spouse may elect to rollover the
          entire balance of the deceased Owner's IRA to his or her own IRA.

          Life expectancy is computed by use of the expected return multiples in
          Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. For
          purposes of distributions beginning after the individual's death,
          unless otherwise elected by the surviving spouse by the time
          distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall be
          recalculated annually.

GAL-IRA-8/93


<PAGE>


          Such election shall be irrevocable by the surviving spouse and shall
          apply to all subsequent years. In the case of any other designated
          beneficiary, life expectancies shall be calculated using the attained
          age of such beneficiary during the calendar year in which
          distributions are required to begin pursuant to this section, and
          payments for any subsequent calendar year shall be calculated based on
          such life expectancy reduced by one for each calendar year which has
          elapsed since the calendar year life expectancy was first calculated.

          Distributions under this section are considered to have begun if
          distributions are made on account of the individual reaching his or
          her required beginning date or if prior to the required beginning date
          distributions irrevocably commence to an individual over a period
          permitted and in an annuity form acceptable under section 1.401(a) (9)
          of the Regulations.

     (g)  The designated beneficiary may elect to receive greater payments than
          those required under this section. If there is more than one
          beneficiary, the designated beneficiary shall be that person with the
          shortest life expectancy for the purposes of determining the
          distribution period.

     (h)  For purposes of this Section, any amounts paid to a minor child of the
          Owner will be treated as having been paid to the surviving spouse if
          the remainder of the IRA is payable to the surviving spouse when the
          child attains the age of majority.

  Reports

          The issuer of an individual retirement annuity shall furnish annual
          calendar year reports concerning the status of the annuity.

               President: /s/Terry T. Kendall             Secretary

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Customer Service Center
          1001 Jefferson Street, Suite 400
          Wilmington, Delaware 19801

GAL-IRA-8/93

<PAGE>

   7(a) INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY APPLICATION

<PAGE>


GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

A SUBSIDIARY OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION

1.   OWNER(S)

Name                     Male      Female    Soc. Sec. # or Tax ID.#
                         / /        / /

Permanent Address        Phone (   )

City                     State     Zip       Date of Birth


2.   ANNUITANT (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)

Name                     Male      Female    Soc. Sec. # or Tax ID.#
                         / /        / /

Permanent Address        Phone (   )

City                     State     Zip       Date of Birth  Relation to Owner


     CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (OPTIONAL)

Name                               Address                  Relation to Owner


3.   PRIMARY BENEFICIARY(IES)      (IF MORE THAN ONE - INDICATE %)

Name(s)                                                     Relation to Owner

   CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY(IES)     Name                     Relation to Owner


4.   PLAN (Check one)
     / / DVA
     / / Other __________________

5.   DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS

     1. / / 7% Solution -- Enhanced #1
     2. / / Annual Ratchet -- Enhanced #2
     3. / / Standard


6.   INITIAL PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION INFORMATION

     (A)  INITIAL PREMIUM PAID $__________ MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO GOLDEN AMERICAN
          LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          Fill in percentages for Premium allocation below (see (A) INITIAL.)

     (B) DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (DCA): OPTIONAL. PLEASE CHECK BOX TO ELECT.  / /

          Amount to be transferred monthly $_________________ (minimum $250)

          Division or Allocation Transferred From:
          / / Limited Maturity Bond Division
          / / Liquid Asset Division
          / / 1 Year Fixed Allocation

          (MINIMUM OF $10,000 MUST BE ALLOCATED TO THE DIVISION OR FIXED
          ALLOCATION CHECKED)

          Divisions Transferred To:  Fill in percentages for allocation of DCA
          below (see (B) DCA).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     ACCOUNT DIVISION                  INVESTMENT ADVISER                 (A) INITIAL   (B) DCA
<S>                                <C>                                    <C>           <C>

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                             %         %
FULLY MANAGED                      T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES INC.                    %         %

STRATEGIC EQUITY                   ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                             %         %
ALL-GROWTH                         WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                %         %
CAPITAL APPRECIATION               CHANCELLOR TRUST CO.                             %         %
VALUE EQUITY                       EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.                     %         %
RISING DIVIDENDS                   KAYNE, ANDERSON INV. MGMT., L.P.                 %         %

REAL ESTATE                        EII REALTY SECURITIES, INC.                      %         %
NATURAL RESOURCES                  VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORP.                         %         %

EMERGING MARKETS                   BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %         %
THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT         WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                %         %

LIMITED MATURITY BOND              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %
LIQUID ASSET                       BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %

FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           1 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           3 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           5 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           7 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION          10 YEAR                                          %

                                                               TOTAL             100%      100%
</TABLE>

        Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center,
                     PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
GA-AA-1007-4/95
<PAGE>

7.   OPTIONAL SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

     If you want to receive Systematic Partial Withdrawals, your request must be
     received in writing. For the appropriate form, please call our Customer
     Service Center: 1-800-366-0066.


8.   TELEPHONE REALLOCATION AUTHORIZATION ________________ OWNER'S INITIALS

     I authorize Golden American to act upon reallocation instructions given by
     telephone from __________________________ (name of your registered
     representative) upon furnishing his/her social security number. Neither
     Golden American nor any person authorized by Golden American will be
     responsible for any claim, loss, liability or expense in connection with
     reallocation instructions received by telephone from such person if Golden
     American or such other person acted on such telephone instructions in good
     faith in reliance upon this authorization. Golden American will continue to
     act upon this authorization until such time as the person indicated above
     is no longer affiliated with the broker/dealer under which my contract was
     purchased or until such time that I notify Golden American otherwise in
     writing.


9.   TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS IF YOU ARE FUNDING A QUALIFIED PLAN, PLEASE SPECIFY
     TYPE:

     / / IRA
     / / IRA Rollover
     / / SEP/IRA
     / / Other  ________________________


10.  REPLACEMENT

     Will the contract applied for replace any existing annuity or life
     insurance policies on the annuitant's life?

     / / Yes (If yes, please complete following)
     / / No

     Company Name        Policy Number       Face Amount


11.  READ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS CAREFULLY AND SIGN BELOW:

     - BY SIGNING BELOW, I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS. I AGREE THAT,
     TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, ALL STATEMENTS AND ANSWERS IN THIS
     APPLICATION ARE COMPLETE AND TRUE AND MAY BE RELIED UPON IN DETERMINING
     WHETHER TO ISSUE THE CONTRACT. MY ANSWERS WILL FORM A PART OF ANY CONTRACT
     TO BE ISSUED, AND ONLY THE OWNER AND GOLDEN AMERICAN HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO
     MODIFY THIS APPLICATION.

     - CONTRACTS AND POLICIES AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES OR SECURITIES WHICH
     FUND CONTRACTS AND POLICIES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER
     AGENCY. THEY ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT
     BANK GUARANTEED. ALSO, THEY ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION, INVESTMENT
     RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

     - I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS CONTRACT'S CASH SURRENDER VALUE, WHEN BASED ON THE
     INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISION, MAY INCREASE OR
     DECREASE ON ANY DAY AND THAT NO MINIMUM VALUE IS GUARANTEED. THIS
     CERTIFICATE IS IN ACCORD WITH MY ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL NEEDS.

     - I UNDERSTAND THAT ANY AMOUNT ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE
     SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, WHICH MAY CAUSE THE VALUES TO
     INCREASE OR DECREASE, PRIOR TO A SPECIFIED DATE OR DATES AS SPECIFIED IN
     THE CONTRACT.


____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Owner                                Signed at (City, State)  Date

____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Joint Owner (IF APPLICABLE)          Signed at (City, State)  Date

____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Annuitant (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)      Signed at (City, State)  Date


Client Account No. (IF APPLICABLE)_____________________


FOR AGENT USE ONLY

DO YOU HAVE REASON TO BELIEVE THAT THE CONTRACT APPLIED FOR WILL REPLACE ANY
EXISTING ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE ON THE ANNUITANT'S LIFE?    / / YES   / / NO

__________________________________
Agent Signature

__________________________________
Print Agent Name & No.

__________________________________
Social Security No.

__________________________________
Broker/Dealer/Branch


__________________________________
Florida License ID# (Florida Only)

        Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center,
                     PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
                                 1-800-366-0066

GA-AA-1007-4/95

<PAGE>

   7(b) GROUP DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE AND FIXEDANNUITY ENROLLMENT FORM

<PAGE>


GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

A SUBSIDIARY OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY ENROLLMENT FORM

1.   OWNER(S)

Name                     Male      Female    Soc. Sec. # or Tax ID.#
                         / /        / /

Permanent Address        Phone (   )

City                     State     Zip       Date of Birth


2.   ANNUITANT (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)

Name                     Male      Female    Soc. Sec. # or Tax ID.#
                         / /        / /

Permanent Address        Phone (   )

City                     State     Zip       Date of Birth  Relation to Owner


     CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (OPTIONAL)

Name                               Address                  Relation to Owner


3.   PRIMARY BENEFICIARY(IES)      (IF MORE THAN ONE - INDICATE %)

Name(s)                                                     Relation to Owner

   CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY(IES)     Name                     Relation to Owner


4.   PLAN (Check one)
     / / DVA
     / / Other __________________

5.   DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS

     1. / / 7% Solution -- Enhanced #1
     2. / / Annual Ratchet -- Enhanced #2
     3. / / Standard


6.   INITIAL PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION INFORMATION

     (A)  INITIAL PREMIUM PAID $__________ MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO GOLDEN AMERICAN
          LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          Fill in percentages for Premium allocation below (see (A) INITIAL.)

     (B) DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (DCA): OPTIONAL. PLEASE CHECK BOX TO ELECT.  / /

          Amount to be transferred monthly $_________________ (minimum $250)

          Division or Allocation Transferred From:
          / / Limited Maturity Bond Division
          / / Liquid Asset Division
          / / 1 Year Fixed Allocation

          (MINIMUM OF $10,000 MUST BE ALLOCATED TO THE DIVISION OR FIXED
          ALLOCATION CHECKED)

          Divisions Transferred To:  Fill in percentages for allocation of DCA
          below (see (B) DCA).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     ACCOUNT DIVISION                  INVESTMENT ADVISER                 (A) INITIAL   (B) DCA
<S>                                <C>                                    <C>           <C>

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                             %         %
FULLY MANAGED                      T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES INC.                    %         %

STRATEGIC EQUITY                   ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                             %         %
ALL-GROWTH                         WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                %         %
CAPITAL APPRECIATION               CHANCELLOR TRUST CO.                             %         %
VALUE EQUITY                       EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.                     %         %
RISING DIVIDENDS                   KAYNE, ANDERSON INV. MGMT., L.P.                 %         %

REAL ESTATE                        EII REALTY SECURITIES, INC.                      %         %
NATURAL RESOURCES                  VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORP.                         %         %

EMERGING MARKETS                   BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %         %
THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT         WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                %         %

LIMITED MATURITY BOND              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %
LIQUID ASSET                       BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %

FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           1 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           3 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           5 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION           7 YEAR                                          %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION          10 YEAR                                          %

                                                               TOTAL             100%      100%
</TABLE>

        Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center,
                     PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
GA-EA-1007-4/95
<PAGE>

7.   OPTIONAL SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

     If you want to receive Systematic Partial Withdrawals, your request must be
     received in writing. For the appropriate form, please call our Customer
     Service Center: 1-800-366-0066.


8.   TELEPHONE REALLOCATION AUTHORIZATION ________________ OWNER'S INITIALS

     I authorize Golden American to act upon reallocation instructions given by
     telephone from __________________________ (name of your registered
     representative) upon furnishing his/her social security number. Neither
     Golden American nor any person authorized by Golden American will be
     responsible for any claim, loss, liability or expense in connection with
     reallocation instructions received by telephone from such person if Golden
     American or such other person acted on such telephone instructions in good
     faith in reliance upon this authorization. Golden American will continue to
     act upon this authorization until such time as the person indicated above
     is no longer affiliated with the broker/dealer under which my contract was
     purchased or until such time that I notify Golden American otherwise in
     writing.


9.   TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS IF YOU ARE FUNDING A QUALIFIED PLAN, PLEASE SPECIFY
     TYPE:

     / / IRA
     / / IRA Rollover
     / / SEP/IRA
     / / Other  ________________________


10.  REPLACEMENT

     Will the contract applied for replace any existing annuity or life
     insurance policies on the annuitant's life?

     / / Yes (If yes, please complete following)
     / / No

     Company Name        Policy Number       Face Amount


11.  READ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS CAREFULLY AND SIGN BELOW:

     - BY SIGNING BELOW, I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS. I AGREE THAT,
     TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, ALL STATEMENTS AND ANSWERS IN THIS
     ENROLLMENT FORM ARE COMPLETE AND TRUE AND MAY BE RELIED UPON IN DETERMINING
     WHETHER TO ISSUE THE CERTIFICATE. MY ANSWERS WILL FORM A PART OF ANY
     CERTIFICATE TO BE ISSUED, AND ONLY THE OWNER AND GOLDEN AMERICAN HAVE THE
     AUTHORITY TO MODIFY THIS ENROLLMENT FORM.

     - CONTRACTS AND POLICIES AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES OR SECURITIES WHICH
     FUND CONTRACTS AND POLICIES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER
     AGENCY. THEY ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT
     BANK GUARANTEED. ALSO, THEY ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION, INVESTMENT
     RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

     - I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS CERTIFICATE'S CASH SURRENDER VALUE, WHEN BASED ON
     THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT DIVISION, MAY INCREASE OR
     DECREASE ON ANY DAY AND THAT NO MINIMUM VALUE IS GUARANTEED. THIS
     CERTIFICATE IS IN ACCORD WITH MY ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL NEEDS.

     - I UNDERSTAND THAT ANY AMOUNT ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY BE
     SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, WHICH MAY CAUSE THE VALUES TO
     INCREASE OR DECREASE, PRIOR TO A SPECIFIED DATE OR DATES AS SPECIFIED IN
     THE CERTIFICATE.


____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Owner                                Signed at (City, State)  Date

____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Joint Owner (IF APPLICABLE)          Signed at (City, State)  Date

____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Annuitant (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)      Signed at (City, State)  Date


Client Account No. (IF APPLICABLE)_____________________


FOR AGENT USE ONLY

DO YOU HAVE REASON TO BELIEVE THAT THE CONTRACT APPLIED FOR WILL REPLACE ANY
EXISTING ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE ON THE ANNUITANT'S LIFE?    / / YES   / / NO

__________________________________
Agent Signature

__________________________________
Print Agent Name & No.

__________________________________
Social Security No.

__________________________________
Broker/Dealer/Branch


__________________________________
Florida License ID# (Florida Only)


        Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center,
                     PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
                                 1-800-366-0066

GA-EA-1007-4/95

<PAGE>

              7(c) INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION

<PAGE>


GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

A SUBSIDIARY OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY IS A STOCK COMPANY DOMICILED IN
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION

1.   OWNER(S)

Name                     Male      Female    Soc. Sec. # or Tax ID.#
                         / /        / /

Permanent Address        Phone (   )

City                     State     Zip       Date of Birth


2.   ANNUITANT (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)

Name                     Male      Female    Soc. Sec. # or Tax ID.#
                         / /        / /

Permanent Address        Phone (   )

City                     State     Zip       Date of Birth  Relation to Owner


     CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (OPTIONAL)

Name                               Address                  Relation to Owner


3.   PRIMARY BENEFICIARY(IES)      (IF MORE THAN ONE - INDICATE %)

Name(s)                                                     Relation to Owner

   CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY(IES)     Name                     Relation to Owner


4.   PLAN (Check one)
     / / DVA
     / / Other __________________

5.   DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS

     1. / / 7% Solution -- Enhanced #1
     2. / / Annual Ratchet -- Enhanced #2
     3. / / Standard


6.   INITIAL PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION INFORMATION

     (A)  INITIAL PREMIUM PAID $__________ MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO GOLDEN AMERICAN
          LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          Fill in percentages for Premium allocation below (see (A) INITIAL.)

     (B) DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (DCA): OPTIONAL. PLEASE CHECK BOX TO ELECT.  / /

     Amount to be transferred monthly $_________________ (minimum $250)

          Division or Allocation Transferred From:
          / / Limited Maturity Bond Division
          / / Liquid Asset Division
          / / 1 Year Fixed Interest Division

          (MINIMUM OF $10,000 MUST BE ALLOCATED TO THE DIVISION OR FIXED
          ALLOCATION CHECKED)

          Divisions Transferred To:  Fill in percentages for allocation of DCA
          below (see (B) DCA).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     ACCOUNT DIVISION                  INVESTMENT ADVISER                 (A) INITIAL   (B) DCA
<S>                                <C>                                    <C>           <C>

MULTIPLE ALLOCATION                ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                             %         %
FULLY MANAGED                      T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES INC.                    %         %

STRATEGIC EQUITY                   ZWEIG ADVISORS, INC.                             %         %
ALL-GROWTH                         WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                %         %
CAPITAL APPRECIATION               CHANCELLOR TRUST CO.                             %         %
VAlUE EQUITY                       EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.                     %         %
RISING DIVIDENDS                   KAYNE, ANDERSON INV. MGMT., L.P.                 %         %

REAL ESTATE                        EII REALTY SECURITIES, INC.                      %         %
NATURAL RESOURCES                  VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORP.                         %         %

THE MANAGED GLOBAL ACCOUNT         WARBURG, PINCUS COUNSELLORS, INC.                %         %
EMERGING MARKETS                   BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %         %

LIMITED MATURITY BOND              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %
LIQUID ASSET                       BANKERS TRUST COMPANY                            %

FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION          1 YEAR                                           %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION          2 YEAR                                           %
FIXED ALLOCATION ELECTION          3 YEAR                                           %

                                                               TOTAL             100%      100%
</TABLE>

        Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center,
                     PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
GA-AA-1008-4/95
<PAGE>

7.   OPTIONAL SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

     If you want to receive Systematic Partial Withdrawals, your request must be
     received in writing. For the appropriate form, please call our Customer
     Service Center: 1-800-366-0066.


8.   TELEPHONE REALLOCATION AUTHORIZATION ________________ OWNER'S INITIALS

     I authorize Golden American to act upon reallocation instructions given by
     telephone from __________________________ (name of your registered
     representative) upon furnishing his/her social security number. Neither
     Golden American nor any person authorized by Golden American will be
     responsible for any claim, loss, liability or expense in connection with
     reallocation instructions received by telephone from such person if Golden
     American or such other person acted on such telephone instructions in good
     faith in reliance upon this authorization. Golden American will continue to
     act upon this authorization until such time as the person indicated above
     is no longer affiliated with the broker/dealer under which my contract was
     purchased or until such time that I notify Golden American otherwise in
     writing.


9.   TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS IF YOU ARE FUNDING A QUALIFIED PLAN, PLEASE SPECIFY
     TYPE:

     / / IRA
     / / IRA Rollover
     / / SEP/IRA
     / / Other  ________________________


10.  REPLACEMENT

     Will the contract applied for replace any existing annuity or life
     insurance policies on the annuitant's life?

     / / Yes (If yes, please complete following)
     / / No

     Company Name        Policy Number       Face Amount


11.  READ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS CAREFULLY AND SIGN BELOW:

     - BY SIGNING BELOW, I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE PROSPECTUS. I UNDERSTAND
     THAT THIS CONTRACT'S CASH SURRENDER VALUE MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE ON ANY
     DAY AND THAT NO MINIMUM VALUE IS GUARANTEED.

     - I AGREE THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, ALL STATEMENTS AND
     ANSWERS IN THIS APPLICATION ARE COMPLETE AND TRUE AND MAY BE RELIED UPON IN
     DETERMINING WHETHER TO ISSUE THE CONTRACT. MY ANSWERS WILL FORM A PART OF
     ANY CONTRACT TO BE ISSUED, AND ONLY THE OWNER AND GOLDEN AMERICAN HAVE THE
     AUTHORITY TO MODIFY THIS APPLICATION.

     - CONTRACTS AND POLICIES AND UNDERLYING SERIES SHARES OR SECURITIES WHICH
     FUND CONTRACTS AND POLICIES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER
     AGENCY. THEY ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT
     BANK GUARANTEED. ALSO, THEY ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION, INVESTMENT
     RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL INVESTED.


____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Owner                                Signed at (City, State)  Date

____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Joint Owner (IF APPLICABLE)          Signed at (City, State)  Date

____________________________________________      _____________________________
Signature of Annuitant (IF OTHER THAN OWNER)      Signed at (City, State)  Date


Client Account No. (IF APPLICABLE)_____________________


FOR AGENT USE ONLY

DO YOU HAVE REASON TO BELIEVE THAT THE CONTRACT APPLIED FOR WILL REPLACE ANY
EXISTING ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE ON THE ANNUITANT'S LIFE?    / / YES   / / NO

__________________________________
Agent Signature

__________________________________
Print Agent name & No.

__________________________________
Social Security No.

__________________________________
Broker/Dealer/Branch


__________________________________
Florida License ID# (Florida Only)


        Golden American Life Insurance Company, Customer Service Center,
                     PO Box 8794, Wilmington, DE 19899-8794
                                 1-800-366-0066

GA-AA-1008-4/95

<PAGE>


          8(e) POWERS OF ATTORNEY (RELATING TO GOVERNORS OF REGISTRANT)

<PAGE>


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL PERSON BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, being a duly
elected Member of the Board of Governors of Separate Account D of Golden
American Life Insurance Company ("Account D"), constitutes and appoints Mitchell
M. Cox his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of
substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign Account D's registration statement and any and all
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  September 5, 1995


                                        /s/ ROBERT A. GRAYSON
                                        ---------------------
                                        Robert A. Grayson

<PAGE>


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL PERSON BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, being a duly
elected Member of the Board of Governors of Separate Account D of Golden
American Life Insurance Company ("Account D"), constitutes and appoints Mitchell
M. Cox his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of
substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign Account D's registration statement and any and all
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  September 5, 1995


                                        /s/ ROGER B. VINCENT
                                        --------------------
                                        Roger B. Vincent


<PAGE>


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL PERSON BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, being a duly
elected Member of the Board of Governors of Separate Account D of Golden
American Life Insurance Company ("Account D"), constitutes and appoints Mitchell
M. Cox his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of
substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign Account D's registration statement and any and all
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  September 5, 1995


                                        /s/ M. NORVAL YOUNG
                                        -------------------
                                        M. Norval Young



<PAGE>

                  12(a) CONSENT OF SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN

<PAGE>

                                  [Letterhead]


                                September 6, 1995


Board of Directors
Golden American Life Insurance Company
280 Park Avenue, 14 West
New York, NY  10017


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Statement of Additional Information filed as part of Pre-
Effective Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement on Form N-3 for the
Separate Account D (File No. 33-59263).  In giving this consent, we do not admit
that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Securities Act of 1933.


                                        Very truly yours,


                                        SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN


                                        By /s/ STEPHEN E. ROTH
                                           -------------------
                                           Stephen E. Roth


<PAGE>


                        12(b) OPINION OF MYLES R. TASHMAN

<PAGE>



September 7, 1995

Board of Directors
Golden American Life Insurance Company
1001 Jefferson Street, 4th Floor
Wilmington, DE  19801

Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Senior Vice President of Golden American Life Insurance
Company ("Golden American"), I have examined the form of Registration Statement
on Form N-4 and the form of Registration Statement on Form N-3, each to be filed
by you with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of an indefinite
number of units of interest in Separate Account B of Golden American and
Separate Account D of Golden American, respectively (together, the "Accounts").
I am familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken in connection
with the authorization, issuance and sale of the units.

Based upon my examination and upon my knowledge of the corporate activities
relating to the Accounts, it is my opinion that:

     (1)  The Company was organized in accordance with the laws of the State of
          Delaware and is a duly authorized stock life insurance company under
          the laws of Delaware and the laws of those states in which the Company
          is admitted to do business;

     (2)  Each Account is a validly established separate investment account of
          the Company.

     (3)  The portion of the assets to be held in each Account equals the
          reserve and other liabilities for variable benefits under variable
          annuity contracts to be issued by each Account.  Such assets are not
          chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that
          Golden American conducts.

     (4)  The units and the variable annuity contracts will, when issued and
          sold in the manner described in the Registration Statement, be legal
          and binding obligations of Golden American and will be legally and
          validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.

I consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the reference to my name under the heading "Legal Matters" in
the prospectus.  In giving this consent I do not thereby admit that I come
within the category of persons whose consent is required under section 7 of the
Securities Act of 1933 or the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission thereunder.

Sincerely,

/s/ Myles R. Tashman

Myles R. Tashman
Senior Vice President

<PAGE>

                           13 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG
<PAGE>


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Independent Auditors"
and to the use of our reports (a) dated February 14, 1995, with respect to the
financial statements of Separate Account B, (b) dated February 10, 1995, with
respect to the financial statements of The Managed Global Account of Separate
Account D, (c) dated February 14, 1995, with respect to the financial statements
of Golden American Life Insurance Company prepared in accordance with statutory
accounting practices and (d) dated February 14, 1995, with respect to the
financial statements of Golden American Life Insurance Company prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles included in the
Statements of Additional Information or in the Prospectus and to the reference
to our firm under the captions "Experts" and "Financial Statements" in the
Prospectus included in the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement (Form N-3 No. 33-59263) of Separate Account D.



                                             /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

                                             ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
September 5, 1995




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission